diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap index 67dc22ffc9a80cb4fd6abeeba3d2ec7f7ae2ba19..1d6f4e7280dc67f630b79456b3f1e5a4c0a41343 100644 --- a/.mailmap +++ b/.mailmap @@ -99,6 +99,8 @@ Linas Vepstas Linus Lüssing Linus Lüssing Mark Brown +Martin Kepplinger +Martin Kepplinger Matthieu CASTET Mauro Carvalho Chehab Mauro Carvalho Chehab @@ -171,6 +173,7 @@ Vlad Dogaru Vladimir Davydov Vladimir Davydov Takashi YOSHII +Yakir Yang Yusuke Goda Gustavo Padovan Gustavo Padovan diff --git a/CREDITS b/CREDITS index c5626bf06264e41e136fbe0c0420881e72de0ce2..5d09c26d69cdc0f4709cf48f5f3ff6195d53e85d 100644 --- a/CREDITS +++ b/CREDITS @@ -1034,6 +1034,10 @@ S: 2037 Walnut #6 S: Boulder, Colorado 80302 S: USA +N: Hans-Christian Noren Egtvedt +E: egtvedt@samfundet.no +D: AVR32 architecture maintainer. + N: Heiko Eißfeldt E: heiko@colossus.escape.de heiko@unifix.de D: verify_area stuff, generic SCSI fixes @@ -3398,6 +3402,10 @@ S: Suite 101 S: Markham, Ontario L3R 2Z6 S: Canada +N: Haavard Skinnemoen +M: Haavard Skinnemoen +D: AVR32 architecture port to Linux and maintainer. + N: Rick Sladkey E: jrs@world.std.com D: utility hacker: Emacs, NFS server, mount, kmem-ps, UPS debugger, strace, GDB diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-firmware-acpi new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..6715a71bec3d71a27d3f4f97bce1b19dde154764 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove +Date: Mar 2017 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki +Description: + Since the force_remove is inherently broken and dangerous to + use for some hotplugable resources like memory (because ignoring + the offline failure might lead to memory corruption and crashes) + enabling this knob is not safe and thus unsupported. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb index 831f15d9672f29e90cca5650356d2f69599e14b8..b832eeff999914b0afa4e4a99d7379e4f852dea8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description: hubs this facility is always enabled and their device directories will not contain this file. - For more information, see Documentation/usb/persist.txt. + For more information, see Documentation/driver-api/usb/persist.rst. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/autosuspend Date: March 2007 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso index 7cdfc28cc2c6d93b861d6ec3acb05bc5aca8bc70..55406ec8a35a34d9c0f67713344e769d5fc76021 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/vdso @@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ The vDSO uses symbol versioning; whenever you request a symbol from the vDSO, specify the version you are expecting. Programs that dynamically link to glibc will use the vDSO automatically. -Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in Documentation/vDSO/parse_vdso.c. +Otherwise, you can use the reference parser in +tools/testing/selftests/vDSO/parse_vdso.c. Unless otherwise noted, the set of symbols with any given version and the ABI of those symbols is considered stable. It may vary across architectures, diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block index 2da04ce6aeef482645bfd9edd924ce195275ea26..dea212db9df3531f3dfc69204c8e4fcac8ec2bb5 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block @@ -213,14 +213,8 @@ What: /sys/block//queue/discard_zeroes_data Date: May 2011 Contact: Martin K. Petersen Description: - Devices that support discard functionality may return - stale or random data when a previously discarded block - is read back. This can cause problems if the filesystem - expects discarded blocks to be explicitly cleared. If a - device reports that it deterministically returns zeroes - when a discarded area is read the discard_zeroes_data - parameter will be set to one. Otherwise it will be 0 and - the result of reading a discarded area is undefined. + Will always return 0. Don't rely on any specific behavior + for discards, and don't read this file. What: /sys/block//queue/write_same_max_bytes Date: January 2012 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci index 5a1732b787071ce1495982f125759f15926e581f..e4e90104d7c38ff89bae718df7485337ee3e9108 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-pci @@ -299,5 +299,5 @@ What: /sys/bus/pci/devices/.../revision Date: November 2016 Contact: Emil Velikov Description: - This file contains the revision field of the the PCI device. + This file contains the revision field of the PCI device. The value comes from device config space. The file is read only. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi index fa5a00bb114372bfbc67008e8d0ebe8d1566ed6b..7122d6264c49d6c02c2c0074e145f19b93fc63dd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-qmi @@ -21,3 +21,30 @@ Description: is responsible for coordination of driver and firmware link framing mode, changing this setting to 'Y' if the firmware is configured for 'raw-ip' mode. + +What: /sys/class/net//qmi/add_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 127 to add a qmap mux + based network device, supported by recent Qualcomm based + modems. + + The network device will be called qmimux. + + Userspace is in charge of managing the qmux network device + activation and data stream setup on the modem side by + using the proper QMI protocol requests. + +What: /sys/class/net//qmi/del_mux +Date: March 2017 +KernelVersion: 4.11 +Contact: Bjørn Mork +Description: + Unsigned integer. + + Write a number ranging from 1 to 127 to delete a previously + created qmap mux based network device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index c7fc72d4495ca0cbd2203e40cfba522bdb2fcfa8..613f42a9d5cdcd7b6a9f754b59387065daa1576f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -44,16 +44,6 @@ Description: or 0 (unset). Attempts to write any other values to it will cause -EINVAL to be returned. -What: /sys/firmware/acpi/hotplug/force_remove -Date: May 2013 -Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki -Description: - The number in this file (0 or 1) determines whether (1) or not - (0) the ACPI subsystem will allow devices to be hot-removed even - if they cannot be put offline gracefully (from the kernel's - viewpoint). That number can be changed by writing a boolean - value to this file. - What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ Date: February 2008 Contact: Len Brown diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index 164c1c76971f0962cf3a44bf9bc3afd4876597bb..85916f13d330b78f675ba198636b4c19d0b825f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -8,12 +8,11 @@ DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml \ kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml \ - writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \ - kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml kgdb.xml \ - gadget.xml libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \ - genericirq.xml s390-drivers.xml scsi.xml \ - sh.xml w1.xml \ - writing_musb_glue_layer.xml + networking.xml \ + filesystems.xml lsm.xml kgdb.xml \ + libata.xml mtdnand.xml librs.xml rapidio.xml \ + s390-drivers.xml scsi.xml \ + sh.xml w1.xml ifeq ($(DOCBOOKS),) @@ -62,11 +61,14 @@ MAN := $(patsubst %.xml, %.9, $(BOOKS)) mandocs: $(MAN) find $(obj)/man -name '*.9' | xargs gzip -nf +# Default location for installed man pages +export INSTALL_MAN_PATH = $(objtree)/usr + installmandocs: mandocs - mkdir -p /usr/local/man/man9/ + mkdir -p $(INSTALL_MAN_PATH)/man/man9/ find $(obj)/man -name '*.9.gz' -printf '%h %f\n' | \ sort -k 2 -k 1 | uniq -f 1 | sed -e 's: :/:' | \ - xargs install -m 644 -t /usr/local/man/man9/ + xargs install -m 644 -t $(INSTALL_MAN_PATH)/man/man9/ # no-op for the DocBook toolchain epubdocs: @@ -238,7 +240,9 @@ dochelp: @echo ' psdocs - Postscript' @echo ' xmldocs - XML DocBook' @echo ' mandocs - man pages' - @echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs' + @echo ' installmandocs - install man pages generated by mandocs to INSTALL_MAN_PATH'; \ + echo ' (default: $(INSTALL_MAN_PATH))'; \ + echo '' @echo ' cleandocs - clean all generated DocBook files' @echo @echo ' make DOCBOOKS="s1.xml s2.xml" [target] Generate only docs s1.xml s2.xml' diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index 64162922117651344d698ffd53ece06eafca3324..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/gadget.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,793 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - USB Gadget API for Linux - 20 August 2004 - 20 August 2004 - - - - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute - it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later - version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, - MA 02111-1307 USA - - - - For more details see the file COPYING in the source - distribution of Linux. - - - - 2003-2004 - David Brownell - - - - David - Brownell - -
dbrownell@users.sourceforge.net
- - - - - - -Introduction - -This document presents a Linux-USB "Gadget" -kernel mode -API, for use within peripherals and other USB devices -that embed Linux. -It provides an overview of the API structure, -and shows how that fits into a system development project. -This is the first such API released on Linux to address -a number of important problems, including: - - - Supports USB 2.0, for high speed devices which - can stream data at several dozen megabytes per second. - - Handles devices with dozens of endpoints just as - well as ones with just two fixed-function ones. Gadget drivers - can be written so they're easy to port to new hardware. - - Flexible enough to expose more complex USB device - capabilities such as multiple configurations, multiple interfaces, - composite devices, - and alternate interface settings. - - USB "On-The-Go" (OTG) support, in conjunction - with updates to the Linux-USB host side. - - Sharing data structures and API models with the - Linux-USB host side API. This helps the OTG support, and - looks forward to more-symmetric frameworks (where the same - I/O model is used by both host and device side drivers). - - Minimalist, so it's easier to support new device - controller hardware. I/O processing doesn't imply large - demands for memory or CPU resources. - - - - -Most Linux developers will not be able to use this API, since they -have USB "host" hardware in a PC, workstation, or server. -Linux users with embedded systems are more likely to -have USB peripheral hardware. -To distinguish drivers running inside such hardware from the -more familiar Linux "USB device drivers", -which are host side proxies for the real USB devices, -a different term is used: -the drivers inside the peripherals are "USB gadget drivers". -In USB protocol interactions, the device driver is the master -(or "client driver") -and the gadget driver is the slave (or "function driver"). - - -The gadget API resembles the host side Linux-USB API in that both -use queues of request objects to package I/O buffers, and those requests -may be submitted or canceled. -They share common definitions for the standard USB -Chapter 9 messages, structures, and constants. -Also, both APIs bind and unbind drivers to devices. -The APIs differ in detail, since the host side's current -URB framework exposes a number of implementation details -and assumptions that are inappropriate for a gadget API. -While the model for control transfers and configuration -management is necessarily different (one side is a hardware-neutral master, -the other is a hardware-aware slave), the endpoint I/0 API used here -should also be usable for an overhead-reduced host side API. - - - - -Structure of Gadget Drivers - -A system running inside a USB peripheral -normally has at least three layers inside the kernel to handle -USB protocol processing, and may have additional layers in -user space code. -The "gadget" API is used by the middle layer to interact -with the lowest level (which directly handles hardware). - - -In Linux, from the bottom up, these layers are: - - - - - - USB Controller Driver - - - This is the lowest software level. - It is the only layer that talks to hardware, - through registers, fifos, dma, irqs, and the like. - The <linux/usb/gadget.h> API abstracts - the peripheral controller endpoint hardware. - That hardware is exposed through endpoint objects, which accept - streams of IN/OUT buffers, and through callbacks that interact - with gadget drivers. - Since normal USB devices only have one upstream - port, they only have one of these drivers. - The controller driver can support any number of different - gadget drivers, but only one of them can be used at a time. - - - Examples of such controller hardware include - the PCI-based NetChip 2280 USB 2.0 high speed controller, - the SA-11x0 or PXA-25x UDC (found within many PDAs), - and a variety of other products. - - - - - - Gadget Driver - - - The lower boundary of this driver implements hardware-neutral - USB functions, using calls to the controller driver. - Because such hardware varies widely in capabilities and restrictions, - and is used in embedded environments where space is at a premium, - the gadget driver is often configured at compile time - to work with endpoints supported by one particular controller. - Gadget drivers may be portable to several different controllers, - using conditional compilation. - (Recent kernels substantially simplify the work involved in - supporting new hardware, by autoconfiguring - endpoints automatically for many bulk-oriented drivers.) - Gadget driver responsibilities include: - - - handling setup requests (ep0 protocol responses) - possibly including class-specific functionality - - returning configuration and string descriptors - - (re)setting configurations and interface - altsettings, including enabling and configuring endpoints - - handling life cycle events, such as managing - bindings to hardware, - USB suspend/resume, remote wakeup, - and disconnection from the USB host. - - managing IN and OUT transfers on all currently - enabled endpoints - - - - - Such drivers may be modules of proprietary code, although - that approach is discouraged in the Linux community. - - - - - Upper Level - - - Most gadget drivers have an upper boundary that connects - to some Linux driver or framework in Linux. - Through that boundary flows the data which the gadget driver - produces and/or consumes through protocol transfers over USB. - Examples include: - - - user mode code, using generic (gadgetfs) - or application specific files in - /dev - - networking subsystem (for network gadgets, - like the CDC Ethernet Model gadget driver) - - data capture drivers, perhaps video4Linux or - a scanner driver; or test and measurement hardware. - - input subsystem (for HID gadgets) - - sound subsystem (for audio gadgets) - - file system (for PTP gadgets) - - block i/o subsystem (for usb-storage gadgets) - - ... and more - - - - - Additional Layers - - - Other layers may exist. - These could include kernel layers, such as network protocol stacks, - as well as user mode applications building on standard POSIX - system call APIs such as - open(), close(), - read() and write(). - On newer systems, POSIX Async I/O calls may be an option. - Such user mode code will not necessarily be subject to - the GNU General Public License (GPL). - - - - - - -OTG-capable systems will also need to include a standard Linux-USB -host side stack, -with usbcore, -one or more Host Controller Drivers (HCDs), -USB Device Drivers to support -the OTG "Targeted Peripheral List", -and so forth. -There will also be an OTG Controller Driver, -which is visible to gadget and device driver developers only indirectly. -That helps the host and device side USB controllers implement the -two new OTG protocols (HNP and SRP). -Roles switch (host to peripheral, or vice versa) using HNP -during USB suspend processing, and SRP can be viewed as a -more battery-friendly kind of device wakeup protocol. - - -Over time, reusable utilities are evolving to help make some -gadget driver tasks simpler. -For example, building configuration descriptors from vectors of -descriptors for the configurations interfaces and endpoints is -now automated, and many drivers now use autoconfiguration to -choose hardware endpoints and initialize their descriptors. - -A potential example of particular interest -is code implementing standard USB-IF protocols for -HID, networking, storage, or audio classes. -Some developers are interested in KDB or KGDB hooks, to let -target hardware be remotely debugged. -Most such USB protocol code doesn't need to be hardware-specific, -any more than network protocols like X11, HTTP, or NFS are. -Such gadget-side interface drivers should eventually be combined, -to implement composite devices. - - - - - -Kernel Mode Gadget API - -Gadget drivers declare themselves through a -struct usb_gadget_driver, which is responsible for -most parts of enumeration for a struct usb_gadget. -The response to a set_configuration usually involves -enabling one or more of the struct usb_ep objects -exposed by the gadget, and submitting one or more -struct usb_request buffers to transfer data. -Understand those four data types, and their operations, and -you will understand how this API works. - - -Incomplete Data Type Descriptions - -This documentation was prepared using the standard Linux -kernel docproc tool, which turns text -and in-code comments into SGML DocBook and then into usable -formats such as HTML or PDF. -Other than the "Chapter 9" data types, most of the significant -data types and functions are described here. - - -However, docproc does not understand all the C constructs -that are used, so some relevant information is likely omitted from -what you are reading. -One example of such information is endpoint autoconfiguration. -You'll have to read the header file, and use example source -code (such as that for "Gadget Zero"), to fully understand the API. - - -The part of the API implementing some basic -driver capabilities is specific to the version of the -Linux kernel that's in use. -The 2.6 kernel includes a driver model -framework that has no analogue on earlier kernels; -so those parts of the gadget API are not fully portable. -(They are implemented on 2.4 kernels, but in a different way.) -The driver model state is another part of this API that is -ignored by the kerneldoc tools. - - - -The core API does not expose -every possible hardware feature, only the most widely available ones. -There are significant hardware features, such as device-to-device DMA -(without temporary storage in a memory buffer) -that would be added using hardware-specific APIs. - - -This API allows drivers to use conditional compilation to handle -endpoint capabilities of different hardware, but doesn't require that. -Hardware tends to have arbitrary restrictions, relating to -transfer types, addressing, packet sizes, buffering, and availability. -As a rule, such differences only matter for "endpoint zero" logic -that handles device configuration and management. -The API supports limited run-time -detection of capabilities, through naming conventions for endpoints. -Many drivers will be able to at least partially autoconfigure -themselves. -In particular, driver init sections will often have endpoint -autoconfiguration logic that scans the hardware's list of endpoints -to find ones matching the driver requirements -(relying on those conventions), to eliminate some of the most -common reasons for conditional compilation. - - -Like the Linux-USB host side API, this API exposes -the "chunky" nature of USB messages: I/O requests are in terms -of one or more "packets", and packet boundaries are visible to drivers. -Compared to RS-232 serial protocols, USB resembles -synchronous protocols like HDLC -(N bytes per frame, multipoint addressing, host as the primary -station and devices as secondary stations) -more than asynchronous ones -(tty style: 8 data bits per frame, no parity, one stop bit). -So for example the controller drivers won't buffer -two single byte writes into a single two-byte USB IN packet, -although gadget drivers may do so when they implement -protocols where packet boundaries (and "short packets") -are not significant. - - -Driver Life Cycle - -Gadget drivers make endpoint I/O requests to hardware without -needing to know many details of the hardware, but driver -setup/configuration code needs to handle some differences. -Use the API like this: - - - - -Register a driver for the particular device side -usb controller hardware, -such as the net2280 on PCI (USB 2.0), -sa11x0 or pxa25x as found in Linux PDAs, -and so on. -At this point the device is logically in the USB ch9 initial state -("attached"), drawing no power and not usable -(since it does not yet support enumeration). -Any host should not see the device, since it's not -activated the data line pullup used by the host to -detect a device, even if VBUS power is available. - - -Register a gadget driver that implements some higher level -device function. That will then bind() to a usb_gadget, which -activates the data line pullup sometime after detecting VBUS. - - -The hardware driver can now start enumerating. -The steps it handles are to accept USB power and set_address requests. -Other steps are handled by the gadget driver. -If the gadget driver module is unloaded before the host starts to -enumerate, steps before step 7 are skipped. - - -The gadget driver's setup() call returns usb descriptors, -based both on what the bus interface hardware provides and on the -functionality being implemented. -That can involve alternate settings or configurations, -unless the hardware prevents such operation. -For OTG devices, each configuration descriptor includes -an OTG descriptor. - - -The gadget driver handles the last step of enumeration, -when the USB host issues a set_configuration call. -It enables all endpoints used in that configuration, -with all interfaces in their default settings. -That involves using a list of the hardware's endpoints, enabling each -endpoint according to its descriptor. -It may also involve using usb_gadget_vbus_draw -to let more power be drawn from VBUS, as allowed by that configuration. -For OTG devices, setting a configuration may also involve reporting -HNP capabilities through a user interface. - - -Do real work and perform data transfers, possibly involving -changes to interface settings or switching to new configurations, until the -device is disconnect()ed from the host. -Queue any number of transfer requests to each endpoint. -It may be suspended and resumed several times before being disconnected. -On disconnect, the drivers go back to step 3 (above). - - -When the gadget driver module is being unloaded, -the driver unbind() callback is issued. That lets the controller -driver be unloaded. - - - - -Drivers will normally be arranged so that just loading the -gadget driver module (or statically linking it into a Linux kernel) -allows the peripheral device to be enumerated, but some drivers -will defer enumeration until some higher level component (like -a user mode daemon) enables it. -Note that at this lowest level there are no policies about how -ep0 configuration logic is implemented, -except that it should obey USB specifications. -Such issues are in the domain of gadget drivers, -including knowing about implementation constraints -imposed by some USB controllers -or understanding that composite devices might happen to -be built by integrating reusable components. - - -Note that the lifecycle above can be slightly different -for OTG devices. -Other than providing an additional OTG descriptor in each -configuration, only the HNP-related differences are particularly -visible to driver code. -They involve reporting requirements during the SET_CONFIGURATION -request, and the option to invoke HNP during some suspend callbacks. -Also, SRP changes the semantics of -usb_gadget_wakeup -slightly. - - - - -USB 2.0 Chapter 9 Types and Constants - -Gadget drivers -rely on common USB structures and constants -defined in the -<linux/usb/ch9.h> -header file, which is standard in Linux 2.6 kernels. -These are the same types and constants used by host -side drivers (and usbcore). - - -!Iinclude/linux/usb/ch9.h - - -Core Objects and Methods - -These are declared in -<linux/usb/gadget.h>, -and are used by gadget drivers to interact with -USB peripheral controller drivers. - - - - -!Iinclude/linux/usb/gadget.h - - -Optional Utilities - -The core API is sufficient for writing a USB Gadget Driver, -but some optional utilities are provided to simplify common tasks. -These utilities include endpoint autoconfiguration. - - -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/usbstring.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/config.c - - - -Composite Device Framework - -The core API is sufficient for writing drivers for composite -USB devices (with more than one function in a given configuration), -and also multi-configuration devices (also more than one function, -but not necessarily sharing a given configuration). -There is however an optional framework which makes it easier to -reuse and combine functions. - - -Devices using this framework provide a struct -usb_composite_driver, which in turn provides one or -more struct usb_configuration instances. -Each such configuration includes at least one -struct usb_function, which packages a user -visible role such as "network link" or "mass storage device". -Management functions may also exist, such as "Device Firmware -Upgrade". - - -!Iinclude/linux/usb/composite.h -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/composite.c - - - -Composite Device Functions - -At this writing, a few of the current gadget drivers have -been converted to this framework. -Near-term plans include converting all of them, except for "gadgetfs". - - -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_acm.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_ecm.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_subset.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_obex.c -!Edrivers/usb/gadget/function/f_serial.c - - - - - - -Peripheral Controller Drivers - -The first hardware supporting this API was the NetChip 2280 -controller, which supports USB 2.0 high speed and is based on PCI. -This is the net2280 driver module. -The driver supports Linux kernel versions 2.4 and 2.6; -contact NetChip Technologies for development boards and product -information. - - -Other hardware working in the "gadget" framework includes: -Intel's PXA 25x and IXP42x series processors -(pxa2xx_udc), -Toshiba TC86c001 "Goku-S" (goku_udc), -Renesas SH7705/7727 (sh_udc), -MediaQ 11xx (mq11xx_udc), -Hynix HMS30C7202 (h7202_udc), -National 9303/4 (n9604_udc), -Texas Instruments OMAP (omap_udc), -Sharp LH7A40x (lh7a40x_udc), -and more. -Most of those are full speed controllers. - - -At this writing, there are people at work on drivers in -this framework for several other USB device controllers, -with plans to make many of them be widely available. - - - - -A partial USB simulator, -the dummy_hcd driver, is available. -It can act like a net2280, a pxa25x, or an sa11x0 in terms -of available endpoints and device speeds; and it simulates -control, bulk, and to some extent interrupt transfers. -That lets you develop some parts of a gadget driver on a normal PC, -without any special hardware, and perhaps with the assistance -of tools such as GDB running with User Mode Linux. -At least one person has expressed interest in adapting that -approach, hooking it up to a simulator for a microcontroller. -Such simulators can help debug subsystems where the runtime hardware -is unfriendly to software development, or is not yet available. - - -Support for other controllers is expected to be developed -and contributed -over time, as this driver framework evolves. - - - - -Gadget Drivers - -In addition to Gadget Zero -(used primarily for testing and development with drivers -for usb controller hardware), other gadget drivers exist. - - -There's an ethernet gadget -driver, which implements one of the most useful -Communications Device Class (CDC) models. -One of the standards for cable modem interoperability even -specifies the use of this ethernet model as one of two -mandatory options. -Gadgets using this code look to a USB host as if they're -an Ethernet adapter. -It provides access to a network where the gadget's CPU is one host, -which could easily be bridging, routing, or firewalling -access to other networks. -Since some hardware can't fully implement the CDC Ethernet -requirements, this driver also implements a "good parts only" -subset of CDC Ethernet. -(That subset doesn't advertise itself as CDC Ethernet, -to avoid creating problems.) - - -Support for Microsoft's RNDIS -protocol has been contributed by Pengutronix and Auerswald GmbH. -This is like CDC Ethernet, but it runs on more slightly USB hardware -(but less than the CDC subset). -However, its main claim to fame is being able to connect directly to -recent versions of Windows, using drivers that Microsoft bundles -and supports, making it much simpler to network with Windows. - - -There is also support for user mode gadget drivers, -using gadgetfs. -This provides a User Mode API that presents -each endpoint as a single file descriptor. I/O is done using -normal read() and read() calls. -Familiar tools like GDB and pthreads can be used to -develop and debug user mode drivers, so that once a robust -controller driver is available many applications for it -won't require new kernel mode software. -Linux 2.6 Async I/O (AIO) -support is available, so that user mode software -can stream data with only slightly more overhead -than a kernel driver. - - -There's a USB Mass Storage class driver, which provides -a different solution for interoperability with systems such -as MS-Windows and MacOS. -That Mass Storage driver uses a -file or block device as backing store for a drive, -like the loop driver. -The USB host uses the BBB, CB, or CBI versions of the mass -storage class specification, using transparent SCSI commands -to access the data from the backing store. - - -There's a "serial line" driver, useful for TTY style -operation over USB. -The latest version of that driver supports CDC ACM style -operation, like a USB modem, and so on most hardware it can -interoperate easily with MS-Windows. -One interesting use of that driver is in boot firmware (like a BIOS), -which can sometimes use that model with very small systems without -real serial lines. - - -Support for other kinds of gadget is expected to -be developed and contributed -over time, as this driver framework evolves. - - - - -USB On-The-GO (OTG) - -USB OTG support on Linux 2.6 was initially developed -by Texas Instruments for -OMAP 16xx and 17xx -series processors. -Other OTG systems should work in similar ways, but the -hardware level details could be very different. - - -Systems need specialized hardware support to implement OTG, -notably including a special Mini-AB jack -and associated transceiver to support Dual-Role -operation: -they can act either as a host, using the standard -Linux-USB host side driver stack, -or as a peripheral, using this "gadget" framework. -To do that, the system software relies on small additions -to those programming interfaces, -and on a new internal component (here called an "OTG Controller") -affecting which driver stack connects to the OTG port. -In each role, the system can re-use the existing pool of -hardware-neutral drivers, layered on top of the controller -driver interfaces (usb_bus or -usb_gadget). -Such drivers need at most minor changes, and most of the calls -added to support OTG can also benefit non-OTG products. - - - - Gadget drivers test the is_otg - flag, and use it to determine whether or not to include - an OTG descriptor in each of their configurations. - - Gadget drivers may need changes to support the - two new OTG protocols, exposed in new gadget attributes - such as b_hnp_enable flag. - HNP support should be reported through a user interface - (two LEDs could suffice), and is triggered in some cases - when the host suspends the peripheral. - SRP support can be user-initiated just like remote wakeup, - probably by pressing the same button. - - On the host side, USB device drivers need - to be taught to trigger HNP at appropriate moments, using - usb_suspend_device(). - That also conserves battery power, which is useful even - for non-OTG configurations. - - Also on the host side, a driver must support the - OTG "Targeted Peripheral List". That's just a whitelist, - used to reject peripherals not supported with a given - Linux OTG host. - This whitelist is product-specific; - each product must modify otg_whitelist.h - to match its interoperability specification. - - - Non-OTG Linux hosts, like PCs and workstations, - normally have some solution for adding drivers, so that - peripherals that aren't recognized can eventually be supported. - That approach is unreasonable for consumer products that may - never have their firmware upgraded, and where it's usually - unrealistic to expect traditional PC/workstation/server kinds - of support model to work. - For example, it's often impractical to change device firmware - once the product has been distributed, so driver bugs can't - normally be fixed if they're found after shipment. - - - - -Additional changes are needed below those hardware-neutral -usb_bus and usb_gadget -driver interfaces; those aren't discussed here in any detail. -Those affect the hardware-specific code for each USB Host or Peripheral -controller, and how the HCD initializes (since OTG can be active only -on a single port). -They also involve what may be called an OTG Controller -Driver, managing the OTG transceiver and the OTG state -machine logic as well as much of the root hub behavior for the -OTG port. -The OTG controller driver needs to activate and deactivate USB -controllers depending on the relevant device role. -Some related changes were needed inside usbcore, so that it -can identify OTG-capable devices and respond appropriately -to HNP or SRP protocols. - - - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index 59fb5c077541b15f6f319a17cbf259195c9849f0..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/genericirq.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,520 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Linux generic IRQ handling - - - - Thomas - Gleixner - -
- tglx@linutronix.de -
- - - - Ingo - Molnar - -
- mingo@elte.hu -
- - - - - - 2005-2010 - Thomas Gleixner - - - 2005-2006 - Ingo Molnar - - - - - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute - it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License version 2 as published by the Free Software Foundation. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, - MA 02111-1307 USA - - - - For more details see the file COPYING in the source - distribution of Linux. - - - - - - - - Introduction - - The generic interrupt handling layer is designed to provide a - complete abstraction of interrupt handling for device drivers. - It is able to handle all the different types of interrupt controller - hardware. Device drivers use generic API functions to request, enable, - disable and free interrupts. The drivers do not have to know anything - about interrupt hardware details, so they can be used on different - platforms without code changes. - - - This documentation is provided to developers who want to implement - an interrupt subsystem based for their architecture, with the help - of the generic IRQ handling layer. - - - - - Rationale - - The original implementation of interrupt handling in Linux uses - the __do_IRQ() super-handler, which is able to deal with every - type of interrupt logic. - - - Originally, Russell King identified different types of handlers to - build a quite universal set for the ARM interrupt handler - implementation in Linux 2.5/2.6. He distinguished between: - - Level type - Edge type - Simple type - - During the implementation we identified another type: - - Fast EOI type - - In the SMP world of the __do_IRQ() super-handler another type - was identified: - - Per CPU type - - - - This split implementation of high-level IRQ handlers allows us to - optimize the flow of the interrupt handling for each specific - interrupt type. This reduces complexity in that particular code path - and allows the optimized handling of a given type. - - - The original general IRQ implementation used hw_interrupt_type - structures and their ->ack(), ->end() [etc.] callbacks to - differentiate the flow control in the super-handler. This leads to - a mix of flow logic and low-level hardware logic, and it also leads - to unnecessary code duplication: for example in i386, there is an - ioapic_level_irq and an ioapic_edge_irq IRQ-type which share many - of the low-level details but have different flow handling. - - - A more natural abstraction is the clean separation of the - 'irq flow' and the 'chip details'. - - - Analysing a couple of architecture's IRQ subsystem implementations - reveals that most of them can use a generic set of 'irq flow' - methods and only need to add the chip-level specific code. - The separation is also valuable for (sub)architectures - which need specific quirks in the IRQ flow itself but not in the - chip details - and thus provides a more transparent IRQ subsystem - design. - - - Each interrupt descriptor is assigned its own high-level flow - handler, which is normally one of the generic - implementations. (This high-level flow handler implementation also - makes it simple to provide demultiplexing handlers which can be - found in embedded platforms on various architectures.) - - - The separation makes the generic interrupt handling layer more - flexible and extensible. For example, an (sub)architecture can - use a generic IRQ-flow implementation for 'level type' interrupts - and add a (sub)architecture specific 'edge type' implementation. - - - To make the transition to the new model easier and prevent the - breakage of existing implementations, the __do_IRQ() super-handler - is still available. This leads to a kind of duality for the time - being. Over time the new model should be used in more and more - architectures, as it enables smaller and cleaner IRQ subsystems. - It's deprecated for three years now and about to be removed. - - - - Known Bugs And Assumptions - - None (knock on wood). - - - - - Abstraction layers - - There are three main levels of abstraction in the interrupt code: - - High-level driver API - High-level IRQ flow handlers - Chip-level hardware encapsulation - - - - Interrupt control flow - - Each interrupt is described by an interrupt descriptor structure - irq_desc. The interrupt is referenced by an 'unsigned int' numeric - value which selects the corresponding interrupt description structure - in the descriptor structures array. - The descriptor structure contains status information and pointers - to the interrupt flow method and the interrupt chip structure - which are assigned to this interrupt. - - - Whenever an interrupt triggers, the low-level architecture code calls - into the generic interrupt code by calling desc->handle_irq(). - This high-level IRQ handling function only uses desc->irq_data.chip - primitives referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure. - - - - High-level Driver API - - The high-level Driver API consists of following functions: - - request_irq() - free_irq() - disable_irq() - enable_irq() - disable_irq_nosync() (SMP only) - synchronize_irq() (SMP only) - irq_set_irq_type() - irq_set_irq_wake() - irq_set_handler_data() - irq_set_chip() - irq_set_chip_data() - - See the autogenerated function documentation for details. - - - - High-level IRQ flow handlers - - The generic layer provides a set of pre-defined irq-flow methods: - - handle_level_irq - handle_edge_irq - handle_fasteoi_irq - handle_simple_irq - handle_percpu_irq - handle_edge_eoi_irq - handle_bad_irq - - The interrupt flow handlers (either pre-defined or architecture - specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture - either during bootup or during device initialization. - - - Default flow implementations - - Helper functions - - The helper functions call the chip primitives and - are used by the default flow implementations. - The following helper functions are implemented (simplified excerpt): - -default_enable(struct irq_data *data) -{ - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(data); -} - -default_disable(struct irq_data *data) -{ - if (!delay_disable(data)) - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask(data); -} - -default_ack(struct irq_data *data) -{ - chip->irq_ack(data); -} - -default_mask_ack(struct irq_data *data) -{ - if (chip->irq_mask_ack) { - chip->irq_mask_ack(data); - } else { - chip->irq_mask(data); - chip->irq_ack(data); - } -} - -noop(struct irq_data *data)) -{ -} - - - - - - - Default flow handler implementations - - Default Level IRQ flow handler - - handle_level_irq provides a generic implementation - for level-triggered interrupts. - - - The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): - -desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack(); -handle_irq_event(desc->action); -desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(); - - - - - Default Fast EOI IRQ flow handler - - handle_fasteoi_irq provides a generic implementation - for interrupts, which only need an EOI at the end of - the handler. - - - The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): - -handle_irq_event(desc->action); -desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi(); - - - - - Default Edge IRQ flow handler - - handle_edge_irq provides a generic implementation - for edge-triggered interrupts. - - - The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): - -if (desc->status & running) { - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack(); - desc->status |= pending | masked; - return; -} -desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack(); -desc->status |= running; -do { - if (desc->status & masked) - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(); - desc->status &= ~pending; - handle_irq_event(desc->action); -} while (status & pending); -desc->status &= ~running; - - - - - Default simple IRQ flow handler - - handle_simple_irq provides a generic implementation - for simple interrupts. - - - Note: The simple flow handler does not call any - handler/chip primitives. - - - The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): - -handle_irq_event(desc->action); - - - - - Default per CPU flow handler - - handle_percpu_irq provides a generic implementation - for per CPU interrupts. - - - Per CPU interrupts are only available on SMP and - the handler provides a simplified version without - locking. - - - The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt): - -if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack) - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack(); -handle_irq_event(desc->action); -if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi) - desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi(); - - - - - EOI Edge IRQ flow handler - - handle_edge_eoi_irq provides an abnomination of the edge - handler which is solely used to tame a badly wreckaged - irq controller on powerpc/cell. - - - - Bad IRQ flow handler - - handle_bad_irq is used for spurious interrupts which - have no real handler assigned.. - - - - - Quirks and optimizations - - The generic functions are intended for 'clean' architectures and chips, - which have no platform-specific IRQ handling quirks. If an architecture - needs to implement quirks on the 'flow' level then it can do so by - overriding the high-level irq-flow handler. - - - - Delayed interrupt disable - - This per interrupt selectable feature, which was introduced by Russell - King in the ARM interrupt implementation, does not mask an interrupt - at the hardware level when disable_irq() is called. The interrupt is - kept enabled and is masked in the flow handler when an interrupt event - happens. This prevents losing edge interrupts on hardware which does - not store an edge interrupt event while the interrupt is disabled at - the hardware level. When an interrupt arrives while the IRQ_DISABLED - flag is set, then the interrupt is masked at the hardware level and - the IRQ_PENDING bit is set. When the interrupt is re-enabled by - enable_irq() the pending bit is checked and if it is set, the - interrupt is resent either via hardware or by a software resend - mechanism. (It's necessary to enable CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND when - you want to use the delayed interrupt disable feature and your - hardware is not capable of retriggering an interrupt.) - The delayed interrupt disable is not configurable. - - - - - Chip-level hardware encapsulation - - The chip-level hardware descriptor structure irq_chip - contains all the direct chip relevant functions, which - can be utilized by the irq flow implementations. - - irq_ack() - irq_mask_ack() - Optional, recommended for performance - irq_mask() - irq_unmask() - irq_eoi() - Optional, required for EOI flow handlers - irq_retrigger() - Optional - irq_set_type() - Optional - irq_set_wake() - Optional - - These primitives are strictly intended to mean what they say: ack means - ACK, masking means masking of an IRQ line, etc. It is up to the flow - handler(s) to use these basic units of low-level functionality. - - - - - - __do_IRQ entry point - - The original implementation __do_IRQ() was an alternative entry - point for all types of interrupts. It no longer exists. - - - This handler turned out to be not suitable for all - interrupt hardware and was therefore reimplemented with split - functionality for edge/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not - only a functional optimization. It also shortens code paths for - interrupts. - - - - - Locking on SMP - - The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that - defines the chip primitives. The per-irq structure is - protected via desc->lock, by the generic layer. - - - - - Generic interrupt chip - - To avoid copies of identical implementations of IRQ chips the - core provides a configurable generic interrupt chip - implementation. Developers should check carefully whether the - generic chip fits their needs before implementing the same - functionality slightly differently themselves. - -!Ekernel/irq/generic-chip.c - - - - Structures - - This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures which are - used in the generic IRQ layer. - -!Iinclude/linux/irq.h -!Iinclude/linux/interrupt.h - - - - Public Functions Provided - - This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the kernel API functions - which are exported. - -!Ekernel/irq/manage.c -!Ekernel/irq/chip.c - - - - Internal Functions Provided - - This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the internal functions. - -!Ikernel/irq/irqdesc.c -!Ikernel/irq/handle.c -!Ikernel/irq/chip.c - - - - Credits - - The following people have contributed to this document: - - Thomas Gleixnertglx@linutronix.de - Ingo Molnarmingo@elte.hu - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index ecfd0ea406619b0a2c76071b2024c7219b9c7a6a..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,331 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - The Linux Kernel API - - - - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute - it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later - version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, - MA 02111-1307 USA - - - - For more details see the file COPYING in the source - distribution of Linux. - - - - - - - - Data Types - Doubly Linked Lists -!Iinclude/linux/list.h - - - - - Basic C Library Functions - - - When writing drivers, you cannot in general use routines which are - from the C Library. Some of the functions have been found generally - useful and they are listed below. The behaviour of these functions - may vary slightly from those defined by ANSI, and these deviations - are noted in the text. - - - String Conversions -!Elib/vsprintf.c -!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtol -!Finclude/linux/kernel.h kstrtoul -!Elib/kstrtox.c - - String Manipulation - -!Elib/string.c - - Bit Operations -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h - - - - - Basic Kernel Library Functions - - - The Linux kernel provides more basic utility functions. - - - Bitmap Operations -!Elib/bitmap.c -!Ilib/bitmap.c - - - Command-line Parsing -!Elib/cmdline.c - - - CRC Functions -!Elib/crc7.c -!Elib/crc16.c -!Elib/crc-itu-t.c -!Elib/crc32.c -!Elib/crc-ccitt.c - - - idr/ida Functions -!Pinclude/linux/idr.h idr sync -!Plib/idr.c IDA description -!Elib/idr.c - - - - - Memory Management in Linux - The Slab Cache -!Iinclude/linux/slab.h -!Emm/slab.c -!Emm/util.c - - User Space Memory Access -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h -!Earch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c - - More Memory Management Functions -!Emm/readahead.c -!Emm/filemap.c -!Emm/memory.c -!Emm/vmalloc.c -!Imm/page_alloc.c -!Emm/mempool.c -!Emm/dmapool.c -!Emm/page-writeback.c -!Emm/truncate.c - - - - - - Kernel IPC facilities - - IPC utilities -!Iipc/util.c - - - - - FIFO Buffer - kfifo interface -!Iinclude/linux/kfifo.h - - - - - relay interface support - - - Relay interface support - is designed to provide an efficient mechanism for tools and - facilities to relay large amounts of data from kernel space to - user space. - - - relay interface -!Ekernel/relay.c -!Ikernel/relay.c - - - - - Module Support - Module Loading -!Ekernel/kmod.c - - Inter Module support - - Refer to the file kernel/module.c for more information. - - - - - - - Hardware Interfaces - Interrupt Handling -!Ekernel/irq/manage.c - - - DMA Channels -!Ekernel/dma.c - - - Resources Management -!Ikernel/resource.c -!Ekernel/resource.c - - - MTRR Handling -!Earch/x86/kernel/cpu/mtrr/main.c - - - PCI Support Library -!Edrivers/pci/pci.c -!Edrivers/pci/pci-driver.c -!Edrivers/pci/remove.c -!Edrivers/pci/search.c -!Edrivers/pci/msi.c -!Edrivers/pci/bus.c -!Edrivers/pci/access.c -!Edrivers/pci/irq.c -!Edrivers/pci/htirq.c - -!Edrivers/pci/probe.c -!Edrivers/pci/slot.c -!Edrivers/pci/rom.c -!Edrivers/pci/iov.c -!Idrivers/pci/pci-sysfs.c - - PCI Hotplug Support Library -!Edrivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c - - - - - Firmware Interfaces - DMI Interfaces -!Edrivers/firmware/dmi_scan.c - - EDD Interfaces -!Idrivers/firmware/edd.c - - - - - Security Framework -!Isecurity/security.c -!Esecurity/inode.c - - - - Audit Interfaces -!Ekernel/audit.c -!Ikernel/auditsc.c -!Ikernel/auditfilter.c - - - - Accounting Framework -!Ikernel/acct.c - - - - Block Devices -!Eblock/blk-core.c -!Iblock/blk-core.c -!Eblock/blk-map.c -!Iblock/blk-sysfs.c -!Eblock/blk-settings.c -!Eblock/blk-exec.c -!Eblock/blk-flush.c -!Eblock/blk-lib.c -!Eblock/blk-tag.c -!Iblock/blk-tag.c -!Eblock/blk-integrity.c -!Ikernel/trace/blktrace.c -!Iblock/genhd.c -!Eblock/genhd.c - - - - Char devices -!Efs/char_dev.c - - - - Miscellaneous Devices -!Edrivers/char/misc.c - - - - Clock Framework - - - The clock framework defines programming interfaces to support - software management of the system clock tree. - This framework is widely used with System-On-Chip (SOC) platforms - to support power management and various devices which may need - custom clock rates. - Note that these "clocks" don't relate to timekeeping or real - time clocks (RTCs), each of which have separate frameworks. - These struct clk instances may be used - to manage for example a 96 MHz signal that is used to shift bits - into and out of peripherals or busses, or otherwise trigger - synchronous state machine transitions in system hardware. - - - - Power management is supported by explicit software clock gating: - unused clocks are disabled, so the system doesn't waste power - changing the state of transistors that aren't in active use. - On some systems this may be backed by hardware clock gating, - where clocks are gated without being disabled in software. - Sections of chips that are powered but not clocked may be able - to retain their last state. - This low power state is often called a retention - mode. - This mode still incurs leakage currents, especially with finer - circuit geometries, but for CMOS circuits power is mostly used - by clocked state changes. - - - - Power-aware drivers only enable their clocks when the device - they manage is in active use. Also, system sleep states often - differ according to which clock domains are active: while a - "standby" state may allow wakeup from several active domains, a - "mem" (suspend-to-RAM) state may require a more wholesale shutdown - of clocks derived from higher speed PLLs and oscillators, limiting - the number of possible wakeup event sources. A driver's suspend - method may need to be aware of system-specific clock constraints - on the target sleep state. - - - - Some platforms support programmable clock generators. These - can be used by external chips of various kinds, such as other - CPUs, multimedia codecs, and devices with strict requirements - for interface clocking. - - -!Iinclude/linux/clk.h - - - diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index 837eca77f274236464225ba280d32a4898640f54..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_musb_glue_layer.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,873 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Writing an MUSB Glue Layer - - - - Apelete - Seketeli - -
- apelete at seketeli.net -
- - - - - - 2014 - Apelete Seketeli - - - - - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute it - and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. - - - - This documentation is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - along with this documentation; if not, write to the Free Software - Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA - 02111-1307 USA - - - - For more details see the file COPYING in the Linux kernel source - tree. - - - - - - - - Introduction - - The Linux MUSB subsystem is part of the larger Linux USB - subsystem. It provides support for embedded USB Device Controllers - (UDC) that do not use Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI) - or Open Host Controller Interface (OHCI). - - - Instead, these embedded UDC rely on the USB On-the-Go (OTG) - specification which they implement at least partially. The silicon - reference design used in most cases is the Multipoint USB - Highspeed Dual-Role Controller (MUSB HDRC) found in the Mentor - Graphics Inventra™ design. - - - As a self-taught exercise I have written an MUSB glue layer for - the Ingenic JZ4740 SoC, modelled after the many MUSB glue layers - in the kernel source tree. This layer can be found at - drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c. In this documentation I will walk - through the basics of the jz4740.c glue layer, explaining the - different pieces and what needs to be done in order to write your - own device glue layer. - - - - - Linux MUSB Basics - - To get started on the topic, please read USB On-the-Go Basics (see - Resources) which provides an introduction of USB OTG operation at - the hardware level. A couple of wiki pages by Texas Instruments - and Analog Devices also provide an overview of the Linux kernel - MUSB configuration, albeit focused on some specific devices - provided by these companies. Finally, getting acquainted with the - USB specification at USB home page may come in handy, with - practical instance provided through the Writing USB Device Drivers - documentation (again, see Resources). - - - Linux USB stack is a layered architecture in which the MUSB - controller hardware sits at the lowest. The MUSB controller driver - abstract the MUSB controller hardware to the Linux USB stack. - - - ------------------------ - | | <------- drivers/usb/gadget - | Linux USB Core Stack | <------- drivers/usb/host - | | <------- drivers/usb/core - ------------------------ - ⬍ - -------------------------- - | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_gadget.c - | MUSB Controller driver | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_host.c - | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_core.c - -------------------------- - ⬍ - --------------------------------- - | MUSB Platform Specific Driver | - | | <-- drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c - | aka "Glue Layer" | - --------------------------------- - ⬍ - --------------------------------- - | MUSB Controller Hardware | - --------------------------------- - - - As outlined above, the glue layer is actually the platform - specific code sitting in between the controller driver and the - controller hardware. - - - Just like a Linux USB driver needs to register itself with the - Linux USB subsystem, the MUSB glue layer needs first to register - itself with the MUSB controller driver. This will allow the - controller driver to know about which device the glue layer - supports and which functions to call when a supported device is - detected or released; remember we are talking about an embedded - controller chip here, so no insertion or removal at run-time. - - - All of this information is passed to the MUSB controller driver - through a platform_driver structure defined in the glue layer as: - - -static struct platform_driver jz4740_driver = { - .probe = jz4740_probe, - .remove = jz4740_remove, - .driver = { - .name = "musb-jz4740", - }, -}; - - - The probe and remove function pointers are called when a matching - device is detected and, respectively, released. The name string - describes the device supported by this glue layer. In the current - case it matches a platform_device structure declared in - arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. Note that we are not using device - tree bindings here. - - - In order to register itself to the controller driver, the glue - layer goes through a few steps, basically allocating the - controller hardware resources and initialising a couple of - circuits. To do so, it needs to keep track of the information used - throughout these steps. This is done by defining a private - jz4740_glue structure: - - -struct jz4740_glue { - struct device *dev; - struct platform_device *musb; - struct clk *clk; -}; - - - The dev and musb members are both device structure variables. The - first one holds generic information about the device, since it's - the basic device structure, and the latter holds information more - closely related to the subsystem the device is registered to. The - clk variable keeps information related to the device clock - operation. - - - Let's go through the steps of the probe function that leads the - glue layer to register itself to the controller driver. - - - N.B.: For the sake of readability each function will be split in - logical parts, each part being shown as if it was independent from - the others. - - -static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) -{ - struct platform_device *musb; - struct jz4740_glue *glue; - struct clk *clk; - int ret; - - glue = devm_kzalloc(&pdev->dev, sizeof(*glue), GFP_KERNEL); - if (!glue) - return -ENOMEM; - - musb = platform_device_alloc("musb-hdrc", PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO); - if (!musb) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to allocate musb device\n"); - return -ENOMEM; - } - - clk = devm_clk_get(&pdev->dev, "udc"); - if (IS_ERR(clk)) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to get clock\n"); - ret = PTR_ERR(clk); - goto err_platform_device_put; - } - - ret = clk_prepare_enable(clk); - if (ret) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to enable clock\n"); - goto err_platform_device_put; - } - - musb->dev.parent = &pdev->dev; - - glue->dev = &pdev->dev; - glue->musb = musb; - glue->clk = clk; - - return 0; - -err_platform_device_put: - platform_device_put(musb); - return ret; -} - - - The first few lines of the probe function allocate and assign the - glue, musb and clk variables. The GFP_KERNEL flag (line 8) allows - the allocation process to sleep and wait for memory, thus being - usable in a blocking situation. The PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO flag (line - 12) allows automatic allocation and management of device IDs in - order to avoid device namespace collisions with explicit IDs. With - devm_clk_get() (line 18) the glue layer allocates the clock -- the - devm_ prefix indicates that clk_get() is - managed: it automatically frees the allocated clock resource data - when the device is released -- and enable it. - - - Then comes the registration steps: - - -static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) -{ - struct musb_hdrc_platform_data *pdata = &jz4740_musb_platform_data; - - pdata->platform_ops = &jz4740_musb_ops; - - platform_set_drvdata(pdev, glue); - - ret = platform_device_add_resources(musb, pdev->resource, - pdev->num_resources); - if (ret) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add resources\n"); - goto err_clk_disable; - } - - ret = platform_device_add_data(musb, pdata, sizeof(*pdata)); - if (ret) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add platform_data\n"); - goto err_clk_disable; - } - - return 0; - -err_clk_disable: - clk_disable_unprepare(clk); -err_platform_device_put: - platform_device_put(musb); - return ret; -} - - - The first step is to pass the device data privately held by the - glue layer on to the controller driver through - platform_set_drvdata() (line 7). Next is passing on the device - resources information, also privately held at that point, through - platform_device_add_resources() (line 9). - - - Finally comes passing on the platform specific data to the - controller driver (line 16). Platform data will be discussed in - Chapter 4, but here - we are looking at the platform_ops function pointer (line 5) in - musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line 3). This function - pointer allows the MUSB controller driver to know which function - to call for device operation: - - -static const struct musb_platform_ops jz4740_musb_ops = { - .init = jz4740_musb_init, - .exit = jz4740_musb_exit, -}; - - - Here we have the minimal case where only init and exit functions - are called by the controller driver when needed. Fact is the - JZ4740 MUSB controller is a basic controller, lacking some - features found in other controllers, otherwise we may also have - pointers to a few other functions like a power management function - or a function to switch between OTG and non-OTG modes, for - instance. - - - At that point of the registration process, the controller driver - actually calls the init function: - - -static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) -{ - musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); - if (!musb->xceiv) { - pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); - return -ENODEV; - } - - /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. - * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. - */ - musb->dyn_fifo = true; - - musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; - - return 0; -} - - - The goal of jz4740_musb_init() is to get hold of the transceiver - driver data of the MUSB controller hardware and pass it on to the - MUSB controller driver, as usual. The transceiver is the circuitry - inside the controller hardware responsible for sending/receiving - the USB data. Since it is an implementation of the physical layer - of the OSI model, the transceiver is also referred to as PHY. - - - Getting hold of the MUSB PHY driver data is done with - usb_get_phy() which returns a pointer to the structure - containing the driver instance data. The next couple of - instructions (line 12 and 14) are used as a quirk and to setup - IRQ handling respectively. Quirks and IRQ handling will be - discussed later in Chapter - 5 and Chapter 3. - - -static int jz4740_musb_exit(struct musb *musb) -{ - usb_put_phy(musb->xceiv); - - return 0; -} - - - Acting as the counterpart of init, the exit function releases the - MUSB PHY driver when the controller hardware itself is about to be - released. - - - Again, note that init and exit are fairly simple in this case due - to the basic set of features of the JZ4740 controller hardware. - When writing an musb glue layer for a more complex controller - hardware, you might need to take care of more processing in those - two functions. - - - Returning from the init function, the MUSB controller driver jumps - back into the probe function: - - -static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) -{ - ret = platform_device_add(musb); - if (ret) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to register musb device\n"); - goto err_clk_disable; - } - - return 0; - -err_clk_disable: - clk_disable_unprepare(clk); -err_platform_device_put: - platform_device_put(musb); - return ret; -} - - - This is the last part of the device registration process where the - glue layer adds the controller hardware device to Linux kernel - device hierarchy: at this stage, all known information about the - device is passed on to the Linux USB core stack. - - -static int jz4740_remove(struct platform_device *pdev) -{ - struct jz4740_glue *glue = platform_get_drvdata(pdev); - - platform_device_unregister(glue->musb); - clk_disable_unprepare(glue->clk); - - return 0; -} - - - Acting as the counterpart of probe, the remove function unregister - the MUSB controller hardware (line 5) and disable the clock (line - 6), allowing it to be gated. - - - - - Handling IRQs - - Additionally to the MUSB controller hardware basic setup and - registration, the glue layer is also responsible for handling the - IRQs: - - -static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) -{ - unsigned long flags; - irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; - struct musb *musb = __hci; - - spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); - - musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); - musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); - musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); - - /* - * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is - * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will - * never see them set - */ - musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | - MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; - - if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) - retval = musb_interrupt(musb); - - spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); - - return retval; -} - - - Here the glue layer mostly has to read the relevant hardware - registers and pass their values on to the controller driver which - will handle the actual event that triggered the IRQ. - - - The interrupt handler critical section is protected by the - spin_lock_irqsave() and counterpart spin_unlock_irqrestore() - functions (line 7 and 24 respectively), which prevent the - interrupt handler code to be run by two different threads at the - same time. - - - Then the relevant interrupt registers are read (line 9 to 11): - - - - - MUSB_INTRUSB: indicates which USB interrupts are currently - active, - - - - - MUSB_INTRTX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX - endpoints are currently active, - - - - - MUSB_INTRRX: indicates which of the interrupts for TX - endpoints are currently active. - - - - - Note that musb_readb() is used to read 8-bit registers at most, - while musb_readw() allows us to read at most 16-bit registers. - There are other functions that can be used depending on the size - of your device registers. See musb_io.h for more information. - - - Instruction on line 18 is another quirk specific to the JZ4740 - USB device controller, which will be discussed later in Chapter 5. - - - The glue layer still needs to register the IRQ handler though. - Remember the instruction on line 14 of the init function: - - -static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) -{ - musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; - - return 0; -} - - - This instruction sets a pointer to the glue layer IRQ handler - function, in order for the controller hardware to call the handler - back when an IRQ comes from the controller hardware. The interrupt - handler is now implemented and registered. - - - - - Device Platform Data - - In order to write an MUSB glue layer, you need to have some data - describing the hardware capabilities of your controller hardware, - which is called the platform data. - - - Platform data is specific to your hardware, though it may cover a - broad range of devices, and is generally found somewhere in the - arch/ directory, depending on your device architecture. - - - For instance, platform data for the JZ4740 SoC is found in - arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c. In the platform.c file each device of - the JZ4740 SoC is described through a set of structures. - - - Here is the part of arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c that covers the - USB Device Controller (UDC): - - -/* USB Device Controller */ -struct platform_device jz4740_udc_xceiv_device = { - .name = "usb_phy_gen_xceiv", - .id = 0, -}; - -static struct resource jz4740_udc_resources[] = { - [0] = { - .start = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR, - .end = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR + 0x10000 - 1, - .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM, - }, - [1] = { - .start = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, - .end = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, - .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ, - .name = "mc", - }, -}; - -struct platform_device jz4740_udc_device = { - .name = "musb-jz4740", - .id = -1, - .dev = { - .dma_mask = &jz4740_udc_device.dev.coherent_dma_mask, - .coherent_dma_mask = DMA_BIT_MASK(32), - }, - .num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_udc_resources), - .resource = jz4740_udc_resources, -}; - - - The jz4740_udc_xceiv_device platform device structure (line 2) - describes the UDC transceiver with a name and id number. - - - At the time of this writing, note that - "usb_phy_gen_xceiv" is the specific name to be used for - all transceivers that are either built-in with reference USB IP or - autonomous and doesn't require any PHY programming. You will need - to set CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV=y in the kernel configuration to make - use of the corresponding transceiver driver. The id field could be - set to -1 (equivalent to PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE), -2 (equivalent to - PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO) or start with 0 for the first device of this - kind if we want a specific id number. - - - The jz4740_udc_resources resource structure (line 7) defines the - UDC registers base addresses. - - - The first array (line 9 to 11) defines the UDC registers base - memory addresses: start points to the first register memory - address, end points to the last register memory address and the - flags member defines the type of resource we are dealing with. So - IORESOURCE_MEM is used to define the registers memory addresses. - The second array (line 14 to 17) defines the UDC IRQ registers - addresses. Since there is only one IRQ register available for the - JZ4740 UDC, start and end point at the same address. The - IORESOURCE_IRQ flag tells that we are dealing with IRQ resources, - and the name "mc" is in fact hard-coded in the MUSB core - in order for the controller driver to retrieve this IRQ resource - by querying it by its name. - - - Finally, the jz4740_udc_device platform device structure (line 21) - describes the UDC itself. - - - The "musb-jz4740" name (line 22) defines the MUSB - driver that is used for this device; remember this is in fact - the name that we used in the jz4740_driver platform driver - structure in Chapter - 2. The id field (line 23) is set to -1 (equivalent to - PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE) since we do not need an id for the device: - the MUSB controller driver was already set to allocate an - automatic id in Chapter - 2. In the dev field we care for DMA related information - here. The dma_mask field (line 25) defines the width of the DMA - mask that is going to be used, and coherent_dma_mask (line 26) - has the same purpose but for the alloc_coherent DMA mappings: in - both cases we are using a 32 bits mask. Then the resource field - (line 29) is simply a pointer to the resource structure defined - before, while the num_resources field (line 28) keeps track of - the number of arrays defined in the resource structure (in this - case there were two resource arrays defined before). - - - With this quick overview of the UDC platform data at the arch/ - level now done, let's get back to the MUSB glue layer specific - platform data in drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c: - - -static struct musb_hdrc_config jz4740_musb_config = { - /* Silicon does not implement USB OTG. */ - .multipoint = 0, - /* Max EPs scanned, driver will decide which EP can be used. */ - .num_eps = 4, - /* RAMbits needed to configure EPs from table */ - .ram_bits = 9, - .fifo_cfg = jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg, - .fifo_cfg_size = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg), -}; - -static struct musb_hdrc_platform_data jz4740_musb_platform_data = { - .mode = MUSB_PERIPHERAL, - .config = &jz4740_musb_config, -}; - - - First the glue layer configures some aspects of the controller - driver operation related to the controller hardware specifics. - This is done through the jz4740_musb_config musb_hdrc_config - structure. - - - Defining the OTG capability of the controller hardware, the - multipoint member (line 3) is set to 0 (equivalent to false) - since the JZ4740 UDC is not OTG compatible. Then num_eps (line - 5) defines the number of USB endpoints of the controller - hardware, including endpoint 0: here we have 3 endpoints + - endpoint 0. Next is ram_bits (line 7) which is the width of the - RAM address bus for the MUSB controller hardware. This - information is needed when the controller driver cannot - automatically configure endpoints by reading the relevant - controller hardware registers. This issue will be discussed when - we get to device quirks in Chapter - 5. Last two fields (line 8 and 9) are also about device - quirks: fifo_cfg points to the USB endpoints configuration table - and fifo_cfg_size keeps track of the size of the number of - entries in that configuration table. More on that later in Chapter 5. - - - Then this configuration is embedded inside - jz4740_musb_platform_data musb_hdrc_platform_data structure (line - 11): config is a pointer to the configuration structure itself, - and mode tells the controller driver if the controller hardware - may be used as MUSB_HOST only, MUSB_PERIPHERAL only or MUSB_OTG - which is a dual mode. - - - Remember that jz4740_musb_platform_data is then used to convey - platform data information as we have seen in the probe function - in Chapter 2 - - - - - Device Quirks - - Completing the platform data specific to your device, you may also - need to write some code in the glue layer to work around some - device specific limitations. These quirks may be due to some - hardware bugs, or simply be the result of an incomplete - implementation of the USB On-the-Go specification. - - - The JZ4740 UDC exhibits such quirks, some of which we will discuss - here for the sake of insight even though these might not be found - in the controller hardware you are working on. - - - Let's get back to the init function first: - - -static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) -{ - musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); - if (!musb->xceiv) { - pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); - return -ENODEV; - } - - /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. - * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. - */ - musb->dyn_fifo = true; - - musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; - - return 0; -} - - - Instruction on line 12 helps the MUSB controller driver to work - around the fact that the controller hardware is missing registers - that are used for USB endpoints configuration. - - - Without these registers, the controller driver is unable to read - the endpoints configuration from the hardware, so we use line 12 - instruction to bypass reading the configuration from silicon, and - rely on a hard-coded table that describes the endpoints - configuration instead: - - -static struct musb_fifo_cfg jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg[] = { -{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 512, }, -{ .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_RX, .maxpacket = 512, }, -{ .hw_ep_num = 2, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 64, }, -}; - - - Looking at the configuration table above, we see that each - endpoints is described by three fields: hw_ep_num is the endpoint - number, style is its direction (either FIFO_TX for the controller - driver to send packets in the controller hardware, or FIFO_RX to - receive packets from hardware), and maxpacket defines the maximum - size of each data packet that can be transmitted over that - endpoint. Reading from the table, the controller driver knows that - endpoint 1 can be used to send and receive USB data packets of 512 - bytes at once (this is in fact a bulk in/out endpoint), and - endpoint 2 can be used to send data packets of 64 bytes at once - (this is in fact an interrupt endpoint). - - - Note that there is no information about endpoint 0 here: that one - is implemented by default in every silicon design, with a - predefined configuration according to the USB specification. For - more examples of endpoint configuration tables, see musb_core.c. - - - Let's now get back to the interrupt handler function: - - -static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) -{ - unsigned long flags; - irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; - struct musb *musb = __hci; - - spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); - - musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); - musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); - musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); - - /* - * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is - * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will - * never see them set - */ - musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | - MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; - - if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) - retval = musb_interrupt(musb); - - spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); - - return retval; -} - - - Instruction on line 18 above is a way for the controller driver to - work around the fact that some interrupt bits used for USB host - mode operation are missing in the MUSB_INTRUSB register, thus left - in an undefined hardware state, since this MUSB controller - hardware is used in peripheral mode only. As a consequence, the - glue layer masks these missing bits out to avoid parasite - interrupts by doing a logical AND operation between the value read - from MUSB_INTRUSB and the bits that are actually implemented in - the register. - - - These are only a couple of the quirks found in the JZ4740 USB - device controller. Some others were directly addressed in the MUSB - core since the fixes were generic enough to provide a better - handling of the issues for others controller hardware eventually. - - - - - Conclusion - - Writing a Linux MUSB glue layer should be a more accessible task, - as this documentation tries to show the ins and outs of this - exercise. - - - The JZ4740 USB device controller being fairly simple, I hope its - glue layer serves as a good example for the curious mind. Used - with the current MUSB glue layers, this documentation should - provide enough guidance to get started; should anything gets out - of hand, the linux-usb mailing list archive is another helpful - resource to browse through. - - - - - Acknowledgements - - Many thanks to Lars-Peter Clausen and Maarten ter Huurne for - answering my questions while I was writing the JZ4740 glue layer - and for helping me out getting the code in good shape. - - - I would also like to thank the Qi-Hardware community at large for - its cheerful guidance and support. - - - - - Resources - - USB Home Page: - http://www.usb.org - - - linux-usb Mailing List Archives: - http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb - - - USB On-the-Go Basics: - http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822 - - - Writing USB Device Drivers: - https://www.kernel.org/doc/htmldocs/writing_usb_driver/index.html - - - Texas Instruments USB Configuration Wiki Page: - http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage - - - Analog Devices Blackfin MUSB Configuration: - http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index 3210dcf741c9743c53924e56d3f2768353674157..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/writing_usb_driver.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,412 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - Writing USB Device Drivers - - - - Greg - Kroah-Hartman - -
- greg@kroah.com -
- - - - - - 2001-2002 - Greg Kroah-Hartman - - - - - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute - it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later - version. - - - - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - - - - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, - MA 02111-1307 USA - - - - For more details see the file COPYING in the source - distribution of Linux. - - - - This documentation is based on an article published in - Linux Journal Magazine, October 2001, Issue 90. - - - - - - - - Introduction - - The Linux USB subsystem has grown from supporting only two different - types of devices in the 2.2.7 kernel (mice and keyboards), to over 20 - different types of devices in the 2.4 kernel. Linux currently supports - almost all USB class devices (standard types of devices like keyboards, - mice, modems, printers and speakers) and an ever-growing number of - vendor-specific devices (such as USB to serial converters, digital - cameras, Ethernet devices and MP3 players). For a full list of the - different USB devices currently supported, see Resources. - - - The remaining kinds of USB devices that do not have support on Linux are - almost all vendor-specific devices. Each vendor decides to implement a - custom protocol to talk to their device, so a custom driver usually needs - to be created. Some vendors are open with their USB protocols and help - with the creation of Linux drivers, while others do not publish them, and - developers are forced to reverse-engineer. See Resources for some links - to handy reverse-engineering tools. - - - Because each different protocol causes a new driver to be created, I have - written a generic USB driver skeleton, modelled after the pci-skeleton.c - file in the kernel source tree upon which many PCI network drivers have - been based. This USB skeleton can be found at drivers/usb/usb-skeleton.c - in the kernel source tree. In this article I will walk through the basics - of the skeleton driver, explaining the different pieces and what needs to - be done to customize it to your specific device. - - - - - Linux USB Basics - - If you are going to write a Linux USB driver, please become familiar with - the USB protocol specification. It can be found, along with many other - useful documents, at the USB home page (see Resources). An excellent - introduction to the Linux USB subsystem can be found at the USB Working - Devices List (see Resources). It explains how the Linux USB subsystem is - structured and introduces the reader to the concept of USB urbs - (USB Request Blocks), which are essential to USB drivers. - - - The first thing a Linux USB driver needs to do is register itself with - the Linux USB subsystem, giving it some information about which devices - the driver supports and which functions to call when a device supported - by the driver is inserted or removed from the system. All of this - information is passed to the USB subsystem in the usb_driver structure. - The skeleton driver declares a usb_driver as: - - -static struct usb_driver skel_driver = { - .name = "skeleton", - .probe = skel_probe, - .disconnect = skel_disconnect, - .fops = &skel_fops, - .minor = USB_SKEL_MINOR_BASE, - .id_table = skel_table, -}; - - - The variable name is a string that describes the driver. It is used in - informational messages printed to the system log. The probe and - disconnect function pointers are called when a device that matches the - information provided in the id_table variable is either seen or removed. - - - The fops and minor variables are optional. Most USB drivers hook into - another kernel subsystem, such as the SCSI, network or TTY subsystem. - These types of drivers register themselves with the other kernel - subsystem, and any user-space interactions are provided through that - interface. But for drivers that do not have a matching kernel subsystem, - such as MP3 players or scanners, a method of interacting with user space - is needed. The USB subsystem provides a way to register a minor device - number and a set of file_operations function pointers that enable this - user-space interaction. The skeleton driver needs this kind of interface, - so it provides a minor starting number and a pointer to its - file_operations functions. - - - The USB driver is then registered with a call to usb_register, usually in - the driver's init function, as shown here: - - -static int __init usb_skel_init(void) -{ - int result; - - /* register this driver with the USB subsystem */ - result = usb_register(&skel_driver); - if (result < 0) { - err("usb_register failed for the "__FILE__ "driver." - "Error number %d", result); - return -1; - } - - return 0; -} -module_init(usb_skel_init); - - - When the driver is unloaded from the system, it needs to deregister - itself with the USB subsystem. This is done with the usb_deregister - function: - - -static void __exit usb_skel_exit(void) -{ - /* deregister this driver with the USB subsystem */ - usb_deregister(&skel_driver); -} -module_exit(usb_skel_exit); - - - To enable the linux-hotplug system to load the driver automatically when - the device is plugged in, you need to create a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE. The - following code tells the hotplug scripts that this module supports a - single device with a specific vendor and product ID: - - -/* table of devices that work with this driver */ -static struct usb_device_id skel_table [] = { - { USB_DEVICE(USB_SKEL_VENDOR_ID, USB_SKEL_PRODUCT_ID) }, - { } /* Terminating entry */ -}; -MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE (usb, skel_table); - - - There are other macros that can be used in describing a usb_device_id for - drivers that support a whole class of USB drivers. See usb.h for more - information on this. - - - - - Device operation - - When a device is plugged into the USB bus that matches the device ID - pattern that your driver registered with the USB core, the probe function - is called. The usb_device structure, interface number and the interface ID - are passed to the function: - - -static int skel_probe(struct usb_interface *interface, - const struct usb_device_id *id) - - - The driver now needs to verify that this device is actually one that it - can accept. If so, it returns 0. - If not, or if any error occurs during initialization, an errorcode - (such as -ENOMEM or -ENODEV) - is returned from the probe function. - - - In the skeleton driver, we determine what end points are marked as bulk-in - and bulk-out. We create buffers to hold the data that will be sent and - received from the device, and a USB urb to write data to the device is - initialized. - - - Conversely, when the device is removed from the USB bus, the disconnect - function is called with the device pointer. The driver needs to clean any - private data that has been allocated at this time and to shut down any - pending urbs that are in the USB system. - - - Now that the device is plugged into the system and the driver is bound to - the device, any of the functions in the file_operations structure that - were passed to the USB subsystem will be called from a user program trying - to talk to the device. The first function called will be open, as the - program tries to open the device for I/O. We increment our private usage - count and save a pointer to our internal structure in the file - structure. This is done so that future calls to file operations will - enable the driver to determine which device the user is addressing. All - of this is done with the following code: - - -/* increment our usage count for the module */ -++skel->open_count; - -/* save our object in the file's private structure */ -file->private_data = dev; - - - After the open function is called, the read and write functions are called - to receive and send data to the device. In the skel_write function, we - receive a pointer to some data that the user wants to send to the device - and the size of the data. The function determines how much data it can - send to the device based on the size of the write urb it has created (this - size depends on the size of the bulk out end point that the device has). - Then it copies the data from user space to kernel space, points the urb to - the data and submits the urb to the USB subsystem. This can be seen in - the following code: - - -/* we can only write as much as 1 urb will hold */ -bytes_written = (count > skel->bulk_out_size) ? skel->bulk_out_size : count; - -/* copy the data from user space into our urb */ -copy_from_user(skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, buffer, bytes_written); - -/* set up our urb */ -usb_fill_bulk_urb(skel->write_urb, - skel->dev, - usb_sndbulkpipe(skel->dev, skel->bulk_out_endpointAddr), - skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, - bytes_written, - skel_write_bulk_callback, - skel); - -/* send the data out the bulk port */ -result = usb_submit_urb(skel->write_urb); -if (result) { - err("Failed submitting write urb, error %d", result); -} - - - When the write urb is filled up with the proper information using the - usb_fill_bulk_urb function, we point the urb's completion callback to call our - own skel_write_bulk_callback function. This function is called when the - urb is finished by the USB subsystem. The callback function is called in - interrupt context, so caution must be taken not to do very much processing - at that time. Our implementation of skel_write_bulk_callback merely - reports if the urb was completed successfully or not and then returns. - - - The read function works a bit differently from the write function in that - we do not use an urb to transfer data from the device to the driver. - Instead we call the usb_bulk_msg function, which can be used to send or - receive data from a device without having to create urbs and handle - urb completion callback functions. We call the usb_bulk_msg function, - giving it a buffer into which to place any data received from the device - and a timeout value. If the timeout period expires without receiving any - data from the device, the function will fail and return an error message. - This can be shown with the following code: - - -/* do an immediate bulk read to get data from the device */ -retval = usb_bulk_msg (skel->dev, - usb_rcvbulkpipe (skel->dev, - skel->bulk_in_endpointAddr), - skel->bulk_in_buffer, - skel->bulk_in_size, - &count, HZ*10); -/* if the read was successful, copy the data to user space */ -if (!retval) { - if (copy_to_user (buffer, skel->bulk_in_buffer, count)) - retval = -EFAULT; - else - retval = count; -} - - - The usb_bulk_msg function can be very useful for doing single reads or - writes to a device; however, if you need to read or write constantly to a - device, it is recommended to set up your own urbs and submit them to the - USB subsystem. - - - When the user program releases the file handle that it has been using to - talk to the device, the release function in the driver is called. In this - function we decrement our private usage count and wait for possible - pending writes: - - -/* decrement our usage count for the device */ ---skel->open_count; - - - One of the more difficult problems that USB drivers must be able to handle - smoothly is the fact that the USB device may be removed from the system at - any point in time, even if a program is currently talking to it. It needs - to be able to shut down any current reads and writes and notify the - user-space programs that the device is no longer there. The following - code (function skel_delete) - is an example of how to do this: - -static inline void skel_delete (struct usb_skel *dev) -{ - kfree (dev->bulk_in_buffer); - if (dev->bulk_out_buffer != NULL) - usb_free_coherent (dev->udev, dev->bulk_out_size, - dev->bulk_out_buffer, - dev->write_urb->transfer_dma); - usb_free_urb (dev->write_urb); - kfree (dev); -} - - - If a program currently has an open handle to the device, we reset the flag - device_present. For - every read, write, release and other functions that expect a device to be - present, the driver first checks this flag to see if the device is - still present. If not, it releases that the device has disappeared, and a - -ENODEV error is returned to the user-space program. When the release - function is eventually called, it determines if there is no device - and if not, it does the cleanup that the skel_disconnect - function normally does if there are no open files on the device (see - Listing 5). - - - - - Isochronous Data - - This usb-skeleton driver does not have any examples of interrupt or - isochronous data being sent to or from the device. Interrupt data is sent - almost exactly as bulk data is, with a few minor exceptions. Isochronous - data works differently with continuous streams of data being sent to or - from the device. The audio and video camera drivers are very good examples - of drivers that handle isochronous data and will be useful if you also - need to do this. - - - - - Conclusion - - Writing Linux USB device drivers is not a difficult task as the - usb-skeleton driver shows. This driver, combined with the other current - USB drivers, should provide enough examples to help a beginning author - create a working driver in a minimal amount of time. The linux-usb-devel - mailing list archives also contain a lot of helpful information. - - - - - Resources - - The Linux USB Project: http://www.linux-usb.org/ - - - Linux Hotplug Project: http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/ - - - Linux USB Working Devices List: http://www.qbik.ch/usb/devices/ - - - linux-usb-devel Mailing List Archives: http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-usb-devel - - - Programming Guide for Linux USB Device Drivers: http://usb.cs.tum.edu/usbdoc - - - USB Home Page: http://www.usb.org - - - - diff --git a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt index da3b2176d5da74a4e279266c7b0326e27bfdf8cf..0b6bb3ef449ee7a8ee45afe9b4be61a2859ac8e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt +++ b/Documentation/PCI/pci-error-recovery.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Many PCI bus controllers are able to detect a variety of hardware PCI errors on the bus, such as parity errors on the data and address -busses, as well as SERR and PERR errors. Some of the more advanced +buses, as well as SERR and PERR errors. Some of the more advanced chipsets are able to deal with these errors; these include PCI-E chipsets, and the PCI-host bridges found on IBM Power4, Power5 and Power6-based pSeries boxes. A typical action taken is to disconnect the affected device, @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ is STEP 6 (Permanent Failure). >>> a value of 0xff on read, and writes will be dropped. If more than >>> EEH_MAX_FAILS I/O's are attempted to a frozen adapter, EEH >>> assumes that the device driver has gone into an infinite loop ->>> and prints an error to syslog. A reboot is then required to +>>> and prints an error to syslog. A reboot is then required to >>> get the device working again. STEP 2: MMIO Enabled @@ -231,14 +231,14 @@ proceeds to STEP 4 (Slot Reset) STEP 3: Link Reset ------------------ The platform resets the link. This is a PCI-Express specific step -and is done whenever a non-fatal error has been detected that can be +and is done whenever a fatal error has been detected that can be "solved" by resetting the link. STEP 4: Slot Reset ------------------ In response to a return value of PCI_ERS_RESULT_NEED_RESET, the -the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). +the platform will perform a slot reset on the requesting PCI device(s). The actual steps taken by a platform to perform a slot reset will be platform-dependent. Upon completion of slot reset, the platform will call the device slot_reset() callback. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ configuration registers to initialize to their default conditions. For most PCI devices, a soft reset will be sufficient for recovery. Optional fundamental reset is provided to support a limited number -of PCI Express PCI devices for which a soft reset is not sufficient +of PCI Express devices for which a soft reset is not sufficient for recovery. If the platform supports PCI hotplug, then the reset might be @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ driver performs device init only from PCI function 0: Same as above. Drivers for PCI Express cards that require a fundamental reset must -set the needs_freset bit in the pci_dev structure in their probe function. +set the needs_freset bit in the pci_dev structure in their probe function. For example, the QLogic qla2xxx driver sets the needs_freset bit for certain PCI card types: diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt b/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt index 5f62aa4a493b60ef9ab8043dbf29eb12f7537361..e851cc5de63f29e8e8b89bc9c5f95e660f51f856 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/aml-debugger.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ kernel. CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER=y CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER_USER=m - The userspace utlities can be built from the kernel source tree using + The userspace utilities can be built from the kernel source tree using the following commands: $ cd tools diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ac09e3138b791213c9bdd4e74f698d818a6ecbd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/graph.txt @@ -0,0 +1,162 @@ +Graphs + + +_DSD +---- + +_DSD (Device Specific Data) [7] is a predefined ACPI device +configuration object that can be used to convey information on +hardware features which are not specifically covered by the ACPI +specification [1][6]. There are two _DSD extensions that are relevant +for graphs: property [4] and hierarchical data extensions [5]. The +property extension provides generic key-value pairs whereas the +hierarchical data extension supports nodes with references to other +nodes, forming a tree. The nodes in the tree may contain properties as +defined by the property extension. The two extensions together provide +a tree-like structure with zero or more properties (key-value pairs) +in each node of the tree. + +The data structure may be accessed at runtime by using the device_* +and fwnode_* functions defined in include/linux/fwnode.h . + +Fwnode represents a generic firmware node object. It is independent on +the firmware type. In ACPI, fwnodes are _DSD hierarchical data +extensions objects. A device's _DSD object is represented by an +fwnode. + +The data structure may be referenced to elsewhere in the ACPI tables +by using a hard reference to the device itself and an index to the +hierarchical data extension array on each depth. + + +Ports and endpoints +------------------- + +The port and endpoint concepts are very similar to those in Devicetree +[3]. A port represents an interface in a device, and an endpoint +represents a connection to that interface. + +All port nodes are located under the device's "_DSD" node in the +hierarchical data extension tree. The property extension related to +each port node must contain the key "port" and an integer value which +is the number of the port. The object it refers to should be called "PRTX", +where "X" is the number of the port. + +Further on, endpoints are located under the individual port nodes. The +first hierarchical data extension package list entry of the endpoint +nodes must begin with "endpoint" and must be followed by the number +of the endpoint. The object it refers to should be called "EPXY", where +"X" is the number of the port and "Y" is the number of the endpoint. + +Each port node contains a property extension key "port", the value of +which is the number of the port node. The each endpoint is similarly numbered +with a property extension key "endpoint". Port numbers must be unique within a +device and endpoint numbers must be unique within a port. + +The endpoint reference uses property extension with "remote-endpoint" property +name followed by a reference in the same package. Such references consist of the +the remote device reference, number of the port in the device and finally the +number of the endpoint in that port. Individual references thus appear as: + + Package() { device, port_number, endpoint_number } + +The references to endpoints must be always done both ways, to the +remote endpoint and back from the referred remote endpoint node. + +A simple example of this is show below: + + Scope (\_SB.PCI0.I2C2) + { + Device (CAM0) + { + Name (_DSD, Package () { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { "compatible", Package () { "nokia,smia" } }, + }, + ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"), + Package () { + Package () { "port0", "PRT0" }, + } + }) + Name (PRT0, Package() { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { "port", 0 }, + }, + ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"), + Package () { + Package () { "endpoint0", "EP00" }, + } + }) + Name (EP00, Package() { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { "endpoint", 0 }, + Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package() { \_SB.PCI0.ISP, 4, 0 } }, + } + }) + } + } + + Scope (\_SB.PCI0) + { + Device (ISP) + { + Name (_DSD, Package () { + ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"), + Package () { + Package () { "port4", "PRT4" }, + } + }) + + Name (PRT4, Package() { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { "port", 4 }, /* CSI-2 port number */ + }, + ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"), + Package () { + Package () { "endpoint0", "EP40" }, + } + }) + + Name (EP40, Package() { + ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"), + Package () { + Package () { "endpoint", 0 }, + Package () { "remote-endpoint", Package () { \_SB.PCI0.I2C2.CAM0, 0, 0 } }, + } + }) + } + } + +Here, the port 0 of the "CAM0" device is connected to the port 4 of +the "ISP" device and vice versa. + + +References +---------- + +[1] _DSD (Device Specific Data) Implementation Guide. + , + referenced 2016-10-03. + +[2] Devicetree. , referenced 2016-10-03. + +[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/graph.txt + +[4] Device Properties UUID For _DSD. + , + referenced 2016-10-04. + +[5] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD. + , + referenced 2016-10-04. + +[6] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification. + , + referenced 2016-10-04. + +[7] _DSD Device Properties Usage Rules. + Documentation/acpi/DSD-properties-rules.txt diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt index 209a5eba6b8711e34000b102f68814e76bfcded8..7bcf9c3d9fbe27520f2167e77cba45c294cd9e89 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/enumeration.txt @@ -367,10 +367,10 @@ resulting child platform device. Device Tree namespace link device ID ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -The Device Tree protocol uses device indentification based on the "compatible" +The Device Tree protocol uses device identification based on the "compatible" property whose value is a string or an array of strings recognized as device identifiers by drivers and the driver core. The set of all those strings may be -regarded as a device indentification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device +regarded as a device identification namespace analogous to the ACPI/PNP device ID namespace. Consequently, in principle it should not be necessary to allocate a new (and arguably redundant) ACPI/PNP device ID for a devices with an existing identification string in the Device Tree (DT) namespace, especially if that ID @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ In ACPI, the device identification object called _CID (Compatible ID) is used to list the IDs of devices the given one is compatible with, but those IDs must belong to one of the namespaces prescribed by the ACPI specification (see Section 6.1.2 of ACPI 6.0 for details) and the DT namespace is not one of them. -Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identificaion +Moreover, the specification mandates that either a _HID or an _ADR identification object be present for all ACPI objects representing devices (Section 6.1 of ACPI 6.0). For non-enumerable bus types that object must be _HID and its value must be a device ID from one of the namespaces prescribed by the specification too. diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt b/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt index defe2eec5331066a0eeb4206dda20ff84b7124e7..3ad7b0dfb083377d043573de0de94206881853f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/linuxized-acpica.txt @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ upstream. The homepage of ACPICA project is: www.acpica.org, it is maintained and supported by Intel Corporation. - The following figure depicts the Linux ACPI subystem where the ACPICA + The following figure depicts the Linux ACPI subsystem where the ACPICA adaptation is included: +---------------------------------------------------------+ @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ upstream. Linux patches. The patches generated by this process are referred to as "linuxized ACPICA patches". The release process is carried out on a local copy the ACPICA git repository. Each commit in the monthly release is - converted into a linuxized ACPICA patch. Together, they form the montly + converted into a linuxized ACPICA patch. Together, they form the monthly ACPICA release patchset for the Linux ACPI community. This process is illustrated in the following figure: @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ upstream. . Before the linuxized ACPICA patches are sent to the Linux ACPI community - for review, there is a quality ensurance build test process to reduce + for review, there is a quality assurance build test process to reduce porting issues. Currently this build process only takes care of the following kernel configuration options: CONFIG_ACPI/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUG/CONFIG_ACPI_DEBUGGER @@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ upstream. release utilities (please refer to Section 4 below for the details). 3. Linux specific features - Sometimes it's impossible to use the current ACPICA APIs to implement features required by the Linux kernel, - so Linux developers occasionaly have to change ACPICA code directly. + so Linux developers occasionally have to change ACPICA code directly. Those changes may not be acceptable by ACPICA upstream and in such cases they are left as committed ACPICA divergences unless the ACPICA side can implement new mechanisms as replacements for them. 4. ACPICA release fixups - ACPICA only tests commits using a set of the - user space simulation utilies, thus the linuxized ACPICA patches may + user space simulation utilities, thus the linuxized ACPICA patches may break the Linux kernel, leaving us build/boot failures. In order to avoid breaking Linux bisection, fixes are applied directly to the linuxized ACPICA patches during the release process. When the release diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst index 697a00ccec25eebf2d4b063fc4820fc6fd1d71c7..02f639aab06eb17a4e82f7a97e6ab847d3b20394 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/README.rst @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ On what hardware does it run? today Linux also runs on (at least) the Compaq Alpha AXP, Sun SPARC and UltraSPARC, Motorola 68000, PowerPC, PowerPC64, ARM, Hitachi SuperH, Cell, IBM S/390, MIPS, HP PA-RISC, Intel IA-64, DEC VAX, AMD x86-64, AXIS CRIS, - Xtensa, Tilera TILE, AVR32, ARC and Renesas M32R architectures. + Xtensa, Tilera TILE, ARC and Renesas M32R architectures. Linux is easily portable to most general-purpose 32- or 64-bit architectures as long as they have a paged memory management unit (PMMU) and a port of the diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst index 8ddae4e4299aa10e84f27ab480a3ec3f79c97261..8c60a8a32a1a1c82a4d539021a2dbd6449340f4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ configure specific aspects of kernel behavior to your liking. mono java ras + pm/index .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst index b516164999a801abf47eae22f90a28116f20eb2b..d76ab3907e2bd3b07cba39de90434f6e0490d0e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +.. _kernelparameters: + The kernel's command-line parameters ==================================== @@ -86,7 +88,6 @@ parameter is applicable:: APIC APIC support is enabled. APM Advanced Power Management support is enabled. ARM ARM architecture is enabled. - AVR32 AVR32 architecture is enabled. AX25 Appropriate AX.25 support is enabled. BLACKFIN Blackfin architecture is enabled. CLK Common clock infrastructure is enabled. @@ -197,7 +198,7 @@ and is between 256 and 4096 characters. It is defined in the file Finally, the [KMG] suffix is commonly described after a number of kernel parameter values. These 'K', 'M', and 'G' letters represent the _binary_ -multipliers 'Kilo', 'Mega', and 'Giga', equalling 2^10, 2^20, and 2^30 +multipliers 'Kilo', 'Mega', and 'Giga', equaling 2^10, 2^20, and 2^30 bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted: .. include:: kernel-parameters.txt diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt index 986e44387dad493e268ab93253120df73abc3045..e4c9e0e46b9586796a037ee3dc624d6ce1017817 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -531,7 +531,6 @@ [ACPI] acpi_pm [ARM] imx_timer1,OSTS,netx_timer,mpu_timer2, pxa_timer,timer3,32k_counter,timer0_1 - [AVR32] avr32 [X86-32] pit,hpet,tsc; scx200_hrt on Geode; cyclone on IBM x440 [MIPS] MIPS @@ -653,6 +652,9 @@ cpuidle.off=1 [CPU_IDLE] disable the cpuidle sub-system + cpufreq.off=1 [CPU_FREQ] + disable the cpufreq sub-system + cpu_init_udelay=N [X86] Delay for N microsec between assert and de-assert of APIC INIT to start processors. This delay occurs @@ -986,6 +988,7 @@ earlyprintk=ttySn[,baudrate] earlyprintk=dbgp[debugController#] earlyprintk=pciserial,bus:device.function[,baudrate] + earlyprintk=xdbc[xhciController#] earlyprintk is useful when the kernel crashes before the normal console is initialized. It is not enabled by @@ -1183,6 +1186,12 @@ functions that can be changed at run time by the set_graph_notrace file in the debugfs tracing directory. + ftrace_graph_max_depth= + [FTRACE] Used with the function graph tracer. This is + the max depth it will trace into a function. This value + can be changed at run time by the max_graph_depth file + in the tracefs tracing directory. default: 0 (no limit) + gamecon.map[2|3]= [HW,JOY] Multisystem joystick and NES/SNES/PSX pad support via parallel port (up to 5 devices per port) @@ -1716,6 +1725,12 @@ kernel and module base offset ASLR (Address Space Layout Randomization). + kasan_multi_shot + [KNL] Enforce KASAN (Kernel Address Sanitizer) to print + report on every invalid memory access. Without this + parameter KASAN will print report only for the first + invalid access. + keepinitrd [HW,ARM] kernelcore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] @@ -2410,7 +2425,7 @@ osd-targets. Please see: Documentation/filesystems/pnfs.txt for more explanations - nmi_debug= [KNL,AVR32,SH] Specify one or more actions to take + nmi_debug= [KNL,SH] Specify one or more actions to take when a NMI is triggered. Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die] @@ -3163,6 +3178,12 @@ ramdisk_size= [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. + ras=option[,option,...] [KNL] RAS-specific options + + cec_disable [X86] + Disable the Correctable Errors Collector, + see CONFIG_RAS_CEC help text. + rcu_nocbs= [KNL] The argument is a cpu list, as described above. @@ -4106,6 +4127,9 @@ usbhid.mousepoll= [USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at. + usbhid.jspoll= + [USBHID] The interval which joysticks are to be polled at. + usb-storage.delay_use= [UMS] The delay in seconds before a new device is scanned for Logical Units (default 1). diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..289c80f7760ebb966b13d91b5627e61963e5b3aa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/cpufreq.rst @@ -0,0 +1,700 @@ +.. |struct cpufreq_policy| replace:: :c:type:`struct cpufreq_policy ` + +======================= +CPU Performance Scaling +======================= + +:: + + Copyright (c) 2017 Intel Corp., Rafael J. Wysocki + +The Concept of CPU Performance Scaling +====================================== + +The majority of modern processors are capable of operating in a number of +different clock frequency and voltage configurations, often referred to as +Operating Performance Points or P-states (in ACPI terminology). As a rule, +the higher the clock frequency and the higher the voltage, the more instructions +can be retired by the CPU over a unit of time, but also the higher the clock +frequency and the higher the voltage, the more energy is consumed over a unit of +time (or the more power is drawn) by the CPU in the given P-state. Therefore +there is a natural tradeoff between the CPU capacity (the number of instructions +that can be executed over a unit of time) and the power drawn by the CPU. + +In some situations it is desirable or even necessary to run the program as fast +as possible and then there is no reason to use any P-states different from the +highest one (i.e. the highest-performance frequency/voltage configuration +available). In some other cases, however, it may not be necessary to execute +instructions so quickly and maintaining the highest available CPU capacity for a +relatively long time without utilizing it entirely may be regarded as wasteful. +It also may not be physically possible to maintain maximum CPU capacity for too +long for thermal or power supply capacity reasons or similar. To cover those +cases, there are hardware interfaces allowing CPUs to be switched between +different frequency/voltage configurations or (in the ACPI terminology) to be +put into different P-states. + +Typically, they are used along with algorithms to estimate the required CPU +capacity, so as to decide which P-states to put the CPUs into. Of course, since +the utilization of the system generally changes over time, that has to be done +repeatedly on a regular basis. The activity by which this happens is referred +to as CPU performance scaling or CPU frequency scaling (because it involves +adjusting the CPU clock frequency). + + +CPU Performance Scaling in Linux +================================ + +The Linux kernel supports CPU performance scaling by means of the ``CPUFreq`` +(CPU Frequency scaling) subsystem that consists of three layers of code: the +core, scaling governors and scaling drivers. + +The ``CPUFreq`` core provides the common code infrastructure and user space +interfaces for all platforms that support CPU performance scaling. It defines +the basic framework in which the other components operate. + +Scaling governors implement algorithms to estimate the required CPU capacity. +As a rule, each governor implements one, possibly parametrized, scaling +algorithm. + +Scaling drivers talk to the hardware. They provide scaling governors with +information on the available P-states (or P-state ranges in some cases) and +access platform-specific hardware interfaces to change CPU P-states as requested +by scaling governors. + +In principle, all available scaling governors can be used with every scaling +driver. That design is based on the observation that the information used by +performance scaling algorithms for P-state selection can be represented in a +platform-independent form in the majority of cases, so it should be possible +to use the same performance scaling algorithm implemented in exactly the same +way regardless of which scaling driver is used. Consequently, the same set of +scaling governors should be suitable for every supported platform. + +However, that observation may not hold for performance scaling algorithms +based on information provided by the hardware itself, for example through +feedback registers, as that information is typically specific to the hardware +interface it comes from and may not be easily represented in an abstract, +platform-independent way. For this reason, ``CPUFreq`` allows scaling drivers +to bypass the governor layer and implement their own performance scaling +algorithms. That is done by the ``intel_pstate`` scaling driver. + + +``CPUFreq`` Policy Objects +========================== + +In some cases the hardware interface for P-state control is shared by multiple +CPUs. That is, for example, the same register (or set of registers) is used to +control the P-state of multiple CPUs at the same time and writing to it affects +all of those CPUs simultaneously. + +Sets of CPUs sharing hardware P-state control interfaces are represented by +``CPUFreq`` as |struct cpufreq_policy| objects. For consistency, +|struct cpufreq_policy| is also used when there is only one CPU in the given +set. + +The ``CPUFreq`` core maintains a pointer to a |struct cpufreq_policy| object for +every CPU in the system, including CPUs that are currently offline. If multiple +CPUs share the same hardware P-state control interface, all of the pointers +corresponding to them point to the same |struct cpufreq_policy| object. + +``CPUFreq`` uses |struct cpufreq_policy| as its basic data type and the design +of its user space interface is based on the policy concept. + + +CPU Initialization +================== + +First of all, a scaling driver has to be registered for ``CPUFreq`` to work. +It is only possible to register one scaling driver at a time, so the scaling +driver is expected to be able to handle all CPUs in the system. + +The scaling driver may be registered before or after CPU registration. If +CPUs are registered earlier, the driver core invokes the ``CPUFreq`` core to +take a note of all of the already registered CPUs during the registration of the +scaling driver. In turn, if any CPUs are registered after the registration of +the scaling driver, the ``CPUFreq`` core will be invoked to take note of them +at their registration time. + +In any case, the ``CPUFreq`` core is invoked to take note of any logical CPU it +has not seen so far as soon as it is ready to handle that CPU. [Note that the +logical CPU may be a physical single-core processor, or a single core in a +multicore processor, or a hardware thread in a physical processor or processor +core. In what follows "CPU" always means "logical CPU" unless explicitly stated +otherwise and the word "processor" is used to refer to the physical part +possibly including multiple logical CPUs.] + +Once invoked, the ``CPUFreq`` core checks if the policy pointer is already set +for the given CPU and if so, it skips the policy object creation. Otherwise, +a new policy object is created and initialized, which involves the creation of +a new policy directory in ``sysfs``, and the policy pointer corresponding to +the given CPU is set to the new policy object's address in memory. + +Next, the scaling driver's ``->init()`` callback is invoked with the policy +pointer of the new CPU passed to it as the argument. That callback is expected +to initialize the performance scaling hardware interface for the given CPU (or, +more precisely, for the set of CPUs sharing the hardware interface it belongs +to, represented by its policy object) and, if the policy object it has been +called for is new, to set parameters of the policy, like the minimum and maximum +frequencies supported by the hardware, the table of available frequencies (if +the set of supported P-states is not a continuous range), and the mask of CPUs +that belong to the same policy (including both online and offline CPUs). That +mask is then used by the core to populate the policy pointers for all of the +CPUs in it. + +The next major initialization step for a new policy object is to attach a +scaling governor to it (to begin with, that is the default scaling governor +determined by the kernel configuration, but it may be changed later +via ``sysfs``). First, a pointer to the new policy object is passed to the +governor's ``->init()`` callback which is expected to initialize all of the +data structures necessary to handle the given policy and, possibly, to add +a governor ``sysfs`` interface to it. Next, the governor is started by +invoking its ``->start()`` callback. + +That callback it expected to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for +all of the online CPUs belonging to the given policy with the CPU scheduler. +The utilization update callbacks will be invoked by the CPU scheduler on +important events, like task enqueue and dequeue, on every iteration of the +scheduler tick or generally whenever the CPU utilization may change (from the +scheduler's perspective). They are expected to carry out computations needed +to determine the P-state to use for the given policy going forward and to +invoke the scaling driver to make changes to the hardware in accordance with +the P-state selection. The scaling driver may be invoked directly from +scheduler context or asynchronously, via a kernel thread or workqueue, depending +on the configuration and capabilities of the scaling driver and the governor. + +Similar steps are taken for policy objects that are not new, but were "inactive" +previously, meaning that all of the CPUs belonging to them were offline. The +only practical difference in that case is that the ``CPUFreq`` core will attempt +to use the scaling governor previously used with the policy that became +"inactive" (and is re-initialized now) instead of the default governor. + +In turn, if a previously offline CPU is being brought back online, but some +other CPUs sharing the policy object with it are online already, there is no +need to re-initialize the policy object at all. In that case, it only is +necessary to restart the scaling governor so that it can take the new online CPU +into account. That is achieved by invoking the governor's ``->stop`` and +``->start()`` callbacks, in this order, for the entire policy. + +As mentioned before, the ``intel_pstate`` scaling driver bypasses the scaling +governor layer of ``CPUFreq`` and provides its own P-state selection algorithms. +Consequently, if ``intel_pstate`` is used, scaling governors are not attached to +new policy objects. Instead, the driver's ``->setpolicy()`` callback is invoked +to register per-CPU utilization update callbacks for each policy. These +callbacks are invoked by the CPU scheduler in the same way as for scaling +governors, but in the ``intel_pstate`` case they both determine the P-state to +use and change the hardware configuration accordingly in one go from scheduler +context. + +The policy objects created during CPU initialization and other data structures +associated with them are torn down when the scaling driver is unregistered +(which happens when the kernel module containing it is unloaded, for example) or +when the last CPU belonging to the given policy in unregistered. + + +Policy Interface in ``sysfs`` +============================= + +During the initialization of the kernel, the ``CPUFreq`` core creates a +``sysfs`` directory (kobject) called ``cpufreq`` under +:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/`. + +That directory contains a ``policyX`` subdirectory (where ``X`` represents an +integer number) for every policy object maintained by the ``CPUFreq`` core. +Each ``policyX`` directory is pointed to by ``cpufreq`` symbolic links +under :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuY/` (where ``Y`` represents an integer +that may be different from the one represented by ``X``) for all of the CPUs +associated with (or belonging to) the given policy. The ``policyX`` directories +in :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq` each contain policy-specific +attributes (files) to control ``CPUFreq`` behavior for the corresponding policy +objects (that is, for all of the CPUs associated with them). + +Some of those attributes are generic. They are created by the ``CPUFreq`` core +and their behavior generally does not depend on what scaling driver is in use +and what scaling governor is attached to the given policy. Some scaling drivers +also add driver-specific attributes to the policy directories in ``sysfs`` to +control policy-specific aspects of driver behavior. + +The generic attributes under :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/` +are the following: + +``affected_cpus`` + List of online CPUs belonging to this policy (i.e. sharing the hardware + performance scaling interface represented by the ``policyX`` policy + object). + +``bios_limit`` + If the platform firmware (BIOS) tells the OS to apply an upper limit to + CPU frequencies, that limit will be reported through this attribute (if + present). + + The existence of the limit may be a result of some (often unintentional) + BIOS settings, restrictions coming from a service processor or another + BIOS/HW-based mechanisms. + + This does not cover ACPI thermal limitations which can be discovered + through a generic thermal driver. + + This attribute is not present if the scaling driver in use does not + support it. + +``cpuinfo_max_freq`` + Maximum possible operating frequency the CPUs belonging to this policy + can run at (in kHz). + +``cpuinfo_min_freq`` + Minimum possible operating frequency the CPUs belonging to this policy + can run at (in kHz). + +``cpuinfo_transition_latency`` + The time it takes to switch the CPUs belonging to this policy from one + P-state to another, in nanoseconds. + + If unknown or if known to be so high that the scaling driver does not + work with the `ondemand`_ governor, -1 (:c:macro:`CPUFREQ_ETERNAL`) + will be returned by reads from this attribute. + +``related_cpus`` + List of all (online and offline) CPUs belonging to this policy. + +``scaling_available_governors`` + List of ``CPUFreq`` scaling governors present in the kernel that can + be attached to this policy or (if the ``intel_pstate`` scaling driver is + in use) list of scaling algorithms provided by the driver that can be + applied to this policy. + + [Note that some governors are modular and it may be necessary to load a + kernel module for the governor held by it to become available and be + listed by this attribute.] + +``scaling_cur_freq`` + Current frequency of all of the CPUs belonging to this policy (in kHz). + + For the majority of scaling drivers, this is the frequency of the last + P-state requested by the driver from the hardware using the scaling + interface provided by it, which may or may not reflect the frequency + the CPU is actually running at (due to hardware design and other + limitations). + + Some scaling drivers (e.g. ``intel_pstate``) attempt to provide + information more precisely reflecting the current CPU frequency through + this attribute, but that still may not be the exact current CPU + frequency as seen by the hardware at the moment. + +``scaling_driver`` + The scaling driver currently in use. + +``scaling_governor`` + The scaling governor currently attached to this policy or (if the + ``intel_pstate`` scaling driver is in use) the scaling algorithm + provided by the driver that is currently applied to this policy. + + This attribute is read-write and writing to it will cause a new scaling + governor to be attached to this policy or a new scaling algorithm + provided by the scaling driver to be applied to it (in the + ``intel_pstate`` case), as indicated by the string written to this + attribute (which must be one of the names listed by the + ``scaling_available_governors`` attribute described above). + +``scaling_max_freq`` + Maximum frequency the CPUs belonging to this policy are allowed to be + running at (in kHz). + + This attribute is read-write and writing a string representing an + integer to it will cause a new limit to be set (it must not be lower + than the value of the ``scaling_min_freq`` attribute). + +``scaling_min_freq`` + Minimum frequency the CPUs belonging to this policy are allowed to be + running at (in kHz). + + This attribute is read-write and writing a string representing a + non-negative integer to it will cause a new limit to be set (it must not + be higher than the value of the ``scaling_max_freq`` attribute). + +``scaling_setspeed`` + This attribute is functional only if the `userspace`_ scaling governor + is attached to the given policy. + + It returns the last frequency requested by the governor (in kHz) or can + be written to in order to set a new frequency for the policy. + + +Generic Scaling Governors +========================= + +``CPUFreq`` provides generic scaling governors that can be used with all +scaling drivers. As stated before, each of them implements a single, possibly +parametrized, performance scaling algorithm. + +Scaling governors are attached to policy objects and different policy objects +can be handled by different scaling governors at the same time (although that +may lead to suboptimal results in some cases). + +The scaling governor for a given policy object can be changed at any time with +the help of the ``scaling_governor`` policy attribute in ``sysfs``. + +Some governors expose ``sysfs`` attributes to control or fine-tune the scaling +algorithms implemented by them. Those attributes, referred to as governor +tunables, can be either global (system-wide) or per-policy, depending on the +scaling driver in use. If the driver requires governor tunables to be +per-policy, they are located in a subdirectory of each policy directory. +Otherwise, they are located in a subdirectory under +:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/`. In either case the name of the +subdirectory containing the governor tunables is the name of the governor +providing them. + +``performance`` +--------------- + +When attached to a policy object, this governor causes the highest frequency, +within the ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limit, to be requested for that policy. + +The request is made once at that time the governor for the policy is set to +``performance`` and whenever the ``scaling_max_freq`` or ``scaling_min_freq`` +policy limits change after that. + +``powersave`` +------------- + +When attached to a policy object, this governor causes the lowest frequency, +within the ``scaling_min_freq`` policy limit, to be requested for that policy. + +The request is made once at that time the governor for the policy is set to +``powersave`` and whenever the ``scaling_max_freq`` or ``scaling_min_freq`` +policy limits change after that. + +``userspace`` +------------- + +This governor does not do anything by itself. Instead, it allows user space +to set the CPU frequency for the policy it is attached to by writing to the +``scaling_setspeed`` attribute of that policy. + +``schedutil`` +------------- + +This governor uses CPU utilization data available from the CPU scheduler. It +generally is regarded as a part of the CPU scheduler, so it can access the +scheduler's internal data structures directly. + +It runs entirely in scheduler context, although in some cases it may need to +invoke the scaling driver asynchronously when it decides that the CPU frequency +should be changed for a given policy (that depends on whether or not the driver +is capable of changing the CPU frequency from scheduler context). + +The actions of this governor for a particular CPU depend on the scheduling class +invoking its utilization update callback for that CPU. If it is invoked by the +RT or deadline scheduling classes, the governor will increase the frequency to +the allowed maximum (that is, the ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limit). In turn, +if it is invoked by the CFS scheduling class, the governor will use the +Per-Entity Load Tracking (PELT) metric for the root control group of the +given CPU as the CPU utilization estimate (see the `Per-entity load tracking`_ +LWN.net article for a description of the PELT mechanism). Then, the new +CPU frequency to apply is computed in accordance with the formula + + f = 1.25 * ``f_0`` * ``util`` / ``max`` + +where ``util`` is the PELT number, ``max`` is the theoretical maximum of +``util``, and ``f_0`` is either the maximum possible CPU frequency for the given +policy (if the PELT number is frequency-invariant), or the current CPU frequency +(otherwise). + +This governor also employs a mechanism allowing it to temporarily bump up the +CPU frequency for tasks that have been waiting on I/O most recently, called +"IO-wait boosting". That happens when the :c:macro:`SCHED_CPUFREQ_IOWAIT` flag +is passed by the scheduler to the governor callback which causes the frequency +to go up to the allowed maximum immediately and then draw back to the value +returned by the above formula over time. + +This governor exposes only one tunable: + +``rate_limit_us`` + Minimum time (in microseconds) that has to pass between two consecutive + runs of governor computations (default: 1000 times the scaling driver's + transition latency). + + The purpose of this tunable is to reduce the scheduler context overhead + of the governor which might be excessive without it. + +This governor generally is regarded as a replacement for the older `ondemand`_ +and `conservative`_ governors (described below), as it is simpler and more +tightly integrated with the CPU scheduler, its overhead in terms of CPU context +switches and similar is less significant, and it uses the scheduler's own CPU +utilization metric, so in principle its decisions should not contradict the +decisions made by the other parts of the scheduler. + +``ondemand`` +------------ + +This governor uses CPU load as a CPU frequency selection metric. + +In order to estimate the current CPU load, it measures the time elapsed between +consecutive invocations of its worker routine and computes the fraction of that +time in which the given CPU was not idle. The ratio of the non-idle (active) +time to the total CPU time is taken as an estimate of the load. + +If this governor is attached to a policy shared by multiple CPUs, the load is +estimated for all of them and the greatest result is taken as the load estimate +for the entire policy. + +The worker routine of this governor has to run in process context, so it is +invoked asynchronously (via a workqueue) and CPU P-states are updated from +there if necessary. As a result, the scheduler context overhead from this +governor is minimum, but it causes additional CPU context switches to happen +relatively often and the CPU P-state updates triggered by it can be relatively +irregular. Also, it affects its own CPU load metric by running code that +reduces the CPU idle time (even though the CPU idle time is only reduced very +slightly by it). + +It generally selects CPU frequencies proportional to the estimated load, so that +the value of the ``cpuinfo_max_freq`` policy attribute corresponds to the load of +1 (or 100%), and the value of the ``cpuinfo_min_freq`` policy attribute +corresponds to the load of 0, unless when the load exceeds a (configurable) +speedup threshold, in which case it will go straight for the highest frequency +it is allowed to use (the ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limit). + +This governor exposes the following tunables: + +``sampling_rate`` + This is how often the governor's worker routine should run, in + microseconds. + + Typically, it is set to values of the order of 10000 (10 ms). Its + default value is equal to the value of ``cpuinfo_transition_latency`` + for each policy this governor is attached to (but since the unit here + is greater by 1000, this means that the time represented by + ``sampling_rate`` is 1000 times greater than the transition latency by + default). + + If this tunable is per-policy, the following shell command sets the time + represented by it to be 750 times as high as the transition latency:: + + # echo `$(($(cat cpuinfo_transition_latency) * 750 / 1000)) > ondemand/sampling_rate + + +``min_sampling_rate`` + The minimum value of ``sampling_rate``. + + Equal to 10000 (10 ms) if :c:macro:`CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON` and + :c:data:`tick_nohz_active` are both set or to 20 times the value of + :c:data:`jiffies` in microseconds otherwise. + +``up_threshold`` + If the estimated CPU load is above this value (in percent), the governor + will set the frequency to the maximum value allowed for the policy. + Otherwise, the selected frequency will be proportional to the estimated + CPU load. + +``ignore_nice_load`` + If set to 1 (default 0), it will cause the CPU load estimation code to + treat the CPU time spent on executing tasks with "nice" levels greater + than 0 as CPU idle time. + + This may be useful if there are tasks in the system that should not be + taken into account when deciding what frequency to run the CPUs at. + Then, to make that happen it is sufficient to increase the "nice" level + of those tasks above 0 and set this attribute to 1. + +``sampling_down_factor`` + Temporary multiplier, between 1 (default) and 100 inclusive, to apply to + the ``sampling_rate`` value if the CPU load goes above ``up_threshold``. + + This causes the next execution of the governor's worker routine (after + setting the frequency to the allowed maximum) to be delayed, so the + frequency stays at the maximum level for a longer time. + + Frequency fluctuations in some bursty workloads may be avoided this way + at the cost of additional energy spent on maintaining the maximum CPU + capacity. + +``powersave_bias`` + Reduction factor to apply to the original frequency target of the + governor (including the maximum value used when the ``up_threshold`` + value is exceeded by the estimated CPU load) or sensitivity threshold + for the AMD frequency sensitivity powersave bias driver + (:file:`drivers/cpufreq/amd_freq_sensitivity.c`), between 0 and 1000 + inclusive. + + If the AMD frequency sensitivity powersave bias driver is not loaded, + the effective frequency to apply is given by + + f * (1 - ``powersave_bias`` / 1000) + + where f is the governor's original frequency target. The default value + of this attribute is 0 in that case. + + If the AMD frequency sensitivity powersave bias driver is loaded, the + value of this attribute is 400 by default and it is used in a different + way. + + On Family 16h (and later) AMD processors there is a mechanism to get a + measured workload sensitivity, between 0 and 100% inclusive, from the + hardware. That value can be used to estimate how the performance of the + workload running on a CPU will change in response to frequency changes. + + The performance of a workload with the sensitivity of 0 (memory-bound or + IO-bound) is not expected to increase at all as a result of increasing + the CPU frequency, whereas workloads with the sensitivity of 100% + (CPU-bound) are expected to perform much better if the CPU frequency is + increased. + + If the workload sensitivity is less than the threshold represented by + the ``powersave_bias`` value, the sensitivity powersave bias driver + will cause the governor to select a frequency lower than its original + target, so as to avoid over-provisioning workloads that will not benefit + from running at higher CPU frequencies. + +``conservative`` +---------------- + +This governor uses CPU load as a CPU frequency selection metric. + +It estimates the CPU load in the same way as the `ondemand`_ governor described +above, but the CPU frequency selection algorithm implemented by it is different. + +Namely, it avoids changing the frequency significantly over short time intervals +which may not be suitable for systems with limited power supply capacity (e.g. +battery-powered). To achieve that, it changes the frequency in relatively +small steps, one step at a time, up or down - depending on whether or not a +(configurable) threshold has been exceeded by the estimated CPU load. + +This governor exposes the following tunables: + +``freq_step`` + Frequency step in percent of the maximum frequency the governor is + allowed to set (the ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limit), between 0 and + 100 (5 by default). + + This is how much the frequency is allowed to change in one go. Setting + it to 0 will cause the default frequency step (5 percent) to be used + and setting it to 100 effectively causes the governor to periodically + switch the frequency between the ``scaling_min_freq`` and + ``scaling_max_freq`` policy limits. + +``down_threshold`` + Threshold value (in percent, 20 by default) used to determine the + frequency change direction. + + If the estimated CPU load is greater than this value, the frequency will + go up (by ``freq_step``). If the load is less than this value (and the + ``sampling_down_factor`` mechanism is not in effect), the frequency will + go down. Otherwise, the frequency will not be changed. + +``sampling_down_factor`` + Frequency decrease deferral factor, between 1 (default) and 10 + inclusive. + + It effectively causes the frequency to go down ``sampling_down_factor`` + times slower than it ramps up. + + +Frequency Boost Support +======================= + +Background +---------- + +Some processors support a mechanism to raise the operating frequency of some +cores in a multicore package temporarily (and above the sustainable frequency +threshold for the whole package) under certain conditions, for example if the +whole chip is not fully utilized and below its intended thermal or power budget. + +Different names are used by different vendors to refer to this functionality. +For Intel processors it is referred to as "Turbo Boost", AMD calls it +"Turbo-Core" or (in technical documentation) "Core Performance Boost" and so on. +As a rule, it also is implemented differently by different vendors. The simple +term "frequency boost" is used here for brevity to refer to all of those +implementations. + +The frequency boost mechanism may be either hardware-based or software-based. +If it is hardware-based (e.g. on x86), the decision to trigger the boosting is +made by the hardware (although in general it requires the hardware to be put +into a special state in which it can control the CPU frequency within certain +limits). If it is software-based (e.g. on ARM), the scaling driver decides +whether or not to trigger boosting and when to do that. + +The ``boost`` File in ``sysfs`` +------------------------------- + +This file is located under :file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/` and controls +the "boost" setting for the whole system. It is not present if the underlying +scaling driver does not support the frequency boost mechanism (or supports it, +but provides a driver-specific interface for controlling it, like +``intel_pstate``). + +If the value in this file is 1, the frequency boost mechanism is enabled. This +means that either the hardware can be put into states in which it is able to +trigger boosting (in the hardware-based case), or the software is allowed to +trigger boosting (in the software-based case). It does not mean that boosting +is actually in use at the moment on any CPUs in the system. It only means a +permission to use the frequency boost mechanism (which still may never be used +for other reasons). + +If the value in this file is 0, the frequency boost mechanism is disabled and +cannot be used at all. + +The only values that can be written to this file are 0 and 1. + +Rationale for Boost Control Knob +-------------------------------- + +The frequency boost mechanism is generally intended to help to achieve optimum +CPU performance on time scales below software resolution (e.g. below the +scheduler tick interval) and it is demonstrably suitable for many workloads, but +it may lead to problems in certain situations. + +For this reason, many systems make it possible to disable the frequency boost +mechanism in the platform firmware (BIOS) setup, but that requires the system to +be restarted for the setting to be adjusted as desired, which may not be +practical at least in some cases. For example: + + 1. Boosting means overclocking the processor, although under controlled + conditions. Generally, the processor's energy consumption increases + as a result of increasing its frequency and voltage, even temporarily. + That may not be desirable on systems that switch to power sources of + limited capacity, such as batteries, so the ability to disable the boost + mechanism while the system is running may help there (but that depends on + the workload too). + + 2. In some situations deterministic behavior is more important than + performance or energy consumption (or both) and the ability to disable + boosting while the system is running may be useful then. + + 3. To examine the impact of the frequency boost mechanism itself, it is useful + to be able to run tests with and without boosting, preferably without + restarting the system in the meantime. + + 4. Reproducible results are important when running benchmarks. Since + the boosting functionality depends on the load of the whole package, + single-thread performance may vary because of it which may lead to + unreproducible results sometimes. That can be avoided by disabling the + frequency boost mechanism before running benchmarks sensitive to that + issue. + +Legacy AMD ``cpb`` Knob +----------------------- + +The AMD powernow-k8 scaling driver supports a ``sysfs`` knob very similar to +the global ``boost`` one. It is used for disabling/enabling the "Core +Performance Boost" feature of some AMD processors. + +If present, that knob is located in every ``CPUFreq`` policy directory in +``sysfs`` (:file:`/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/policyX/`) and is called +``cpb``, which indicates a more fine grained control interface. The actual +implementation, however, works on the system-wide basis and setting that knob +for one policy causes the same value of it to be set for all of the other +policies at the same time. + +That knob is still supported on AMD processors that support its underlying +hardware feature, but it may be configured out of the kernel (via the +:c:macro:`CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB` configuration option) and the global +``boost`` knob is present regardless. Thus it is always possible use the +``boost`` knob instead of the ``cpb`` one which is highly recommended, as that +is more consistent with what all of the other systems do (and the ``cpb`` knob +may not be supported any more in the future). + +The ``cpb`` knob is never present for any processors without the underlying +hardware feature (e.g. all Intel ones), even if the +:c:macro:`CONFIG_X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB` configuration option is set. + + +.. _Per-entity load tracking: https://lwn.net/Articles/531853/ diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c80f087321fcb704e549254c70ccb927f9659b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/pm/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +================ +Power Management +================ + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + cpufreq + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst index 1b90c6f00a9290b14e365c5e07eed13b57942ac0..8c7bbf2c88d23d2c690ecfbde43e6b309f796803 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ras.rst @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ RAS concepts ************ Reliability, Availability and Serviceability (RAS) is a concept used on -servers meant to measure their robusteness. +servers meant to measure their robustness. Reliability is the probability that a system will produce correct outputs. @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ Among the monitoring measures, the most usual ones include: * CPU – detect errors at instruction execution and at L1/L2/L3 caches; * Memory – add error correction logic (ECC) to detect and correct errors; -* I/O – add CRC checksums for tranfered data; +* I/O – add CRC checksums for transferred data; * Storage – RAID, journal file systems, checksums, Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology (SMART). By monitoring the number of occurrences of error detections, it is possible to identify if the probability of hardware errors is increasing, and, on such -case, do a preventive maintainance to replace a degrated component while +case, do a preventive maintenance to replace a degraded component while those errors are correctable. Types of errors @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ using the ``dmidecode`` tool. For example, on a desktop machine, it shows:: On the above example, a DDR4 SO-DIMM memory module is located at the system's memory labeled as "BANK 0", as given by the *bank locator* field. Please notice that, on such system, the *total width* is equal to the -*data witdh*. It means that such memory module doesn't have error +*data width*. It means that such memory module doesn't have error detection/correction mechanisms. Unfortunately, not all systems use the same field to specify the memory @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ bank. On this example, from an older server, ``dmidecode`` shows:: There, the DDR3 RDIMM memory module is located at the system's memory labeled as "DIMM_A1", as given by the *locator* field. Please notice that this -memory module has 64 bits of *data witdh* and 72 bits of *total width*. So, +memory module has 64 bits of *data width* and 72 bits of *total width*. So, it has 8 extra bits to be used by error detection and correction mechanisms. Such kind of memory is called Error-correcting code memory (ECC memory). @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Architecture (MCA)\ [#f3]_. .. [#f1] Please notice that several memory controllers allow operation on a mode called "Lock-Step", where it groups two memory modules together, doing 128-bit reads/writes. That gives 16 bits for error correction, with - significatively improves the error correction mechanism, at the expense + significantly improves the error correction mechanism, at the expense that, when an error happens, there's no way to know what memory module is to blame. So, it has to blame both memory modules. diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst index 4f7414cad5861f86c6dca2f9df4fe764632659da..47574b382d7582b0b947be77f38e31541ee15805 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst @@ -14,14 +14,17 @@ Contact The Linux kernel security team can be contacted by email at . This is a private list of security officers who will help verify the bug report and develop and release a fix. -It is possible that the security team will bring in extra help from -area maintainers to understand and fix the security vulnerability. +If you already have a fix, please include it with your report, as +that can speed up the process considerably. It is possible that the +security team will bring in extra help from area maintainers to +understand and fix the security vulnerability. As it is with any bug, the more information provided the easier it will be to diagnose and fix. Please review the procedure outlined in -admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst if you are unclear about what information is helpful. -Any exploit code is very helpful and will not be released without -consent from the reporter unless it has already been made public. +admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst if you are unclear about what +information is helpful. Any exploit code is very helpful and will not +be released without consent from the reporter unless it has already been +made public. Disclosure ---------- @@ -39,6 +42,32 @@ disclosure is from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known) to a few weeks. As a basic default policy, we expect report date to disclosure date to be on the order of 7 days. +Coordination +------------ + +Fixes for sensitive bugs, such as those that might lead to privilege +escalations, may need to be coordinated with the private + mailing list so that distribution vendors +are well prepared to issue a fixed kernel upon public disclosure of the +upstream fix. Distros will need some time to test the proposed patch and +will generally request at least a few days of embargo, and vendor update +publication prefers to happen Tuesday through Thursday. When appropriate, +the security team can assist with this coordination, or the reporter can +include linux-distros from the start. In this case, remember to prefix +the email Subject line with "[vs]" as described in the linux-distros wiki: + + +CVE assignment +-------------- + +The security team does not normally assign CVEs, nor do we require them +for reports or fixes, as this can needlessly complicate the process and +may delay the bug handling. If a reporter wishes to have a CVE identifier +assigned ahead of public disclosure, they will need to contact the private +linux-distros list, described above. When such a CVE identifier is known +before a patch is provided, it is desirable to mention it in the commit +message, though. + Non-disclosure agreements ------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst index d1712ea2d314da0f0405ec00f5ad410f1014b2db..7b9035c01a2e1c01d68336d891402f54362cdb13 100644 --- a/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst +++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/sysrq.rst @@ -212,7 +212,8 @@ I hit SysRq, but nothing seems to happen, what's wrong? ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ There are some keyboards that produce a different keycode for SysRq than the -pre-defined value of 99 (see ``KEY_SYSRQ`` in ``include/linux/input.h``), or +pre-defined value of 99 +(see ``KEY_SYSRQ`` in ``include/uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h``), or which don't have a SysRq key at all. In these cases, run ``showkey -s`` to find an appropriate scancode sequence, and use ``setkeycodes 99`` to map this sequence to the usual SysRq code (e.g., ``setkeycodes e05b 99``). It's diff --git a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment index c7c7a114c78c795c702f8543c57c7558466a9a4b..6335fcacbba986df418c1665410617d7b662398c 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment +++ b/Documentation/arm/mem_alignment @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Note that not all combinations are supported - only values 0 through 5. For example, the following will turn on the warnings, but without fixing up or sending SIGBUS signals: - echo 1 > /proc/sys/debug/alignment + echo 1 > /proc/cpu/alignment You can also read the content of the same file to get statistical information on unaligned access occurrences plus the current mode of diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt index a71b8095dbd8df44603f18e7435b490d7b5c56c9..10f2dddbf449475ae5bdc79945330d09cf5f6683 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm64/silicon-errata.txt @@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ stable kernels. | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #852523 | N/A | | ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 | | ARM | Cortex-A72 | #853709 | N/A | +| ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 | | ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,#826419 | N/A | | | | | | | Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 | @@ -68,3 +69,4 @@ stable kernels. | | | | | | Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v1 | E1003 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1003 | | Qualcomm Tech. | Falkor v1 | E1009 | QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 | +| Qualcomm Tech. | QDF2400 ITS | E0065 | QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065 | diff --git a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX index e55103ace382a093050ab70f5e0a6b92e4faa89a..8d55b4bbb5e2ef03344f3f4f8e920ad01f7d0e04 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/block/00-INDEX @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ 00-INDEX - This file +bfq-iosched.txt + - BFQ IO scheduler and its tunables biodoc.txt - Notes on the Generic Block Layer Rewrite in Linux 2.5 biovecs.txt diff --git a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1b87df6cd4761ab0e548d0cc0611c2c5b74725eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt @@ -0,0 +1,531 @@ +BFQ (Budget Fair Queueing) +========================== + +BFQ is a proportional-share I/O scheduler, with some extra +low-latency capabilities. In addition to cgroups support (blkio or io +controllers), BFQ's main features are: +- BFQ guarantees a high system and application responsiveness, and a + low latency for time-sensitive applications, such as audio or video + players; +- BFQ distributes bandwidth, and not just time, among processes or + groups (switching back to time distribution when needed to keep + throughput high). + +On average CPUs, the current version of BFQ can handle devices +performing at most ~30K IOPS; at most ~50 KIOPS on faster CPUs. As a +reference, 30-50 KIOPS correspond to very high bandwidths with +sequential I/O (e.g., 8-12 GB/s if I/O requests are 256 KB large), and +to 120-200 MB/s with 4KB random I/O. BFQ has not yet been tested on +multi-queue devices. + +The table of contents follow. Impatients can just jump to Section 3. + +CONTENTS + +1. When may BFQ be useful? + 1-1 Personal systems + 1-2 Server systems +2. How does BFQ work? +3. What are BFQ's tunable? +4. BFQ group scheduling + 4-1 Service guarantees provided + 4-2 Interface + +1. When may BFQ be useful? +========================== + +BFQ provides the following benefits on personal and server systems. + +1-1 Personal systems +-------------------- + +Low latency for interactive applications + +Regardless of the actual background workload, BFQ guarantees that, for +interactive tasks, the storage device is virtually as responsive as if +it was idle. For example, even if one or more of the following +background workloads are being executed: +- one or more large files are being read, written or copied, +- a tree of source files is being compiled, +- one or more virtual machines are performing I/O, +- a software update is in progress, +- indexing daemons are scanning filesystems and updating their + databases, +starting an application or loading a file from within an application +takes about the same time as if the storage device was idle. As a +comparison, with CFQ, NOOP or DEADLINE, and in the same conditions, +applications experience high latencies, or even become unresponsive +until the background workload terminates (also on SSDs). + +Low latency for soft real-time applications + +Also soft real-time applications, such as audio and video +players/streamers, enjoy a low latency and a low drop rate, regardless +of the background I/O workload. As a consequence, these applications +do not suffer from almost any glitch due to the background workload. + +Higher speed for code-development tasks + +If some additional workload happens to be executed in parallel, then +BFQ executes the I/O-related components of typical code-development +tasks (compilation, checkout, merge, ...) much more quickly than CFQ, +NOOP or DEADLINE. + +High throughput + +On hard disks, BFQ achieves up to 30% higher throughput than CFQ, and +up to 150% higher throughput than DEADLINE and NOOP, with all the +sequential workloads considered in our tests. With random workloads, +and with all the workloads on flash-based devices, BFQ achieves, +instead, about the same throughput as the other schedulers. + +Strong fairness, bandwidth and delay guarantees + +BFQ distributes the device throughput, and not just the device time, +among I/O-bound applications in proportion their weights, with any +workload and regardless of the device parameters. From these bandwidth +guarantees, it is possible to compute tight per-I/O-request delay +guarantees by a simple formula. If not configured for strict service +guarantees, BFQ switches to time-based resource sharing (only) for +applications that would otherwise cause a throughput loss. + +1-2 Server systems +------------------ + +Most benefits for server systems follow from the same service +properties as above. In particular, regardless of whether additional, +possibly heavy workloads are being served, BFQ guarantees: + +. audio and video-streaming with zero or very low jitter and drop + rate; + +. fast retrieval of WEB pages and embedded objects; + +. real-time recording of data in live-dumping applications (e.g., + packet logging); + +. responsiveness in local and remote access to a server. + + +2. How does BFQ work? +===================== + +BFQ is a proportional-share I/O scheduler, whose general structure, +plus a lot of code, are borrowed from CFQ. + +- Each process doing I/O on a device is associated with a weight and a + (bfq_)queue. + +- BFQ grants exclusive access to the device, for a while, to one queue + (process) at a time, and implements this service model by + associating every queue with a budget, measured in number of + sectors. + + - After a queue is granted access to the device, the budget of the + queue is decremented, on each request dispatch, by the size of the + request. + + - The in-service queue is expired, i.e., its service is suspended, + only if one of the following events occurs: 1) the queue finishes + its budget, 2) the queue empties, 3) a "budget timeout" fires. + + - The budget timeout prevents processes doing random I/O from + holding the device for too long and dramatically reducing + throughput. + + - Actually, as in CFQ, a queue associated with a process issuing + sync requests may not be expired immediately when it empties. In + contrast, BFQ may idle the device for a short time interval, + giving the process the chance to go on being served if it issues + a new request in time. Device idling typically boosts the + throughput on rotational devices, if processes do synchronous + and sequential I/O. In addition, under BFQ, device idling is + also instrumental in guaranteeing the desired throughput + fraction to processes issuing sync requests (see the description + of the slice_idle tunable in this document, or [1, 2], for more + details). + + - With respect to idling for service guarantees, if several + processes are competing for the device at the same time, but + all processes (and groups, after the following commit) have + the same weight, then BFQ guarantees the expected throughput + distribution without ever idling the device. Throughput is + thus as high as possible in this common scenario. + + - If low-latency mode is enabled (default configuration), BFQ + executes some special heuristics to detect interactive and soft + real-time applications (e.g., video or audio players/streamers), + and to reduce their latency. The most important action taken to + achieve this goal is to give to the queues associated with these + applications more than their fair share of the device + throughput. For brevity, we call just "weight-raising" the whole + sets of actions taken by BFQ to privilege these queues. In + particular, BFQ provides a milder form of weight-raising for + interactive applications, and a stronger form for soft real-time + applications. + + - BFQ automatically deactivates idling for queues born in a burst of + queue creations. In fact, these queues are usually associated with + the processes of applications and services that benefit mostly + from a high throughput. Examples are systemd during boot, or git + grep. + + - As CFQ, BFQ merges queues performing interleaved I/O, i.e., + performing random I/O that becomes mostly sequential if + merged. Differently from CFQ, BFQ achieves this goal with a more + reactive mechanism, called Early Queue Merge (EQM). EQM is so + responsive in detecting interleaved I/O (cooperating processes), + that it enables BFQ to achieve a high throughput, by queue + merging, even for queues for which CFQ needs a different + mechanism, preemption, to get a high throughput. As such EQM is a + unified mechanism to achieve a high throughput with interleaved + I/O. + + - Queues are scheduled according to a variant of WF2Q+, named + B-WF2Q+, and implemented using an augmented rb-tree to preserve an + O(log N) overall complexity. See [2] for more details. B-WF2Q+ is + also ready for hierarchical scheduling. However, for a cleaner + logical breakdown, the code that enables and completes + hierarchical support is provided in the next commit, which focuses + exactly on this feature. + + - B-WF2Q+ guarantees a tight deviation with respect to an ideal, + perfectly fair, and smooth service. In particular, B-WF2Q+ + guarantees that each queue receives a fraction of the device + throughput proportional to its weight, even if the throughput + fluctuates, and regardless of: the device parameters, the current + workload and the budgets assigned to the queue. + + - The last, budget-independence, property (although probably + counterintuitive in the first place) is definitely beneficial, for + the following reasons: + + - First, with any proportional-share scheduler, the maximum + deviation with respect to an ideal service is proportional to + the maximum budget (slice) assigned to queues. As a consequence, + BFQ can keep this deviation tight not only because of the + accurate service of B-WF2Q+, but also because BFQ *does not* + need to assign a larger budget to a queue to let the queue + receive a higher fraction of the device throughput. + + - Second, BFQ is free to choose, for every process (queue), the + budget that best fits the needs of the process, or best + leverages the I/O pattern of the process. In particular, BFQ + updates queue budgets with a simple feedback-loop algorithm that + allows a high throughput to be achieved, while still providing + tight latency guarantees to time-sensitive applications. When + the in-service queue expires, this algorithm computes the next + budget of the queue so as to: + + - Let large budgets be eventually assigned to the queues + associated with I/O-bound applications performing sequential + I/O: in fact, the longer these applications are served once + got access to the device, the higher the throughput is. + + - Let small budgets be eventually assigned to the queues + associated with time-sensitive applications (which typically + perform sporadic and short I/O), because, the smaller the + budget assigned to a queue waiting for service is, the sooner + B-WF2Q+ will serve that queue (Subsec 3.3 in [2]). + +- If several processes are competing for the device at the same time, + but all processes and groups have the same weight, then BFQ + guarantees the expected throughput distribution without ever idling + the device. It uses preemption instead. Throughput is then much + higher in this common scenario. + +- ioprio classes are served in strict priority order, i.e., + lower-priority queues are not served as long as there are + higher-priority queues. Among queues in the same class, the + bandwidth is distributed in proportion to the weight of each + queue. A very thin extra bandwidth is however guaranteed to + the Idle class, to prevent it from starving. + + +3. What are BFQ's tunable? +========================== + +The tunables back_seek-max, back_seek_penalty, fifo_expire_async and +fifo_expire_sync below are the same as in CFQ. Their description is +just copied from that for CFQ. Some considerations in the description +of slice_idle are copied from CFQ too. + +per-process ioprio and weight +----------------------------- + +Unless the cgroups interface is used (see "4. BFQ group scheduling"), +weights can be assigned to processes only indirectly, through I/O +priorities, and according to the relation: +weight = (IOPRIO_BE_NR - ioprio) * 10. + +Beware that, if low-latency is set, then BFQ automatically raises the +weight of the queues associated with interactive and soft real-time +applications. Unset this tunable if you need/want to control weights. + +slice_idle +---------- + +This parameter specifies how long BFQ should idle for next I/O +request, when certain sync BFQ queues become empty. By default +slice_idle is a non-zero value. Idling has a double purpose: boosting +throughput and making sure that the desired throughput distribution is +respected (see the description of how BFQ works, and, if needed, the +papers referred there). + +As for throughput, idling can be very helpful on highly seeky media +like single spindle SATA/SAS disks where we can cut down on overall +number of seeks and see improved throughput. + +Setting slice_idle to 0 will remove all the idling on queues and one +should see an overall improved throughput on faster storage devices +like multiple SATA/SAS disks in hardware RAID configuration. + +So depending on storage and workload, it might be useful to set +slice_idle=0. In general for SATA/SAS disks and software RAID of +SATA/SAS disks keeping slice_idle enabled should be useful. For any +configurations where there are multiple spindles behind single LUN +(Host based hardware RAID controller or for storage arrays), setting +slice_idle=0 might end up in better throughput and acceptable +latencies. + +Idling is however necessary to have service guarantees enforced in +case of differentiated weights or differentiated I/O-request lengths. +To see why, suppose that a given BFQ queue A must get several I/O +requests served for each request served for another queue B. Idling +ensures that, if A makes a new I/O request slightly after becoming +empty, then no request of B is dispatched in the middle, and thus A +does not lose the possibility to get more than one request dispatched +before the next request of B is dispatched. Note that idling +guarantees the desired differentiated treatment of queues only in +terms of I/O-request dispatches. To guarantee that the actual service +order then corresponds to the dispatch order, the strict_guarantees +tunable must be set too. + +There is an important flipside for idling: apart from the above cases +where it is beneficial also for throughput, idling can severely impact +throughput. One important case is random workload. Because of this +issue, BFQ tends to avoid idling as much as possible, when it is not +beneficial also for throughput. As a consequence of this behavior, and +of further issues described for the strict_guarantees tunable, +short-term service guarantees may be occasionally violated. And, in +some cases, these guarantees may be more important than guaranteeing +maximum throughput. For example, in video playing/streaming, a very +low drop rate may be more important than maximum throughput. In these +cases, consider setting the strict_guarantees parameter. + +strict_guarantees +----------------- + +If this parameter is set (default: unset), then BFQ + +- always performs idling when the in-service queue becomes empty; + +- forces the device to serve one I/O request at a time, by dispatching a + new request only if there is no outstanding request. + +In the presence of differentiated weights or I/O-request sizes, both +the above conditions are needed to guarantee that every BFQ queue +receives its allotted share of the bandwidth. The first condition is +needed for the reasons explained in the description of the slice_idle +tunable. The second condition is needed because all modern storage +devices reorder internally-queued requests, which may trivially break +the service guarantees enforced by the I/O scheduler. + +Setting strict_guarantees may evidently affect throughput. + +back_seek_max +------------- + +This specifies, given in Kbytes, the maximum "distance" for backward seeking. +The distance is the amount of space from the current head location to the +sectors that are backward in terms of distance. + +This parameter allows the scheduler to anticipate requests in the "backward" +direction and consider them as being the "next" if they are within this +distance from the current head location. + +back_seek_penalty +----------------- + +This parameter is used to compute the cost of backward seeking. If the +backward distance of request is just 1/back_seek_penalty from a "front" +request, then the seeking cost of two requests is considered equivalent. + +So scheduler will not bias toward one or the other request (otherwise scheduler +will bias toward front request). Default value of back_seek_penalty is 2. + +fifo_expire_async +----------------- + +This parameter is used to set the timeout of asynchronous requests. Default +value of this is 248ms. + +fifo_expire_sync +---------------- + +This parameter is used to set the timeout of synchronous requests. Default +value of this is 124ms. In case to favor synchronous requests over asynchronous +one, this value should be decreased relative to fifo_expire_async. + +low_latency +----------- + +This parameter is used to enable/disable BFQ's low latency mode. By +default, low latency mode is enabled. If enabled, interactive and soft +real-time applications are privileged and experience a lower latency, +as explained in more detail in the description of how BFQ works. + +DO NOT enable this mode if you need full control on bandwidth +distribution. In fact, if it is enabled, then BFQ automatically +increases the bandwidth share of privileged applications, as the main +means to guarantee a lower latency to them. + +timeout_sync +------------ + +Maximum amount of device time that can be given to a task (queue) once +it has been selected for service. On devices with costly seeks, +increasing this time usually increases maximum throughput. On the +opposite end, increasing this time coarsens the granularity of the +short-term bandwidth and latency guarantees, especially if the +following parameter is set to zero. + +max_budget +---------- + +Maximum amount of service, measured in sectors, that can be provided +to a BFQ queue once it is set in service (of course within the limits +of the above timeout). According to what said in the description of +the algorithm, larger values increase the throughput in proportion to +the percentage of sequential I/O requests issued. The price of larger +values is that they coarsen the granularity of short-term bandwidth +and latency guarantees. + +The default value is 0, which enables auto-tuning: BFQ sets max_budget +to the maximum number of sectors that can be served during +timeout_sync, according to the estimated peak rate. + +weights +------- + +Read-only parameter, used to show the weights of the currently active +BFQ queues. + + +wr_ tunables +------------ + +BFQ exports a few parameters to control/tune the behavior of +low-latency heuristics. + +wr_coeff + +Factor by which the weight of a weight-raised queue is multiplied. If +the queue is deemed soft real-time, then the weight is further +multiplied by an additional, constant factor. + +wr_max_time + +Maximum duration of a weight-raising period for an interactive task +(ms). If set to zero (default value), then this value is computed +automatically, as a function of the peak rate of the device. In any +case, when the value of this parameter is read, it always reports the +current duration, regardless of whether it has been set manually or +computed automatically. + +wr_max_softrt_rate + +Maximum service rate below which a queue is deemed to be associated +with a soft real-time application, and is then weight-raised +accordingly (sectors/sec). + +wr_min_idle_time + +Minimum idle period after which interactive weight-raising may be +reactivated for a queue (in ms). + +wr_rt_max_time + +Maximum weight-raising duration for soft real-time queues (in ms). The +start time from which this duration is considered is automatically +moved forward if the queue is detected to be still soft real-time +before the current soft real-time weight-raising period finishes. + +wr_min_inter_arr_async + +Minimum period between I/O request arrivals after which weight-raising +may be reactivated for an already busy async queue (in ms). + + +4. Group scheduling with BFQ +============================ + +BFQ supports both cgroups-v1 and cgroups-v2 io controllers, namely +blkio and io. In particular, BFQ supports weight-based proportional +share. To activate cgroups support, set BFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED. + +4-1 Service guarantees provided +------------------------------- + +With BFQ, proportional share means true proportional share of the +device bandwidth, according to group weights. For example, a group +with weight 200 gets twice the bandwidth, and not just twice the time, +of a group with weight 100. + +BFQ supports hierarchies (group trees) of any depth. Bandwidth is +distributed among groups and processes in the expected way: for each +group, the children of the group share the whole bandwidth of the +group in proportion to their weights. In particular, this implies +that, for each leaf group, every process of the group receives the +same share of the whole group bandwidth, unless the ioprio of the +process is modified. + +The resource-sharing guarantee for a group may partially or totally +switch from bandwidth to time, if providing bandwidth guarantees to +the group lowers the throughput too much. This switch occurs on a +per-process basis: if a process of a leaf group causes throughput loss +if served in such a way to receive its share of the bandwidth, then +BFQ switches back to just time-based proportional share for that +process. + +4-2 Interface +------------- + +To get proportional sharing of bandwidth with BFQ for a given device, +BFQ must of course be the active scheduler for that device. + +Within each group directory, the names of the files associated with +BFQ-specific cgroup parameters and stats begin with the "bfq." +prefix. So, with cgroups-v1 or cgroups-v2, the full prefix for +BFQ-specific files is "blkio.bfq." or "io.bfq." For example, the group +parameter to set the weight of a group with BFQ is blkio.bfq.weight +or io.bfq.weight. + +Parameters to set +----------------- + +For each group, there is only the following parameter to set. + +weight (namely blkio.bfq.weight or io.bfq-weight): the weight of the +group inside its parent. Available values: 1..10000 (default 100). The +linear mapping between ioprio and weights, described at the beginning +of the tunable section, is still valid, but all weights higher than +IOPRIO_BE_NR*10 are mapped to ioprio 0. + +Recall that, if low-latency is set, then BFQ automatically raises the +weight of the queues associated with interactive and soft real-time +applications. Unset this tunable if you need/want to control weights. + + +[1] P. Valente, A. Avanzini, "Evolution of the BFQ Storage I/O + Scheduler", Proceedings of the First Workshop on Mobile System + Technologies (MST-2015), May 2015. + http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/mst-2015.pdf + +[2] P. Valente and M. Andreolini, "Improving Application + Responsiveness with the BFQ Disk I/O Scheduler", Proceedings of + the 5th Annual International Systems and Storage Conference + (SYSTOR '12), June 2012. + Slightly extended version: + http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/bfq-v1-suite- + results.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e94feacd7edcd7d8156ea6a5702e1fe781164bb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/block/kyber-iosched.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Kyber I/O scheduler tunables +=========================== + +The only two tunables for the Kyber scheduler are the target latencies for +reads and synchronous writes. Kyber will throttle requests in order to meet +these target latencies. + +read_lat_nsec +------------- +Target latency for reads (in nanoseconds). + +write_lat_nsec +-------------- +Target latency for synchronous writes (in nanoseconds). diff --git a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt index c0a3bb5a6e4eb291d077f10633001c439563ccc2..2c1e67058fd3bdf02336a71dc34ec885b9b84c2d 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/block/queue-sysfs.txt @@ -43,11 +43,6 @@ large discards are issued, setting this value lower will make Linux issue smaller discards and potentially help reduce latencies induced by large discard operations. -discard_zeroes_data (RO) ------------------------- -When read, this file will show if the discarded block are zeroed by the -device or not. If its value is '1' the blocks are zeroed otherwise not. - hw_sector_size (RO) ------------------- This is the hardware sector size of the device, in bytes. @@ -192,5 +187,11 @@ scaling back writes. Writing a value of '0' to this file disables the feature. Writing a value of '-1' to this file resets the value to the default setting. +throttle_sample_time (RW) +------------------------- +This is the time window that blk-throttle samples data, in millisecond. +blk-throttle makes decision based on the samplings. Lower time means cgroups +have more smooth throughput, but higher CPU overhead. This exists only when +CONFIG_BLK_DEV_THROTTLING_LOW is enabled. Jens Axboe , February 2009 diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt deleted file mode 100644 index f7e05055148715f1eca44617fecaf20193c799dd..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/mflash.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -This document describes m[g]flash support in linux. - -Contents - 1. Overview - 2. Reserved area configuration - 3. Example of mflash platform driver registration - -1. Overview - -Mflash and gflash are embedded flash drive. The only difference is mflash is -MCP(Multi Chip Package) device. These two device operate exactly same way. -So the rest mflash repersents mflash and gflash altogether. - -Internally, mflash has nand flash and other hardware logics and supports -2 different operation (ATA, IO) modes. ATA mode doesn't need any new -driver and currently works well under standard IDE subsystem. Actually it's -one chip SSD. IO mode is ATA-like custom mode for the host that doesn't have -IDE interface. - -Following are brief descriptions about IO mode. -A. IO mode based on ATA protocol and uses some custom command. (read confirm, -write confirm) -B. IO mode uses SRAM bus interface. -C. IO mode supports 4kB boot area, so host can boot from mflash. - -2. Reserved area configuration -If host boot from mflash, usually needs raw area for boot loader image. All of -the mflash's block device operation will be taken this value as start offset. -Note that boot loader's size of reserved area and kernel configuration value -must be same. - -3. Example of mflash platform driver registration -Working mflash is very straight forward. Adding platform device stuff to board -configuration file is all. Here is some pseudo example. - -static struct mg_drv_data mflash_drv_data = { - /* If you want to polling driver set to 1 */ - .use_polling = 0, - /* device attribution */ - .dev_attr = MG_BOOT_DEV -}; - -static struct resource mg_mflash_rsc[] = { - /* Base address of mflash */ - [0] = { - .start = 0x08000000, - .end = 0x08000000 + SZ_64K - 1, - .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM - }, - /* mflash interrupt pin */ - [1] = { - .start = IRQ_GPIO(84), - .end = IRQ_GPIO(84), - .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ - }, - /* mflash reset pin */ - [2] = { - .start = 43, - .end = 43, - .name = MG_RST_PIN, - .flags = IORESOURCE_IO - }, - /* mflash reset-out pin - * If you use mflash as storage device (i.e. other than MG_BOOT_DEV), - * should assign this */ - [3] = { - .start = 51, - .end = 51, - .name = MG_RSTOUT_PIN, - .flags = IORESOURCE_IO - } -}; - -static struct platform_device mflash_dev = { - .name = MG_DEV_NAME, - .id = -1, - .dev = { - .platform_data = &mflash_drv_data, - }, - .num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(mg_mflash_rsc), - .resource = mg_mflash_rsc -}; - -platform_device_register(&mflash_dev); diff --git a/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt b/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt index 3b8449f8ac7e80a0ebeaf6dfe8c64b15503f3954..49d7c997fa1ee7f759b5ba319bb57be464f0bd47 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroup-v2.txt @@ -1142,16 +1142,17 @@ used by the kernel. pids.max - A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups. The - default is "max". + A read-write single value file which exists on non-root + cgroups. The default is "max". - Hard limit of number of processes. + Hard limit of number of processes. pids.current - A read-only single value file which exists on all cgroups. + A read-only single value file which exists on all cgroups. - The number of processes currently in the cgroup and its descendants. + The number of processes currently in the cgroup and its + descendants. Organisational operations are not blocked by cgroup policies, so it is possible to have pids.current > pids.max. This can be done by either diff --git a/Documentation/conf.py b/Documentation/conf.py index 7fadb3b8329343234d337c312807bf6c5bf543fa..08aef4595059682d2552f597b6ad197079387a4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/conf.py +++ b/Documentation/conf.py @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ import os import sphinx # Get Sphinx version -major, minor, patch = map(int, sphinx.__version__.split(".")) +major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3] # If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory, @@ -29,12 +29,12 @@ from load_config import loadConfig # -- General configuration ------------------------------------------------ # If your documentation needs a minimal Sphinx version, state it here. -#needs_sphinx = '1.0' +needs_sphinx = '1.2' # Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be # extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom # ones. -extensions = ['kerneldoc', 'rstFlatTable', 'kernel_include', 'cdomain'] +extensions = ['kerneldoc', 'rstFlatTable', 'kernel_include', 'cdomain', 'kfigure'] # The name of the math extension changed on Sphinx 1.4 if major == 1 and minor > 3: diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst b/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b6b85a1b518ed5c6fd38a25f74fa967c3666125c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/core-api/flexible-arrays.rst @@ -0,0 +1,130 @@ + +=================================== +Using flexible arrays in the kernel +=================================== + +Large contiguous memory allocations can be unreliable in the Linux kernel. +Kernel programmers will sometimes respond to this problem by allocating +pages with :c:func:`vmalloc()`. This solution not ideal, though. On 32-bit +systems, memory from vmalloc() must be mapped into a relatively small address +space; it's easy to run out. On SMP systems, the page table changes required +by vmalloc() allocations can require expensive cross-processor interrupts on +all CPUs. And, on all systems, use of space in the vmalloc() range increases +pressure on the translation lookaside buffer (TLB), reducing the performance +of the system. + +In many cases, the need for memory from vmalloc() can be eliminated by piecing +together an array from smaller parts; the flexible array library exists to make +this task easier. + +A flexible array holds an arbitrary (within limits) number of fixed-sized +objects, accessed via an integer index. Sparse arrays are handled +reasonably well. Only single-page allocations are made, so memory +allocation failures should be relatively rare. The down sides are that the +arrays cannot be indexed directly, individual object size cannot exceed the +system page size, and putting data into a flexible array requires a copy +operation. It's also worth noting that flexible arrays do no internal +locking at all; if concurrent access to an array is possible, then the +caller must arrange for appropriate mutual exclusion. + +The creation of a flexible array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_alloc()`:: + + #include + + struct flex_array *flex_array_alloc(int element_size, + unsigned int total, + gfp_t flags); + +The individual object size is provided by ``element_size``, while total is the +maximum number of objects which can be stored in the array. The flags +argument is passed directly to the internal memory allocation calls. With +the current code, using flags to ask for high memory is likely to lead to +notably unpleasant side effects. + +It is also possible to define flexible arrays at compile time with:: + + DEFINE_FLEX_ARRAY(name, element_size, total); + +This macro will result in a definition of an array with the given name; the +element size and total will be checked for validity at compile time. + +Storing data into a flexible array is accomplished with a call to +:c:func:`flex_array_put()`:: + + int flex_array_put(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr, + void *src, gfp_t flags); + +This call will copy the data from src into the array, in the position +indicated by ``element_nr`` (which must be less than the maximum specified when +the array was created). If any memory allocations must be performed, flags +will be used. The return value is zero on success, a negative error code +otherwise. + +There might possibly be a need to store data into a flexible array while +running in some sort of atomic context; in this situation, sleeping in the +memory allocator would be a bad thing. That can be avoided by using +``GFP_ATOMIC`` for the flags value, but, often, there is a better way. The +trick is to ensure that any needed memory allocations are done before +entering atomic context, using :c:func:`flex_array_prealloc()`:: + + int flex_array_prealloc(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int start, + unsigned int nr_elements, gfp_t flags); + +This function will ensure that memory for the elements indexed in the range +defined by ``start`` and ``nr_elements`` has been allocated. Thereafter, a +``flex_array_put()`` call on an element in that range is guaranteed not to +block. + +Getting data back out of the array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_get()`:: + + void *flex_array_get(struct flex_array *fa, unsigned int element_nr); + +The return value is a pointer to the data element, or NULL if that +particular element has never been allocated. + +Note that it is possible to get back a valid pointer for an element which +has never been stored in the array. Memory for array elements is allocated +one page at a time; a single allocation could provide memory for several +adjacent elements. Flexible array elements are normally initialized to the +value ``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` (defined as 0x6c in ), so errors +involving that number probably result from use of unstored array entries. +Note that, if array elements are allocated with ``__GFP_ZERO``, they will be +initialized to zero and this poisoning will not happen. + +Individual elements in the array can be cleared with +:c:func:`flex_array_clear()`:: + + int flex_array_clear(struct flex_array *array, unsigned int element_nr); + +This function will set the given element to ``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` and return +zero. If storage for the indicated element is not allocated for the array, +``flex_array_clear()`` will return ``-EINVAL`` instead. Note that clearing an +element does not release the storage associated with it; to reduce the +allocated size of an array, call :c:func:`flex_array_shrink()`:: + + int flex_array_shrink(struct flex_array *array); + +The return value will be the number of pages of memory actually freed. +This function works by scanning the array for pages containing nothing but +``FLEX_ARRAY_FREE`` bytes, so (1) it can be expensive, and (2) it will not work +if the array's pages are allocated with ``__GFP_ZERO``. + +It is possible to remove all elements of an array with a call to +:c:func:`flex_array_free_parts()`:: + + void flex_array_free_parts(struct flex_array *array); + +This call frees all elements, but leaves the array itself in place. +Freeing the entire array is done with :c:func:`flex_array_free()`:: + + void flex_array_free(struct flex_array *array); + +As of this writing, there are no users of flexible arrays in the mainline +kernel. The functions described here are also not exported to modules; +that will probably be fixed when somebody comes up with a need for it. + + +Flexible array functions +------------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/flex_array.h diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst b/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..0054bd48be849035146239cb6efc0d7dba0c0a62 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/core-api/genericirq.rst @@ -0,0 +1,440 @@ +.. include:: + +========================== +Linux generic IRQ handling +========================== + +:Copyright: |copy| 2005-2010: Thomas Gleixner +:Copyright: |copy| 2005-2006: Ingo Molnar + +Introduction +============ + +The generic interrupt handling layer is designed to provide a complete +abstraction of interrupt handling for device drivers. It is able to +handle all the different types of interrupt controller hardware. Device +drivers use generic API functions to request, enable, disable and free +interrupts. The drivers do not have to know anything about interrupt +hardware details, so they can be used on different platforms without +code changes. + +This documentation is provided to developers who want to implement an +interrupt subsystem based for their architecture, with the help of the +generic IRQ handling layer. + +Rationale +========= + +The original implementation of interrupt handling in Linux uses the +:c:func:`__do_IRQ` super-handler, which is able to deal with every type of +interrupt logic. + +Originally, Russell King identified different types of handlers to build +a quite universal set for the ARM interrupt handler implementation in +Linux 2.5/2.6. He distinguished between: + +- Level type + +- Edge type + +- Simple type + +During the implementation we identified another type: + +- Fast EOI type + +In the SMP world of the :c:func:`__do_IRQ` super-handler another type was +identified: + +- Per CPU type + +This split implementation of high-level IRQ handlers allows us to +optimize the flow of the interrupt handling for each specific interrupt +type. This reduces complexity in that particular code path and allows +the optimized handling of a given type. + +The original general IRQ implementation used hw_interrupt_type +structures and their ``->ack``, ``->end`` [etc.] callbacks to differentiate +the flow control in the super-handler. This leads to a mix of flow logic +and low-level hardware logic, and it also leads to unnecessary code +duplication: for example in i386, there is an ``ioapic_level_irq`` and an +``ioapic_edge_irq`` IRQ-type which share many of the low-level details but +have different flow handling. + +A more natural abstraction is the clean separation of the 'irq flow' and +the 'chip details'. + +Analysing a couple of architecture's IRQ subsystem implementations +reveals that most of them can use a generic set of 'irq flow' methods +and only need to add the chip-level specific code. The separation is +also valuable for (sub)architectures which need specific quirks in the +IRQ flow itself but not in the chip details - and thus provides a more +transparent IRQ subsystem design. + +Each interrupt descriptor is assigned its own high-level flow handler, +which is normally one of the generic implementations. (This high-level +flow handler implementation also makes it simple to provide +demultiplexing handlers which can be found in embedded platforms on +various architectures.) + +The separation makes the generic interrupt handling layer more flexible +and extensible. For example, an (sub)architecture can use a generic +IRQ-flow implementation for 'level type' interrupts and add a +(sub)architecture specific 'edge type' implementation. + +To make the transition to the new model easier and prevent the breakage +of existing implementations, the :c:func:`__do_IRQ` super-handler is still +available. This leads to a kind of duality for the time being. Over time +the new model should be used in more and more architectures, as it +enables smaller and cleaner IRQ subsystems. It's deprecated for three +years now and about to be removed. + +Known Bugs And Assumptions +========================== + +None (knock on wood). + +Abstraction layers +================== + +There are three main levels of abstraction in the interrupt code: + +1. High-level driver API + +2. High-level IRQ flow handlers + +3. Chip-level hardware encapsulation + +Interrupt control flow +---------------------- + +Each interrupt is described by an interrupt descriptor structure +irq_desc. The interrupt is referenced by an 'unsigned int' numeric +value which selects the corresponding interrupt description structure in +the descriptor structures array. The descriptor structure contains +status information and pointers to the interrupt flow method and the +interrupt chip structure which are assigned to this interrupt. + +Whenever an interrupt triggers, the low-level architecture code calls +into the generic interrupt code by calling :c:func:`desc->handle_irq`. This +high-level IRQ handling function only uses desc->irq_data.chip +primitives referenced by the assigned chip descriptor structure. + +High-level Driver API +--------------------- + +The high-level Driver API consists of following functions: + +- :c:func:`request_irq` + +- :c:func:`free_irq` + +- :c:func:`disable_irq` + +- :c:func:`enable_irq` + +- :c:func:`disable_irq_nosync` (SMP only) + +- :c:func:`synchronize_irq` (SMP only) + +- :c:func:`irq_set_irq_type` + +- :c:func:`irq_set_irq_wake` + +- :c:func:`irq_set_handler_data` + +- :c:func:`irq_set_chip` + +- :c:func:`irq_set_chip_data` + +See the autogenerated function documentation for details. + +High-level IRQ flow handlers +---------------------------- + +The generic layer provides a set of pre-defined irq-flow methods: + +- :c:func:`handle_level_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_edge_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_fasteoi_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_simple_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_percpu_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_edge_eoi_irq` + +- :c:func:`handle_bad_irq` + +The interrupt flow handlers (either pre-defined or architecture +specific) are assigned to specific interrupts by the architecture either +during bootup or during device initialization. + +Default flow implementations +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Helper functions +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The helper functions call the chip primitives and are used by the +default flow implementations. The following helper functions are +implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + default_enable(struct irq_data *data) + { + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask(data); + } + + default_disable(struct irq_data *data) + { + if (!delay_disable(data)) + desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask(data); + } + + default_ack(struct irq_data *data) + { + chip->irq_ack(data); + } + + default_mask_ack(struct irq_data *data) + { + if (chip->irq_mask_ack) { + chip->irq_mask_ack(data); + } else { + chip->irq_mask(data); + chip->irq_ack(data); + } + } + + noop(struct irq_data *data)) + { + } + + + +Default flow handler implementations +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Default Level IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_level_irq provides a generic implementation for level-triggered +interrupts. + +The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack`; + handle_irq_event(desc->action); + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask`; + + +Default Fast EOI IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_fasteoi_irq provides a generic implementation for interrupts, +which only need an EOI at the end of the handler. + +The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + handle_irq_event(desc->action); + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi`; + + +Default Edge IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_edge_irq provides a generic implementation for edge-triggered +interrupts. + +The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + if (desc->status & running) { + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_mask_ack`; + desc->status |= pending | masked; + return; + } + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack`; + desc->status |= running; + do { + if (desc->status & masked) + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_unmask`; + desc->status &= ~pending; + handle_irq_event(desc->action); + } while (status & pending); + desc->status &= ~running; + + +Default simple IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_simple_irq provides a generic implementation for simple +interrupts. + +.. note:: + + The simple flow handler does not call any handler/chip primitives. + +The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + handle_irq_event(desc->action); + + +Default per CPU flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_percpu_irq provides a generic implementation for per CPU +interrupts. + +Per CPU interrupts are only available on SMP and the handler provides a +simplified version without locking. + +The following control flow is implemented (simplified excerpt):: + + if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack) + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_ack`; + handle_irq_event(desc->action); + if (desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi) + :c:func:`desc->irq_data.chip->irq_eoi`; + + +EOI Edge IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_edge_eoi_irq provides an abnomination of the edge handler +which is solely used to tame a badly wreckaged irq controller on +powerpc/cell. + +Bad IRQ flow handler +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +handle_bad_irq is used for spurious interrupts which have no real +handler assigned.. + +Quirks and optimizations +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The generic functions are intended for 'clean' architectures and chips, +which have no platform-specific IRQ handling quirks. If an architecture +needs to implement quirks on the 'flow' level then it can do so by +overriding the high-level irq-flow handler. + +Delayed interrupt disable +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +This per interrupt selectable feature, which was introduced by Russell +King in the ARM interrupt implementation, does not mask an interrupt at +the hardware level when :c:func:`disable_irq` is called. The interrupt is kept +enabled and is masked in the flow handler when an interrupt event +happens. This prevents losing edge interrupts on hardware which does not +store an edge interrupt event while the interrupt is disabled at the +hardware level. When an interrupt arrives while the IRQ_DISABLED flag +is set, then the interrupt is masked at the hardware level and the +IRQ_PENDING bit is set. When the interrupt is re-enabled by +:c:func:`enable_irq` the pending bit is checked and if it is set, the interrupt +is resent either via hardware or by a software resend mechanism. (It's +necessary to enable CONFIG_HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND when you want to use +the delayed interrupt disable feature and your hardware is not capable +of retriggering an interrupt.) The delayed interrupt disable is not +configurable. + +Chip-level hardware encapsulation +--------------------------------- + +The chip-level hardware descriptor structure :c:type:`irq_chip` contains all +the direct chip relevant functions, which can be utilized by the irq flow +implementations. + +- ``irq_ack`` + +- ``irq_mask_ack`` - Optional, recommended for performance + +- ``irq_mask`` + +- ``irq_unmask`` + +- ``irq_eoi`` - Optional, required for EOI flow handlers + +- ``irq_retrigger`` - Optional + +- ``irq_set_type`` - Optional + +- ``irq_set_wake`` - Optional + +These primitives are strictly intended to mean what they say: ack means +ACK, masking means masking of an IRQ line, etc. It is up to the flow +handler(s) to use these basic units of low-level functionality. + +__do_IRQ entry point +==================== + +The original implementation :c:func:`__do_IRQ` was an alternative entry point +for all types of interrupts. It no longer exists. + +This handler turned out to be not suitable for all interrupt hardware +and was therefore reimplemented with split functionality for +edge/level/simple/percpu interrupts. This is not only a functional +optimization. It also shortens code paths for interrupts. + +Locking on SMP +============== + +The locking of chip registers is up to the architecture that defines the +chip primitives. The per-irq structure is protected via desc->lock, by +the generic layer. + +Generic interrupt chip +====================== + +To avoid copies of identical implementations of IRQ chips the core +provides a configurable generic interrupt chip implementation. +Developers should check carefully whether the generic chip fits their +needs before implementing the same functionality slightly differently +themselves. + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/generic-chip.c + :export: + +Structures +========== + +This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the structures +which are used in the generic IRQ layer. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/irq.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/interrupt.h + :internal: + +Public Functions Provided +========================= + +This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the kernel API +functions which are exported. + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/manage.c + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/chip.c + +Internal Functions Provided +=========================== + +This chapter contains the autogenerated documentation of the internal +functions. + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/irqdesc.c + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/handle.c + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/chip.c + +Credits +======= + +The following people have contributed to this document: + +1. Thomas Gleixner tglx@linutronix.de + +2. Ingo Molnar mingo@elte.hu diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst index 0d93d808913610c665eab7b7df7a5d2bbd848d6d..62abd36bfffbc1c1421c9212f40ac33d2f0fcf0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst @@ -11,11 +11,14 @@ Core utilities .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 1 + kernel-api assoc_array atomic_ops cpu_hotplug local_ops workqueue + genericirq + flexible-arrays Interfaces for kernel debugging =============================== diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..9ec8488319dcaacf1f595c5fea88580e97955483 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst @@ -0,0 +1,346 @@ +==================== +The Linux Kernel API +==================== + +Data Types +========== + +Doubly Linked Lists +------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/list.h + :internal: + +Basic C Library Functions +========================= + +When writing drivers, you cannot in general use routines which are from +the C Library. Some of the functions have been found generally useful +and they are listed below. The behaviour of these functions may vary +slightly from those defined by ANSI, and these deviations are noted in +the text. + +String Conversions +------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/vsprintf.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/kernel.h + :functions: kstrtol + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/kernel.h + :functions: kstrtoul + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/kstrtox.c + :export: + +String Manipulation +------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/string.c + :export: + +Bit Operations +-------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/include/asm/bitops.h + :internal: + +Basic Kernel Library Functions +============================== + +The Linux kernel provides more basic utility functions. + +Bitmap Operations +----------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/bitmap.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/bitmap.c + :internal: + +Command-line Parsing +-------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/cmdline.c + :export: + +CRC Functions +------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/crc7.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/crc16.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/crc-itu-t.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/crc32.c + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/crc-ccitt.c + :export: + +idr/ida Functions +----------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/idr.h + :doc: idr sync + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/idr.c + :doc: IDA description + +.. kernel-doc:: lib/idr.c + :export: + +Memory Management in Linux +========================== + +The Slab Cache +-------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/slab.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/slab.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/util.c + :export: + +User Space Memory Access +------------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/include/asm/uaccess_32.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/lib/usercopy_32.c + :export: + +More Memory Management Functions +-------------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/readahead.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/filemap.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/memory.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/vmalloc.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/page_alloc.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/mempool.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/dmapool.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/page-writeback.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: mm/truncate.c + :export: + +Kernel IPC facilities +===================== + +IPC utilities +------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: ipc/util.c + :internal: + +FIFO Buffer +=========== + +kfifo interface +--------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/kfifo.h + :internal: + +relay interface support +======================= + +Relay interface support is designed to provide an efficient mechanism +for tools and facilities to relay large amounts of data from kernel +space to user space. + +relay interface +--------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/relay.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/relay.c + :internal: + +Module Support +============== + +Module Loading +-------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/kmod.c + :export: + +Inter Module support +-------------------- + +Refer to the file kernel/module.c for more information. + +Hardware Interfaces +=================== + +Interrupt Handling +------------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/irq/manage.c + :export: + +DMA Channels +------------ + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/dma.c + :export: + +Resources Management +-------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/resource.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/resource.c + :export: + +MTRR Handling +------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: arch/x86/kernel/cpu/mtrr/main.c + :export: + +Security Framework +================== + +.. kernel-doc:: security/security.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: security/inode.c + :export: + +Audit Interfaces +================ + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/audit.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/auditsc.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/auditfilter.c + :internal: + +Accounting Framework +==================== + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/acct.c + :internal: + +Block Devices +============= + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-core.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-core.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-map.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-sysfs.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-settings.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-exec.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-flush.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-lib.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-tag.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-tag.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/blk-integrity.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: kernel/trace/blktrace.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/genhd.c + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: block/genhd.c + :export: + +Char devices +============ + +.. kernel-doc:: fs/char_dev.c + :export: + +Clock Framework +=============== + +The clock framework defines programming interfaces to support software +management of the system clock tree. This framework is widely used with +System-On-Chip (SOC) platforms to support power management and various +devices which may need custom clock rates. Note that these "clocks" +don't relate to timekeeping or real time clocks (RTCs), each of which +have separate frameworks. These :c:type:`struct clk ` +instances may be used to manage for example a 96 MHz signal that is used +to shift bits into and out of peripherals or busses, or otherwise +trigger synchronous state machine transitions in system hardware. + +Power management is supported by explicit software clock gating: unused +clocks are disabled, so the system doesn't waste power changing the +state of transistors that aren't in active use. On some systems this may +be backed by hardware clock gating, where clocks are gated without being +disabled in software. Sections of chips that are powered but not clocked +may be able to retain their last state. This low power state is often +called a *retention mode*. This mode still incurs leakage currents, +especially with finer circuit geometries, but for CMOS circuits power is +mostly used by clocked state changes. + +Power-aware drivers only enable their clocks when the device they manage +is in active use. Also, system sleep states often differ according to +which clock domains are active: while a "standby" state may allow wakeup +from several active domains, a "mem" (suspend-to-RAM) state may require +a more wholesale shutdown of clocks derived from higher speed PLLs and +oscillators, limiting the number of possible wakeup event sources. A +driver's suspend method may need to be aware of system-specific clock +constraints on the target sleep state. + +Some platforms support programmable clock generators. These can be used +by external chips of various kinds, such as other CPUs, multimedia +codecs, and devices with strict requirements for interface clocking. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/clk.h + :internal: diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dd62e1334f0a8b52b7a30a2d4f9daff0e90506a5..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -Processor boosting control - - - information for users - - -Quick guide for the impatient: --------------------- -/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost -controls the boost setting for the whole system. You can read and write -that file with either "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting allowed). -Reading or writing 1 does not mean that the system is boosting at this -very moment, but only that the CPU _may_ raise the frequency at it's -discretion. --------------------- - -Introduction -------------- -Some CPUs support a functionality to raise the operating frequency of -some cores in a multi-core package if certain conditions apply, mostly -if the whole chip is not fully utilized and below it's intended thermal -budget. The decision about boost disable/enable is made either at hardware -(e.g. x86) or software (e.g ARM). -On Intel CPUs this is called "Turbo Boost", AMD calls it "Turbo-Core", -in technical documentation "Core performance boost". In Linux we use -the term "boost" for convenience. - -Rationale for disable switch ----------------------------- - -Though the idea is to just give better performance without any user -intervention, sometimes the need arises to disable this functionality. -Most systems offer a switch in the (BIOS) firmware to disable the -functionality at all, but a more fine-grained and dynamic control would -be desirable: -1. While running benchmarks, reproducible results are important. Since - the boosting functionality depends on the load of the whole package, - single thread performance can vary. By explicitly disabling the boost - functionality at least for the benchmark's run-time the system will run - at a fixed frequency and results are reproducible again. -2. To examine the impact of the boosting functionality it is helpful - to do tests with and without boosting. -3. Boosting means overclocking the processor, though under controlled - conditions. By raising the frequency and the voltage the processor - will consume more power than without the boosting, which may be - undesirable for instance for mobile users. Disabling boosting may - save power here, though this depends on the workload. - - -User controlled switch ----------------------- - -To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the cpufreq core -driver exports a sysfs knob to enable or disable it. There is a file: -/sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost -which can either read "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting enabled). -The file is exported only when cpufreq driver supports boosting. -Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that file anyway will -return EINVAL. - -On supported CPUs one can write either a "0" or a "1" into this file. -This will either disable the boost functionality on all cores in the -whole system (0) or will allow the software or hardware to boost at will -(1). - -Writing a "1" does not explicitly boost the system, but just allows the -CPU to boost at their discretion. Some implementations take external -factors like the chip's temperature into account, so boosting once does -not necessarily mean that it will occur every time even using the exact -same software setup. - - -AMD legacy cpb switch ---------------------- -The AMD powernow-k8 driver used to support a very similar switch to -disable or enable the "Core Performance Boost" feature of some AMD CPUs. -This switch was instantiated in each CPU's cpufreq directory -(/sys/devices/system/cpu[0-9]*/cpufreq) and was called "cpb". -Though the per CPU existence hints at a more fine grained control, the -actual implementation only supported a system-global switch semantics, -which was simply reflected into each CPU's file. Writing a 0 or 1 into it -would pull the other CPUs to the same state. -For compatibility reasons this file and its behavior is still supported -on AMD CPUs, though it is now protected by a config switch -(X86_ACPI_CPUFREQ_CPB). On Intel CPUs this file will never be created, -even with the config option set. -This functionality is considered legacy and will be removed in some future -kernel version. - -More fine grained boosting control ----------------------------------- - -Technically it is possible to switch the boosting functionality at least -on a per package basis, for some CPUs even per core. Currently the driver -does not support it, but this may be implemented in the future. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt index f71e6be26b83b48466353a58e5fc45ac75c239b8..434c49cc7330aa5273ca1e018ff912fa8c32b7c4 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/cpu-drivers.txt @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ the reference implementation in drivers/cpufreq/longrun.c Only for drivers with target_index() and CPUFREQ_ASYNC_NOTIFICATION unset. get_intermediate should return a stable intermediate frequency platform wants to -switch to, and target_intermediate() should set CPU to to that frequency, before +switch to, and target_intermediate() should set CPU to that frequency, before jumping to the frequency corresponding to 'index'. Core will take care of sending notifications and driver doesn't have to handle them in target_intermediate() or target_index(). diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 61b3184b6c24e47c4a31c09763707e49a1d0de01..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/governors.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,301 +0,0 @@ - CPU frequency and voltage scaling code in the Linux(TM) kernel - - - L i n u x C P U F r e q - - C P U F r e q G o v e r n o r s - - - information for users and developers - - - - Dominik Brodowski - some additions and corrections by Nico Golde - Rafael J. Wysocki - Viresh Kumar - - - - Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the CPUs on the - fly. This is a nice method to save battery power, because the lower - the clock speed, the less power the CPU consumes. - - -Contents: ---------- -1. What is a CPUFreq Governor? - -2. Governors In the Linux Kernel -2.1 Performance -2.2 Powersave -2.3 Userspace -2.4 Ondemand -2.5 Conservative -2.6 Schedutil - -3. The Governor Interface in the CPUfreq Core - -4. References - - -1. What Is A CPUFreq Governor? -============================== - -Most cpufreq drivers (except the intel_pstate and longrun) or even most -cpu frequency scaling algorithms only allow the CPU frequency to be set -to predefined fixed values. In order to offer dynamic frequency -scaling, the cpufreq core must be able to tell these drivers of a -"target frequency". So these specific drivers will be transformed to -offer a "->target/target_index/fast_switch()" call instead of the -"->setpolicy()" call. For set_policy drivers, all stays the same, -though. - -How to decide what frequency within the CPUfreq policy should be used? -That's done using "cpufreq governors". - -Basically, it's the following flow graph: - -CPU can be set to switch independently | CPU can only be set - within specific "limits" | to specific frequencies - - "CPUfreq policy" - consists of frequency limits (policy->{min,max}) - and CPUfreq governor to be used - / \ - / \ - / the cpufreq governor decides - / (dynamically or statically) - / what target_freq to set within - / the limits of policy->{min,max} - / \ - / \ - Using the ->setpolicy call, Using the ->target/target_index/fast_switch call, - the limits and the the frequency closest - "policy" is set. to target_freq is set. - It is assured that it - is within policy->{min,max} - - -2. Governors In the Linux Kernel -================================ - -2.1 Performance ---------------- - -The CPUfreq governor "performance" sets the CPU statically to the -highest frequency within the borders of scaling_min_freq and -scaling_max_freq. - - -2.2 Powersave -------------- - -The CPUfreq governor "powersave" sets the CPU statically to the -lowest frequency within the borders of scaling_min_freq and -scaling_max_freq. - - -2.3 Userspace -------------- - -The CPUfreq governor "userspace" allows the user, or any userspace -program running with UID "root", to set the CPU to a specific frequency -by making a sysfs file "scaling_setspeed" available in the CPU-device -directory. - - -2.4 Ondemand ------------- - -The CPUfreq governor "ondemand" sets the CPU frequency depending on the -current system load. Load estimation is triggered by the scheduler -through the update_util_data->func hook; when triggered, cpufreq checks -the CPU-usage statistics over the last period and the governor sets the -CPU accordingly. The CPU must have the capability to switch the -frequency very quickly. - -Sysfs files: - -* sampling_rate: - - Measured in uS (10^-6 seconds), this is how often you want the kernel - to look at the CPU usage and to make decisions on what to do about the - frequency. Typically this is set to values of around '10000' or more. - It's default value is (cmp. with users-guide.txt): transition_latency - * 1000. Be aware that transition latency is in ns and sampling_rate - is in us, so you get the same sysfs value by default. Sampling rate - should always get adjusted considering the transition latency to set - the sampling rate 750 times as high as the transition latency in the - bash (as said, 1000 is default), do: - - $ echo `$(($(cat cpuinfo_transition_latency) * 750 / 1000)) > ondemand/sampling_rate - -* sampling_rate_min: - - The sampling rate is limited by the HW transition latency: - transition_latency * 100 - - Or by kernel restrictions: - - If CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON is set, the limit is 10ms fixed. - - If CONFIG_NO_HZ_COMMON is not set or nohz=off boot parameter is - used, the limits depend on the CONFIG_HZ option: - HZ=1000: min=20000us (20ms) - HZ=250: min=80000us (80ms) - HZ=100: min=200000us (200ms) - - The highest value of kernel and HW latency restrictions is shown and - used as the minimum sampling rate. - -* up_threshold: - - This defines what the average CPU usage between the samplings of - 'sampling_rate' needs to be for the kernel to make a decision on - whether it should increase the frequency. For example when it is set - to its default value of '95' it means that between the checking - intervals the CPU needs to be on average more than 95% in use to then - decide that the CPU frequency needs to be increased. - -* ignore_nice_load: - - This parameter takes a value of '0' or '1'. When set to '0' (its - default), all processes are counted towards the 'cpu utilisation' - value. When set to '1', the processes that are run with a 'nice' - value will not count (and thus be ignored) in the overall usage - calculation. This is useful if you are running a CPU intensive - calculation on your laptop that you do not care how long it takes to - complete as you can 'nice' it and prevent it from taking part in the - deciding process of whether to increase your CPU frequency. - -* sampling_down_factor: - - This parameter controls the rate at which the kernel makes a decision - on when to decrease the frequency while running at top speed. When set - to 1 (the default) decisions to reevaluate load are made at the same - interval regardless of current clock speed. But when set to greater - than 1 (e.g. 100) it acts as a multiplier for the scheduling interval - for reevaluating load when the CPU is at its top speed due to high - load. This improves performance by reducing the overhead of load - evaluation and helping the CPU stay at its top speed when truly busy, - rather than shifting back and forth in speed. This tunable has no - effect on behavior at lower speeds/lower CPU loads. - -* powersave_bias: - - This parameter takes a value between 0 to 1000. It defines the - percentage (times 10) value of the target frequency that will be - shaved off of the target. For example, when set to 100 -- 10%, when - ondemand governor would have targeted 1000 MHz, it will target - 1000 MHz - (10% of 1000 MHz) = 900 MHz instead. This is set to 0 - (disabled) by default. - - When AMD frequency sensitivity powersave bias driver -- - drivers/cpufreq/amd_freq_sensitivity.c is loaded, this parameter - defines the workload frequency sensitivity threshold in which a lower - frequency is chosen instead of ondemand governor's original target. - The frequency sensitivity is a hardware reported (on AMD Family 16h - Processors and above) value between 0 to 100% that tells software how - the performance of the workload running on a CPU will change when - frequency changes. A workload with sensitivity of 0% (memory/IO-bound) - will not perform any better on higher core frequency, whereas a - workload with sensitivity of 100% (CPU-bound) will perform better - higher the frequency. When the driver is loaded, this is set to 400 by - default -- for CPUs running workloads with sensitivity value below - 40%, a lower frequency is chosen. Unloading the driver or writing 0 - will disable this feature. - - -2.5 Conservative ----------------- - -The CPUfreq governor "conservative", much like the "ondemand" -governor, sets the CPU frequency depending on the current usage. It -differs in behaviour in that it gracefully increases and decreases the -CPU speed rather than jumping to max speed the moment there is any load -on the CPU. This behaviour is more suitable in a battery powered -environment. The governor is tweaked in the same manner as the -"ondemand" governor through sysfs with the addition of: - -* freq_step: - - This describes what percentage steps the cpu freq should be increased - and decreased smoothly by. By default the cpu frequency will increase - in 5% chunks of your maximum cpu frequency. You can change this value - to anywhere between 0 and 100 where '0' will effectively lock your CPU - at a speed regardless of its load whilst '100' will, in theory, make - it behave identically to the "ondemand" governor. - -* down_threshold: - - Same as the 'up_threshold' found for the "ondemand" governor but for - the opposite direction. For example when set to its default value of - '20' it means that if the CPU usage needs to be below 20% between - samples to have the frequency decreased. - -* sampling_down_factor: - - Similar functionality as in "ondemand" governor. But in - "conservative", it controls the rate at which the kernel makes a - decision on when to decrease the frequency while running in any speed. - Load for frequency increase is still evaluated every sampling rate. - - -2.6 Schedutil -------------- - -The "schedutil" governor aims at better integration with the Linux -kernel scheduler. Load estimation is achieved through the scheduler's -Per-Entity Load Tracking (PELT) mechanism, which also provides -information about the recent load [1]. This governor currently does -load based DVFS only for tasks managed by CFS. RT and DL scheduler tasks -are always run at the highest frequency. Unlike all the other -governors, the code is located under the kernel/sched/ directory. - -Sysfs files: - -* rate_limit_us: - - This contains a value in microseconds. The governor waits for - rate_limit_us time before reevaluating the load again, after it has - evaluated the load once. - -For an in-depth comparison with the other governors refer to [2]. - - -3. The Governor Interface in the CPUfreq Core -============================================= - -A new governor must register itself with the CPUfreq core using -"cpufreq_register_governor". The struct cpufreq_governor, which has to -be passed to that function, must contain the following values: - -governor->name - A unique name for this governor. -governor->owner - .THIS_MODULE for the governor module (if appropriate). - -plus a set of hooks to the functions implementing the governor's logic. - -The CPUfreq governor may call the CPU processor driver using one of -these two functions: - -int cpufreq_driver_target(struct cpufreq_policy *policy, - unsigned int target_freq, - unsigned int relation); - -int __cpufreq_driver_target(struct cpufreq_policy *policy, - unsigned int target_freq, - unsigned int relation); - -target_freq must be within policy->min and policy->max, of course. -What's the difference between these two functions? When your governor is -in a direct code path of a call to governor callbacks, like -governor->start(), the policy->rwsem is still held in the cpufreq core, -and there's no need to lock it again (in fact, this would cause a -deadlock). So use __cpufreq_driver_target only in these cases. In all -other cases (for example, when there's a "daemonized" function that -wakes up every second), use cpufreq_driver_target to take policy->rwsem -before the command is passed to the cpufreq driver. - -4. References -============= - -[1] Per-entity load tracking: https://lwn.net/Articles/531853/ -[2] Improvements in CPU frequency management: https://lwn.net/Articles/682391/ - diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt index ef1d39247b054f332fc671bb0f781146866258c3..03a7cee6ac73a4f2dd48248196994538d81f6a4e 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/index.txt @@ -21,8 +21,6 @@ Documents in this directory: amd-powernow.txt - AMD powernow driver specific file. -boost.txt - Frequency boosting support. - core.txt - General description of the CPUFreq core and of CPUFreq notifiers. @@ -32,17 +30,12 @@ cpufreq-nforce2.txt - nVidia nForce2 platform specific file. cpufreq-stats.txt - General description of sysfs cpufreq stats. -governors.txt - What are cpufreq governors and how to - implement them? - index.txt - File index, Mailing list and Links (this document) intel-pstate.txt - Intel pstate cpufreq driver specific file. pcc-cpufreq.txt - PCC cpufreq driver specific file. -user-guide.txt - User Guide to CPUFreq - Mailing List ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 391da64e94925c5fcfb04f0fc7c56db91c2023fa..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/user-guide.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,228 +0,0 @@ - CPU frequency and voltage scaling code in the Linux(TM) kernel - - - L i n u x C P U F r e q - - U S E R G U I D E - - - Dominik Brodowski - - - - Clock scaling allows you to change the clock speed of the CPUs on the - fly. This is a nice method to save battery power, because the lower - the clock speed, the less power the CPU consumes. - - -Contents: ---------- -1. Supported Architectures and Processors -1.1 ARM and ARM64 -1.2 x86 -1.3 sparc64 -1.4 ppc -1.5 SuperH -1.6 Blackfin - -2. "Policy" / "Governor"? -2.1 Policy -2.2 Governor - -3. How to change the CPU cpufreq policy and/or speed -3.1 Preferred interface: sysfs - - - -1. Supported Architectures and Processors -========================================= - -1.1 ARM and ARM64 ------------------ - -Almost all ARM and ARM64 platforms support CPU frequency scaling. - -1.2 x86 -------- - -The following processors for the x86 architecture are supported by cpufreq: - -AMD Elan - SC400, SC410 -AMD mobile K6-2+ -AMD mobile K6-3+ -AMD mobile Duron -AMD mobile Athlon -AMD Opteron -AMD Athlon 64 -Cyrix Media GXm -Intel mobile PIII and Intel mobile PIII-M on certain chipsets -Intel Pentium 4, Intel Xeon -Intel Pentium M (Centrino) -National Semiconductors Geode GX -Transmeta Crusoe -Transmeta Efficeon -VIA Cyrix 3 / C3 -various processors on some ACPI 2.0-compatible systems [*] -And many more - -[*] Only if "ACPI Processor Performance States" are available -to the ACPI<->BIOS interface. - - -1.3 sparc64 ------------ - -The following processors for the sparc64 architecture are supported by -cpufreq: - -UltraSPARC-III - - -1.4 ppc -------- - -Several "PowerBook" and "iBook2" notebooks are supported. -The following POWER processors are supported in powernv mode: -POWER8 -POWER9 - -1.5 SuperH ----------- - -All SuperH processors supporting rate rounding through the clock -framework are supported by cpufreq. - -1.6 Blackfin ------------- - -The following Blackfin processors are supported by cpufreq: - -BF522, BF523, BF524, BF525, BF526, BF527, Rev 0.1 or higher -BF531, BF532, BF533, Rev 0.3 or higher -BF534, BF536, BF537, Rev 0.2 or higher -BF561, Rev 0.3 or higher -BF542, BF544, BF547, BF548, BF549, Rev 0.1 or higher - - -2. "Policy" / "Governor" ? -========================== - -Some CPU frequency scaling-capable processor switch between various -frequencies and operating voltages "on the fly" without any kernel or -user involvement. This guarantees very fast switching to a frequency -which is high enough to serve the user's needs, but low enough to save -power. - - -2.1 Policy ----------- - -On these systems, all you can do is select the lower and upper -frequency limit as well as whether you want more aggressive -power-saving or more instantly available processing power. - - -2.2 Governor ------------- - -On all other cpufreq implementations, these boundaries still need to -be set. Then, a "governor" must be selected. Such a "governor" decides -what speed the processor shall run within the boundaries. One such -"governor" is the "userspace" governor. This one allows the user - or -a yet-to-implement userspace program - to decide what specific speed -the processor shall run at. - - -3. How to change the CPU cpufreq policy and/or speed -==================================================== - -3.1 Preferred Interface: sysfs ------------------------------- - -The preferred interface is located in the sysfs filesystem. If you -mounted it at /sys, the cpufreq interface is located in a subdirectory -"cpufreq" within the cpu-device directory -(e.g. /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpufreq/ for the first CPU). - -affected_cpus : List of Online CPUs that require software - coordination of frequency. - -cpuinfo_cur_freq : Current frequency of the CPU as obtained from - the hardware, in KHz. This is the frequency - the CPU actually runs at. - -cpuinfo_min_freq : this file shows the minimum operating - frequency the processor can run at(in kHz) - -cpuinfo_max_freq : this file shows the maximum operating - frequency the processor can run at(in kHz) - -cpuinfo_transition_latency The time it takes on this CPU to - switch between two frequencies in nano - seconds. If unknown or known to be - that high that the driver does not - work with the ondemand governor, -1 - (CPUFREQ_ETERNAL) will be returned. - Using this information can be useful - to choose an appropriate polling - frequency for a kernel governor or - userspace daemon. Make sure to not - switch the frequency too often - resulting in performance loss. - -related_cpus : List of Online + Offline CPUs that need software - coordination of frequency. - -scaling_available_frequencies : List of available frequencies, in KHz. - -scaling_available_governors : this file shows the CPUfreq governors - available in this kernel. You can see the - currently activated governor in - -scaling_cur_freq : Current frequency of the CPU as determined by - the governor and cpufreq core, in KHz. This is - the frequency the kernel thinks the CPU runs - at. - -scaling_driver : this file shows what cpufreq driver is - used to set the frequency on this CPU - -scaling_governor, and by "echoing" the name of another - governor you can change it. Please note - that some governors won't load - they only - work on some specific architectures or - processors. - -scaling_min_freq and -scaling_max_freq show the current "policy limits" (in - kHz). By echoing new values into these - files, you can change these limits. - NOTE: when setting a policy you need to - first set scaling_max_freq, then - scaling_min_freq. - -scaling_setspeed This can be read to get the currently programmed - value by the governor. This can be written to - change the current frequency for a group of - CPUs, represented by a policy. This is supported - currently only by the userspace governor. - -bios_limit : If the BIOS tells the OS to limit a CPU to - lower frequencies, the user can read out the - maximum available frequency from this file. - This typically can happen through (often not - intended) BIOS settings, restrictions - triggered through a service processor or other - BIOS/HW based implementations. - This does not cover thermal ACPI limitations - which can be detected through the generic - thermal driver. - -If you have selected the "userspace" governor which allows you to -set the CPU operating frequency to a specific value, you can read out -the current frequency in - -scaling_setspeed. By "echoing" a new frequency into this - you can change the speed of the CPU, - but only within the limits of - scaling_min_freq and scaling_max_freq. diff --git a/Documentation/cputopology.txt b/Documentation/cputopology.txt index f722f227a73bbc2cc0bbbbd6e0e65ab0d2f8b23e..127c9d8c2174ab419351882c45ef16230fb73563 100644 --- a/Documentation/cputopology.txt +++ b/Documentation/cputopology.txt @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ not defined by include/asm-XXX/topology.h: For architectures that don't support books (CONFIG_SCHED_BOOK) there are no default definitions for topology_book_id() and topology_book_cpumask(). -For architectures that don't support drawes (CONFIG_SCHED_DRAWER) there are +For architectures that don't support drawers (CONFIG_SCHED_DRAWER) there are no default definitions for topology_drawer_id() and topology_drawer_cpumask(). Additionally, CPU topology information is provided under diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst index 0a10819f6107a706c391ee5c01baa519246516fa..d021fd96a76ded1fd3a70c1c3166e7258c5127c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst +++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst @@ -155,9 +155,9 @@ Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH char ctx[]; }; - static struct sdescinit_sdesc(struct crypto_shash *alg) + static struct sdesc init_sdesc(struct crypto_shash *alg) { - struct sdescsdesc; + struct sdesc sdesc; int size; size = sizeof(struct shash_desc) + crypto_shash_descsize(alg); @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Code Example For Use of Operational State Memory With SHASH static int calc_hash(struct crypto_shashalg, const unsigned chardata, unsigned int datalen, unsigned chardigest) { - struct sdescsdesc; + struct sdesc sdesc; int ret; sdesc = init_sdesc(alg); diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt index 03703afc4d302e7eeb7fb4031d494ab750233194..9ff026d22b751deb64f5f850631c0b6e7e93e4c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt +++ b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt @@ -100,8 +100,8 @@ Step-by-step instructions for using firescope with early OHCI initialization: CardBus and even some Express cards which are fully compliant to OHCI-1394 specification are available. If it requires no driver for Windows operating systems, it most likely is. Only specialized shops have cards which are not - compliant, they are based on TI PCILynx chips and require drivers for Win- - dows operating systems. + compliant, they are based on TI PCILynx chips and require drivers for Windows + operating systems. The mentioned kernel log message contains the string "physUB" if the controller implements a writable Physical Upper Bound register. This is diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst index 2c41b713841fd497a95b57054ed9d6998625b71e..44886c91e112d4d21a41e0c4d1a96f37a584aa68 100644 --- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst +++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kcov.rst @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Note that kcov does not aim to collect as much coverage as possible. It aims to collect more or less stable coverage that is function of syscall inputs. To achieve this goal it does not collect coverage in soft/hard interrupts and instrumentation of some inherently non-deterministic parts of kernel is -disbled (e.g. scheduler, locking). +disabled (e.g. scheduler, locking). Usage ----- diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt index f228604ddbcd6890c1db0ef2778422a499cbd480..cdfd0feb294e6f0be9851223b7669de3109d875a 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/cache.txt @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ message, which takes an arbitrary number of cblock ranges. Each cblock range's end value is "one past the end", meaning 5-10 expresses a range of values from 5 to 9. Each cblock must be expressed as a decimal value, in the future a variant message that takes cblock ranges -expressed in hexidecimal may be needed to better support efficient +expressed in hexadecimal may be needed to better support efficient invalidation of larger caches. The cache must be in passthrough mode when invalidate_cblocks is used. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt index 30c546900b6021d24d64e1033714d362f3152a0e..07dbb358182ccd255baf2ed1220d5df9044f9dd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell/cp110-system-controller0.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The following clocks are available: - 1 15 SATA - 1 16 SATA USB - 1 17 Main - - 1 18 SD/MMC + - 1 18 SD/MMC/GOP - 1 21 Slow IO (SPI, NOR, BootROM, I2C, UART) - 1 22 USB3H0 - 1 23 USB3H1 @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Required properties: "cpm-audio", "cpm-communit", "cpm-nand", "cpm-ppv2", "cpm-sdio", "cpm-mg-domain", "cpm-mg-core", "cpm-xor1", "cpm-xor0", "cpm-gop-dp", "none", "cpm-pcie_x10", "cpm-pcie_x11", "cpm-pcie_x4", "cpm-pcie-xor", "cpm-sata", - "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", + "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc-gop", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", "cpm-usb3h0", "cpm-usb3h1", "cpm-usb3dev", "cpm-eip150", "cpm-eip197"; Example: @@ -78,6 +78,6 @@ Example: gate-clock-output-names = "cpm-audio", "cpm-communit", "cpm-nand", "cpm-ppv2", "cpm-sdio", "cpm-mg-domain", "cpm-mg-core", "cpm-xor1", "cpm-xor0", "cpm-gop-dp", "none", "cpm-pcie_x10", "cpm-pcie_x11", "cpm-pcie_x4", "cpm-pcie-xor", "cpm-sata", - "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", + "cpm-sata-usb", "cpm-main", "cpm-sd-mmc-gop", "none", "none", "cpm-slow-io", "cpm-usb3h0", "cpm-usb3h1", "cpm-usb3dev", "cpm-eip150", "cpm-eip197"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-dm816.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-dm816.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f8c535f3541f57d4cbf7da9e938e0cebaade608c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-dm816.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Device tree binding for the TI DM816 AHCI SATA Controller +--------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: + - compatible: must be "ti,dm816-ahci" + - reg: physical base address and size of the register region used by + the controller (as defined by the AHCI 1.1 standard) + - interrupts: interrupt specifier (refer to the interrupt binding) + - clocks: list of phandle and clock specifier pairs (or only + phandles for clock providers with '0' defined for + #clock-cells); two clocks must be specified: the functional + clock and an external reference clock + +Example: + + sata: sata@4a140000 { + compatible = "ti,dm816-ahci"; + reg = <0x4a140000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <16>; + clocks = <&sysclk5_ck>, <&sata_refclk>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/armada3700-xtal-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/armada3700-xtal-clock.txt index a88f1f05fbd6394dcc451e5bacb77c1220a6f3c3..4c0807f28cfaa119a55a6f48fa061daca01f1f60 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/armada3700-xtal-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/armada3700-xtal-clock.txt @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ reading the gpio latch register. This node must be a subnode of the node exposing the register address of the GPIO block where the gpio latch is located. +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt Required properties: - compatible : shall be one of the following: @@ -16,9 +17,9 @@ Optional properties: output names ("xtal") Example: -gpio1: gpio@13800 { - compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-gpio", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; - reg = <0x13800 0x1000>; +pinctrl_nb: pinctrl-nb@13800 { + compatible = "armada3710-nb-pinctrl", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x13800 0x100>, <0x13C00 0x20>; xtalclk: xtal-clk { compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-xtal-clock"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/st,stm32-crc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/st,stm32-crc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3ba92a5e9b3617e0ceb86af03f6cf288d278ae73 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/st,stm32-crc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +* STMicroelectronics STM32 CRC + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,stm32f7-crc". +- reg: The address and length of the peripheral registers space +- clocks: The input clock of the CRC instance + +Optional properties: none + +Example: + +crc: crc@40023000 { + compatible = "st,stm32f7-crc"; + reg = <0x40023000 0x400>; + clocks = <&rcc 0 12>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt index a78265993665a65bae524bb19606a7c16f248770..ca5204b3bc218bfe8e04a4fd5ca70482b1ab8c6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/exynos_dsim.txt @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be one of the following "samsung,exynos3250-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4210-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ - "samsung,exynos4415-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5410-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5410/5420/5440 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos5422-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5422/5800 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos5433-mipi-dsi" /* for Exynos5433 SoCs */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt index 18645e0228b054e1ec0a77658c78d30f3c7eed8e..5837402c3adeae526a4e6efa914fd43c64c10443 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/exynos/samsung-fimd.txt @@ -11,7 +11,6 @@ Required properties: "samsung,s5pv210-fimd"; /* for S5PV210 SoC */ "samsung,exynos3250-fimd"; /* for Exynos3250/3472 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos4210-fimd"; /* for Exynos4 SoCs */ - "samsung,exynos4415-fimd"; /* for Exynos4415 SoC */ "samsung,exynos5250-fimd"; /* for Exynos5250 SoCs */ "samsung,exynos5420-fimd"; /* for Exynos5420/5422/5800 SoCs */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads7828.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads7828.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..fe0cc4ad7ea9f289d650e71895145fbaeb2c7b02 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/ads7828.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +ads7828 properties + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be one of + ti,ads7828 + ti,ads7830 +- reg: I2C address + +Optional properties: + +- ti,differential-input + Set to use the device in differential mode. +- vref-supply + The external reference on the device is set to this regulators output. If it + does not exists the internal reference will be used and output by the ads78xx + on the "external vref" pin. + + Example ADS7828 node: + + ads7828: ads@48 { + comatible = "ti,ads7828"; + reg = <0x48>; + vref-supply = <&vref>; + ti,differential-input; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cf4460564adb20941f127008fdb0ec235dc5f7ff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +ASPEED AST2400/AST2500 PWM and Fan Tacho controller device driver + +The ASPEED PWM controller can support upto 8 PWM outputs. The ASPEED Fan Tacho +controller can support upto 16 Fan tachometer inputs. + +There can be upto 8 fans supported. Each fan can have one PWM output and +one/two Fan tach inputs. + +Required properties for pwm-tacho node: +- #address-cells : should be 1. + +- #size-cells : should be 1. + +- reg : address and length of the register set for the device. + +- pinctrl-names : a pinctrl state named "default" must be defined. + +- pinctrl-0 : phandle referencing pin configuration of the PWM ports. + +- compatible : should be "aspeed,ast2400-pwm-tacho" for AST2400 and + "aspeed,ast2500-pwm-tacho" for AST2500. + +- clocks : a fixed clock providing input clock frequency(PWM + and Fan Tach clock) + +fan subnode format: +=================== +Under fan subnode there can upto 8 child nodes, with each child node +representing a fan. If there are 8 fans each fan can have one PWM port and +one/two Fan tach inputs. + +Required properties for each child node: +- reg : should specify PWM source port. + integer value in the range 0 to 7 with 0 indicating PWM port A and + 7 indicating PWM port H. + +- aspeed,fan-tach-ch : should specify the Fan tach input channel. + integer value in the range 0 through 15, with 0 indicating + Fan tach channel 0 and 15 indicating Fan tach channel 15. + Atleast one Fan tach input channel is required. + +Examples: + +pwm_tacho_fixed_clk: fixedclk { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <24000000>; +}; + +pwm_tacho: pwmtachocontroller@1e786000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x1E786000 0x1000>; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-pwm-tacho"; + clocks = <&pwm_tacho_fixed_clk>; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_pwm0_default &pinctrl_pwm1_default>; + + fan@0 { + reg = <0x00>; + aspeed,fan-tach-ch = /bits/ 8 <0x00>; + }; + + fan@1 { + reg = <0x01>; + aspeed,fan-tach-ch = /bits/ 8 <0x01 0x02>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm87.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm87.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e1b79903f2043d6e3c16876b6651bb263afbb9fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm87.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +*LM87 hwmon sensor. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be + "ti,lm87" + +- reg: I2C address + +optional properties: +- has-temp3: This configures pins 18 and 19 to be used as a second + remote temperature sensing channel. By default the pins + are configured as voltage input pins in0 and in5. + +- has-in6: When set, pin 5 is configured to be used as voltage input + in6. Otherwise the pin is set as FAN1 input. + +- has-in7: When set, pin 6 is configured to be used as voltage input + in7. Otherwise the pin is set as FAN2 input. + +- vcc-supply: a Phandle for the regulator supplying power, can be + cofigured to measure 5.0V power supply. Default is 3.3V. + +Example: + +lm87@2e { + compatible = "ti,lm87"; + reg = <0x2e>; + has-temp3; + vcc-supply = <®_5v0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt index 488edcb264c4fea49441bb21ea7deb02a0056882..28e8bd8b7d640b34dceadae6b7fe5cf36d392527 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/hid-over-i2c.txt @@ -17,6 +17,22 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller - interrupts: interrupt line +Additional optional properties: + +Some devices may support additional optional properties to help with, e.g., +power sequencing. The following properties can be supported by one or more +device-specific compatible properties, which should be used in addition to the +"hid-over-i2c" string. + +- compatible: + * "wacom,w9013" (Wacom W9013 digitizer). Supports: + - vdd-supply + - post-power-on-delay-ms + +- vdd-supply: phandle of the regulator that provides the supply voltage. +- post-power-on-delay-ms: time required by the device after enabling its regulators + before it is ready for communication. Must be used with 'vdd-supply'. + Example: i2c-hid-dev@2c { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/faraday,ftintc010.txt similarity index 63% rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller.txt rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/faraday,ftintc010.txt index 97c1167fa5335164b0d2f98a0daf8c86a6c46ee0..24428d47f4872c2e8114336d3559c92636b4af56 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/faraday,ftintc010.txt @@ -1,9 +1,12 @@ -* Cortina Systems Gemini interrupt controller +* Faraday Technologt FTINTC010 interrupt controller -This interrupt controller is found on the Gemini SoCs. +This interrupt controller is a stock IP block from Faraday Technology found +in the Gemini SoCs and other designs. Required properties: -- compatible: must be "cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller" +- compatible: must be one of + "faraday,ftintc010" + "cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller" (deprecated) - reg: The register bank for the interrupt controller. - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. @@ -15,7 +18,7 @@ Required properties: Example: interrupt-controller@48000000 { - compatible = "cortina,gemini-interrupt-controller"; + compatible = "faraday,ftintc010" reg = <0x48000000 0x1000>; interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <2>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,cirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,cirq.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a7efdbc3de5be3f7d0be225bd6916be2ac69a120 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,cirq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* Mediatek 27xx cirq + +In Mediatek SOCs, the CIRQ is a low power interrupt controller designed to +work outside MCUSYS which comprises with Cortex-Ax cores,CCI and GIC. +The external interrupts (outside MCUSYS) will feed through CIRQ and connect +to GIC in MCUSYS. When CIRQ is enabled, it will record the edge-sensitive +interrupts and generate a pulse signal to parent interrupt controller when +flush command is executed. With CIRQ, MCUSYS can be completely turned off +to improve the system power consumption without losing interrupts. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of + - "mediatek,mt2701-cirq" for mt2701 CIRQ + - "mediatek,mt8135-cirq" for mt8135 CIRQ + - "mediatek,mt8173-cirq" for mt8173 CIRQ + and "mediatek,cirq" as a fallback. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Use the same format as specified by GIC in arm,gic.txt. +- interrupt-parent: phandle of irq parent for cirq. The parent must + use the same interrupt-cells format as GIC. +- reg: Physical base address of the cirq registers and length of memory + mapped region. +- mediatek,ext-irq-range: Identifies external irq number range in different + SOCs. + +Example: + cirq: interrupt-controller@10204000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt2701-cirq", + "mediatek,mtk-cirq"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-parent = <&sysirq>; + reg = <0 0x10204000 0 0x400>; + mediatek,ext-irq-start = <32 200>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt index 9d1d72c65489e1045d76291bcb8e7724c7c3cc43..a89c03bb1a81549c6029e8b4e7aeb48e3d726a4a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt @@ -21,13 +21,16 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent: phandle of irq parent for sysirq. The parent must use the same interrupt-cells format as GIC. - reg: Physical base address of the intpol registers and length of memory - mapped region. + mapped region. Could be multiple bases here. Ex: mt6797 needs 2 reg, others + need 1. Example: - sysirq: interrupt-controller@10200100 { - compatible = "mediatek,mt6589-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq"; + sysirq: intpol-controller@10200620 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6797-sysirq", + "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq"; interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <3>; interrupt-parent = <&gic>; - reg = <0 0x10200100 0 0x1c>; + reg = <0 0x10220620 0 0x20>, + <0 0x10220690 0 0x10>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc.txt index 6f28969af9dcd03048ea75f82858664570531489..028268fd99eeba926424ae90ac73eab6b818f4be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ipmi/aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc.txt @@ -6,7 +6,9 @@ perform in-band IPMI communication with their host. Required properties: -- compatible : should be "aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc" +- compatible : should be one of + "aspeed,ast2400-ibt-bmc" + "aspeed,ast2500-ibt-bmc" - reg: physical address and size of the registers Optional properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-cpcap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-cpcap.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..ebf7cdc7f70c2d545db6669d5547c5128878251a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-cpcap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Motorola CPCAP PMIC LEDs +------------------------ + +This module is part of the CPCAP. For more details about the whole +chip see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/motorola-cpcap.txt. + +Requires node properties: +- compatible: should be one of + * "motorola,cpcap-led-mdl" (Main Display Lighting) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-kl" (Keyboard Lighting) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-adl" (Aux Display Lighting) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-red" (Red Triode) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-green" (Green Triode) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-blue" (Blue Triode) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-cf" (Camera Flash) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-bt" (Bluetooth) + * "motorola,cpcap-led-cp" (Camera Privacy LED) +- label: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- vdd-supply: A phandle to the regulator powering the LED + +Example: + +&cpcap { + cpcap_led_red: red-led { + compatible = "motorola,cpcap-led-red"; + label = "cpcap:red"; + vdd-supply = <&sw5>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-mt6323.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-mt6323.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..45bf9f7d85f37685932f558aa9807bf5cf7ac8c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-mt6323.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Device Tree Bindings for LED support on MT6323 PMIC + +MT6323 LED controller is subfunction provided by MT6323 PMIC, so the LED +controllers are defined as the subnode of the function node provided by MT6323 +PMIC controller that is being defined as one kind of Muti-Function Device (MFD) +using shared bus called PMIC wrapper for each subfunction to access remote +MT6323 PMIC hardware. + +For MT6323 MFD bindings see: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/mt6397.txt +For MediaTek PMIC wrapper bindings see: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/soc/mediatek/pwrap.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "mediatek,mt6323-led" +- address-cells : Must be 1 +- size-cells : Must be 0 + +Each led is represented as a child node of the mediatek,mt6323-led that +describes the initial behavior for each LED physically and currently only four +LED child nodes can be supported. + +Required properties for the LED child node: +- reg : LED channel number (0..3) + +Optional properties for the LED child node: +- label : See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- linux,default-trigger : See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- default-state: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + +Example: + + mt6323: pmic { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6323"; + + ... + + mt6323led: leds { + compatible = "mediatek,mt6323-led"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + led@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "LED0"; + linux,default-trigger = "timer"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + led@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "LED1"; + default-state = "off"; + }; + led@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "LED2"; + default-state = "on"; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pca9532.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pca9532.txt index 198f3ba0e01f822dc8c148158a01551205571072..f769c52e36439205572e33d74c4c9e0f9a09b808 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pca9532.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-pca9532.txt @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ Optional sub-node properties: - label: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt - type: Output configuration, see dt-bindings/leds/leds-pca9532.h (default NONE) - linux,default-trigger: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + - default-state: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt + This property is only valid for sub-nodes of type . Example: #include @@ -33,6 +35,14 @@ Example: label = "pca:green:power"; type = ; }; + kernel-booting { + type = ; + default-state = "on"; + }; + sys-stat { + type = ; + default-state = "keep"; // don't touch, was set by U-Boot + }; }; For more product information please see the link below: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-flexrm-mbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-flexrm-mbox.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..752ae6b00d26a7c39f914637d37149f93efb5b36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-flexrm-mbox.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +Broadcom FlexRM Ring Manager +============================ +The Broadcom FlexRM ring manager provides a set of rings which can be +used to submit work to offload engines. An SoC may have multiple FlexRM +hardware blocks. There is one device tree entry per FlexRM block. The +FlexRM driver will create a mailbox-controller instance for given FlexRM +hardware block where each mailbox channel is a separate FlexRM ring. + +Required properties: +-------------------- +- compatible: Should be "brcm,iproc-flexrm-mbox" +- reg: Specifies base physical address and size of the FlexRM + ring registers +- msi-parent: Phandles (and potential Device IDs) to MSI controllers + The FlexRM engine will send MSIs (instead of wired + interrupts) to CPU. There is one MSI for each FlexRM ring. + Refer devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/msi.txt +- #mbox-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode a mailbox + channel. This should be 3. + + The 1st cell is the mailbox channel number. + + The 2nd cell contains MSI completion threshold. This is the + number of completion messages for which FlexRM will inject + one MSI interrupt to CPU. + + The 3nd cell contains MSI timer value representing time for + which FlexRM will wait to accumulate N completion messages + where N is the value specified by 2nd cell above. If FlexRM + does not get required number of completion messages in time + specified by this cell then it will inject one MSI interrupt + to CPU provided atleast one completion message is available. + +Optional properties: +-------------------- +- dma-coherent: Present if DMA operations made by the FlexRM engine (such + as DMA descriptor access, access to buffers pointed by DMA + descriptors and read/write pointer updates to DDR) are + cache coherent with the CPU. + +Example: +-------- +crypto_mbox: mbox@67000000 { + compatible = "brcm,iproc-flexrm-mbox"; + reg = <0x67000000 0x200000>; + msi-parent = <&gic_its 0x7f00>; + #mbox-cells = <3>; +}; + +crypto@672c0000 { + compatible = "brcm,spu2-v2-crypto"; + reg = <0x672c0000 0x1000>; + mboxes = <&crypto_mbox 0 0x1 0xffff>, + <&crypto_mbox 1 0x1 0xffff>, + <&crypto_mbox 16 0x1 0xffff>, + <&crypto_mbox 17 0x1 0xffff>, + <&crypto_mbox 30 0x1 0xffff>, + <&crypto_mbox 31 0x1 0xffff>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox.txt index 411ccf421584514b5d2128373115cd9443b6d3e8..0f3ee81d92c297022adcdbb1f9689f4b924ea143 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox.txt @@ -1,9 +1,11 @@ The PDC driver manages data transfer to and from various offload engines on some Broadcom SoCs. An SoC may have multiple PDC hardware blocks. There is -one device tree entry per block. +one device tree entry per block. On some chips, the PDC functionality is +handled by the FA2 (Northstar Plus). Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox". +- compatible : Should be "brcm,iproc-pdc-mbox" or "brcm,iproc-fa2-mbox" for + FA2/Northstar Plus. - reg: Should contain PDC registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the PDC. - #mbox-cells: 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhost.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhost.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..d876580ae3b837a9174e454d223c6fa4df7ce94e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/brcm,bcm2835-sdhost.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +Broadcom BCM2835 SDHOST controller + +This file documents differences between the core properties described +by mmc.txt and the properties that represent the BCM2835 controller. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-sdhost". +- clocks: The clock feeding the SDHOST controller. + +Optional properties: +- dmas: DMA channel for read and write. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/dma.txt for details + +Example: + +sdhost: mmc@7e202000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-sdhost"; + reg = <0x7e202000 0x100>; + interrupts = <2 24>; + clocks = <&clocks BCM2835_CLOCK_VPU>; + dmas = <&dma 13>; + dma-names = "rx-tx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/cavium-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/cavium-mmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1433e6201dff3c1b4bb4a79f80b8ccf47a33fdaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/cavium-mmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +* Cavium Octeon & ThunderX MMC controller + +The highspeed MMC host controller on Caviums SoCs provides an interface +for MMC and SD types of memory cards. + +Supported maximum speeds are the ones of the eMMC standard 4.41 as well +as the speed of SD standard 4.0. Only 3.3 Volt is supported. + +Required properties: + - compatible : should be one of: + cavium,octeon-6130-mmc + cavium,octeon-7890-mmc + cavium,thunder-8190-mmc + cavium,thunder-8390-mmc + mmc-slot + - reg : mmc controller base registers + - clocks : phandle + +Optional properties: + - for cd, bus-width and additional generic mmc parameters + please refer to mmc.txt within this directory + - cavium,cmd-clk-skew : number of coprocessor clocks before sampling command + - cavium,dat-clk-skew : number of coprocessor clocks before sampling data + +Deprecated properties: +- spi-max-frequency : use max-frequency instead +- cavium,bus-max-width : use bus-width instead +- power-gpios : use vmmc-supply instead +- cavium,octeon-6130-mmc-slot : use mmc-slot instead + +Examples: + mmc_1_4: mmc@1,4 { + compatible = "cavium,thunder-8390-mmc"; + reg = <0x0c00 0 0 0 0>; /* DEVFN = 0x0c (1:4) */ + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&sclk>; + + mmc-slot@0 { + compatible = "mmc-slot"; + reg = <0>; + vmmc-supply = <&mmc_supply_3v3>; + max-frequency = <42000000>; + bus-width = <4>; + cap-sd-highspeed; + }; + + mmc-slot@1 { + compatible = "mmc-slot"; + reg = <1>; + vmmc-supply = <&mmc_supply_3v3>; + max-frequency = <42000000>; + bus-width = <8>; + cap-mmc-highspeed; + non-removable; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b878a1e305af6e143a646b3473be522c82a62e8a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +Marvell Xenon SDHCI Controller device tree bindings +This file documents differences between the core mmc properties +described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the Xenon implementation. + +Multiple SDHCs might be put into a single Xenon IP, to save size and cost. +Each SDHC is independent and owns independent resources, such as register sets, +clock and PHY. +Each SDHC should have an independent device tree node. + +Required Properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following + - "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci": For controllers on Armada-3700 SoC. + Must provide a second register area and marvell,pad-type. + - "marvell,armada-ap806-sdhci": For controllers on Armada AP806. + - "marvell,armada-cp110-sdhci": For controllers on Armada CP110. + +- clocks: + Array of clocks required for SDHC. + Require at least input clock for Xenon IP core. + +- clock-names: + Array of names corresponding to clocks property. + The input clock for Xenon IP core should be named as "core". + +- reg: + * For "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci", two register areas. + The first one for Xenon IP register. The second one for the Armada 3700 SoC + PHY PAD Voltage Control register. + Please follow the examples with compatible "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci" + in below. + Please also check property marvell,pad-type in below. + + * For other compatible strings, one register area for Xenon IP. + +Optional Properties: +- marvell,xenon-sdhc-id: + Indicate the corresponding bit index of current SDHC in + SDHC System Operation Control Register Bit[7:0]. + Set/clear the corresponding bit to enable/disable current SDHC. + If Xenon IP contains only one SDHC, this property is optional. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-type: + Xenon support multiple types of PHYs. + To select eMMC 5.1 PHY, set: + marvell,xenon-phy-type = "emmc 5.1 phy" + eMMC 5.1 PHY is the default choice if this property is not provided. + To select eMMC 5.0 PHY, set: + marvell,xenon-phy-type = "emmc 5.0 phy" + + All those types of PHYs can support eMMC, SD and SDIO. + Please note that this property only presents the type of PHY. + It doesn't stand for the entire SDHC type or property. + For example, "emmc 5.1 phy" doesn't mean that this Xenon SDHC only + supports eMMC 5.1. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-znr: + Set PHY ZNR value. + Only available for eMMC PHY. + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. + ZNR is set as 0xF by default if this property is not provided. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-zpr: + Set PHY ZPR value. + Only available for eMMC PHY. + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. + ZPR is set as 0xF by default if this property is not provided. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-nr-success-tun: + Set the number of required consecutive successful sampling points + used to identify a valid sampling window, in tuning process. + Valid range = [1:7]. + Set as 0x4 by default if this property is not provided. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-tun-step-divider: + Set the divider for calculating TUN_STEP. + Set as 64 by default if this property is not provided. + +- marvell,xenon-phy-slow-mode: + If this property is selected, transfers will bypass PHY. + Only available when bus frequency lower than 55MHz in SDR mode. + Disabled by default. Please only try this property if timing issues + always occur with PHY enabled in eMMC HS SDR, SD SDR12, SD SDR25, + SD Default Speed and HS mode and eMMC legacy speed mode. + +- marvell,xenon-tun-count: + Xenon SDHC SoC usually doesn't provide re-tuning counter in + Capabilities Register 3 Bit[11:8]. + This property provides the re-tuning counter. + If this property is not set, default re-tuning counter will + be set as 0x9 in driver. + +- marvell,pad-type: + Type of Armada 3700 SoC PHY PAD Voltage Controller register. + Only valid when "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci" is selected. + Two types: "sd" and "fixed-1-8v". + If "sd" is selected, SoC PHY PAD is set as 3.3V at the beginning and is + switched to 1.8V when later in higher speed mode. + If "fixed-1-8v" is selected, SoC PHY PAD is fixed 1.8V, such as for eMMC. + Please follow the examples with compatible "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci" + in below. + +Example: +- For eMMC: + + sdhci@aa0000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-ap806-sdhci"; + reg = <0xaa0000 0x1000>; + interrupts = + clocks = <&emmc_clk>; + clock-names = "core"; + bus-width = <4>; + marvell,xenon-phy-slow-mode; + marvell,xenon-tun-count = <11>; + non-removable; + no-sd; + no-sdio; + + /* Vmmc and Vqmmc are both fixed */ + }; + +- For SD/SDIO: + + sdhci@ab0000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-cp110-sdhci"; + reg = <0xab0000 0x1000>; + interrupts = + vqmmc-supply = <&sd_vqmmc_regulator>; + vmmc-supply = <&sd_vmmc_regulator>; + clocks = <&sdclk>; + clock-names = "core"; + bus-width = <4>; + marvell,xenon-tun-count = <9>; + }; + +- For eMMC with compatible "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci": + + sdhci@aa0000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci"; + reg = <0xaa0000 0x1000>, + ; + interrupts = + clocks = <&emmcclk>; + clock-names = "core"; + bus-width = <8>; + mmc-ddr-1_8v; + mmc-hs400-1_8v; + non-removable; + no-sd; + no-sdio; + + /* Vmmc and Vqmmc are both fixed */ + + marvell,pad-type = "fixed-1-8v"; + }; + +- For SD/SDIO with compatible "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci": + + sdhci@ab0000 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-sdhci"; + reg = <0xab0000 0x1000>, + ; + interrupts = + vqmmc-supply = <&sd_regulator>; + /* Vmmc is fixed */ + clocks = <&sdclk>; + clock-names = "core"; + bus-width = <4>; + + marvell,pad-type = "sd"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt index 0120c7f1109cb2cf830b002f9e77e774ddbdef79..4182ea36ca5b1ca2e1282f93a2d398cacb1fc357 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt @@ -21,6 +21,15 @@ Optional properties: - assigned-clocks: PLL of the source clock - assigned-clock-parents: parent of source clock, used for HS400 mode to get 400Mhz source clock - hs400-ds-delay: HS400 DS delay setting +- mediatek,hs200-cmd-int-delay: HS200 command internal delay setting. + This field has total 32 stages. + The value is an integer from 0 to 31. +- mediatek,hs400-cmd-int-delay: HS400 command internal delay setting + This field has total 32 stages. + The value is an integer from 0 to 31. +- mediatek,hs400-cmd-resp-sel-rising: HS400 command response sample selection + If present,HS400 command responses are sampled on rising edges. + If not present,HS400 command responses are sampled on falling edges. Examples: mmc0: mmc@11230000 { @@ -38,4 +47,7 @@ mmc0: mmc@11230000 { assigned-clocks = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDC50_0_SEL>; assigned-clock-parents = <&topckgen CLK_TOP_MSDCPLL_D2>; hs400-ds-delay = <0x14015>; + mediatek,hs200-cmd-int-delay = <26>; + mediatek,hs400-cmd-int-delay = <14>; + mediatek,hs400-cmd-resp-sel-rising; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt index 15b8368ee1f260a4f55d4226b6fccfea40e46162..9bce57862ed6ead2e693ee5bc2bcb6ef58f4c9f5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt @@ -7,11 +7,13 @@ This file documents differences between the core properties described by mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-tegra driver. Required properties: -- compatible : For Tegra20, must contain "nvidia,tegra20-sdhci". - For Tegra30, must contain "nvidia,tegra30-sdhci". For Tegra114, - must contain "nvidia,tegra114-sdhci". For Tegra124, must contain - "nvidia,tegra124-sdhci". Otherwise, must contain "nvidia,-sdhci", - plus one of the above, where is tegra132 or tegra210. +- compatible : should be one of: + - "nvidia,tegra20-sdhci": for Tegra20 + - "nvidia,tegra30-sdhci": for Tegra30 + - "nvidia,tegra114-sdhci": for Tegra114 + - "nvidia,tegra124-sdhci": for Tegra124 and Tegra132 + - "nvidia,tegra210-sdhci": for Tegra210 + - "nvidia,tegra186-sdhci": for Tegra186 - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt index e4ba92aa035e2314255037ae5ef844ea34d3a406..c32dc5a9dbe6cf2e434e049c4149ff0c2c3e1f4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/renesas,mmcif.txt @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be "renesas,mmcif-", "renesas,sh-mmcif" as a fallback. Examples with are: + - "renesas,mmcif-r7s72100" for the MMCIF found in r7s72100 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-r8a73a4" for the MMCIF found in r8a73a4 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7740" for the MMCIF found in r8a7740 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7778" for the MMCIF found in r8a7778 SoCs @@ -17,6 +18,13 @@ Required properties: - "renesas,mmcif-r8a7794" for the MMCIF found in r8a7794 SoCs - "renesas,mmcif-sh73a0" for the MMCIF found in sh73a0 SoCs +- interrupts: Some SoCs have only 1 shared interrupt, while others have either + 2 or 3 individual interrupts (error, int, card detect). Below is the number + of interrupts for each SoC: + 1: r8a73a4, r8a7778, r8a7790, r8a7791, r8a7793, r8a7794 + 2: r8a7740, sh73a0 + 3: r7s72100 + - clocks: reference to the functional clock - dmas: reference to the DMA channels, one per channel name listed in the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt index ea9c1c9607f61239d2d0211d0cf5a607da406fb0..520d61dad6dd7ff4f65e5e8cddbf33a63b81b009 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/rockchip-dw-mshc.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Required Properties: - "rockchip,rk2928-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK2928 and following, before RK3288 - "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3288 - - "rockchip,rk1108-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK1108 + - "rockchip,rv1108-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RV1108 - "rockchip,rk3036-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3036 - "rockchip,rk3368-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3368 - "rockchip,rk3399-dw-mshc", "rockchip,rk3288-dw-mshc": for Rockchip RK3399 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,s3cmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,s3cmci.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5f68feb9f9d61f2bd0cadfe38e8b5cd6d834cbec --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/samsung,s3cmci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +* Samsung's S3C24XX MMC/SD/SDIO controller device tree bindings + +Samsung's S3C24XX MMC/SD/SDIO controller is used as a connectivity interface +with external MMC, SD and SDIO storage mediums. + +This file documents differences between the core mmc properties described by +mmc.txt and the properties used by the Samsung S3C24XX MMC/SD/SDIO controller +implementation. + +Required SoC Specific Properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following + - "samsung,s3c2410-sdi": for controllers compatible with s3c2410 + - "samsung,s3c2412-sdi": for controllers compatible with s3c2412 + - "samsung,s3c2440-sdi": for controllers compatible with s3c2440 +- reg: register location and length +- interrupts: mmc controller interrupt +- clocks: Should reference the controller clock +- clock-names: Should contain "sdi" + +Required Board Specific Properties: +- pinctrl-0: Should specify pin control groups used for this controller. +- pinctrl-names: Should contain only one value - "default". + +Optional Properties: +- bus-width: number of data lines (see mmc.txt) +- cd-gpios: gpio for card detection (see mmc.txt) +- wp-gpios: gpio for write protection (see mmc.txt) + +Example: + + mmc0: mmc@5a000000 { + compatible = "samsung,s3c2440-sdi"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sdi_pins>; + reg = <0x5a000000 0x100000>; + interrupts = <0 0 21 3>; + clocks = <&clocks PCLK_SDI>; + clock-names = "sdi"; + bus-width = <4>; + cd-gpios = <&gpg 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + wp-gpios = <&gph 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-cadence.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-cadence.txt index c0f37cb41a9b47516f29cafa573d7886d103a2a7..fa423c2778535bb50b89f805d1a295d1babbe210 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-cadence.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/sdhci-cadence.txt @@ -19,6 +19,53 @@ if supported. See mmc.txt for details. - mmc-hs400-1_8v - mmc-hs400-1_2v +Some PHY delays can be configured by following properties. +PHY DLL input delays: +They are used to delay the data valid window, and align the window +to sampling clock. The delay starts from 5ns (for delay parameter equal to 0) +and it is increased by 2.5ns in each step. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-sd-highspeed: + Value of the delay in the input path for SD high-speed timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-legacy: + Value of the delay in the input path for legacy timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-sd-uhs-sdr12: + Value of the delay in the input path for SD UHS SDR12 timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-sd-uhs-sdr25: + Value of the delay in the input path for SD UHS SDR25 timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-sd-uhs-sdr50: + Value of the delay in the input path for SD UHS SDR50 timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-sd-uhs-ddr50: + Value of the delay in the input path for SD UHS DDR50 timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-mmc-highspeed: + Value of the delay in the input path for MMC high-speed timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. +- cdns,phy-input-delay-mmc-ddr: + Value of the delay in the input path for eMMC high-speed DDR timing + Valid range = [0:0x1F]. + +PHY DLL clock delays: +Each delay property represents the fraction of the clock period. +The approximate delay value will be +(/128)*sdmclk_clock_period. +- cdns,phy-dll-delay-sdclk: + Value of the delay introduced on the sdclk output + for all modes except HS200, HS400 and HS400_ES. + Valid range = [0:0x7F]. +- cdns,phy-dll-delay-sdclk-hsmmc: + Value of the delay introduced on the sdclk output + for HS200, HS400 and HS400_ES speed modes. + Valid range = [0:0x7F]. +- cdns,phy-dll-delay-strobe: + Value of the delay introduced on the dat_strobe input + used in HS400 / HS400_ES speed modes. + Valid range = [0:0x7F]. + Example: emmc: sdhci@5a000000 { compatible = "socionext,uniphier-sd4hc", "cdns,sd4hc"; @@ -29,4 +76,5 @@ Example: mmc-ddr-1_8v; mmc-hs200-1_8v; mmc-hs400-1_8v; + cdns,phy-dll-delay-sdclk = <0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt index 10587bdadbbe5a8e8fe703e23c194420e3701f9f..26c77d985fafe06092467c5a2ea8a0e176d0d460 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,bcmgenet.txt @@ -2,11 +2,14 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should contain one of "brcm,genet-v1", "brcm,genet-v2", - "brcm,genet-v3", "brcm,genet-v4". + "brcm,genet-v3", "brcm,genet-v4", "brcm,genet-v5". - reg: address and length of the register set for the device -- interrupts: must be two cells, the first cell is the general purpose - interrupt line, while the second cell is the interrupt for the ring - RX and TX queues operating in ring mode +- interrupts and/or interrupts-extended: must be two cells, the first cell + is the general purpose interrupt line, while the second cell is the + interrupt for the ring RX and TX queues operating in ring mode. An + optional third interrupt cell for Wake-on-LAN can be specified. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + for information on the property specifics. - phy-mode: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory - #address-cells: should be 1 - #size-cells: should be 1 @@ -29,15 +32,15 @@ Optional properties: Required child nodes: -- mdio bus node: this node should always be present regarless of the PHY +- mdio bus node: this node should always be present regardless of the PHY configuration of the GENET instance MDIO bus node required properties: - compatible: should contain one of "brcm,genet-mdio-v1", "brcm,genet-mdio-v2" - "brcm,genet-mdio-v3", "brcm,genet-mdio-v4", the version has to match the - parent node compatible property (e.g: brcm,genet-v4 pairs with - brcm,genet-mdio-v4) + "brcm,genet-mdio-v3", "brcm,genet-mdio-v4", "brcm,genet-mdio-v5", the version + has to match the parent node compatible property (e.g: brcm,genet-v4 pairs + with brcm,genet-mdio-v4) - reg: address and length relative to the parent node base register address - #address-cells: address cell for MDIO bus addressing, should be 1 - #size-cells: size of the cells for MDIO bus addressing, should be 0 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt index ab0bb4247d14950959044cc138e71e7c736f85b9..4648948f7c3b8f26391292b06aa01743100e8796 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,unimac-mdio.txt @@ -2,8 +2,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should one from "brcm,genet-mdio-v1", "brcm,genet-mdio-v2", - "brcm,genet-mdio-v3", "brcm,genet-mdio-v4" or "brcm,unimac-mdio" -- reg: address and length of the regsiter set for the device, first one is the + "brcm,genet-mdio-v3", "brcm,genet-mdio-v4", "brcm,genet-mdio-v5" or + "brcm,unimac-mdio" +- reg: address and length of the register set for the device, first one is the base register, and the second one is optional and for indirect accesses to larger than 16-bits MDIO transactions - reg-names: name(s) of the register must be "mdio" and optional "mdio_indir_rw" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..23aa94eab2076f142dea3a0c878aebb15d46d7fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/holt_hi311x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* Holt HI-311X stand-alone CAN controller device tree bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "holt,hi3110" for HI-3110 + - reg: SPI chip select. + - clocks: The clock feeding the CAN controller. + - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts: Should contain IRQ line for the CAN controller. + +Optional properties: + - vdd-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN controller. + - xceiver-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN transceiver. + +Example: + can0: can@1 { + compatible = "holt,hi3110"; + reg = <1>; + clocks = <&clk32m>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + vdd-supply = <®5v0>; + xceiver-supply = <®5v0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ti_hecc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ti_hecc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e0f0a7cfe3293893ae42fae3ca14571c29288a01 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/ti_hecc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Texas Instruments High End CAN Controller (HECC) +================================================ + +This file provides information, what the device node +for the hecc interface contains. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,am3517-hecc" +- reg: addresses and lengths of the register spaces for 'hecc', 'hecc-ram' + and 'mbx' +- reg-names :"hecc", "hecc-ram", "mbx" +- interrupts: interrupt mapping for the hecc interrupts sources +- clocks: clock phandles (see clock bindings for details) + +Optional properties: +- ti,use-hecc1int: if provided configures HECC to produce all interrupts + on HECC1INT interrupt line. By default HECC0INT interrupt + line will be used. +- xceiver-supply: regulator that powers the CAN transceiver + +Example: + +For am3517evm board: + hecc: can@5c050000 { + compatible = "ti,am3517-hecc"; + reg = <0x5c050000 0x80>, + <0x5c053000 0x180>, + <0x5c052000 0x200>; + reg-names = "hecc", "hecc-ram", "mbx"; + interrupts = <24>; + clocks = <&hecc_ck>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/lan9303.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/lan9303.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..04f2965a446768920ae90f846419d438773a633d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/lan9303.txt @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +SMSC/MicroChip LAN9303 three port ethernet switch +------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: + +- compatible: should be + - "smsc,lan9303-i2c" for I2C managed mode + or + - "smsc,lan9303-mdio" for mdio managed mode + +Optional properties: + +- reset-gpios: GPIO to be used to reset the whole device +- reset-duration: reset duration in milliseconds, defaults to 200 ms + +Subnodes: + +The integrated switch subnode should be specified according to the binding +described in dsa/dsa.txt. The CPU port of this switch is always port 0. + +Note: always use 'reg = <0/1/2>;' for the three DSA ports, even if the device is +configured to use 1/2/3 instead. This hardware configuration will be +auto-detected and mapped accordingly. + +Example: + +I2C managed mode: + + master: masterdevice@X { + status = "okay"; + + fixed-link { /* RMII fixed link to LAN9303 */ + speed = <100>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + + switch: switch@a { + compatible = "smsc,lan9303-i2c"; + reg = <0xa>; + status = "okay"; + reset-gpios = <&gpio7 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reset-duration = <200>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { /* RMII fixed link to master */ + reg = <0>; + label = "cpu"; + ethernet = <&master>; + }; + + port@1 { /* external port 1 */ + reg = <1>; + label = "lan1; + }; + + port@2 { /* external port 2 */ + reg = <2>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + }; + }; + +MDIO managed mode: + + master: masterdevice@X { + status = "okay"; + phy-handle = <&switch>; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + switch: switch-phy@0 { + compatible = "smsc,lan9303-mdio"; + reg = <0>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio7 6 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reset-duration = <100>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "cpu"; + ethernet = <&master>; + }; + + port@1 { /* external port 1 */ + reg = <1>; + label = "lan1; + }; + + port@2 { /* external port 2 */ + reg = <2>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a9bc27b93ee326fe2ac665ffc143b0e3e345c0a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/mt7530.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +Mediatek MT7530 Ethernet switch +================================ + +Required properties: + +- compatible: Must be compatible = "mediatek,mt7530"; +- #address-cells: Must be 1. +- #size-cells: Must be 0. +- mediatek,mcm: Boolean; if defined, indicates that either MT7530 is the part + on multi-chip module belong to MT7623A has or the remotely standalone + chip as the function MT7623N reference board provided for. +- core-supply: Phandle to the regulator node necessary for the core power. +- io-supply: Phandle to the regulator node necessary for the I/O power. + See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/mt6323-regulator.txt + for details for the regulator setup on these boards. + +If the property mediatek,mcm isn't defined, following property is required + +- reset-gpios: Should be a gpio specifier for a reset line. + +Else, following properties are required + +- resets : Phandle pointing to the system reset controller with + line index for the ethsys. +- reset-names : Should be set to "mcm". + +Required properties for the child nodes within ports container: + +- reg: Port address described must be 6 for CPU port and from 0 to 5 for + user ports. +- phy-mode: String, must be either "trgmii" or "rgmii" for port labeled + "cpu". + +See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dsa/dsa.txt for a list of additional +required, optional properties and how the integrated switch subnodes must +be specified. + +Example: + + &mdio0 { + switch@0 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7530"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + + core-supply = <&mt6323_vpa_reg>; + io-supply = <&mt6323_vemc3v3_reg>; + reset-gpios = <&pio 33 0>; + + ports { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + port@0 { + reg = <0>; + label = "lan0"; + }; + + port@1 { + reg = <1>; + label = "lan1"; + }; + + port@2 { + reg = <2>; + label = "lan2"; + }; + + port@3 { + reg = <3>; + label = "lan3"; + }; + + port@4 { + reg = <4>; + label = "wan"; + }; + + port@6 { + reg = <6>; + label = "cpu"; + ethernet = <&gmac0>; + phy-mode = "trgmii"; + fixed-link { + speed = <1000>; + full-duplex; + }; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c1ce1680246f0134f08a8b1957d29d0f49f655ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ftgmac100.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +* Faraday Technology FTGMAC100 gigabit ethernet controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "faraday,ftgmac100" + + Must also contain one of these if used as part of an Aspeed AST2400 + or 2500 family SoC as they have some subtle tweaks to the + implementation: + + - "aspeed,ast2400-mac" + - "aspeed,ast2500-mac" + +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain ethernet controller interrupt + +Optional properties: +- phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. If the property is + absent, "rgmii" is assumed. Supported values are "rgmii*" and "rmii" for + aspeed parts. Other (unknown) parts will accept any value. +- use-ncsi: Use the NC-SI stack instead of an MDIO PHY. Currently assumes + rmii (100bT) but kept as a separate property in case NC-SI grows support + for a gigabit link. +- no-hw-checksum: Used to disable HW checksum support. Here for backward + compatibility as the driver now should have correct defaults based on + the SoC. + +Example: + + mac0: ethernet@1e660000 { + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-mac", "faraday,ftgmac100"; + reg = <0x1e660000 0x180>; + interrupts = <2>; + status = "okay"; + use-ncsi; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/ca8210.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/ca8210.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a1046e636fa14b494963f6770ffa578359dcd224 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/ca8210.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* CA8210 IEEE 802.15.4 * + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "cascoda,ca8210" + - reg: Controlling chip select + - spi-max-frequency: Maximum clock speed, should be *less than* + 4000000 + - spi-cpol: Requires inverted clock polarity + - reset-gpio: GPIO attached to reset + - irq-gpio: GPIO attached to IRQ +Optional properties: + - extclock-enable: Include for the ca8210 to route its 16MHz clock + to an output + - extclock-freq: Frequency in Hz of the external clock + - extclock-gpio: GPIO of the ca8210 to output the clock on + +Example: + ca8210@0 { + compatible = "cascoda,ca8210"; + reg = <0>; + spi-max-frequency = <3000000>; + spi-cpol; + reset-gpio = <&gpio1 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + irq-gpio = <&gpio1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + extclock-enable; + extclock-freq = 16000000; + extclock-gpio = 2; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt index 9417e54c26c0eba82004047d06fda4f3dd4d02b8..ccdabdcc8618c24e6d6801845aee62c54306466c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-mdio.txt @@ -7,17 +7,20 @@ interface. Required properties: - compatible: "marvell,orion-mdio" -- reg: address and length of the SMI register +- reg: address and length of the MDIO registers. When an interrupt is + not present, the length is the size of the SMI register (4 bytes) + otherwise it must be 0x84 bytes to cover the interrupt control + registers. Optional properties: - interrupts: interrupt line number for the SMI error/done interrupt -- clocks: Phandle to the clock control device and gate bit +- clocks: phandle for up to three required clocks for the MDIO instance The child nodes of the MDIO driver are the individual PHY devices connected to this MDIO bus. They must have a "reg" property given the PHY address on the MDIO bus. -Example at the SoC level: +Example at the SoC level without an interrupt property: mdio { #address-cells = <1>; @@ -26,6 +29,16 @@ mdio { reg = <0xd0072004 0x4>; }; +Example with an interrupt property: + +mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "marvell,orion-mdio"; + reg = <0xd0072004 0x84>; + interrupts = <30>; +}; + And at the board level: mdio { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt index 4754364df4c66adfc53e2546e31e0d124070dca1..6b4956beff8c42c3214906c83d94072fca8e9083 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pp2.txt @@ -1,17 +1,28 @@ -* Marvell Armada 375 Ethernet Controller (PPv2) +* Marvell Armada 375 Ethernet Controller (PPv2.1) + Marvell Armada 7K/8K Ethernet Controller (PPv2.2) Required properties: -- compatible: should be "marvell,armada-375-pp2" +- compatible: should be one of: + "marvell,armada-375-pp2" + "marvell,armada-7k-pp2" - reg: addresses and length of the register sets for the device. - Must contain the following register sets: + For "marvell,armada-375-pp2", must contain the following register + sets: - common controller registers - LMS registers - In addition, at least one port register set is required. -- clocks: a pointer to the reference clocks for this device, consequently: - - main controller clock - - GOP clock -- clock-names: names of used clocks, must be "pp_clk" and "gop_clk". + - one register area per Ethernet port + For "marvell,armada-7k-pp2", must contain the following register + sets: + - packet processor registers + - networking interfaces registers + +- clocks: pointers to the reference clocks for this device, consequently: + - main controller clock (for both armada-375-pp2 and armada-7k-pp2) + - GOP clock (for both armada-375-pp2 and armada-7k-pp2) + - MG clock (only for armada-7k-pp2) +- clock-names: names of used clocks, must be "pp_clk", "gop_clk" and + "mg_clk" (the latter only for armada-7k-pp2). The ethernet ports are represented by subnodes. At least one port is required. @@ -19,8 +30,10 @@ required. Required properties (port): - interrupts: interrupt for the port -- port-id: should be '0' or '1' for ethernet ports, and '2' for the - loopback port +- port-id: ID of the port from the MAC point of view +- gop-port-id: only for marvell,armada-7k-pp2, ID of the port from the + GOP (Group Of Ports) point of view. This ID is used to index the + per-port registers in the second register area. - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory Optional properties (port): @@ -29,7 +42,7 @@ Optional properties (port): - phy: a phandle to a phy node defining the PHY address (as the reg property, a single integer). -Example: +Example for marvell,armada-375-pp2: ethernet@f0000 { compatible = "marvell,armada-375-pp2"; @@ -57,3 +70,30 @@ ethernet@f0000 { phy-mode = "gmii"; }; }; + +Example for marvell,armada-7k-pp2: + +cpm_ethernet: ethernet@0 { + compatible = "marvell,armada-7k-pp22"; + reg = <0x0 0x100000>, <0x129000 0xb000>; + clocks = <&cpm_syscon0 1 3>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 9>, <&cpm_syscon0 1 5>; + clock-names = "pp_clk", "gop_clk", "gp_clk"; + + eth0: eth0 { + interrupts = ; + port-id = <0>; + gop-port-id = <0>; + }; + + eth1: eth1 { + interrupts = ; + port-id = <1>; + gop-port-id = <2>; + }; + + eth2: eth2 { + interrupts = ; + port-id = <2>; + gop-port-id = <3>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..96a53f89aa6e2fa7f9a0d4c6c3b18d03a3b75994 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Common MDIO bus properties. + +These are generic properties that can apply to any MDIO bus. + +Optional properties: +- reset-gpios: One GPIO that control the RESET lines of all PHYs on that MDIO + bus. +- reset-delay-us: RESET pulse width in microseconds. + +A list of child nodes, one per device on the bus is expected. These +should follow the generic phy.txt, or a device specific binding document. + +The 'reset-delay-us' indicates the RESET signal pulse width in microseconds and +applies to all PHY devices. It must therefore be appropriately determined based +on all PHY requirements (maximum value of all per-PHY RESET pulse widths). + +Example : +This example shows these optional properties, plus other properties +required for the TI Davinci MDIO driver. + + davinci_mdio: ethernet@0x5c030000 { + compatible = "ti,davinci_mdio"; + reg = <0x5c030000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reset-delay-us = <2>; + + ethphy0: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + }; + + ethphy1: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <3>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt index 32b35a07abe4224c298e601eb09ad50f1c0c0b2f..c627bbb3009e5a3f54472d58c2f5ef8f37f871fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nfc/trf7970a.txt @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ Required properties: - spi-max-frequency: Maximum SPI frequency (<= 2000000). - interrupt-parent: phandle of parent interrupt handler. - interrupts: A single interrupt specifier. -- ti,enable-gpios: Two GPIO entries used for 'EN' and 'EN2' pins on the - TRF7970A. +- ti,enable-gpios: One or two GPIO entries used for 'EN' and 'EN2' pins on the + TRF7970A. EN2 is optional. - vin-supply: Regulator for supply voltage to VIN pin Optional SoC Specific Properties: @@ -21,6 +21,8 @@ Optional SoC Specific Properties: - t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk: Specify that the trf7970a has the erratum where an extra byte is returned by Read Multiple Block commands issued to Type 5 tags. +- vdd-io-supply: Regulator specifying voltage for vdd-io +- clock-frequency: Set to specify that the input frequency to the trf7970a is 13560000Hz or 27120000Hz Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): @@ -39,10 +41,12 @@ Example (for ARM-based BeagleBone with TRF7970A on SPI1): <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; vin-supply = <&ldo3_reg>; vin-voltage-override = <5000000>; + vdd-io-supply = <&ldo2_reg>; autosuspend-delay = <30000>; irq-status-read-quirk; en2-rf-quirk; t5t-rmb-extra-byte-quirk; + clock-frequency = <27120000>; status = "okay"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nokia-bluetooth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nokia-bluetooth.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..42be7dc9a70ba7cb0f653270e4941dc85046b6e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/nokia-bluetooth.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +Nokia Bluetooth Chips +--------------------- + +Nokia phones often come with UART connected bluetooth chips from different +vendors and modified device API. Those devices speak a protocol named H4+ +(also known as h4p) by Nokia, which is similar to the H4 protocol from the +Bluetooth standard. In addition to the H4 protocol it specifies two more +UART status lines for wakeup of UART transceivers to improve power management +and a few new packet types used to negotiate uart speed. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: should contain "nokia,h4p-bluetooth" as well as one of the following: + * "brcm,bcm2048-nokia" + * "ti,wl1271-bluetooth-nokia" + - reset-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to reset the BT module (active low) + - bluetooth-wakeup-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to wakeup the BT module (active high) + - host-wakeup-gpios: GPIO specifier, used to wakeup the host processor (active high) + - clock-names: should be "sysclk" + - clocks: should contain a clock specifier for every name in clock-names + +Optional properties: + + - None + +Example: + +/ { + /* controlled (enabled/disabled) directly by BT module */ + bluetooth_clk: vctcxo { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <38400000>; + }; +}; + +&uart2 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&uart2_pins>; + + bluetooth { + compatible = "ti,wl1271-bluetooth-nokia", "nokia,h4p-bluetooth"; + + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; /* gpio26 */ + host-wakeup-gpios = <&gpio4 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* gpio101 */ + bluetooth-wakeup-gpios = <&gpio2 5 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* gpio37 */ + + clocks = <&bluetooth_clk>; + clock-names = "sysclk"; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index d3bfc2b30fb5ecc07493b4c5510d5cdc32b3ff3a..c3a7be6615c547a5001c67996e18458b7f8e5b5d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -7,9 +7,12 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device - interrupts: Should contain the STMMAC interrupts -- interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq" - "eth_wake_irq" if this interrupt is supported in the "interrupts" - property +- interrupt-names: Should contain a list of interrupt names corresponding to + the interrupts in the interrupts property, if available. + Valid interrupt names are: + - "macirq" (combined signal for various interrupt events) + - "eth_wake_irq" (the interrupt to manage the remote wake-up packet detection) + - "eth_lpi" (the interrupt that occurs when Tx or Rx enters/exits LPI state) - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory. - snps,reset-gpio gpio number for phy reset. - snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low. @@ -28,9 +31,9 @@ Optional properties: clocks may be specified in derived bindings. - clock-names: One name for each entry in the clocks property, the first one should be "stmmaceth" and the second one should be "pclk". -- clk_ptp_ref: this is the PTP reference clock; in case of the PTP is - available this clock is used for programming the Timestamp Addend Register. - If not passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some +- ptp_ref: this is the PTP reference clock; in case of the PTP is available + this clock is used for programming the Timestamp Addend Register. If not + passed then the system clock will be used and this is fine on some platforms. - tx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory - rx-fifo-depth: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory @@ -72,7 +75,45 @@ Optional properties: - snps,mb: mixed-burst - snps,rb: rebuild INCRx Burst - mdio: with compatible = "snps,dwmac-mdio", create and register mdio bus. - +- Multiple RX Queues parameters: below the list of all the parameters to + configure the multiple RX queues: + - snps,rx-queues-to-use: number of RX queues to be used in the driver + - Choose one of these RX scheduling algorithms: + - snps,rx-sched-sp: Strict priority + - snps,rx-sched-wsp: Weighted Strict priority + - For each RX queue + - Choose one of these modes: + - snps,dcb-algorithm: Queue to be enabled as DCB + - snps,avb-algorithm: Queue to be enabled as AVB + - snps,map-to-dma-channel: Channel to map + - Specifiy specific packet routing: + - snps,route-avcp: AV Untagged Control packets + - snps,route-ptp: PTP Packets + - snps,route-dcbcp: DCB Control Packets + - snps,route-up: Untagged Packets + - snps,route-multi-broad: Multicast & Broadcast Packets + - snps,priority: RX queue priority (Range: 0x0 to 0xF) +- Multiple TX Queues parameters: below the list of all the parameters to + configure the multiple TX queues: + - snps,tx-queues-to-use: number of TX queues to be used in the driver + - Choose one of these TX scheduling algorithms: + - snps,tx-sched-wrr: Weighted Round Robin + - snps,tx-sched-wfq: Weighted Fair Queuing + - snps,tx-sched-dwrr: Deficit Weighted Round Robin + - snps,tx-sched-sp: Strict priority + - For each TX queue + - snps,weight: TX queue weight (if using a DCB weight algorithm) + - Choose one of these modes: + - snps,dcb-algorithm: TX queue will be working in DCB + - snps,avb-algorithm: TX queue will be working in AVB + [Attention] Queue 0 is reserved for legacy traffic + and so no AVB is available in this queue. + - Configure Credit Base Shaper (if AVB Mode selected): + - snps,send_slope: enable Low Power Interface + - snps,idle_slope: unlock on WoL + - snps,high_credit: max write outstanding req. limit + - snps,low_credit: max read outstanding req. limit + - snps,priority: TX queue priority (Range: 0x0 to 0xF) Examples: stmmac_axi_setup: stmmac-axi-config { @@ -81,12 +122,41 @@ Examples: snps,blen = <256 128 64 32 0 0 0>; }; + mtl_rx_setup: rx-queues-config { + snps,rx-queues-to-use = <1>; + snps,rx-sched-sp; + queue0 { + snps,dcb-algorithm; + snps,map-to-dma-channel = <0x0>; + snps,priority = <0x0>; + }; + }; + + mtl_tx_setup: tx-queues-config { + snps,tx-queues-to-use = <2>; + snps,tx-sched-wrr; + queue0 { + snps,weight = <0x10>; + snps,dcb-algorithm; + snps,priority = <0x0>; + }; + + queue1 { + snps,avb-algorithm; + snps,send_slope = <0x1000>; + snps,idle_slope = <0x1000>; + snps,high_credit = <0x3E800>; + snps,low_credit = <0xFFC18000>; + snps,priority = <0x1>; + }; + }; + gmac0: ethernet@e0800000 { compatible = "st,spear600-gmac"; reg = <0xe0800000 0x8000>; interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; - interrupts = <24 23>; - interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq"; + interrupts = <24 23 22>; + interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq", "eth_lpi"; mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ max-frame-size = <3800>; phy-mode = "gmii"; @@ -104,4 +174,6 @@ Examples: phy1: ethernet-phy@0 { }; }; + snps,mtl-rx-config = <&mtl_rx_setup>; + snps,mtl-tx-config = <&mtl_tx_setup>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,wilink-st.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,wilink-st.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cbad73a84ac43250865fd6e47dc47a388e082342 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ti,wilink-st.txt @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +TI WiLink 7/8 (wl12xx/wl18xx) Shared Transport BT/FM/GPS devices + +TI WiLink devices have a UART interface for providing Bluetooth, FM radio, +and GPS over what's called "shared transport". The shared transport is +standard BT HCI protocol with additional channels for the other functions. + +These devices also have a separate WiFi interface as described in +wireless/ti,wlcore.txt. + +This bindings follows the UART slave device binding in +../serial/slave-device.txt. + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be one of the following: + "ti,wl1271-st" + "ti,wl1273-st" + "ti,wl1831-st" + "ti,wl1835-st" + "ti,wl1837-st" + +Optional properties: + - enable-gpios : GPIO signal controlling enabling of BT. Active high. + - vio-supply : Vio input supply (1.8V) + - vbat-supply : Vbat input supply (2.9-4.8V) + +Example: + +&serial0 { + compatible = "ns16550a"; + ... + bluetooth { + compatible = "ti,wl1835-st"; + enable-gpios = <&gpio1 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt index b7fa3b97986d5fff391bf4ff1a01bdd25ce096e9..a339dbb154933282ee06aaeec0571e0d95a72b42 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/hisilicon-pcie.txt @@ -44,13 +44,19 @@ Hip05 Example (note that Hip06 is the same except compatible): }; HiSilicon Hip06/Hip07 PCIe host bridge DT (almost-ECAM) description. + +Some BIOSes place the host controller in a mode where it is ECAM +compliant for all devices other than the root complex. In such cases, +the host controller should be described as below. + The properties and their meanings are identical to those described in host-generic-pci.txt except as listed below. Properties of the host controller node that differ from host-generic-pci.txt: -- compatible : Must be "hisilicon,pcie-almost-ecam" +- compatible : Must be "hisilicon,hip06-pcie-ecam", or + "hisilicon,hip07-pcie-ecam" - reg : Two entries: First the ECAM configuration space for any other bus underneath the root bus. Second, the base @@ -59,7 +65,7 @@ host-generic-pci.txt: Example: pcie0: pcie@a0090000 { - compatible = "hisilicon,pcie-almost-ecam"; + compatible = "hisilicon,hip06-pcie-ecam"; reg = <0 0xb0000000 0 0x2000000>, /* ECAM configuration space */ <0 0xa0090000 0 0x10000>; /* host bridge registers */ bus-range = <0 31>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,nsp-usb3-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,nsp-usb3-phy.txt deleted file mode 100644 index e68ae5dec9c9ef04e75d254029a360bec35c6e36..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,nsp-usb3-phy.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ -Broadcom USB3 phy binding for northstar plus SoC -The USB3 phy is internal to the SoC and is accessed using mdio interface. - -Required mdio bus properties: -- reg: Should be 0x0 for SoC internal USB3 phy -- #address-cells: must be 1 -- #size-cells: must be 0 - -Required USB3 PHY properties: -- compatible: should be "brcm,nsp-usb3-phy" -- reg: USB3 Phy address on SoC internal MDIO bus and it should be 0x10. -- usb3-ctrl-syscon: handler of syscon node defining physical address - of usb3 control register. -- #phy-cells: must be 0 - -Required usb3 control properties: -- compatible: should be "brcm,nsp-usb3-ctrl" -- reg: offset and length of the control registers - -Example: - - mdio@0 { - reg = <0x0>; - #address-cells = <1>; - #size-cells = <0>; - - usb3_phy: usb-phy@10 { - compatible = "brcm,nsp-usb3-phy"; - reg = <0x10>; - usb3-ctrl-syscon = <&usb3_ctrl>; - #phy-cells = <0>; - status = "disabled"; - }; - }; - - usb3_ctrl: syscon@104408 { - compatible = "brcm,nsp-usb3-ctrl", "syscon"; - reg = <0x104408 0x3fc>; - }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt index 2fd688c8dbdb5ad1de269e2df6ca6261df231148..b532244736727716b2a4fe069b4ee31608f3dd05 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/allwinner,sunxi-pinctrl.txt @@ -23,7 +23,8 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun8i-h3-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun8i-h3-r-pinctrl" "allwinner,sun50i-a64-pinctrl" - "allwinner,sun50i-h5-r-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun50i-a64-r-pinctrl" + "allwinner,sun50i-h5-pinctrl" "nextthing,gr8-pinctrl" - reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt index 9a8a45d9d8abc284c3108adb4ef6d1355208c415..590e60378be30dd8ff6838b6a7923dfc2a761b09 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/atmel,at91-pinctrl.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ The AT91 Pinmux Controller, enables the IC to share one PAD to several functional blocks. The sharing is done by multiplexing the PAD input/output signals. For each PAD there are up to 8 muxing options (called periph modes). Since different modules require -different PAD settings (like pull up, keeper, etc) the contoller controls +different PAD settings (like pull up, keeper, etc) the controller controls also the PAD settings parameters. Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..47284f85ec804fd038a9bd931cbcb867fa5fe793 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +Axis ARTPEC-6 Pin Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "axis,artpec6-pinctrl". +- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the pin + controller. + +A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnode representing the pinctrl +groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the mux function +required and what pin group it will use. Each subnode will also configure the +drive strength and bias pullup of the pin group. If either of these options is +not set, its actual value will be unspecified. + + +Required subnode-properties: +- function: Function to mux. +- groups: Name of the pin group to use for the function above. + + Available functions and groups (function: group0, group1...): + gpio: cpuclkoutgrp0, udlclkoutgrp0, i2c1grp0, i2c2grp0, + i2c3grp0, i2s0grp0, i2s1grp0, i2srefclkgrp0, spi0grp0, + spi1grp0, pciedebuggrp0, uart0grp0, uart0grp1, uart1grp0, + uart2grp0, uart2grp1, uart3grp0, uart4grp0, uart5grp0 + cpuclkout: cpuclkoutgrp0 + udlclkout: udlclkoutgrp0 + i2c1: i2c1grp0 + i2c2: i2c2grp0 + i2c3: i2c3grp0 + i2s0: i2s0grp0 + i2s1: i2s1grp0 + i2srefclk: i2srefclkgrp0 + spi0: spi0grp0 + spi1: spi1grp0 + pciedebug: pciedebuggrp0 + uart0: uart0grp0, uart0grp1 + uart1: uart1grp0 + uart2: uart2grp0, uart2grp1 + uart3: uart3grp0 + uart4: uart4grp0 + uart5: uart5grp0 + nand: nandgrp0 + sdio0: sdio0grp0 + sdio1: sdio1grp0 + ethernet: ethernetgrp0 + + +Optional subnode-properties (see pinctrl-bindings.txt): +- drive-strength: 4, 6, 8, 9 mA. For SD and NAND pins, this is for 3.3V VCCQ3. +- bias-pull-up +- bias-disable + +Examples: +pinctrl@f801d000 { + compatible = "axis,artpec6-pinctrl"; + reg = <0xf801d000 0x400>; + + pinctrl_uart0: uart0grp { + function = "uart0"; + groups = "uart0grp0"; + drive-strength = <4>; + bias-pull-up; + }; + pinctrl_uart3: uart3grp { + function = "uart3"; + groups = "uart3grp0"; + }; +}; +uart0: uart@f8036000 { + compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0xf8036000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 104 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&pll2div24>, <&apb_pclk>; + clock-names = "uart_clk", "apb_pclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_uart0>; +}; +uart3: uart@f8039000 { + compatible = "arm,pl011", "arm,primecell"; + reg = <0xf8039000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 128 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&pll2div24>, <&apb_pclk>; + clock-names = "uart_clk", "apb_pclk"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_uart3>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..f64060908d5ae173e39ec3440f9bbdd3350065ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/marvell,armada-37xx-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,183 @@ +* Marvell Armada 37xx SoC pin and gpio controller + +Each Armada 37xx SoC come with two pin and gpio controller one for the +south bridge and the other for the north bridge. + +Inside this set of register the gpio latch allows exposing some +configuration of the SoC and especially the clock frequency of the +xtal. Hence, this node is a represent as syscon allowing sharing the +register between multiple hardware block. + +GPIO and pin controller: +------------------------ + +Main node: + +Refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning +of the phrase "pin configuration node". + +Required properties for pinctrl driver: + +- compatible: "marvell,armada3710-sb-pinctrl", "syscon, "simple-mfd" + for the south bridge + "marvell,armada3710-nb-pinctrl", "syscon, "simple-mfd" + for the north bridge +- reg: The first set of register are for pinctrl/gpio and the second + set for the interrupt controller +- interrupts: list of the interrupt use by the gpio + +Available groups and functions for the North bridge: + +group: jtag + - pins 20-24 + - functions jtag, gpio + +group sdio0 + - pins 8-10 + - functions sdio, gpio + +group emmc_nb + - pins 27-35 + - functions emmc, gpio + +group pwm0 + - pin 11 (GPIO1-11) + - functions pwm, gpio + +group pwm1 + - pin 12 + - functions pwm, gpio + +group pwm2 + - pin 13 + - functions pwm, gpio + +group pwm3 + - pin 14 + - functions pwm, gpio + +group pmic1 + - pin 17 + - functions pmic, gpio + +group pmic0 + - pin 16 + - functions pmic, gpio + +group i2c2 + - pins 2-3 + - functions i2c, gpio + +group i2c1 + - pins 0-1 + - functions i2c, gpio + +group spi_cs1 + - pin 17 + - functions spi, gpio + +group spi_cs2 + - pin 18 + - functions spi, gpio + +group spi_cs3 + - pin 19 + - functions spi, gpio + +group onewire + - pin 4 + - functions onewire, gpio + +group uart1 + - pins 25-26 + - functions uart, gpio + +group spi_quad + - pins 15-16 + - functions spi, gpio + +group uart_2 + - pins 9-10 + - functions uart, gpio + +Available groups and functions for the South bridge: + +group usb32_drvvbus0 + - pin 36 + - functions drvbus, gpio + +group usb2_drvvbus1 + - pin 37 + - functions drvbus, gpio + +group sdio_sb + - pins 60-64 + - functions sdio, gpio + +group rgmii + - pins 42-55 + - functions mii, gpio + +group pcie1 + - pins 39-40 + - functions pcie, gpio + +group ptp + - pins 56-58 + - functions ptp, gpio + +group ptp_clk + - pin 57 + - functions ptp, mii + +group ptp_trig + - pin 58 + - functions ptp, mii + +group mii_col + - pin 59 + - functions mii, mii_err + +GPIO subnode: + +Please refer to gpio.txt in this directory for details of gpio-ranges property +and the common GPIO bindings used by client devices. + +Required properties for gpio driver under the gpio subnode: +- interrupts: List of interrupt specifier for the controllers interrupt. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number and the + second cell specifies GPIO flags, as defined in + . Only the GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and + GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW flags are supported. +- gpio-ranges: Range of pins managed by the GPIO controller. + +Xtal Clock bindings for Marvell Armada 37xx SoCs +------------------------------------------------ + +see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/armada3700-xtal-clock.txt + + +Example: +pinctrl_sb: pinctrl-sb@18800 { + compatible = "marvell,armada3710-sb-pinctrl", "syscon", "simple-mfd"; + reg = <0x18800 0x100>, <0x18C00 0x20>; + gpio { + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-ranges = <&pinctrl_sb 0 0 29>; + gpio-controller; + interrupts = + , + , + , + , + ; + }; + + rgmii_pins: mii-pins { + groups = "rgmii"; + function = "mii"; + }; + +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-aspeed.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-aspeed.txt index b98e6f030da84e0582b443124e305ed7fd6b0634..ca01710ee29afde12272a904907f49273403388d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-aspeed.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-aspeed.txt @@ -34,13 +34,28 @@ Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/syscon.txt Subnode Format ============== -The required properties of child nodes are (as defined in pinctrl-bindings): -- function -- groups +The required properties of pinmux child nodes are: +- function: the mux function to select +- groups : the list of groups to select with this function -Each function has only one associated pin group. Each group is named by its -function. The following values for the function and groups properties are -supported: +Required properties of pinconf child nodes are: +- groups: A list of groups to select (either this or "pins" must be + specified) +- pins : A list of ball names as strings, eg "D14" (either this or "groups" + must be specified) + +Optional properties of pinconf child nodes are: +- bias-disable : disable any pin bias +- bias-pull-down: pull down the pin +- drive-strength: sink or source at most X mA + +Definitions are as specified in +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt, with any +further limitations as described above. + +For pinmux, each mux function has only one associated pin group. Each group is +named by its function. The following values for the function and groups +properties are supported: aspeed,ast2400-pinctrl, aspeed,g4-pinctrl: @@ -90,6 +105,11 @@ syscon: scu@1e6e2000 { function = "I2C3"; groups = "I2C3"; }; + + pinctrl_gpioh0_unbiased_default: gpioh0 { + pins = "A8"; + bias-disable; + }; }; }; @@ -110,6 +130,11 @@ ahb { function = "I2C3"; groups = "I2C3"; }; + + pinctrl_gpioh0_unbiased_default: gpioh0 { + pins = "A18"; + bias-disable; + }; }; }; @@ -143,6 +168,3 @@ ahb { }; }; }; - -Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the -common pinctrl bindings used by client devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt index bf3f7b014724676471a83ef06d3f75a6fb3e54fc..71a3c134af1b25d58613699aa465d17cff2c23d0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt @@ -162,8 +162,8 @@ state_2_node_a { pins = "mfio29", "mfio30"; }; -Optionally an altenative binding can be used if more suitable depending on the -pin controller hardware. For hardaware where there is a large number of identical +Optionally an alternative binding can be used if more suitable depending on the +pin controller hardware. For hardware where there is a large number of identical pin controller instances, naming each pin and function can easily become unmaintainable. This is especially the case if the same controller is used for different pins and functions depending on the SoC revision and packaging. @@ -198,6 +198,28 @@ registers, and must not be a virtual index of pin instances. The reason for this is to avoid mapping of the index in the dts files and the pin controller driver as it can change. +For hardware where pin multiplexing configurations have to be specified for +each single pin the number of required sub-nodes containing "pin" and +"function" properties can quickly escalate and become hard to write and +maintain. + +For cases like this, the pin controller driver may use the pinmux helper +property, where the pin identifier is packed with mux configuration settings +in a single integer. + +The pinmux property accepts an array of integers, each of them describing +a single pin multiplexing configuration. + +pincontroller { + state_0_node_a { + pinmux = , , ...; + }; +}; + +Each individual pin controller driver bindings documentation shall specify +how those values (pin IDs and pin multiplexing configuration) are defined and +assembled together. + == Generic pin configuration node content == Many data items that are represented in a pin configuration node are common @@ -210,18 +232,22 @@ structure of the DT nodes that contain these properties. Supported generic properties are: pins - the list of pins that properties in the node - apply to (either this or "group" has to be + apply to (either this, "group" or "pinmux" has to be specified) group - the group to apply the properties to, if the driver supports configuration of whole groups rather than - individual pins (either this or "pins" has to be - specified) + individual pins (either this, "pins" or "pinmux" has + to be specified) +pinmux - the list of numeric pin ids and their mux settings + that properties in the node apply to (either this, + "pins" or "groups" have to be specified) bias-disable - disable any pin bias bias-high-impedance - high impedance mode ("third-state", "floating") bias-bus-hold - latch weakly bias-pull-up - pull up the pin bias-pull-down - pull down the pin bias-pull-pin-default - use pin-default pull state +bi-directional - pin supports simultaneous input/output operations drive-push-pull - drive actively high and low drive-open-drain - drive with open drain drive-open-source - drive with open source @@ -234,6 +260,7 @@ input-debounce - debounce mode with debound time X power-source - select between different power supplies low-power-enable - enable low power mode low-power-disable - disable low power mode +output-enable - enable output on pin regardless of output value output-low - set the pin to output mode with low level output-high - set the pin to output mode with high level slew-rate - set the slew rate @@ -258,6 +285,12 @@ state_2_node_a { bias-pull-up; }; }; +state_3_node_a { + mux { + pinmux = , ; + input-enable; + }; +}; Some of the generic properties take arguments. For those that do, the arguments are described below. @@ -266,6 +299,11 @@ arguments are described below. binding for the hardware defines: - Whether the entries are integers or strings, and their meaning. +- pinmux takes a list of pin IDs and mux settings as required argument. The + specific bindings for the hardware defines: + - How pin IDs and mux settings are defined and assembled together in a single + integer. + - bias-pull-up, -down and -pin-default take as optional argument on hardware supporting it the pull strength in Ohm. bias-disable will disable the pull. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt index 4722bc61a1a29c62a909ed581b9727d94cf51f82..ee01ab58224d5e3907b3a115dcf6d0d8ed7c595f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/rockchip,pinctrl.txt @@ -19,11 +19,18 @@ The pins are grouped into up to 5 individual pin banks which need to be defined as gpio sub-nodes of the pinmux controller. Required properties for iomux controller: - - compatible: one of "rockchip,rk1108-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3228-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl", "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl" - "rockchip,rk3399-pinctrl" + - compatible: should be + "rockchip,rv1108-pinctrl": for Rockchip RV1108 + "rockchip,rk2928-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK2928 + "rockchip,rk3066a-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3066a + "rockchip,rk3066b-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3066b + "rockchip,rk3188-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3188 + "rockchip,rk3228-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3228 + "rockchip,rk3288-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3288 + "rockchip,rk3328-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3328 + "rockchip,rk3368-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3368 + "rockchip,rk3399-pinctrl": for Rockchip RK3399 + - rockchip,grf: phandle referencing a syscon providing the "general register files" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt index eac20aa33907a647377571995cb3f863dc8df27d..d907a74f8dc0a5ee98d87118232fb20580c0fba3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/st,stm32-pinctrl.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Pin controller node: Required properies: - compatible: value should be one of the following: "st,stm32f429-pinctrl" + "st,stm32f469-pinctrl" "st,stm32f746-pinctrl" "st,stm32h743-pinctrl" - #address-cells: The value of this property must be 1 @@ -38,8 +39,6 @@ Optional properties: - st,syscfg: Should be phandle/offset pair. The phandle to the syscon node which includes IRQ mux selection register, and the offset of the IRQ mux selection register. - - ngpios: Number of gpios in a bank (to use if bank gpio numbers is less - than 16). - gpio-ranges: Define a dedicated mapping between a pin-controller and a gpio controller. Format is <&phandle a b c> with: -(phandle): phandle of pin-controller. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt index 723e1ad937da24edefa5c48b03ccb1f345c9919f..940707d095ccc8459ebe376f5ee5c2b8761f7f8e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt @@ -31,7 +31,9 @@ Optional properties: - domain-idle-states : A phandle of an idle-state that shall be soaked into a generic domain power state. The idle state definitions are - compatible with domain-idle-state specified in [1]. + compatible with domain-idle-state specified in [1]. phandles + that are not compatible with domain-idle-state will be + ignored. The domain-idle-state property reflects the idle state of this PM domain and not the idle states of the devices or sub-domains in the PM domain. Devices and sub-domains have their own idle-states independent of the parent diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gemini-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gemini-poweroff.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7fec3e100214c618bd2b5d1ba3a0bb01bc9df04e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/gemini-poweroff.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Device-Tree bindings for Cortina Systems Gemini Poweroff + +This is a special IP block in the Cortina Gemini SoC that only +deals with different ways to power the system down. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "cortina,gemini-power-controller" +- reg: should contain the physical memory base and size +- interrupts: should contain the power management interrupt + +Example: + +power-controller@4b000000 { + compatible = "cortina,gemini-power-controller"; + reg = <0x4b000000 0x100>; + interrupts = <26 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt index 1e2546f8b08a4aab989bbe8c04e76d6fd1df63e4..022ed1f3bc808351752ae1130dd226e7c7e7cb38 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/reset/syscon-poweroff.txt @@ -3,13 +3,20 @@ Generic SYSCON mapped register poweroff driver This is a generic poweroff driver using syscon to map the poweroff register. The poweroff is generally performed with a write to the poweroff register defined by the register map pointed by syscon reference plus the offset -with the mask defined in the poweroff node. +with the value and mask defined in the poweroff node. Required properties: - compatible: should contain "syscon-poweroff" - regmap: this is phandle to the register map node - offset: offset in the register map for the poweroff register (in bytes) -- mask: the poweroff value written to the poweroff register (32 bit access) +- value: the poweroff value written to the poweroff register (32 bit access) + +Optional properties: +- mask: update only the register bits defined by the mask (32 bit) + +Legacy usage: +If a node doesn't contain a value property but contains a mask property, the +mask property is used as the value. Default will be little endian mode, 32 bit access only. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt index d23dc002a87e94840c1e68952f184eb4e7167933..d3a5a93a65cd255ff8f5bc3cafcc2fd967d99147 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/rockchip-io-domain.txt @@ -33,6 +33,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: should be one of: - "rockchip,rk3188-io-voltage-domain" for rk3188 - "rockchip,rk3288-io-voltage-domain" for rk3288 + - "rockchip,rk3328-io-voltage-domain" for rk3328 - "rockchip,rk3368-io-voltage-domain" for rk3368 - "rockchip,rk3368-pmu-io-voltage-domain" for rk3368 pmu-domains - "rockchip,rk3399-io-voltage-domain" for rk3399 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/cpcap-charger.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/cpcap-charger.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..80bd873c3b1de4c2db3612f0fa0fe302fca3c1fd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/cpcap-charger.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Motorola CPCAP PMIC battery charger binding + +Required properties: +- compatible: Shall be "motorola,mapphone-cpcap-charger" +- interrupts: Interrupt specifier for each name in interrupt-names +- interrupt-names: Should contain the following entries: + "chrg_det", "rvrs_chrg", "chrg_se1b", "se0conn", + "rvrs_mode", "chrgcurr1", "vbusvld", "battdetb" +- io-channels: IIO ADC channel specifier for each name in io-channel-names +- io-channel-names: Should contain the following entries: + "battdetb", "battp", "vbus", "chg_isense", "batti" + +Optional properties: +- mode-gpios: Optionally CPCAP charger can have a companion wireless + charge controller that is controlled with two GPIOs + that are active low. + +Example: + +cpcap_charger: charger { + compatible = "motorola,mapphone-cpcap-charger"; + interrupts-extended = < + &cpcap 13 0 &cpcap 12 0 &cpcap 29 0 &cpcap 28 0 + &cpcap 22 0 &cpcap 20 0 &cpcap 19 0 &cpcap 54 0 + >; + interrupt-names = + "chrg_det", "rvrs_chrg", "chrg_se1b", "se0conn", + "rvrs_mode", "chrgcurr1", "vbusvld", "battdetb"; + mode-gpios = <&gpio3 29 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW + &gpio3 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + io-channels = <&cpcap_adc 0 &cpcap_adc 1 + &cpcap_adc 2 &cpcap_adc 5 + &cpcap_adc 6>; + io-channel-names = "battdetb", "battp", + "vbus", "chg_isense", + "batti"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/lego_ev3_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/lego_ev3_battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5485633b1faa4798909892c4a9d8c0b2de362c5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/lego_ev3_battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 Battery +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 has some built-in capability for monitoring the battery. +It uses 6 AA batteries or a special Li-ion rechargeable battery pack that is +detected by a key switch in the battery compartment. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Must be "lego,ev3-battery" + - io-channels: phandles to analog inputs for reading voltage and current + - io-channel-names: Must be "voltage", "current" + - rechargeable-gpios: phandle to the rechargeable battery indication gpio + +Example: + + battery { + compatible = "lego,ev3-battery"; + io-channels = <&adc 4>, <&adc 3>; + io-channel-names = "voltage", "current"; + rechargeable-gpios = <&gpio 136 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc2941.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc2941.txt index ea42ae12d92451579e0af57ee2bdfb886e60ad0a..a9d7aa60558b739ca312f86826b72cb247b111c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc2941.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/ltc2941.txt @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ temperature monitoring, and uses a slightly different conversion formula for the charge counter. Required properties: -- compatible: Should contain "ltc2941" or "ltc2943" which also indicates the - type of I2C chip attached. +- compatible: Should contain "lltc,ltc2941" or "lltc,ltc2943" which also + indicates the type of I2C chip attached. - reg: The 7-bit I2C address. - lltc,resistor-sense: The sense resistor value in milli-ohms. Can be a 32-bit negative value when the battery has been connected to the wrong end of the @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Required properties: Example from the Topic Miami Florida board: fuelgauge: ltc2943@64 { - compatible = "ltc2943"; + compatible = "lltc,ltc2943"; reg = <0x64>; lltc,resistor-sense = <15>; lltc,prescaler-exponent = <5>; /* 2^(2*5) = 1024 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_batter.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_battery.txt similarity index 100% rename from Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_batter.txt rename to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/supply/max8925_battery.txt diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt index 712baf6c3e246fa9ea93c6bab4cb8f294b894d86..44b842b6ca154d9c13c3d0da6a784fe54195fcf9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/4xx/emac.txt @@ -71,6 +71,9 @@ For Axon it can be absent, though my current driver doesn't handle phy-address yet so for now, keep 0x00ffffff in it. + - phy-handle : Used to describe configurations where a external PHY + is used. Please refer to: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt - rx-fifo-size-gige : 1 cell, Rx fifo size in bytes for 1000 Mb/sec operations (if absent the value is the same as rx-fifo-size). For Axon, either absent or 2048. @@ -81,8 +84,22 @@ offload, phandle of the TAH device node. - tah-channel : 1 cell, optional. If appropriate, channel used on the TAH engine. + - fixed-link : Fixed-link subnode describing a link to a non-MDIO + managed entity. See + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt + for details. + - mdio subnode : When the EMAC has a phy connected to its local + mdio, which us supported by the kernel's network + PHY library in drivers/net/phy, there must be device + tree subnode with the following required properties: + - #address-cells: Must be <1>. + - #size-cells: Must be <0>. - Example: + For PHY definitions: Please refer to + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt and + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt + + Examples: EMAC0: ethernet@40000800 { device_type = "network"; @@ -104,6 +121,48 @@ zmii-channel = <0>; }; + EMAC1: ethernet@ef600c00 { + device_type = "network"; + compatible = "ibm,emac-apm821xx", "ibm,emac4sync"; + interrupt-parent = <&EMAC1>; + interrupts = <0 1>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + #address-cells = <0>; + #size-cells = <0>; + interrupt-map = <0 &UIC2 0x10 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH /* Status */ + 1 &UIC2 0x14 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH /* Wake */>; + reg = <0xef600c00 0x000000c4>; + local-mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ + mal-device = <&MAL0>; + mal-tx-channel = <0>; + mal-rx-channel = <0>; + cell-index = <0>; + max-frame-size = <9000>; + rx-fifo-size = <16384>; + tx-fifo-size = <2048>; + fifo-entry-size = <10>; + phy-mode = "rgmii"; + phy-handle = <&phy0>; + phy-map = <0x00000000>; + rgmii-device = <&RGMII0>; + rgmii-channel = <0>; + tah-device = <&TAH0>; + tah-channel = <0>; + has-inverted-stacr-oc; + has-new-stacr-staopc; + + mdio { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { + compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + + ii) McMAL node Required properties: @@ -145,4 +204,3 @@ - revision : as provided by the RGMII new version register if available. For Axon: 0x0000012a - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt index c3f6546ebac777421b467b0008f7f78f06e8e5c4..6a23ad9ac53a4cabc85a6bc592a873f38c7c144b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/ti-abb-regulator.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Required Properties: Optional Properties: - reg-names: In addition to the required properties, the following are optional - "efuse-address" - Contains efuse base address used to pick up ABB info. - - "ldo-address" - Contains address of ABB LDO overide register address. + - "ldo-address" - Contains address of ABB LDO override register. "efuse-address" is required for this. - ti,ldovbb-vset-mask - Required if ldo-address is set, mask for LDO override register to provide override vset value. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.txt index 202f2d09a23f2cb2d817c1733b88c1b93fb67690..4d403645ac9b3dcd513c5f55a7217542a1eb1d37 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/amlogic,meson-rng.txt @@ -6,9 +6,16 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "amlogic,meson-rng" - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. +Optional properties: + +- clocks : phandle to the following named clocks +- clock-names: Name of core clock, must be "core" + Example: rng { - compatible = "amlogic,meson-rng"; - reg = <0x0 0xc8834000 0x0 0x4>; + compatible = "amlogic,meson-rng"; + reg = <0x0 0xc8834000 0x0 0x4>; + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_RNG0>; + clock-names = "core"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a6d62a2abd39440ae680d10feb5e7340c5364558 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/mtk-rng.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for Mediatek random number generator +found in Mediatek SoC family + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "mediatek,mt7623-rng" +- clocks : list of clock specifiers, corresponding to + entries in clock-names property; +- clock-names : Should contain "rng" entries; +- reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers + +Example: + +rng: rng@1020f000 { + compatible = "mediatek,mt7623-rng"; + reg = <0 0x1020f000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&infracfg CLK_INFRA_TRNG>; + clock-names = "rng"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt index 471477299ece16c931322e96fbb3c1535b1e1a43..9cf7876ab43444f604a501075ccbf6088e50f880 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/omap_rng.txt @@ -12,7 +12,8 @@ Required properties: - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the module - interrupts : the interrupt number for the RNG module. Used for "ti,omap4-rng" and "inside-secure,safexcel-eip76" -- clocks: the trng clock source +- clocks: the trng clock source. Only mandatory for the + "inside-secure,safexcel-eip76" compatible. Example: /* AM335x */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cortina,gemini-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cortina,gemini-timer.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 16ea1d3b2e9e22f8c0bb1b2a2d28a0b765259c89..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/cortina,gemini-timer.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,22 +0,0 @@ -Cortina Systems Gemini timer - -This timer is embedded in the Cortina Systems Gemini SoCs. - -Required properties: - -- compatible : Must be "cortina,gemini-timer" -- reg : Should contain registers location and length -- interrupts : Should contain the three timer interrupts with - flags for rising edge -- syscon : a phandle to the global Gemini system controller - -Example: - -timer@43000000 { - compatible = "cortina,gemini-timer"; - reg = <0x43000000 0x1000>; - interrupts = <14 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, /* Timer 1 */ - <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>, /* Timer 2 */ - <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; /* Timer 3 */ - syscon = <&syscon>; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/faraday,fttmr010.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/faraday,fttmr010.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..b73ca6cd07f80c5ff3296d0ee71e865b6d31688a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/faraday,fttmr010.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Faraday Technology timer + +This timer is a generic IP block from Faraday Technology, embedded in the +Cortina Systems Gemini SoCs and other designs. + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Must be one of + "faraday,fttmr010" + "cortina,gemini-timer" +- reg : Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts : Should contain the three timer interrupts usually with + flags for falling edge + +Optionally required properties: + +- clocks : a clock to provide the tick rate for "faraday,fttmr010" +- clock-names : should be "EXTCLK" and "PCLK" for the external tick timer + and peripheral clock respectively, for "faraday,fttmr010" +- syscon : a phandle to the global Gemini system controller if the compatible + type is "cortina,gemini-timer" + +Example: + +timer@43000000 { + compatible = "faraday,fttmr010"; + reg = <0x43000000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <14 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>, /* Timer 1 */ + <15 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>, /* Timer 2 */ + <16 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; /* Timer 3 */ + clocks = <&extclk>, <&pclk>; + clock-names = "EXTCLK", "PCLK"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt index a41b184d553843679323b36024c7d2653ca26f4a..16a5f4577a61886be16103aedf1a38539d4248b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/rockchip,rk-timer.txt @@ -1,9 +1,15 @@ Rockchip rk timer Required properties: -- compatible: shall be one of: - "rockchip,rk3288-timer" - for rk3066, rk3036, rk3188, rk322x, rk3288, rk3368 - "rockchip,rk3399-timer" - for rk3399 +- compatible: should be: + "rockchip,rk3036-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3036 + "rockchip,rk3066-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3066 + "rockchip,rk3188-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3188 + "rockchip,rk3228-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3228 + "rockchip,rk3229-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3229 + "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3288 + "rockchip,rk3368-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer": for Rockchip RK3368 + "rockchip,rk3399-timer": for Rockchip RK3399 - reg: base address of the timer register starting with TIMERS CONTROL register - interrupts: should contain the interrupts for Timer0 - clocks : must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt index 0c065f77658f138e8bc535e85c7d2a99f5268b59..3957d4edaa745fc068c4ab8ba796f9c8d8190a1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ Required properties : - compatible : Should be "microchip,usb251xb" or one of the specific types: "microchip,usb2512b", "microchip,usb2512bi", "microchip,usb2513b", "microchip,usb2513bi", "microchip,usb2514b", "microchip,usb2514bi" - - hub-reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for hub reset + - reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for hub reset + - reg : I2C address on the selected bus (default is <0x2C>) Optional properties : - - reg : I2C address on the selected bus (default is <0x2C>) - skip-config : Skip Hub configuration, but only send the USB-Attach command - - vendor-id : USB Vendor ID of the hub (16 bit, default is 0x0424) - - product-id : USB Product ID of the hub (16 bit, default depends on type) - - device-id : USB Device ID of the hub (16 bit, default is 0x0bb3) - - language-id : USB Language ID (16 bit, default is 0x0000) - - manufacturer : USB Manufacturer string (max 31 characters long) - - product : USB Product string (max 31 characters long) - - serial : USB Serial string (max 31 characters long) + - vendor-id : Set USB Vendor ID of the hub (16 bit, default is 0x0424) + - product-id : Set USB Product ID of the hub (16 bit, default depends on type) + - device-id : Set USB Device ID of the hub (16 bit, default is 0x0bb3) + - language-id : Set USB Language ID (16 bit, default is 0x0000) + - manufacturer : Set USB Manufacturer string (max 31 characters long) + - product : Set USB Product string (max 31 characters long) + - serial : Set USB Serial string (max 31 characters long) - {bus,self}-powered : selects between self- and bus-powered operation (default is self-powered) - disable-hi-speed : disable USB Hi-Speed support @@ -31,8 +31,10 @@ Optional properties : (default is individual) - dynamic-power-switching : enable auto-switching from self- to bus-powered operation if the local power source is removed or unavailable - - oc-delay-{100us,4ms,8ms,16ms} : set over current timer delay (default is 8ms) - - compound-device : indicated the hub is part of a compound device + - oc-delay-us : Delay time (in microseconds) for filtering the over-current + sense inputs. Valid values are 100, 4000, 8000 (default) and 16000. If + an invalid value is given, the default is used instead. + - compound-device : indicate the hub is part of a compound device - port-mapping-mode : enable port mapping mode - string-support : enable string descriptor support (required for manufacturer, product and serial string configuration) @@ -40,34 +42,15 @@ Optional properties : device connected. - sp-disabled-ports : Specifies the ports which will be self-power disabled - bp-disabled-ports : Specifies the ports which will be bus-power disabled - - max-sp-power : Specifies the maximum current the hub consumes from an - upstream port when operating as self-powered hub including the power - consumption of a permanently attached peripheral if the hub is - configured as a compound device. The value is given in mA in a 0 - 500 - range (default is 2). - - max-bp-power : Specifies the maximum current the hub consumes from an - upstream port when operating as bus-powered hub including the power - consumption of a permanently attached peripheral if the hub is - configured as a compound device. The value is given in mA in a 0 - 500 - range (default is 100). - - max-sp-current : Specifies the maximum current the hub consumes from an - upstream port when operating as self-powered hub EXCLUDING the power - consumption of a permanently attached peripheral if the hub is - configured as a compound device. The value is given in mA in a 0 - 500 - range (default is 2). - - max-bp-current : Specifies the maximum current the hub consumes from an - upstream port when operating as bus-powered hub EXCLUDING the power - consumption of a permanently attached peripheral if the hub is - configured as a compound device. The value is given in mA in a 0 - 500 - range (default is 100). - - power-on-time : Specifies the time it takes from the time the host initiates - the power-on sequence to a port until the port has adequate power. The - value is given in ms in a 0 - 510 range (default is 100ms). + - power-on-time-ms : Specifies the time it takes from the time the host + initiates the power-on sequence to a port until the port has adequate + power. The value is given in ms in a 0 - 510 range (default is 100ms). Examples: usb2512b@2c { compatible = "microchip,usb2512b"; - hub-reset-gpios = <&gpio1 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + reg = <0x2c>; + reset-gpios = <&gpio1 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; }; usb2514b@2c { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index ec0bfb9bbebd42c828a3b4978db070924275f609..b685d13539e81f32273cffb3ac3009918fc19677 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -51,6 +51,7 @@ brcm Broadcom Corporation buffalo Buffalo, Inc. calxeda Calxeda capella Capella Microsystems, Inc +cascoda Cascoda, Ltd. cavium Cavium, Inc. cdns Cadence Design Systems Inc. ceva Ceva, Inc. @@ -265,6 +266,7 @@ sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler seagate Seagate Technology PLC semtech Semtech Corporation +sensirion Sensirion AG sgx SGX Sensortech sharp Sharp Corporation si-en Si-En Technology Ltd. diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/hello.dot b/Documentation/doc-guide/hello.dot new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..504621dfc595e1eab139f5d580b51a7bf166d5e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/hello.dot @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +graph G { + Hello -- World +} diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst index 96fe7ccb2c6706338985f794b510d710ee348411..731334de3efdd5f651410a6c6ba948405798e3a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/sphinx.rst @@ -34,8 +34,9 @@ format-specific subdirectories under ``Documentation/output``. To generate documentation, Sphinx (``sphinx-build``) must obviously be installed. For prettier HTML output, the Read the Docs Sphinx theme -(``sphinx_rtd_theme``) is used if available. For PDF output, ``rst2pdf`` is also -needed. All of these are widely available and packaged in distributions. +(``sphinx_rtd_theme``) is used if available. For PDF output you'll also need +``XeLaTeX`` and ``convert(1)`` from ImageMagick (https://www.imagemagick.org). +All of these are widely available and packaged in distributions. To pass extra options to Sphinx, you can use the ``SPHINXOPTS`` make variable. For example, use ``make SPHINXOPTS=-v htmldocs`` to get more verbose @@ -73,7 +74,16 @@ Specific guidelines for the kernel documentation Here are some specific guidelines for the kernel documentation: -* Please don't go overboard with reStructuredText markup. Keep it simple. +* Please don't go overboard with reStructuredText markup. Keep it + simple. For the most part the documentation should be plain text with + just enough consistency in formatting that it can be converted to + other formats. + +* Please keep the formatting changes minimal when converting existing + documentation to reStructuredText. + +* Also update the content, not just the formatting, when converting + documentation. * Please stick to this order of heading adornments: @@ -103,6 +113,12 @@ Here are some specific guidelines for the kernel documentation: the order as encountered."), having the higher levels the same overall makes it easier to follow the documents. +* For inserting fixed width text blocks (for code examples, use case + examples, etc.), use ``::`` for anything that doesn't really benefit + from syntax highlighting, especially short snippets. Use + ``.. code-block:: `` for longer code blocks that benefit + from highlighting. + the C domain ------------ @@ -217,3 +233,96 @@ Rendered as: * .. _`last row`: - column 3 + + +Figures & Images +================ + +If you want to add an image, you should use the ``kernel-figure`` and +``kernel-image`` directives. E.g. to insert a figure with a scalable +image format use SVG (:ref:`svg_image_example`):: + + .. kernel-figure:: svg_image.svg + :alt: simple SVG image + + SVG image example + +.. _svg_image_example: + +.. kernel-figure:: svg_image.svg + :alt: simple SVG image + + SVG image example + +The kernel figure (and image) directive support **DOT** formated files, see + +* DOT: http://graphviz.org/pdf/dotguide.pdf +* Graphviz: http://www.graphviz.org/content/dot-language + +A simple example (:ref:`hello_dot_file`):: + + .. kernel-figure:: hello.dot + :alt: hello world + + DOT's hello world example + +.. _hello_dot_file: + +.. kernel-figure:: hello.dot + :alt: hello world + + DOT's hello world example + +Embed *render* markups (or languages) like Graphviz's **DOT** is provided by the +``kernel-render`` directives.:: + + .. kernel-render:: DOT + :alt: foobar digraph + :caption: Embedded **DOT** (Graphviz) code + + digraph foo { + "bar" -> "baz"; + } + +How this will be rendered depends on the installed tools. If Graphviz is +installed, you will see an vector image. If not the raw markup is inserted as +*literal-block* (:ref:`hello_dot_render`). + +.. _hello_dot_render: + +.. kernel-render:: DOT + :alt: foobar digraph + :caption: Embedded **DOT** (Graphviz) code + + digraph foo { + "bar" -> "baz"; + } + +The *render* directive has all the options known from the *figure* directive, +plus option ``caption``. If ``caption`` has a value, a *figure* node is +inserted. If not, a *image* node is inserted. A ``caption`` is also needed, if +you want to refer it (:ref:`hello_svg_render`). + +Embedded **SVG**:: + + .. kernel-render:: SVG + :caption: Embedded **SVG** markup + :alt: so-nw-arrow + + + + ... + + +.. _hello_svg_render: + +.. kernel-render:: SVG + :caption: Embedded **SVG** markup + :alt: so-nw-arrow + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/doc-guide/svg_image.svg b/Documentation/doc-guide/svg_image.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..5405f85b8137885f6534a79ada99375dc3c24a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/doc-guide/svg_image.svg @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/cfg80211.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/cfg80211.rst index eca534ab617259a63bdf0d63f6a14319dedc7c0d..8ffac57e1f5b7ddd0b56547258f604d06816e9bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/80211/cfg80211.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/80211/cfg80211.rst @@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ cfg80211 subsystem ================== +.. kernel-doc:: include/net/cfg80211.h + :doc: Introduction + Device registration =================== @@ -179,6 +182,12 @@ Actions and configuration .. kernel-doc:: include/net/cfg80211.h :functions: cfg80211_ibss_joined +.. kernel-doc:: include/net/cfg80211.h + :functions: cfg80211_connect_resp_params + +.. kernel-doc:: include/net/cfg80211.h + :functions: cfg80211_connect_done + .. kernel-doc:: include/net/cfg80211.h :functions: cfg80211_connect_result diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst index 935b9b8d456c8af606324f57c81a5ef4750ac6c6..472e7a664d13ce6ae6d09cc36ccdde60089de99a 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/basics.rst @@ -7,6 +7,12 @@ Driver Entry and Exit points .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/init.h :internal: +Driver device table +------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/mod_devicetable.h + :internal: + Atomic and pointer manipulation ------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/index.rst index 1abe0179303108008b90e9dba1b9c06e0d28fd86..29da39ec4b8a4c5ab60145ee4b3c72684e828ee6 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/index.rst @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ Linux Firmware API introduction core request_firmware + other_interfaces .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..36c47b1e98242ce16bbfea4050ef2e8a2341fed9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/firmware/other_interfaces.rst @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +Other Firmware Interfaces +========================= + +DMI Interfaces +-------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firmware/dmi_scan.c + :export: + +EDD Interfaces +-------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/firmware/edd.c + :internal: + diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst index 60db00d1532baede53509ce01eea748793d5264c..8058a87c1c74e1ba36c585dfb34bf4970841d412 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/index.rst @@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ available subsections can be seen below. regulator iio/index input - usb + usb/index + pci spi i2c hsi @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ available subsections can be seen below. 80211/index uio-howto firmware/index + misc_devices .. only:: subproject and html diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/misc_devices.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/misc_devices.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..c7ee7b02ba889e5d6a6a72a15dc17974ba4303d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/misc_devices.rst @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +Miscellaneous Devices +===================== + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/char/misc.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..01a6c8b7d3a7b59dcee9a11d828968e464af9c1c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/pci.rst @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +PCI Support Library +------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/pci.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/pci-driver.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/remove.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/search.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/msi.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/bus.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/access.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/irq.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/htirq.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/probe.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/slot.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/rom.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/iov.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/pci-sysfs.c + :internal: + +PCI Hotplug Support Library +--------------------------- + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c + :export: diff --git a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/URB.rst similarity index 50% rename from Documentation/usb/URB.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/URB.rst index 50da0d4554445f30ce00809eb9dc50c30bcfcf48..61a54da9fce94f4d952fdf67c8a311db810cfac0 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/URB.rst @@ -1,28 +1,37 @@ -Revised: 2000-Dec-05. -Again: 2002-Jul-06 -Again: 2005-Sep-19 +.. _usb-urb: - NOTE: +USB Request Block (URB) +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - The USB subsystem now has a substantial section in "The Linux Kernel API" - guide (in Documentation/DocBook), generated from the current source - code. This particular documentation file isn't particularly current or - complete; don't rely on it except for a quick overview. +:Revised: 2000-Dec-05 +:Again: 2002-Jul-06 +:Again: 2005-Sep-19 +:Again: 2017-Mar-29 -1.1. Basic concept or 'What is an URB?' +.. note:: -The basic idea of the new driver is message passing, the message itself is -called USB Request Block, or URB for short. + The USB subsystem now has a substantial section at :ref:`usb-hostside-api` + section, generated from the current source code. + This particular documentation file isn't complete and may not be + updated to the last version; don't rely on it except for a quick + overview. -- An URB consists of all relevant information to execute any USB transaction - and deliver the data and status back. +Basic concept or 'What is an URB?' +================================== -- Execution of an URB is inherently an asynchronous operation, i.e. the - usb_submit_urb(urb) call returns immediately after it has successfully +The basic idea of the new driver is message passing, the message itself is +called USB Request Block, or URB for short. + +- An URB consists of all relevant information to execute any USB transaction + and deliver the data and status back. + +- Execution of an URB is inherently an asynchronous operation, i.e. the + :c:func:`usb_submit_urb` call returns immediately after it has successfully queued the requested action. -- Transfers for one URB can be canceled with usb_unlink_urb(urb) at any time. +- Transfers for one URB can be canceled with :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` + at any time. - Each URB has a completion handler, which is called after the action has been successfully completed or canceled. The URB also contains a @@ -35,53 +44,55 @@ called USB Request Block, or URB for short. of data to (or from) devices when using periodic transfer modes. -1.2. The URB structure +The URB structure +================= -Some of the fields in an URB are: +Some of the fields in struct :c:type:`urb` are:: -struct urb -{ -// (IN) device and pipe specify the endpoint queue + struct urb + { + // (IN) device and pipe specify the endpoint queue struct usb_device *dev; // pointer to associated USB device unsigned int pipe; // endpoint information - unsigned int transfer_flags; // ISO_ASAP, SHORT_NOT_OK, etc. + unsigned int transfer_flags; // URB_ISO_ASAP, URB_SHORT_NOT_OK, etc. -// (IN) all urbs need completion routines + // (IN) all urbs need completion routines void *context; // context for completion routine - void (*complete)(struct urb *); // pointer to completion routine + usb_complete_t complete; // pointer to completion routine -// (OUT) status after each completion + // (OUT) status after each completion int status; // returned status -// (IN) buffer used for data transfers + // (IN) buffer used for data transfers void *transfer_buffer; // associated data buffer - int transfer_buffer_length; // data buffer length + u32 transfer_buffer_length; // data buffer length int number_of_packets; // size of iso_frame_desc -// (OUT) sometimes only part of CTRL/BULK/INTR transfer_buffer is used - int actual_length; // actual data buffer length + // (OUT) sometimes only part of CTRL/BULK/INTR transfer_buffer is used + u32 actual_length; // actual data buffer length -// (IN) setup stage for CTRL (pass a struct usb_ctrlrequest) - unsigned char* setup_packet; // setup packet (control only) + // (IN) setup stage for CTRL (pass a struct usb_ctrlrequest) + unsigned char *setup_packet; // setup packet (control only) -// Only for PERIODIC transfers (ISO, INTERRUPT) - // (IN/OUT) start_frame is set unless ISO_ASAP isn't set + // Only for PERIODIC transfers (ISO, INTERRUPT) + // (IN/OUT) start_frame is set unless URB_ISO_ASAP isn't set int start_frame; // start frame int interval; // polling interval // ISO only: packets are only "best effort"; each can have errors int error_count; // number of errors struct usb_iso_packet_descriptor iso_frame_desc[0]; -}; + }; Your driver must create the "pipe" value using values from the appropriate endpoint descriptor in an interface that it's claimed. -1.3. How to get an URB? +How to get an URB? +================== -URBs are allocated with the following call +URBs are allocated by calling :c:func:`usb_alloc_urb`:: struct urb *usb_alloc_urb(int isoframes, int mem_flags) @@ -91,7 +102,7 @@ you want to schedule. For CTRL/BULK/INT, use 0. The mem_flags parameter holds standard memory allocation flags, letting you control (among other things) whether the underlying code may block or not. -To free an URB, use +To free an URB, use :c:func:`usb_free_urb`:: void usb_free_urb(struct urb *urb) @@ -100,78 +111,84 @@ returned to you in a completion callback. It will automatically be deallocated when it is no longer in use. -1.4. What has to be filled in? +What has to be filled in? +========================= -Depending on the type of transaction, there are some inline functions -defined in to simplify the initialization, such as -fill_control_urb() and fill_bulk_urb(). In general, they need the usb -device pointer, the pipe (usual format from usb.h), the transfer buffer, -the desired transfer length, the completion handler, and its context. -Take a look at the some existing drivers to see how they're used. +Depending on the type of transaction, there are some inline functions +defined in ``linux/usb.h`` to simplify the initialization, such as +:c:func:`usb_fill_control_urb`, :c:func:`usb_fill_bulk_urb` and +:c:func:`usb_fill_int_urb`. In general, they need the usb device pointer, +the pipe (usual format from usb.h), the transfer buffer, the desired transfer +length, the completion handler, and its context. Take a look at the some +existing drivers to see how they're used. Flags: -For ISO there are two startup behaviors: Specified start_frame or ASAP. -For ASAP set URB_ISO_ASAP in transfer_flags. -If short packets should NOT be tolerated, set URB_SHORT_NOT_OK in +- For ISO there are two startup behaviors: Specified start_frame or ASAP. +- For ASAP set ``URB_ISO_ASAP`` in transfer_flags. + +If short packets should NOT be tolerated, set ``URB_SHORT_NOT_OK`` in transfer_flags. -1.5. How to submit an URB? +How to submit an URB? +===================== -Just call +Just call :c:func:`usb_submit_urb`:: int usb_submit_urb(struct urb *urb, int mem_flags) -The mem_flags parameter, such as SLAB_ATOMIC, controls memory allocation, -such as whether the lower levels may block when memory is tight. +The ``mem_flags`` parameter, such as ``GFP_ATOMIC``, controls memory +allocation, such as whether the lower levels may block when memory is tight. It immediately returns, either with status 0 (request queued) or some error code, usually caused by the following: -- Out of memory (-ENOMEM) -- Unplugged device (-ENODEV) -- Stalled endpoint (-EPIPE) -- Too many queued ISO transfers (-EAGAIN) -- Too many requested ISO frames (-EFBIG) -- Invalid INT interval (-EINVAL) -- More than one packet for INT (-EINVAL) +- Out of memory (``-ENOMEM``) +- Unplugged device (``-ENODEV``) +- Stalled endpoint (``-EPIPE``) +- Too many queued ISO transfers (``-EAGAIN``) +- Too many requested ISO frames (``-EFBIG``) +- Invalid INT interval (``-EINVAL``) +- More than one packet for INT (``-EINVAL``) -After submission, urb->status is -EINPROGRESS; however, you should never -look at that value except in your completion callback. +After submission, ``urb->status`` is ``-EINPROGRESS``; however, you should +never look at that value except in your completion callback. For isochronous endpoints, your completion handlers should (re)submit -URBs to the same endpoint with the ISO_ASAP flag, using multi-buffering, -to get seamless ISO streaming. +URBs to the same endpoint with the ``URB_ISO_ASAP`` flag, using +multi-buffering, to get seamless ISO streaming. -1.6. How to cancel an already running URB? +How to cancel an already running URB? +===================================== There are two ways to cancel an URB you've submitted but which hasn't been returned to your driver yet. For an asynchronous cancel, call +:c:func:`usb_unlink_urb`:: int usb_unlink_urb(struct urb *urb) It removes the urb from the internal list and frees all allocated HW descriptors. The status is changed to reflect unlinking. Note -that the URB will not normally have finished when usb_unlink_urb() +that the URB will not normally have finished when :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` returns; you must still wait for the completion handler to be called. -To cancel an URB synchronously, call +To cancel an URB synchronously, call :c:func:`usb_kill_urb`:: void usb_kill_urb(struct urb *urb) -It does everything usb_unlink_urb does, and in addition it waits +It does everything :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` does, and in addition it waits until after the URB has been returned and the completion handler has finished. It also marks the URB as temporarily unusable, so that if the completion handler or anyone else tries to resubmit it -they will get a -EPERM error. Thus you can be sure that when -usb_kill_urb() returns, the URB is totally idle. +they will get a ``-EPERM`` error. Thus you can be sure that when +:c:func:`usb_kill_urb` returns, the URB is totally idle. There is a lifetime issue to consider. An URB may complete at any time, and the completion handler may free the URB. If this happens -while usb_unlink_urb or usb_kill_urb is running, it will cause a -memory-access violation. The driver is responsible for avoiding this, +while :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` or :c:func:`usb_kill_urb` is running, it will +cause a memory-access violation. The driver is responsible for avoiding this, which often means some sort of lock will be needed to prevent the URB from being deallocated while it is still in use. @@ -181,24 +198,25 @@ when usb_unlink_urb is invoked. The general solution to this problem is to increment the URB's reference count while holding the lock, then drop the lock and call usb_unlink_urb or usb_kill_urb, and then decrement the URB's reference count. You increment the reference -count by calling +count by calling :c:func`usb_get_urb`:: struct urb *usb_get_urb(struct urb *urb) (ignore the return value; it is the same as the argument) and -decrement the reference count by calling usb_free_urb. Of course, +decrement the reference count by calling :c:func:`usb_free_urb`. Of course, none of this is necessary if there's no danger of the URB being freed by the completion handler. -1.7. What about the completion handler? +What about the completion handler? +================================== -The handler is of the following type: +The handler is of the following type:: typedef void (*usb_complete_t)(struct urb *) I.e., it gets the URB that caused the completion call. In the completion -handler, you should have a look at urb->status to detect any USB errors. +handler, you should have a look at ``urb->status`` to detect any USB errors. Since the context parameter is included in the URB, you can pass information to the completion handler. @@ -208,54 +226,65 @@ sixteen packets to transfer your 1KByte buffer, and ten of them might have transferred successfully before the completion was called. -NOTE: ***** WARNING ***** -NEVER SLEEP IN A COMPLETION HANDLER. These are often called in atomic -context. +.. warning:: + + NEVER SLEEP IN A COMPLETION HANDLER. + + These are often called in atomic context. In the current kernel, completion handlers run with local interrupts disabled, but in the future this will be changed, so don't assume that local IRQs are always disabled inside completion handlers. -1.8. How to do isochronous (ISO) transfers? +How to do isochronous (ISO) transfers? +====================================== + +Besides the fields present on a bulk transfer, for ISO, you also +also have to set ``urb->interval`` to say how often to make transfers; it's +often one per frame (which is once every microframe for highspeed devices). +The actual interval used will be a power of two that's no bigger than what +you specify. You can use the :c:func:`usb_fill_int_urb` macro to fill +most ISO transfer fields. -For ISO transfers you have to fill a usb_iso_packet_descriptor structure, -allocated at the end of the URB by usb_alloc_urb(n,mem_flags), for each -packet you want to schedule. You also have to set urb->interval to say -how often to make transfers; it's often one per frame (which is once -every microframe for highspeed devices). The actual interval used will -be a power of two that's no bigger than what you specify. +For ISO transfers you also have to fill a :c:type:`usb_iso_packet_descriptor` +structure, allocated at the end of the URB by :c:func:`usb_alloc_urb`, for +each packet you want to schedule. -The usb_submit_urb() call modifies urb->interval to the implemented interval -value that is less than or equal to the requested interval value. If -ISO_ASAP scheduling is used, urb->start_frame is also updated. +The :c:func:`usb_submit_urb` call modifies ``urb->interval`` to the implemented +interval value that is less than or equal to the requested interval value. If +``URB_ISO_ASAP`` scheduling is used, ``urb->start_frame`` is also updated. For each entry you have to specify the data offset for this frame (base is transfer_buffer), and the length you want to write/expect to read. -After completion, actual_length contains the actual transferred length and +After completion, actual_length contains the actual transferred length and status contains the resulting status for the ISO transfer for this frame. It is allowed to specify a varying length from frame to frame (e.g. for -audio synchronisation/adaptive transfer rates). You can also use the length +audio synchronisation/adaptive transfer rates). You can also use the length 0 to omit one or more frames (striping). -For scheduling you can choose your own start frame or ISO_ASAP. As explained -earlier, if you always keep at least one URB queued and your completion -keeps (re)submitting a later URB, you'll get smooth ISO streaming (if usb -bandwidth utilization allows). +For scheduling you can choose your own start frame or ``URB_ISO_ASAP``. As +explained earlier, if you always keep at least one URB queued and your +completion keeps (re)submitting a later URB, you'll get smooth ISO streaming +(if usb bandwidth utilization allows). If you specify your own start frame, make sure it's several frames in advance of the current frame. You might want this model if you're synchronizing ISO data with some other event stream. -1.9. How to start interrupt (INT) transfers? +How to start interrupt (INT) transfers? +======================================= Interrupt transfers, like isochronous transfers, are periodic, and happen in intervals that are powers of two (1, 2, 4 etc) units. Units are frames for full and low speed devices, and microframes for high speed ones. -The usb_submit_urb() call modifies urb->interval to the implemented interval -value that is less than or equal to the requested interval value. +You can use the :c:func:`usb_fill_int_urb` macro to fill INT transfer fields. + +The :c:func:`usb_submit_urb` call modifies ``urb->interval`` to the implemented +interval value that is less than or equal to the requested interval value. In Linux 2.6, unlike earlier versions, interrupt URBs are not automagically restarted when they complete. They end when the completion handler is called, just like other URBs. If you want an interrupt URB to be restarted, your completion handler must resubmit it. +s diff --git a/Documentation/usb/anchors.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/anchors.rst similarity index 75% rename from Documentation/usb/anchors.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/anchors.rst index fe6a99a32bbd9ec4de38711be9c5e4cd1473d565..4b248e691bd6e76c838d84e3c778f6e06415c15e 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/anchors.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/anchors.rst @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +USB Anchors +~~~~~~~~~~~ + What is anchor? =============== @@ -13,7 +16,7 @@ Allocation and Initialisation ============================= There's no API to allocate an anchor. It is simply declared -as struct usb_anchor. init_usb_anchor() must be called to +as struct usb_anchor. :c:func:`init_usb_anchor` must be called to initialise the data structure. Deallocation @@ -26,52 +29,53 @@ Association and disassociation of URBs with anchors =================================================== An association of URBs to an anchor is made by an explicit -call to usb_anchor_urb(). The association is maintained until +call to :c:func:`usb_anchor_urb`. The association is maintained until an URB is finished by (successful) completion. Thus disassociation is automatic. A function is provided to forcibly finish (kill) all URBs associated with an anchor. -Furthermore, disassociation can be made with usb_unanchor_urb() +Furthermore, disassociation can be made with :c:func:`usb_unanchor_urb` Operations on multitudes of URBs ================================ -usb_kill_anchored_urbs() ------------------------- +:c:func:`usb_kill_anchored_urbs` +-------------------------------- This function kills all URBs associated with an anchor. The URBs are called in the reverse temporal order they were submitted. This way no data can be reordered. -usb_unlink_anchored_urbs() --------------------------- +:c:func:`usb_unlink_anchored_urbs` +---------------------------------- + This function unlinks all URBs associated with an anchor. The URBs are processed in the reverse temporal order they were submitted. -This is similar to usb_kill_anchored_urbs(), but it will not sleep. +This is similar to :c:func:`usb_kill_anchored_urbs`, but it will not sleep. Therefore no guarantee is made that the URBs have been unlinked when the call returns. They may be unlinked later but will be unlinked in finite time. -usb_scuttle_anchored_urbs() ---------------------------- +:c:func:`usb_scuttle_anchored_urbs` +----------------------------------- All URBs of an anchor are unanchored en masse. -usb_wait_anchor_empty_timeout() -------------------------------- +:c:func:`usb_wait_anchor_empty_timeout` +--------------------------------------- This function waits for all URBs associated with an anchor to finish or a timeout, whichever comes first. Its return value will tell you whether the timeout was reached. -usb_anchor_empty() ------------------- +:c:func:`usb_anchor_empty` +-------------------------- Returns true if no URBs are associated with an anchor. Locking is the caller's responsibility. -usb_get_from_anchor() ---------------------- +:c:func:`usb_get_from_anchor` +----------------------------- Returns the oldest anchored URB of an anchor. The URB is unanchored and returned with a reference. As you may mix URBs to several diff --git a/Documentation/usb/bulk-streams.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/bulk-streams.rst similarity index 94% rename from Documentation/usb/bulk-streams.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/bulk-streams.rst index ffc02021863e74d07d69caa4973bac1ba42128ba..99b515babdeb2b41bc8053a562e77522b2403789 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/bulk-streams.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/bulk-streams.rst @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +USB bulk streams +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + Background ========== @@ -25,7 +28,9 @@ time. Driver implications =================== -int usb_alloc_streams(struct usb_interface *interface, +:: + + int usb_alloc_streams(struct usb_interface *interface, struct usb_host_endpoint **eps, unsigned int num_eps, unsigned int num_streams, gfp_t mem_flags); @@ -53,7 +58,7 @@ controller driver, and may change in the future. Picking new Stream IDs to use -============================ +============================= Stream ID 0 is reserved, and should not be used to communicate with devices. If usb_alloc_streams() returns with a value of N, you may use streams 1 though N. @@ -68,9 +73,9 @@ Clean up ======== If a driver wishes to stop using streams to communicate with the device, it -should call +should call:: -void usb_free_streams(struct usb_interface *interface, + void usb_free_streams(struct usb_interface *interface, struct usb_host_endpoint **eps, unsigned int num_eps, gfp_t mem_flags); diff --git a/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/callbacks.rst similarity index 76% rename from Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/callbacks.rst index 9e85846bdb985e98e17b0aa20f4c17a6a4be7546..2b80cf54bcc3118b956a8292aeae8e3af80acf7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/callbacks.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/callbacks.rst @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +USB core callbacks +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + What callbacks will usbcore do? =============================== @@ -5,40 +8,52 @@ Usbcore will call into a driver through callbacks defined in the driver structure and through the completion handler of URBs a driver submits. Only the former are in the scope of this document. These two kinds of callbacks are completely independent of each other. Information on the -completion callback can be found in Documentation/usb/URB.txt. +completion callback can be found in :ref:`usb-urb`. The callbacks defined in the driver structure are: 1. Hotplugging callbacks: - * @probe: Called to see if the driver is willing to manage a particular - * interface on a device. - * @disconnect: Called when the interface is no longer accessible, usually - * because its device has been (or is being) disconnected or the - * driver module is being unloaded. + - @probe: + Called to see if the driver is willing to manage a particular + interface on a device. + + - @disconnect: + Called when the interface is no longer accessible, usually + because its device has been (or is being) disconnected or the + driver module is being unloaded. 2. Odd backdoor through usbfs: - * @ioctl: Used for drivers that want to talk to userspace through - * the "usbfs" filesystem. This lets devices provide ways to - * expose information to user space regardless of where they - * do (or don't) show up otherwise in the filesystem. + - @ioctl: + Used for drivers that want to talk to userspace through + the "usbfs" filesystem. This lets devices provide ways to + expose information to user space regardless of where they + do (or don't) show up otherwise in the filesystem. 3. Power management (PM) callbacks: - * @suspend: Called when the device is going to be suspended. - * @resume: Called when the device is being resumed. - * @reset_resume: Called when the suspended device has been reset instead - * of being resumed. + - @suspend: + Called when the device is going to be suspended. + + - @resume: + Called when the device is being resumed. + + - @reset_resume: + Called when the suspended device has been reset instead + of being resumed. 4. Device level operations: - * @pre_reset: Called when the device is about to be reset. - * @post_reset: Called after the device has been reset + - @pre_reset: + Called when the device is about to be reset. + + - @post_reset: + Called after the device has been reset The ioctl interface (2) should be used only if you have a very good reason. Sysfs is preferred these days. The PM callbacks are covered -separately in Documentation/usb/power-management.txt. +separately in :ref:`usb-power-management`. Calling conventions =================== @@ -58,7 +73,9 @@ an interface. A driver's bond to an interface is exclusive. The probe() callback -------------------- -int (*probe) (struct usb_interface *intf, +:: + + int (*probe) (struct usb_interface *intf, const struct usb_device_id *id); Accept or decline an interface. If you accept the device return 0, @@ -75,7 +92,9 @@ initialisation that doesn't take too long is a good idea here. The disconnect() callback ------------------------- -void (*disconnect) (struct usb_interface *intf); +:: + + void (*disconnect) (struct usb_interface *intf); This callback is a signal to break any connection with an interface. You are not allowed any IO to a device after returning from this @@ -93,7 +112,9 @@ Device level callbacks pre_reset --------- -int (*pre_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf); +:: + + int (*pre_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf); A driver or user space is triggering a reset on the device which contains the interface passed as an argument. Cease IO, wait for all @@ -107,7 +128,9 @@ are in atomic context. post_reset ---------- -int (*post_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf); +:: + + int (*post_reset)(struct usb_interface *intf); The reset has completed. Restore any saved device state and begin using the device again. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/dma.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/dma.rst similarity index 79% rename from Documentation/usb/dma.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/dma.rst index 444651e70d9552f2782eb9cd0b22096a93233672..59d5aee89e37e9dfd5a3b3019035fb3d1af2e5ed 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/dma.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/dma.rst @@ -1,16 +1,19 @@ +USB DMA +~~~~~~~ + In Linux 2.5 kernels (and later), USB device drivers have additional control over how DMA may be used to perform I/O operations. The APIs are detailed in the kernel usb programming guide (kerneldoc, from the source code). - -API OVERVIEW +API overview +============ The big picture is that USB drivers can continue to ignore most DMA issues, though they still must provide DMA-ready buffers (see -Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt). That's how they've worked through -the 2.4 (and earlier) kernels. +``Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt``). That's how they've worked through +the 2.4 (and earlier) kernels, or they can now be DMA-aware. -OR: they can now be DMA-aware. +DMA-aware usb drivers: - New calls enable DMA-aware drivers, letting them allocate dma buffers and manage dma mappings for existing dma-ready buffers (see below). @@ -20,15 +23,15 @@ OR: they can now be DMA-aware. drivers must not use it.) - "usbcore" will map this DMA address, if a DMA-aware driver didn't do - it first and set URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP. HCDs + it first and set ``URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP``. HCDs don't manage dma mappings for URBs. - There's a new "generic DMA API", parts of which are usable by USB device drivers. Never use dma_set_mask() on any USB interface or device; that would potentially break all devices sharing that bus. - -ELIMINATING COPIES +Eliminating copies +================== It's good to avoid making CPUs copy data needlessly. The costs can add up, and effects like cache-trashing can impose subtle penalties. @@ -41,7 +44,7 @@ and effects like cache-trashing can impose subtle penalties. For those specific cases, USB has primitives to allocate less expensive memory. They work like kmalloc and kfree versions that give you the right kind of addresses to store in urb->transfer_buffer and urb->transfer_dma. - You'd also set URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP in urb->transfer_flags: + You'd also set ``URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP`` in urb->transfer_flags:: void *usb_alloc_coherent (struct usb_device *dev, size_t size, int mem_flags, dma_addr_t *dma); @@ -49,15 +52,15 @@ and effects like cache-trashing can impose subtle penalties. void usb_free_coherent (struct usb_device *dev, size_t size, void *addr, dma_addr_t dma); - Most drivers should *NOT* be using these primitives; they don't need + Most drivers should **NOT** be using these primitives; they don't need to use this type of memory ("dma-coherent"), and memory returned from - kmalloc() will work just fine. + :c:func:`kmalloc` will work just fine. The memory buffer returned is "dma-coherent"; sometimes you might need to force a consistent memory access ordering by using memory barriers. It's not using a streaming DMA mapping, so it's good for small transfers on systems where the I/O would otherwise thrash an IOMMU mapping. (See - Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt for definitions of "coherent" and + ``Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt`` for definitions of "coherent" and "streaming" DMA mappings.) Asking for 1/Nth of a page (as well as asking for N pages) is reasonably @@ -75,15 +78,15 @@ and effects like cache-trashing can impose subtle penalties. way to expose these capabilities ... and in any case, HIGHMEM is mostly a design wart specific to x86_32. So your best bet is to ensure you never pass a highmem buffer into a USB driver. That's easy; it's the default - behavior. Just don't override it; e.g. with NETIF_F_HIGHDMA. + behavior. Just don't override it; e.g. with ``NETIF_F_HIGHDMA``. This may force your callers to do some bounce buffering, copying from high memory to "normal" DMA memory. If you can come up with a good way to fix this issue (for x86_32 machines with over 1 GByte of memory), feel free to submit patches. - -WORKING WITH EXISTING BUFFERS +Working with existing buffers +============================= Existing buffers aren't usable for DMA without first being mapped into the DMA address space of the device. However, most buffers passed to your @@ -92,7 +95,7 @@ of Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt, titled "What memory is DMA-able?") - When you're using scatterlists, you can map everything at once. On some systems, this kicks in an IOMMU and turns the scatterlists into single - DMA transactions: + DMA transactions:: int usb_buffer_map_sg (struct usb_device *dev, unsigned pipe, struct scatterlist *sg, int nents); @@ -103,7 +106,7 @@ of Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt, titled "What memory is DMA-able?") void usb_buffer_unmap_sg (struct usb_device *dev, unsigned pipe, struct scatterlist *sg, int n_hw_ents); - It's probably easier to use the new usb_sg_*() calls, which do the DMA + It's probably easier to use the new ``usb_sg_*()`` calls, which do the DMA mapping and apply other tweaks to make scatterlist i/o be fast. - Some drivers may prefer to work with the model that they're mapping large @@ -112,10 +115,10 @@ of Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt, titled "What memory is DMA-able?") here, since it's cheaper to just synchronize the buffer than to unmap it each time an urb completes and then re-map it on during resubmission. - These calls all work with initialized urbs: urb->dev, urb->pipe, - urb->transfer_buffer, and urb->transfer_buffer_length must all be - valid when these calls are used (urb->setup_packet must be valid too - if urb is a control request): + These calls all work with initialized urbs: ``urb->dev``, ``urb->pipe``, + ``urb->transfer_buffer``, and ``urb->transfer_buffer_length`` must all be + valid when these calls are used (``urb->setup_packet`` must be valid too + if urb is a control request):: struct urb *usb_buffer_map (struct urb *urb); @@ -123,9 +126,9 @@ of Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt, titled "What memory is DMA-able?") void usb_buffer_unmap (struct urb *urb); - The calls manage urb->transfer_dma for you, and set URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP - so that usbcore won't map or unmap the buffer. They cannot be used for - setup_packet buffers in control requests. + The calls manage ``urb->transfer_dma`` for you, and set + ``URB_NO_TRANSFER_DMA_MAP`` so that usbcore won't map or unmap the buffer. + They cannot be used for setup_packet buffers in control requests. Note that several of those interfaces are currently commented out, since they don't have current users. See the source code. Other than the dmasync diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/error-codes.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/error-codes.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a3e84bfac77649bc62a73a3575cb56f3e1645c5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/error-codes.rst @@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ +.. _usb-error-codes: + +USB Error codes +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +:Revised: 2004-Oct-21 + +This is the documentation of (hopefully) all possible error codes (and +their interpretation) that can be returned from usbcore. + +Some of them are returned by the Host Controller Drivers (HCDs), which +device drivers only see through usbcore. As a rule, all the HCDs should +behave the same except for transfer speed dependent behaviors and the +way certain faults are reported. + + +Error codes returned by :c:func:`usb_submit_urb` +================================================ + +Non-USB-specific: + + +=============== =============================================== +0 URB submission went fine + +``-ENOMEM`` no memory for allocation of internal structures +=============== =============================================== + +USB-specific: + +======================= ======================================================= +``-EBUSY`` The URB is already active. + +``-ENODEV`` specified USB-device or bus doesn't exist + +``-ENOENT`` specified interface or endpoint does not exist or + is not enabled + +``-ENXIO`` host controller driver does not support queuing of + this type of urb. (treat as a host controller bug.) + +``-EINVAL`` a) Invalid transfer type specified (or not supported) + b) Invalid or unsupported periodic transfer interval + c) ISO: attempted to change transfer interval + d) ISO: ``number_of_packets`` is < 0 + e) various other cases + +``-EXDEV`` ISO: ``URB_ISO_ASAP`` wasn't specified and all the + frames the URB would be scheduled in have already + expired. + +``-EFBIG`` Host controller driver can't schedule that many ISO + frames. + +``-EPIPE`` The pipe type specified in the URB doesn't match the + endpoint's actual type. + +``-EMSGSIZE`` (a) endpoint maxpacket size is zero; it is not usable + in the current interface altsetting. + (b) ISO packet is larger than the endpoint maxpacket. + (c) requested data transfer length is invalid: negative + or too large for the host controller. + +``-ENOSPC`` This request would overcommit the usb bandwidth reserved + for periodic transfers (interrupt, isochronous). + +``-ESHUTDOWN`` The device or host controller has been disabled due to + some problem that could not be worked around. + +``-EPERM`` Submission failed because ``urb->reject`` was set. + +``-EHOSTUNREACH`` URB was rejected because the device is suspended. + +``-ENOEXEC`` A control URB doesn't contain a Setup packet. +======================= ======================================================= + +Error codes returned by ``in urb->status`` or in ``iso_frame_desc[n].status`` (for ISO) +======================================================================================= + +USB device drivers may only test urb status values in completion handlers. +This is because otherwise there would be a race between HCDs updating +these values on one CPU, and device drivers testing them on another CPU. + +A transfer's actual_length may be positive even when an error has been +reported. That's because transfers often involve several packets, so that +one or more packets could finish before an error stops further endpoint I/O. + +For isochronous URBs, the urb status value is non-zero only if the URB is +unlinked, the device is removed, the host controller is disabled, or the total +transferred length is less than the requested length and the +``URB_SHORT_NOT_OK`` flag is set. Completion handlers for isochronous URBs +should only see ``urb->status`` set to zero, ``-ENOENT``, ``-ECONNRESET``, +``-ESHUTDOWN``, or ``-EREMOTEIO``. Individual frame descriptor status fields +may report more status codes. + + +=============================== =============================================== +0 Transfer completed successfully + +``-ENOENT`` URB was synchronously unlinked by + :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` + +``-EINPROGRESS`` URB still pending, no results yet + (That is, if drivers see this it's a bug.) + +``-EPROTO`` [#f1]_, [#f2]_ a) bitstuff error + b) no response packet received within the + prescribed bus turn-around time + c) unknown USB error + +``-EILSEQ`` [#f1]_, [#f2]_ a) CRC mismatch + b) no response packet received within the + prescribed bus turn-around time + c) unknown USB error + + Note that often the controller hardware does + not distinguish among cases a), b), and c), so + a driver cannot tell whether there was a + protocol error, a failure to respond (often + caused by device disconnect), or some other + fault. + +``-ETIME`` [#f2]_ No response packet received within the + prescribed bus turn-around time. This error + may instead be reported as + ``-EPROTO`` or ``-EILSEQ``. + +``-ETIMEDOUT`` Synchronous USB message functions use this code + to indicate timeout expired before the transfer + completed, and no other error was reported + by HC. + +``-EPIPE`` [#f2]_ Endpoint stalled. For non-control endpoints, + reset this status with + :c:func:`usb_clear_halt`. + +``-ECOMM`` During an IN transfer, the host controller + received data from an endpoint faster than it + could be written to system memory + +``-ENOSR`` During an OUT transfer, the host controller + could not retrieve data from system memory fast + enough to keep up with the USB data rate + +``-EOVERFLOW`` [#f1]_ The amount of data returned by the endpoint was + greater than either the max packet size of the + endpoint or the remaining buffer size. + "Babble". + +``-EREMOTEIO`` The data read from the endpoint did not fill + the specified buffer, and ``URB_SHORT_NOT_OK`` + was set in ``urb->transfer_flags``. + +``-ENODEV`` Device was removed. Often preceded by a burst + of other errors, since the hub driver doesn't + detect device removal events immediately. + +``-EXDEV`` ISO transfer only partially completed + (only set in ``iso_frame_desc[n].status``, + not ``urb->status``) + +``-EINVAL`` ISO madness, if this happens: Log off and + go home + +``-ECONNRESET`` URB was asynchronously unlinked by + :c:func:`usb_unlink_urb` + +``-ESHUTDOWN`` The device or host controller has been + disabled due to some problem that could not + be worked around, such as a physical + disconnect. +=============================== =============================================== + + +.. [#f1] + + Error codes like ``-EPROTO``, ``-EILSEQ`` and ``-EOVERFLOW`` normally + indicate hardware problems such as bad devices (including firmware) + or cables. + +.. [#f2] + + This is also one of several codes that different kinds of host + controller use to indicate a transfer has failed because of device + disconnect. In the interval before the hub driver starts disconnect + processing, devices may receive such fault reports for every request. + + + +Error codes returned by usbcore-functions +========================================= + +.. note:: expect also other submit and transfer status codes + +:c:func:`usb_register`: + +======================= =================================== +``-EINVAL`` error during registering new driver +======================= =================================== + +``usb_get_*/usb_set_*()``, +:c:func:`usb_control_msg`, +:c:func:`usb_bulk_msg()`: + +======================= ============================================== +``-ETIMEDOUT`` Timeout expired before the transfer completed. +======================= ============================================== diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/gadget.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/gadget.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..3e8a3809c0b82afb50551499b9ce090ce92f26b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/gadget.rst @@ -0,0 +1,510 @@ +======================== +USB Gadget API for Linux +======================== + +:Author: David Brownell +:Date: 20 August 2004 + +Introduction +============ + +This document presents a Linux-USB "Gadget" kernel mode API, for use +within peripherals and other USB devices that embed Linux. It provides +an overview of the API structure, and shows how that fits into a system +development project. This is the first such API released on Linux to +address a number of important problems, including: + +- Supports USB 2.0, for high speed devices which can stream data at + several dozen megabytes per second. + +- Handles devices with dozens of endpoints just as well as ones with + just two fixed-function ones. Gadget drivers can be written so + they're easy to port to new hardware. + +- Flexible enough to expose more complex USB device capabilities such + as multiple configurations, multiple interfaces, composite devices, + and alternate interface settings. + +- USB "On-The-Go" (OTG) support, in conjunction with updates to the + Linux-USB host side. + +- Sharing data structures and API models with the Linux-USB host side + API. This helps the OTG support, and looks forward to more-symmetric + frameworks (where the same I/O model is used by both host and device + side drivers). + +- Minimalist, so it's easier to support new device controller hardware. + I/O processing doesn't imply large demands for memory or CPU + resources. + +Most Linux developers will not be able to use this API, since they have +USB ``host`` hardware in a PC, workstation, or server. Linux users with +embedded systems are more likely to have USB peripheral hardware. To +distinguish drivers running inside such hardware from the more familiar +Linux "USB device drivers", which are host side proxies for the real USB +devices, a different term is used: the drivers inside the peripherals +are "USB gadget drivers". In USB protocol interactions, the device +driver is the master (or "client driver") and the gadget driver is the +slave (or "function driver"). + +The gadget API resembles the host side Linux-USB API in that both use +queues of request objects to package I/O buffers, and those requests may +be submitted or canceled. They share common definitions for the standard +USB *Chapter 9* messages, structures, and constants. Also, both APIs +bind and unbind drivers to devices. The APIs differ in detail, since the +host side's current URB framework exposes a number of implementation +details and assumptions that are inappropriate for a gadget API. While +the model for control transfers and configuration management is +necessarily different (one side is a hardware-neutral master, the other +is a hardware-aware slave), the endpoint I/0 API used here should also +be usable for an overhead-reduced host side API. + +Structure of Gadget Drivers +=========================== + +A system running inside a USB peripheral normally has at least three +layers inside the kernel to handle USB protocol processing, and may have +additional layers in user space code. The ``gadget`` API is used by the +middle layer to interact with the lowest level (which directly handles +hardware). + +In Linux, from the bottom up, these layers are: + +*USB Controller Driver* + This is the lowest software level. It is the only layer that talks + to hardware, through registers, fifos, dma, irqs, and the like. The + ```` API abstracts the peripheral controller + endpoint hardware. That hardware is exposed through endpoint + objects, which accept streams of IN/OUT buffers, and through + callbacks that interact with gadget drivers. Since normal USB + devices only have one upstream port, they only have one of these + drivers. The controller driver can support any number of different + gadget drivers, but only one of them can be used at a time. + + Examples of such controller hardware include the PCI-based NetChip + 2280 USB 2.0 high speed controller, the SA-11x0 or PXA-25x UDC + (found within many PDAs), and a variety of other products. + +*Gadget Driver* + The lower boundary of this driver implements hardware-neutral USB + functions, using calls to the controller driver. Because such + hardware varies widely in capabilities and restrictions, and is used + in embedded environments where space is at a premium, the gadget + driver is often configured at compile time to work with endpoints + supported by one particular controller. Gadget drivers may be + portable to several different controllers, using conditional + compilation. (Recent kernels substantially simplify the work + involved in supporting new hardware, by *autoconfiguring* endpoints + automatically for many bulk-oriented drivers.) Gadget driver + responsibilities include: + + - handling setup requests (ep0 protocol responses) possibly + including class-specific functionality + + - returning configuration and string descriptors + + - (re)setting configurations and interface altsettings, including + enabling and configuring endpoints + + - handling life cycle events, such as managing bindings to + hardware, USB suspend/resume, remote wakeup, and disconnection + from the USB host. + + - managing IN and OUT transfers on all currently enabled endpoints + + Such drivers may be modules of proprietary code, although that + approach is discouraged in the Linux community. + +*Upper Level* + Most gadget drivers have an upper boundary that connects to some + Linux driver or framework in Linux. Through that boundary flows the + data which the gadget driver produces and/or consumes through + protocol transfers over USB. Examples include: + + - user mode code, using generic (gadgetfs) or application specific + files in ``/dev`` + + - networking subsystem (for network gadgets, like the CDC Ethernet + Model gadget driver) + + - data capture drivers, perhaps video4Linux or a scanner driver; or + test and measurement hardware. + + - input subsystem (for HID gadgets) + + - sound subsystem (for audio gadgets) + + - file system (for PTP gadgets) + + - block i/o subsystem (for usb-storage gadgets) + + - ... and more + +*Additional Layers* + Other layers may exist. These could include kernel layers, such as + network protocol stacks, as well as user mode applications building + on standard POSIX system call APIs such as ``open()``, ``close()``, + ``read()`` and ``write()``. On newer systems, POSIX Async I/O calls may + be an option. Such user mode code will not necessarily be subject to + the GNU General Public License (GPL). + +OTG-capable systems will also need to include a standard Linux-USB host +side stack, with ``usbcore``, one or more *Host Controller Drivers* +(HCDs), *USB Device Drivers* to support the OTG "Targeted Peripheral +List", and so forth. There will also be an *OTG Controller Driver*, +which is visible to gadget and device driver developers only indirectly. +That helps the host and device side USB controllers implement the two +new OTG protocols (HNP and SRP). Roles switch (host to peripheral, or +vice versa) using HNP during USB suspend processing, and SRP can be +viewed as a more battery-friendly kind of device wakeup protocol. + +Over time, reusable utilities are evolving to help make some gadget +driver tasks simpler. For example, building configuration descriptors +from vectors of descriptors for the configurations interfaces and +endpoints is now automated, and many drivers now use autoconfiguration +to choose hardware endpoints and initialize their descriptors. A +potential example of particular interest is code implementing standard +USB-IF protocols for HID, networking, storage, or audio classes. Some +developers are interested in KDB or KGDB hooks, to let target hardware +be remotely debugged. Most such USB protocol code doesn't need to be +hardware-specific, any more than network protocols like X11, HTTP, or +NFS are. Such gadget-side interface drivers should eventually be +combined, to implement composite devices. + +Kernel Mode Gadget API +====================== + +Gadget drivers declare themselves through a struct +:c:type:`usb_gadget_driver`, which is responsible for most parts of enumeration +for a struct :c:type:`usb_gadget`. The response to a set_configuration usually +involves enabling one or more of the struct :c:type:`usb_ep` objects exposed by +the gadget, and submitting one or more struct :c:type:`usb_request` buffers to +transfer data. Understand those four data types, and their operations, +and you will understand how this API works. + +.. Note:: + + Other than the "Chapter 9" data types, most of the significant data + types and functions are described here. + + However, some relevant information is likely omitted from what you + are reading. One example of such information is endpoint + autoconfiguration. You'll have to read the header file, and use + example source code (such as that for "Gadget Zero"), to fully + understand the API. + + The part of the API implementing some basic driver capabilities is + specific to the version of the Linux kernel that's in use. The 2.6 + and upper kernel versions include a *driver model* framework that has + no analogue on earlier kernels; so those parts of the gadget API are + not fully portable. (They are implemented on 2.4 kernels, but in a + different way.) The driver model state is another part of this API that is + ignored by the kerneldoc tools. + +The core API does not expose every possible hardware feature, only the +most widely available ones. There are significant hardware features, +such as device-to-device DMA (without temporary storage in a memory +buffer) that would be added using hardware-specific APIs. + +This API allows drivers to use conditional compilation to handle +endpoint capabilities of different hardware, but doesn't require that. +Hardware tends to have arbitrary restrictions, relating to transfer +types, addressing, packet sizes, buffering, and availability. As a rule, +such differences only matter for "endpoint zero" logic that handles +device configuration and management. The API supports limited run-time +detection of capabilities, through naming conventions for endpoints. +Many drivers will be able to at least partially autoconfigure +themselves. In particular, driver init sections will often have endpoint +autoconfiguration logic that scans the hardware's list of endpoints to +find ones matching the driver requirements (relying on those +conventions), to eliminate some of the most common reasons for +conditional compilation. + +Like the Linux-USB host side API, this API exposes the "chunky" nature +of USB messages: I/O requests are in terms of one or more "packets", and +packet boundaries are visible to drivers. Compared to RS-232 serial +protocols, USB resembles synchronous protocols like HDLC (N bytes per +frame, multipoint addressing, host as the primary station and devices as +secondary stations) more than asynchronous ones (tty style: 8 data bits +per frame, no parity, one stop bit). So for example the controller +drivers won't buffer two single byte writes into a single two-byte USB +IN packet, although gadget drivers may do so when they implement +protocols where packet boundaries (and "short packets") are not +significant. + +Driver Life Cycle +----------------- + +Gadget drivers make endpoint I/O requests to hardware without needing to +know many details of the hardware, but driver setup/configuration code +needs to handle some differences. Use the API like this: + +1. Register a driver for the particular device side usb controller + hardware, such as the net2280 on PCI (USB 2.0), sa11x0 or pxa25x as + found in Linux PDAs, and so on. At this point the device is logically + in the USB ch9 initial state (``attached``), drawing no power and not + usable (since it does not yet support enumeration). Any host should + not see the device, since it's not activated the data line pullup + used by the host to detect a device, even if VBUS power is available. + +2. Register a gadget driver that implements some higher level device + function. That will then bind() to a :c:type:`usb_gadget`, which activates + the data line pullup sometime after detecting VBUS. + +3. The hardware driver can now start enumerating. The steps it handles + are to accept USB ``power`` and ``set_address`` requests. Other steps are + handled by the gadget driver. If the gadget driver module is unloaded + before the host starts to enumerate, steps before step 7 are skipped. + +4. The gadget driver's ``setup()`` call returns usb descriptors, based both + on what the bus interface hardware provides and on the functionality + being implemented. That can involve alternate settings or + configurations, unless the hardware prevents such operation. For OTG + devices, each configuration descriptor includes an OTG descriptor. + +5. The gadget driver handles the last step of enumeration, when the USB + host issues a ``set_configuration`` call. It enables all endpoints used + in that configuration, with all interfaces in their default settings. + That involves using a list of the hardware's endpoints, enabling each + endpoint according to its descriptor. It may also involve using + ``usb_gadget_vbus_draw`` to let more power be drawn from VBUS, as + allowed by that configuration. For OTG devices, setting a + configuration may also involve reporting HNP capabilities through a + user interface. + +6. Do real work and perform data transfers, possibly involving changes + to interface settings or switching to new configurations, until the + device is disconnect()ed from the host. Queue any number of transfer + requests to each endpoint. It may be suspended and resumed several + times before being disconnected. On disconnect, the drivers go back + to step 3 (above). + +7. When the gadget driver module is being unloaded, the driver unbind() + callback is issued. That lets the controller driver be unloaded. + +Drivers will normally be arranged so that just loading the gadget driver +module (or statically linking it into a Linux kernel) allows the +peripheral device to be enumerated, but some drivers will defer +enumeration until some higher level component (like a user mode daemon) +enables it. Note that at this lowest level there are no policies about +how ep0 configuration logic is implemented, except that it should obey +USB specifications. Such issues are in the domain of gadget drivers, +including knowing about implementation constraints imposed by some USB +controllers or understanding that composite devices might happen to be +built by integrating reusable components. + +Note that the lifecycle above can be slightly different for OTG devices. +Other than providing an additional OTG descriptor in each configuration, +only the HNP-related differences are particularly visible to driver +code. They involve reporting requirements during the ``SET_CONFIGURATION`` +request, and the option to invoke HNP during some suspend callbacks. +Also, SRP changes the semantics of ``usb_gadget_wakeup`` slightly. + +USB 2.0 Chapter 9 Types and Constants +------------------------------------- + +Gadget drivers rely on common USB structures and constants defined in +the :ref:`linux/usb/ch9.h ` header file, which is standard in +Linux 2.6+ kernels. These are the same types and constants used by host side +drivers (and usbcore). + +Core Objects and Methods +------------------------ + +These are declared in ````, and are used by gadget +drivers to interact with USB peripheral controller drivers. + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/usb/gadget.h + :internal: + +Optional Utilities +------------------ + +The core API is sufficient for writing a USB Gadget Driver, but some +optional utilities are provided to simplify common tasks. These +utilities include endpoint autoconfiguration. + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/gadget/usbstring.c + :export: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/gadget/config.c + :export: + +Composite Device Framework +-------------------------- + +The core API is sufficient for writing drivers for composite USB devices +(with more than one function in a given configuration), and also +multi-configuration devices (also more than one function, but not +necessarily sharing a given configuration). There is however an optional +framework which makes it easier to reuse and combine functions. + +Devices using this framework provide a struct :c:type:`usb_composite_driver`, +which in turn provides one or more struct :c:type:`usb_configuration` +instances. Each such configuration includes at least one struct +:c:type:`usb_function`, which packages a user visible role such as "network +link" or "mass storage device". Management functions may also exist, +such as "Device Firmware Upgrade". + +.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/usb/composite.h + :internal: + +.. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/gadget/composite.c + :export: + +Composite Device Functions +-------------------------- + +At this writing, a few of the current gadget drivers have been converted +to this framework. Near-term plans include converting all of them, +except for ``gadgetfs``. + +Peripheral Controller Drivers +============================= + +The first hardware supporting this API was the NetChip 2280 controller, +which supports USB 2.0 high speed and is based on PCI. This is the +``net2280`` driver module. The driver supports Linux kernel versions 2.4 +and 2.6; contact NetChip Technologies for development boards and product +information. + +Other hardware working in the ``gadget`` framework includes: Intel's PXA +25x and IXP42x series processors (``pxa2xx_udc``), Toshiba TC86c001 +"Goku-S" (``goku_udc``), Renesas SH7705/7727 (``sh_udc``), MediaQ 11xx +(``mq11xx_udc``), Hynix HMS30C7202 (``h7202_udc``), National 9303/4 +(``n9604_udc``), Texas Instruments OMAP (``omap_udc``), Sharp LH7A40x +(``lh7a40x_udc``), and more. Most of those are full speed controllers. + +At this writing, there are people at work on drivers in this framework +for several other USB device controllers, with plans to make many of +them be widely available. + +A partial USB simulator, the ``dummy_hcd`` driver, is available. It can +act like a net2280, a pxa25x, or an sa11x0 in terms of available +endpoints and device speeds; and it simulates control, bulk, and to some +extent interrupt transfers. That lets you develop some parts of a gadget +driver on a normal PC, without any special hardware, and perhaps with +the assistance of tools such as GDB running with User Mode Linux. At +least one person has expressed interest in adapting that approach, +hooking it up to a simulator for a microcontroller. Such simulators can +help debug subsystems where the runtime hardware is unfriendly to +software development, or is not yet available. + +Support for other controllers is expected to be developed and +contributed over time, as this driver framework evolves. + +Gadget Drivers +============== + +In addition to *Gadget Zero* (used primarily for testing and development +with drivers for usb controller hardware), other gadget drivers exist. + +There's an ``ethernet`` gadget driver, which implements one of the most +useful *Communications Device Class* (CDC) models. One of the standards +for cable modem interoperability even specifies the use of this ethernet +model as one of two mandatory options. Gadgets using this code look to a +USB host as if they're an Ethernet adapter. It provides access to a +network where the gadget's CPU is one host, which could easily be +bridging, routing, or firewalling access to other networks. Since some +hardware can't fully implement the CDC Ethernet requirements, this +driver also implements a "good parts only" subset of CDC Ethernet. (That +subset doesn't advertise itself as CDC Ethernet, to avoid creating +problems.) + +Support for Microsoft's ``RNDIS`` protocol has been contributed by +Pengutronix and Auerswald GmbH. This is like CDC Ethernet, but it runs +on more slightly USB hardware (but less than the CDC subset). However, +its main claim to fame is being able to connect directly to recent +versions of Windows, using drivers that Microsoft bundles and supports, +making it much simpler to network with Windows. + +There is also support for user mode gadget drivers, using ``gadgetfs``. +This provides a *User Mode API* that presents each endpoint as a single +file descriptor. I/O is done using normal ``read()`` and ``read()`` calls. +Familiar tools like GDB and pthreads can be used to develop and debug +user mode drivers, so that once a robust controller driver is available +many applications for it won't require new kernel mode software. Linux +2.6 *Async I/O (AIO)* support is available, so that user mode software +can stream data with only slightly more overhead than a kernel driver. + +There's a USB Mass Storage class driver, which provides a different +solution for interoperability with systems such as MS-Windows and MacOS. +That *Mass Storage* driver uses a file or block device as backing store +for a drive, like the ``loop`` driver. The USB host uses the BBB, CB, or +CBI versions of the mass storage class specification, using transparent +SCSI commands to access the data from the backing store. + +There's a "serial line" driver, useful for TTY style operation over USB. +The latest version of that driver supports CDC ACM style operation, like +a USB modem, and so on most hardware it can interoperate easily with +MS-Windows. One interesting use of that driver is in boot firmware (like +a BIOS), which can sometimes use that model with very small systems +without real serial lines. + +Support for other kinds of gadget is expected to be developed and +contributed over time, as this driver framework evolves. + +USB On-The-GO (OTG) +=================== + +USB OTG support on Linux 2.6 was initially developed by Texas +Instruments for `OMAP `__ 16xx and 17xx series +processors. Other OTG systems should work in similar ways, but the +hardware level details could be very different. + +Systems need specialized hardware support to implement OTG, notably +including a special *Mini-AB* jack and associated transceiver to support +*Dual-Role* operation: they can act either as a host, using the standard +Linux-USB host side driver stack, or as a peripheral, using this +``gadget`` framework. To do that, the system software relies on small +additions to those programming interfaces, and on a new internal +component (here called an "OTG Controller") affecting which driver stack +connects to the OTG port. In each role, the system can re-use the +existing pool of hardware-neutral drivers, layered on top of the +controller driver interfaces (:c:type:`usb_bus` or :c:type:`usb_gadget`). +Such drivers need at most minor changes, and most of the calls added to +support OTG can also benefit non-OTG products. + +- Gadget drivers test the ``is_otg`` flag, and use it to determine + whether or not to include an OTG descriptor in each of their + configurations. + +- Gadget drivers may need changes to support the two new OTG protocols, + exposed in new gadget attributes such as ``b_hnp_enable`` flag. HNP + support should be reported through a user interface (two LEDs could + suffice), and is triggered in some cases when the host suspends the + peripheral. SRP support can be user-initiated just like remote + wakeup, probably by pressing the same button. + +- On the host side, USB device drivers need to be taught to trigger HNP + at appropriate moments, using ``usb_suspend_device()``. That also + conserves battery power, which is useful even for non-OTG + configurations. + +- Also on the host side, a driver must support the OTG "Targeted + Peripheral List". That's just a whitelist, used to reject peripherals + not supported with a given Linux OTG host. *This whitelist is + product-specific; each product must modify* ``otg_whitelist.h`` *to + match its interoperability specification.* + + Non-OTG Linux hosts, like PCs and workstations, normally have some + solution for adding drivers, so that peripherals that aren't + recognized can eventually be supported. That approach is unreasonable + for consumer products that may never have their firmware upgraded, + and where it's usually unrealistic to expect traditional + PC/workstation/server kinds of support model to work. For example, + it's often impractical to change device firmware once the product has + been distributed, so driver bugs can't normally be fixed if they're + found after shipment. + +Additional changes are needed below those hardware-neutral :c:type:`usb_bus` +and :c:type:`usb_gadget` driver interfaces; those aren't discussed here in any +detail. Those affect the hardware-specific code for each USB Host or +Peripheral controller, and how the HCD initializes (since OTG can be +active only on a single port). They also involve what may be called an +*OTG Controller Driver*, managing the OTG transceiver and the OTG state +machine logic as well as much of the root hub behavior for the OTG port. +The OTG controller driver needs to activate and deactivate USB +controllers depending on the relevant device role. Some related changes +were needed inside usbcore, so that it can identify OTG-capable devices +and respond appropriately to HNP or SRP protocols. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/hotplug.rst similarity index 76% rename from Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/hotplug.rst index 5b243f315b2c0cf601b3b2915cbc52329911cfaf..79663e653ca1cca947eadfd8c5349a62576ab3fb 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/hotplug.rst @@ -1,4 +1,9 @@ -LINUX HOTPLUGGING +USB hotplugging +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Linux Hotplugging +================= + In hotpluggable busses like USB (and Cardbus PCI), end-users plug devices into the bus with power on. In most cases, users expect the devices to become @@ -30,11 +35,11 @@ Because some of those actions rely on information about drivers (metadata) that is currently available only when the drivers are dynamically linked, you get the best hotplugging when you configure a highly modular system. +Kernel Hotplug Helper (``/sbin/hotplug``) +========================================= -KERNEL HOTPLUG HELPER (/sbin/hotplug) - -There is a kernel parameter: /proc/sys/kernel/hotplug, which normally -holds the pathname "/sbin/hotplug". That parameter names a program +There is a kernel parameter: ``/proc/sys/kernel/hotplug``, which normally +holds the pathname ``/sbin/hotplug``. That parameter names a program which the kernel may invoke at various times. The /sbin/hotplug program can be invoked by any subsystem as part of its @@ -51,26 +56,26 @@ Hotplug software and other resources is available at: Mailing list information is also available at that site. --------------------------------------------------------------------------- - +USB Policy Agent +================ -USB POLICY AGENT - -The USB subsystem currently invokes /sbin/hotplug when USB devices +The USB subsystem currently invokes ``/sbin/hotplug`` when USB devices are added or removed from system. The invocation is done by the kernel hub workqueue [hub_wq], or else as part of root hub initialization (done by init, modprobe, kapmd, etc). Its single command line parameter is the string "usb", and it passes these environment variables: - ACTION ... "add", "remove" - PRODUCT ... USB vendor, product, and version codes (hex) - TYPE ... device class codes (decimal) - INTERFACE ... interface 0 class codes (decimal) +========== ============================================ +ACTION ``add``, ``remove`` +PRODUCT USB vendor, product, and version codes (hex) +TYPE device class codes (decimal) +INTERFACE interface 0 class codes (decimal) +========== ============================================ If "usbdevfs" is configured, DEVICE and DEVFS are also passed. DEVICE is the pathname of the device, and is useful for devices with multiple and/or alternate interfaces that complicate driver selection. By design, USB -hotplugging is independent of "usbdevfs": you can do most essential parts +hotplugging is independent of ``usbdevfs``: you can do most essential parts of USB device setup without using that filesystem, and without running a user mode daemon to detect changes in system configuration. @@ -79,19 +84,20 @@ modules, and can invoke driver-specific setup scripts. The newest ones leverage USB module-init-tools support. Later agents might unload drivers. -USB MODUTILS SUPPORT +USB Modutils Support +==================== -Current versions of module-init-tools will create a "modules.usbmap" file -which contains the entries from each driver's MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE. Such +Current versions of module-init-tools will create a ``modules.usbmap`` file +which contains the entries from each driver's ``MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE``. Such files can be used by various user mode policy agents to make sure all the right driver modules get loaded, either at boot time or later. -See for full information about such table entries; or look +See ``linux/usb.h`` for full information about such table entries; or look at existing drivers. Each table entry describes one or more criteria to be used when matching a driver to a device or class of devices. The specific criteria are identified by bits set in "match_flags", paired with field values. You can construct the criteria directly, or with -macros such as these, and use driver_info to store more information. +macros such as these, and use driver_info to store more information:: USB_DEVICE (vendorId, productId) ... matching devices with specified vendor and product ids @@ -103,7 +109,7 @@ macros such as these, and use driver_info to store more information. ... matching specified device class info A short example, for a driver that supports several specific USB devices -and their quirks, might have a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE like this: +and their quirks, might have a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE like this:: static const struct usb_device_id mydriver_id_table[] = { { USB_DEVICE (0x9999, 0xaaaa), driver_info: QUIRK_X }, @@ -116,10 +122,10 @@ and their quirks, might have a MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE like this: Most USB device drivers should pass these tables to the USB subsystem as well as to the module management subsystem. Not all, though: some driver frameworks connect using interfaces layered over USB, and so they won't -need such a "struct usb_driver". +need such a struct :c:type:`usb_driver`. Drivers that connect directly to the USB subsystem should be declared -something like this: +something like this:: static struct usb_driver mydriver = { .name = "mydriver", @@ -138,11 +144,11 @@ something like this: When the USB subsystem knows about a driver's device ID table, it's used when choosing drivers to probe(). The thread doing new device processing checks -drivers' device ID entries from the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE against interface and -device descriptors for the device. It will only call probe() if there is a -match, and the third argument to probe() will be the entry that matched. - -If you don't provide an id_table for your driver, then your driver may get -probed for each new device; the third parameter to probe() will be null. - - +drivers' device ID entries from the ``MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE`` against interface +and device descriptors for the device. It will only call ``probe()`` if there +is a match, and the third argument to ``probe()`` will be the entry that +matched. + +If you don't provide an ``id_table`` for your driver, then your driver may get +probed for each new device; the third parameter to ``probe()`` will be +``NULL``. diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1bf64edc8c8a5c9bff3655d154eaa32584843530 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +============= +Linux USB API +============= + +.. toctree:: + + usb + gadget + anchors + bulk-streams + callbacks + dma + URB + power-management + hotplug + persist + error-codes + writing_usb_driver + writing_musb_glue_layer + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/usb/persist.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/persist.rst similarity index 94% rename from Documentation/usb/persist.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/persist.rst index 35d70eda9ad627bf0eff7c1193f91fb451126e5b..08cafc6292c1d279da4f65b1f3061748d463602f 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/persist.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/persist.rst @@ -1,11 +1,14 @@ - USB device persistence during system suspend +.. _usb-persist: - Alan Stern +USB device persistence during system suspend +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - September 2, 2006 (Updated February 25, 2008) +:Author: Alan Stern +:Date: September 2, 2006 (Updated February 25, 2008) - What is the problem? +What is the problem? +==================== According to the USB specification, when a USB bus is suspended the bus must continue to supply suspend current (around 1-5 mA). This @@ -63,7 +66,8 @@ suspended -- but it will crash as soon as it wakes up, which isn't much better.) - What is the solution? +What is the solution? +===================== The kernel includes a feature called USB-persist. It tries to work around these issues by allowing the core USB device data structures to @@ -99,7 +103,7 @@ now a good and happy place. Note that the "USB-persist" feature will be applied only to those devices for which it is enabled. You can enable the feature by doing -(as root): +(as root):: echo 1 >/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/persist @@ -110,7 +114,8 @@ doesn't even exist, so you only have to worry about setting it for devices where it really matters. - Is this the best solution? +Is this the best solution? +========================== Perhaps not. Arguably, keeping track of mounted filesystems and memory mappings across device disconnects should be handled by a @@ -130,7 +135,8 @@ just mass-storage devices. It might turn out to be equally useful for other device types, such as network interfaces. - WARNING: USB-persist can be dangerous!! +WARNING: USB-persist can be dangerous!! +======================================= When recovering an interrupted power session the kernel does its best to make sure the USB device hasn't been changed; that is, the same diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst similarity index 69% rename from Documentation/usb/power-management.txt rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst index 00e7069971308b8bd82f13a6b5f8160bb9014134..79beb807996b7a3a17e08b5f1d6e31d4176d3fc2 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/power-management.rst @@ -1,10 +1,12 @@ - Power Management for USB +.. _usb-power-management: - Alan Stern - - Last-updated: February 2014 +Power Management for USB +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +:Author: Alan Stern +:Date: Last-updated: February 2014 +.. Contents: --------- * What is Power Management? @@ -25,14 +27,14 @@ * Suggested Userspace Port Power Policy - What is Power Management? - ------------------------- +What is Power Management? +------------------------- Power Management (PM) is the practice of saving energy by suspending parts of a computer system when they aren't being used. While a -component is "suspended" it is in a nonfunctional low-power state; it +component is ``suspended`` it is in a nonfunctional low-power state; it might even be turned off completely. A suspended component can be -"resumed" (returned to a functional full-power state) when the kernel +``resumed`` (returned to a functional full-power state) when the kernel needs to use it. (There also are forms of PM in which components are placed in a less functional but still usable state instead of being suspended; an example would be reducing the CPU's clock rate. This @@ -44,22 +46,25 @@ device is turned off while the system as a whole remains running, we call it a "dynamic suspend" (also known as a "runtime suspend" or "selective suspend"). This document concentrates mostly on how dynamic PM is implemented in the USB subsystem, although system PM is -covered to some extent (see Documentation/power/*.txt for more +covered to some extent (see ``Documentation/power/*.txt`` for more information about system PM). -System PM support is present only if the kernel was built with CONFIG_SUSPEND -or CONFIG_HIBERNATION enabled. Dynamic PM support for USB is present whenever -the kernel was built with CONFIG_PM enabled. +System PM support is present only if the kernel was built with +``CONFIG_SUSPEND`` or ``CONFIG_HIBERNATION`` enabled. Dynamic PM support + +for USB is present whenever +the kernel was built with ``CONFIG_PM`` enabled. [Historically, dynamic PM support for USB was present only if the -kernel had been built with CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND enabled (which depended on -CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME). Starting with the 3.10 kernel release, dynamic PM support -for USB was present whenever the kernel was built with CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME -enabled. The CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND option had been eliminated.] +kernel had been built with ``CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND`` enabled (which depended on +``CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME``). Starting with the 3.10 kernel release, dynamic PM +support for USB was present whenever the kernel was built with +``CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME`` enabled. The ``CONFIG_USB_SUSPEND`` option had been +eliminated.] - What is Remote Wakeup? - ---------------------- +What is Remote Wakeup? +---------------------- When a device has been suspended, it generally doesn't resume until the computer tells it to. Likewise, if the entire computer has been @@ -76,8 +81,8 @@ event. Examples include a suspended keyboard resuming when a key is pressed, or a suspended USB hub resuming when a device is plugged in. - When is a USB device idle? - -------------------------- +When is a USB device idle? +-------------------------- A device is idle whenever the kernel thinks it's not busy doing anything important and thus is a candidate for being suspended. The @@ -92,11 +97,11 @@ If a USB device has no driver, its usbfs file isn't open, and it isn't being accessed through sysfs, then it definitely is idle. - Forms of dynamic PM - ------------------- +Forms of dynamic PM +------------------- Dynamic suspends occur when the kernel decides to suspend an idle -device. This is called "autosuspend" for short. In general, a device +device. This is called ``autosuspend`` for short. In general, a device won't be autosuspended unless it has been idle for some minimum period of time, the so-called idle-delay time. @@ -125,51 +130,51 @@ all dynamic suspend events are internal; external agents are not allowed to issue dynamic suspends. - The user interface for dynamic PM - --------------------------------- +The user interface for dynamic PM +--------------------------------- -The user interface for controlling dynamic PM is located in the power/ +The user interface for controlling dynamic PM is located in the ``power/`` subdirectory of each USB device's sysfs directory, that is, in -/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/ where "..." is the device's ID. The +``/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/`` where "..." is the device's ID. The relevant attribute files are: wakeup, control, and -autosuspend_delay_ms. (There may also be a file named "level"; this +``autosuspend_delay_ms``. (There may also be a file named ``level``; this file was deprecated as of the 2.6.35 kernel and replaced by the -"control" file. In 2.6.38 the "autosuspend" file will be deprecated -and replaced by the "autosuspend_delay_ms" file. The only difference +``control`` file. In 2.6.38 the ``autosuspend`` file will be deprecated +and replaced by the ``autosuspend_delay_ms`` file. The only difference is that the newer file expresses the delay in milliseconds whereas the older file uses seconds. Confusingly, both files are present in 2.6.37 -but only "autosuspend" works.) +but only ``autosuspend`` works.) - power/wakeup + ``power/wakeup`` This file is empty if the device does not support remote wakeup. Otherwise the file contains either the - word "enabled" or the word "disabled", and you can + word ``enabled`` or the word ``disabled``, and you can write those words to the file. The setting determines whether or not remote wakeup will be enabled when the device is next suspended. (If the setting is changed while the device is suspended, the change won't take effect until the following suspend.) - power/control + ``power/control`` - This file contains one of two words: "on" or "auto". + This file contains one of two words: ``on`` or ``auto``. You can write those words to the file to change the device's setting. - "on" means that the device should be resumed and - autosuspend is not allowed. (Of course, system - suspends are still allowed.) + - ``on`` means that the device should be resumed and + autosuspend is not allowed. (Of course, system + suspends are still allowed.) - "auto" is the normal state in which the kernel is - allowed to autosuspend and autoresume the device. + - ``auto`` is the normal state in which the kernel is + allowed to autosuspend and autoresume the device. (In kernels up to 2.6.32, you could also specify - "suspend", meaning that the device should remain + ``suspend``, meaning that the device should remain suspended and autoresume was not allowed. This setting is no longer supported.) - power/autosuspend_delay_ms + ``power/autosuspend_delay_ms`` This file contains an integer value, which is the number of milliseconds the device should remain idle @@ -180,31 +185,31 @@ but only "autosuspend" works.) number to the file to change the autosuspend idle-delay time. -Writing "-1" to power/autosuspend_delay_ms and writing "on" to -power/control do essentially the same thing -- they both prevent the +Writing ``-1`` to ``power/autosuspend_delay_ms`` and writing ``on`` to +``power/control`` do essentially the same thing -- they both prevent the device from being autosuspended. Yes, this is a redundancy in the API. -(In 2.6.21 writing "0" to power/autosuspend would prevent the device +(In 2.6.21 writing ``0`` to ``power/autosuspend`` would prevent the device from being autosuspended; the behavior was changed in 2.6.22. The -power/autosuspend attribute did not exist prior to 2.6.21, and the -power/level attribute did not exist prior to 2.6.22. power/control -was added in 2.6.34, and power/autosuspend_delay_ms was added in +``power/autosuspend`` attribute did not exist prior to 2.6.21, and the +``power/level`` attribute did not exist prior to 2.6.22. ``power/control`` +was added in 2.6.34, and ``power/autosuspend_delay_ms`` was added in 2.6.37 but did not become functional until 2.6.38.) - Changing the default idle-delay time - ------------------------------------ +Changing the default idle-delay time +------------------------------------ The default autosuspend idle-delay time (in seconds) is controlled by a module parameter in usbcore. You can specify the value when usbcore is loaded. For example, to set it to 5 seconds instead of 2 you would -do: +do:: modprobe usbcore autosuspend=5 Equivalently, you could add to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d -a line saying: +a line saying:: options usbcore autosuspend=5 @@ -214,14 +219,14 @@ image. To alter the parameter value you would have to rebuild that image. If usbcore is compiled into the kernel rather than built as a loadable -module, you can add +module, you can add:: usbcore.autosuspend=5 to the kernel's boot command line. Finally, the parameter value can be changed while the system is -running. If you do: +running. If you do:: echo 5 >/sys/module/usbcore/parameters/autosuspend @@ -234,8 +239,8 @@ autosuspend of any USB device. This has the benefit of allowing you then to enable autosuspend for selected devices. - Warnings - -------- +Warnings +-------- The USB specification states that all USB devices must support power management. Nevertheless, the sad fact is that many devices do not @@ -246,7 +251,7 @@ among printers and scanners, but plenty of other types of device have the same deficiency. For this reason, by default the kernel disables autosuspend (the -power/control attribute is initialized to "on") for all devices other +``power/control`` attribute is initialized to ``on``) for all devices other than hubs. Hubs, at least, appear to be reasonably well-behaved in this regard. @@ -284,30 +289,30 @@ device by suspending it at the wrong time. (Highly unlikely, but possible.) Take care. - The driver interface for Power Management - ----------------------------------------- +The driver interface for Power Management +----------------------------------------- The requirements for a USB driver to support external power management -are pretty modest; the driver need only define +are pretty modest; the driver need only define:: .suspend .resume .reset_resume -methods in its usb_driver structure, and the reset_resume method is -optional. The methods' jobs are quite simple: +methods in its :c:type:`usb_driver` structure, and the ``reset_resume`` method +is optional. The methods' jobs are quite simple: - The suspend method is called to warn the driver that the + - The ``suspend`` method is called to warn the driver that the device is going to be suspended. If the driver returns a negative error code, the suspend will be aborted. Normally the driver will return 0, in which case it must cancel all - outstanding URBs (usb_kill_urb()) and not submit any more. + outstanding URBs (:c:func:`usb_kill_urb`) and not submit any more. - The resume method is called to tell the driver that the + - The ``resume`` method is called to tell the driver that the device has been resumed and the driver can return to normal operation. URBs may once more be submitted. - The reset_resume method is called to tell the driver that + - The ``reset_resume`` method is called to tell the driver that the device has been resumed and it also has been reset. The driver should redo any necessary device initialization, since the device has probably lost most or all of its state @@ -315,22 +320,22 @@ optional. The methods' jobs are quite simple: before the suspend). If the device is disconnected or powered down while it is suspended, -the disconnect method will be called instead of the resume or -reset_resume method. This is also quite likely to happen when +the ``disconnect`` method will be called instead of the ``resume`` or +``reset_resume`` method. This is also quite likely to happen when waking up from hibernation, as many systems do not maintain suspend current to the USB host controllers during hibernation. (It's possible to work around the hibernation-forces-disconnect problem by using the USB Persist facility.) -The reset_resume method is used by the USB Persist facility (see -Documentation/usb/persist.txt) and it can also be used under certain -circumstances when CONFIG_USB_PERSIST is not enabled. Currently, if a +The ``reset_resume`` method is used by the USB Persist facility (see +:ref:`usb-persist`) and it can also be used under certain +circumstances when ``CONFIG_USB_PERSIST`` is not enabled. Currently, if a device is reset during a resume and the driver does not have a -reset_resume method, the driver won't receive any notification about -the resume. Later kernels will call the driver's disconnect method; +``reset_resume`` method, the driver won't receive any notification about +the resume. Later kernels will call the driver's ``disconnect`` method; 2.6.23 doesn't do this. -USB drivers are bound to interfaces, so their suspend and resume +USB drivers are bound to interfaces, so their ``suspend`` and ``resume`` methods get called when the interfaces are suspended or resumed. In principle one might want to suspend some interfaces on a device (i.e., force the drivers for those interface to stop all activity) without @@ -341,15 +346,15 @@ to suspend or resume some but not all of a device's interfaces. The closest you can come is to unbind the interfaces' drivers. - The driver interface for autosuspend and autoresume - --------------------------------------------------- +The driver interface for autosuspend and autoresume +--------------------------------------------------- To support autosuspend and autoresume, a driver should implement all three of the methods listed above. In addition, a driver indicates -that it supports autosuspend by setting the .supports_autosuspend flag +that it supports autosuspend by setting the ``.supports_autosuspend`` flag in its usb_driver structure. It is then responsible for informing the USB core whenever one of its interfaces becomes busy or idle. The -driver does so by calling these six functions: +driver does so by calling these six functions:: int usb_autopm_get_interface(struct usb_interface *intf); void usb_autopm_put_interface(struct usb_interface *intf); @@ -368,41 +373,41 @@ autosuspend the device. Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver is unbound from its interface. As a corollary, drivers must not call -any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their disconnect() routine has -returned. +any of the ``usb_autopm_*`` functions after their ``disconnect`` +routine has returned. Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own synchronization and mutual exclusion. - usb_autopm_get_interface() increments the usage counter and + :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface` increments the usage counter and does an autoresume if the device is suspended. If the autoresume fails, the counter is decremented back. - usb_autopm_put_interface() decrements the usage counter and + :c:func:`usb_autopm_put_interface` decrements the usage counter and attempts an autosuspend if the new value is = 0. - usb_autopm_get_interface_async() and - usb_autopm_put_interface_async() do almost the same things as + :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface_async` and + :c:func:`usb_autopm_put_interface_async` do almost the same things as their non-async counterparts. The big difference is that they use a workqueue to do the resume or suspend part of their jobs. As a result they can be called in an atomic context, such as an URB's completion handler, but when they return the device will generally not yet be in the desired state. - usb_autopm_get_interface_no_resume() and - usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend() merely increment or + :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface_no_resume` and + :c:func:`usb_autopm_put_interface_no_suspend` merely increment or decrement the usage counter; they do not attempt to carry out an autoresume or an autosuspend. Hence they can be called in an atomic context. The simplest usage pattern is that a driver calls -usb_autopm_get_interface() in its open routine and -usb_autopm_put_interface() in its close or release routine. But other +:c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface` in its open routine and +:c:func:`usb_autopm_put_interface` in its close or release routine. But other patterns are possible. The autosuspend attempts mentioned above will often fail for one -reason or another. For example, the power/control attribute might be -set to "on", or another interface in the same device might not be +reason or another. For example, the ``power/control`` attribute might be +set to ``on``, or another interface in the same device might not be idle. This is perfectly normal. If the reason for failure was that the device hasn't been idle for long enough, a timer is scheduled to carry out the operation automatically when the autosuspend idle-delay @@ -413,37 +418,37 @@ the device is no longer present or operating properly. Unlike autosuspend, there's no idle-delay for an autoresume. - Other parts of the driver interface - ----------------------------------- +Other parts of the driver interface +----------------------------------- -Drivers can enable autosuspend for their devices by calling +Drivers can enable autosuspend for their devices by calling:: usb_enable_autosuspend(struct usb_device *udev); -in their probe() routine, if they know that the device is capable of +in their :c:func:`probe` routine, if they know that the device is capable of suspending and resuming correctly. This is exactly equivalent to -writing "auto" to the device's power/control attribute. Likewise, -drivers can disable autosuspend by calling +writing ``auto`` to the device's ``power/control`` attribute. Likewise, +drivers can disable autosuspend by calling:: usb_disable_autosuspend(struct usb_device *udev); -This is exactly the same as writing "on" to the power/control attribute. +This is exactly the same as writing ``on`` to the ``power/control`` attribute. Sometimes a driver needs to make sure that remote wakeup is enabled during autosuspend. For example, there's not much point autosuspending a keyboard if the user can't cause the keyboard to do a remote wakeup by typing on it. If the driver sets -intf->needs_remote_wakeup to 1, the kernel won't autosuspend the +``intf->needs_remote_wakeup`` to 1, the kernel won't autosuspend the device if remote wakeup isn't available. (If the device is already autosuspended, though, setting this flag won't cause the kernel to -autoresume it. Normally a driver would set this flag in its probe +autoresume it. Normally a driver would set this flag in its ``probe`` method, at which time the device is guaranteed not to be autosuspended.) If a driver does its I/O asynchronously in interrupt context, it -should call usb_autopm_get_interface_async() before starting output and -usb_autopm_put_interface_async() when the output queue drains. When -it receives an input event, it should call +should call :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface_async` before starting output and +:c:func:`usb_autopm_put_interface_async` when the output queue drains. When +it receives an input event, it should call:: usb_mark_last_busy(struct usb_device *udev); @@ -453,41 +458,41 @@ be pushed back. Many of the usb_autopm_* routines also make this call, so drivers need to worry only when interrupt-driven input arrives. Asynchronous operation is always subject to races. For example, a -driver may call the usb_autopm_get_interface_async() routine at a time +driver may call the :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface_async` routine at a time when the core has just finished deciding the device has been idle for -long enough but not yet gotten around to calling the driver's suspend -method. The suspend method must be responsible for synchronizing with +long enough but not yet gotten around to calling the driver's ``suspend`` +method. The ``suspend`` method must be responsible for synchronizing with the I/O request routine and the URB completion handler; it should cause autosuspends to fail with -EBUSY if the driver needs to use the device. External suspend calls should never be allowed to fail in this way, only autosuspend calls. The driver can tell them apart by applying -the PMSG_IS_AUTO() macro to the message argument to the suspend +the :c:func:`PMSG_IS_AUTO` macro to the message argument to the ``suspend`` method; it will return True for internal PM events (autosuspend) and False for external PM events. - Mutual exclusion - ---------------- +Mutual exclusion +---------------- For external events -- but not necessarily for autosuspend or autoresume -- the device semaphore (udev->dev.sem) will be held when a -suspend or resume method is called. This implies that external -suspend/resume events are mutually exclusive with calls to probe, -disconnect, pre_reset, and post_reset; the USB core guarantees that +``suspend`` or ``resume`` method is called. This implies that external +suspend/resume events are mutually exclusive with calls to ``probe``, +``disconnect``, ``pre_reset``, and ``post_reset``; the USB core guarantees that this is true of autosuspend/autoresume events as well. If a driver wants to block all suspend/resume calls during some critical section, the best way is to lock the device and call -usb_autopm_get_interface() (and do the reverse at the end of the +:c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface` (and do the reverse at the end of the critical section). Holding the device semaphore will block all -external PM calls, and the usb_autopm_get_interface() will prevent any +external PM calls, and the :c:func:`usb_autopm_get_interface` will prevent any internal PM calls, even if it fails. (Exercise: Why?) - Interaction between dynamic PM and system PM - -------------------------------------------- +Interaction between dynamic PM and system PM +-------------------------------------------- Dynamic power management and system power management can interact in a couple of ways. @@ -512,8 +517,8 @@ wakeup may fail and get lost. Which outcome occurs depends on timing and on the hardware and firmware design. - xHCI hardware link PM - --------------------- +xHCI hardware link PM +--------------------- xHCI host controller provides hardware link power management to usb2.0 (xHCI 1.0 feature) and usb3.0 devices which support link PM. By @@ -522,11 +527,11 @@ lower power state(L1 for usb2.0 devices, or U1/U2 for usb3.0 devices), which state device can enter and resume very quickly. The user interface for controlling hardware LPM is located in the -power/ subdirectory of each USB device's sysfs directory, that is, in -/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/ where "..." is the device's ID. The -relevant attribute files are usb2_hardware_lpm and usb3_hardware_lpm. +``power/`` subdirectory of each USB device's sysfs directory, that is, in +``/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../power/`` where "..." is the device's ID. The +relevant attribute files are ``usb2_hardware_lpm`` and ``usb3_hardware_lpm``. - power/usb2_hardware_lpm + ``power/usb2_hardware_lpm`` When a USB2 device which support LPM is plugged to a xHCI host root hub which support software LPM, the @@ -537,8 +542,8 @@ relevant attribute files are usb2_hardware_lpm and usb3_hardware_lpm. can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable USB2 hardware LPM manually. This is for test purpose mainly. - power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1 - power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2 + ``power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u1`` + ``power/usb3_hardware_lpm_u2`` When a USB 3.0 lpm-capable device is plugged in to a xHCI host which supports link PM, it will check if U1 @@ -550,29 +555,31 @@ relevant attribute files are usb2_hardware_lpm and usb3_hardware_lpm. indicating whether or not USB3 hardware LPM U1 or U2 is enabled for the device. - USB Port Power Control - ---------------------- +USB Port Power Control +---------------------- In addition to suspending endpoint devices and enabling hardware controlled link power management, the USB subsystem also has the capability to disable power to ports under some conditions. Power is -controlled through Set/ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) requests to a hub. +controlled through ``Set/ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER)`` requests to a hub. In the case of a root or platform-internal hub the host controller -driver translates PORT_POWER requests into platform firmware (ACPI) +driver translates ``PORT_POWER`` requests into platform firmware (ACPI) method calls to set the port power state. For more background see the -Linux Plumbers Conference 2012 slides [1] and video [2]: +Linux Plumbers Conference 2012 slides [#f1]_ and video [#f2]_: -Upon receiving a ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) request a USB port is -logically off, and may trigger the actual loss of VBUS to the port [3]. +Upon receiving a ``ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER)`` request a USB port is +logically off, and may trigger the actual loss of VBUS to the port [#f3]_. VBUS may be maintained in the case where a hub gangs multiple ports into a shared power well causing power to remain until all ports in the gang are turned off. VBUS may also be maintained by hub ports configured for a charging application. In any event a logically off port will lose connection with its device, not respond to hotplug events, and not -respond to remote wakeup events*. +respond to remote wakeup events. + +.. warning:: -WARNING: turning off a port may result in the inability to hot add a device. -Please see "User Interface for Port Power Control" for details. + turning off a port may result in the inability to hot add a device. + Please see "User Interface for Port Power Control" for details. As far as the effect on the device itself it is similar to what a device goes through during system suspend, i.e. the power session is lost. Any @@ -581,38 +588,49 @@ similarly affected by a port power cycle event. For this reason the implementation shares the same device recovery path (and honors the same quirks) as the system resume path for the hub. -[1]: http://dl.dropbox.com/u/96820575/sarah-sharp-lpt-port-power-off2-mini.pdf -[2]: http://linuxplumbers.ubicast.tv/videos/usb-port-power-off-kerneluserspace-api/ -[3]: USB 3.1 Section 10.12 -* wakeup note: if a device is configured to send wakeup events the port +.. [#f1] + + http://dl.dropbox.com/u/96820575/sarah-sharp-lpt-port-power-off2-mini.pdf + +.. [#f2] + + http://linuxplumbers.ubicast.tv/videos/usb-port-power-off-kerneluserspace-api/ + +.. [#f3] + + USB 3.1 Section 10.12 + + wakeup note: if a device is configured to send wakeup events the port power control implementation will block poweroff attempts on that port. - User Interface for Port Power Control - ------------------------------------- +User Interface for Port Power Control +------------------------------------- The port power control mechanism uses the PM runtime system. Poweroff is -requested by clearing the power/pm_qos_no_power_off flag of the port device +requested by clearing the ``power/pm_qos_no_power_off`` flag of the port device (defaults to 1). If the port is disconnected it will immediately receive a -ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER) request. Otherwise, it will honor the pm runtime -rules and require the attached child device and all descendants to be suspended. -This mechanism is dependent on the hub advertising port power switching in its -hub descriptor (wHubCharacteristics logical power switching mode field). +``ClearPortFeature(PORT_POWER)`` request. Otherwise, it will honor the pm +runtime rules and require the attached child device and all descendants to be +suspended. This mechanism is dependent on the hub advertising port power +switching in its hub descriptor (wHubCharacteristics logical power switching +mode field). Note, some interface devices/drivers do not support autosuspend. Userspace may -need to unbind the interface drivers before the usb_device will suspend. An -unbound interface device is suspended by default. When unbinding, be careful -to unbind interface drivers, not the driver of the parent usb device. Also, -leave hub interface drivers bound. If the driver for the usb device (not -interface) is unbound the kernel is no longer able to resume the device. If a -hub interface driver is unbound, control of its child ports is lost and all -attached child-devices will disconnect. A good rule of thumb is that if the -'driver/module' link for a device points to /sys/module/usbcore then unbinding -it will interfere with port power control. +need to unbind the interface drivers before the :c:type:`usb_device` will +suspend. An unbound interface device is suspended by default. When unbinding, +be careful to unbind interface drivers, not the driver of the parent usb +device. Also, leave hub interface drivers bound. If the driver for the usb +device (not interface) is unbound the kernel is no longer able to resume the +device. If a hub interface driver is unbound, control of its child ports is +lost and all attached child-devices will disconnect. A good rule of thumb is +that if the 'driver/module' link for a device points to +``/sys/module/usbcore`` then unbinding it will interfere with port power +control. Example of the relevant files for port power control. Note, in this example -these files are relative to a usb hub device (prefix). +these files are relative to a usb hub device (prefix):: prefix=/sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:14.0/usb3/3-1 @@ -631,10 +649,10 @@ these files are relative to a usb hub device (prefix). In addition to these files some ports may have a 'peer' link to a port on another hub. The expectation is that all superspeed ports have a -hi-speed peer. +hi-speed peer:: -$prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1 -../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1 + $prefix/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1 + ../../../../usb2/2-1/2-1:1.0/2-1-port1/peer -> ../../../../usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/3-1-port1 Distinct from 'companion ports', or 'ehci/xhci shared switchover ports' peer ports are simply the hi-speed and superspeed interface pins that @@ -645,24 +663,26 @@ While a superspeed port is powered off a device may downgrade its connection and attempt to connect to the hi-speed pins. The implementation takes steps to prevent this: -1/ Port suspend is sequenced to guarantee that hi-speed ports are powered-off +1. Port suspend is sequenced to guarantee that hi-speed ports are powered-off before their superspeed peer is permitted to power-off. The implication is - that the setting pm_qos_no_power_off to zero on a superspeed port may not cause - the port to power-off until its highspeed peer has gone to its runtime suspend - state. Userspace must take care to order the suspensions if it wants to - guarantee that a superspeed port will power-off. + that the setting ``pm_qos_no_power_off`` to zero on a superspeed port may + not cause the port to power-off until its highspeed peer has gone to its + runtime suspend state. Userspace must take care to order the suspensions + if it wants to guarantee that a superspeed port will power-off. -2/ Port resume is sequenced to force a superspeed port to power-on prior to its +2. Port resume is sequenced to force a superspeed port to power-on prior to its highspeed peer. -3/ Port resume always triggers an attached child device to resume. After a +3. Port resume always triggers an attached child device to resume. After a power session is lost the device may have been removed, or need reset. Resuming the child device when the parent port regains power resolves those - states and clamps the maximum port power cycle frequency at the rate the child - device can suspend (autosuspend-delay) and resume (reset-resume latency). + states and clamps the maximum port power cycle frequency at the rate the + child device can suspend (autosuspend-delay) and resume (reset-resume + latency). Sysfs files relevant for port power control: - /power/pm_qos_no_power_off: + + ``/power/pm_qos_no_power_off``: This writable flag controls the state of an idle port. Once all children and descendants have suspended the port may suspend/poweroff provided that @@ -670,24 +690,24 @@ Sysfs files relevant for port power control: '1' the port will remain active/powered regardless of the stats of descendants. Defaults to 1. - /power/runtime_status: + ``/power/runtime_status``: This file reflects whether the port is 'active' (power is on) or 'suspended' (logically off). There is no indication to userspace whether VBUS is still supplied. - /connect_type: + ``/connect_type``: An advisory read-only flag to userspace indicating the location and connection type of the port. It returns one of four values 'hotplug', 'hardwired', 'not used', and 'unknown'. All values, besides unknown, are set by platform firmware. - "hotplug" indicates an externally connectable/visible + ``hotplug`` indicates an externally connectable/visible port on the platform. Typically userspace would choose to keep such a port powered to handle new device connection events. - "hardwired" refers to a port that is not visible but + ``hardwired`` refers to a port that is not visible but connectable. Examples are internal ports for USB bluetooth that can be disconnected via an external switch or a port with a hardwired USB camera. It is @@ -698,48 +718,50 @@ Sysfs files relevant for port power control: powering off, or to activate the port prior to enabling connection via a switch. - "not used" refers to an internal port that is expected + ``not used`` refers to an internal port that is expected to never have a device connected to it. These may be empty internal ports, or ports that are not physically exposed on a platform. Considered safe to be powered-off at all times. - "unknown" means platform firmware does not provide + ``unknown`` means platform firmware does not provide information for this port. Most commonly refers to external hub ports which should be considered 'hotplug' for policy decisions. - NOTE1: since we are relying on the BIOS to get this ACPI - information correct, the USB port descriptions may be - missing or wrong. + .. note:: + + - since we are relying on the BIOS to get this ACPI + information correct, the USB port descriptions may + be missing or wrong. - NOTE2: Take care in clearing pm_qos_no_power_off. Once - power is off this port will - not respond to new connect events. + - Take care in clearing ``pm_qos_no_power_off``. Once + power is off this port will + not respond to new connect events. Once a child device is attached additional constraints are applied before the port is allowed to poweroff. - /power/control: - Must be 'auto', and the port will not - power down until /power/runtime_status + ``/power/control``: + Must be ``auto``, and the port will not + power down until ``/power/runtime_status`` reflects the 'suspended' state. Default value is controlled by child device driver. - /power/persist: - This defaults to '1' for most devices and indicates if + ``/power/persist``: + This defaults to ``1`` for most devices and indicates if kernel can persist the device's configuration across a power session loss (suspend / port-power event). When - this value is '0' (quirky devices), port poweroff is + this value is ``0`` (quirky devices), port poweroff is disabled. - /driver/unbind: + ``/driver/unbind``: Wakeup capable devices will block port poweroff. At this time the only mechanism to clear the usb-internal wakeup-capability for an interface device is to unbind its driver. -Summary of poweroff pre-requisite settings relative to a port device: +Summary of poweroff pre-requisite settings relative to a port device:: echo 0 > power/pm_qos_no_power_off echo 0 > peer/power/pm_qos_no_power_off # if it exists @@ -747,14 +769,14 @@ Summary of poweroff pre-requisite settings relative to a port device: echo auto > /power/control echo 1 > /power/persist # this is the default value - Suggested Userspace Port Power Policy - ------------------------------------- +Suggested Userspace Port Power Policy +------------------------------------- As noted above userspace needs to be careful and deliberate about what ports are enabled for poweroff. The default configuration is that all ports start with -power/pm_qos_no_power_off set to '1' causing ports to always remain +``power/pm_qos_no_power_off`` set to ``1`` causing ports to always remain active. Given confidence in the platform firmware's description of the ports @@ -764,7 +786,7 @@ done for 'hardwired' ports provided poweroff is coordinated with any connection switch for the port. A more aggressive userspace policy is to enable USB port power off for -all ports (set /power/pm_qos_no_power_off to '0') when +all ports (set ``/power/pm_qos_no_power_off`` to ``0``) when some external factor indicates the user has stopped interacting with the system. For example, a distro may want to enable power off all USB ports when the screen blanks, and re-power them when the screen becomes diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/usb.rst similarity index 50% rename from Documentation/driver-api/usb.rst rename to Documentation/driver-api/usb/usb.rst index 851cc40b66b523d8778e968bc0a6a9f459ac2b9a..dba0f876b36f4dc1f52c412f82896972b36d208a 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-api/usb.rst +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/usb.rst @@ -1,3 +1,5 @@ +.. _usb-hostside-api: + =========================== The Linux-USB Host Side API =========================== @@ -102,16 +104,21 @@ disconnect testing (while the device is active) with each different host controller driver, to make sure drivers don't have bugs of their own as well as to make sure they aren't relying on some HCD-specific behavior. +.. _usb_chapter9: + USB-Standard Types ================== In ```` you will find the USB data types defined in chapter 9 of the USB specification. These data types are used throughout -USB, and in APIs including this host side API, gadget APIs, and usbfs. +USB, and in APIs including this host side API, gadget APIs, usb character +devices and debugfs interfaces. .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/usb/ch9.h :internal: +.. _usb_header: + Host-Side Data Types and Macros =============================== @@ -198,173 +205,110 @@ significantly reduce hcd-specific behaviors. .. kernel-doc:: drivers/usb/core/buffer.c :internal: -The USB Filesystem (usbfs) -========================== +The USB character device nodes +============================== -This chapter presents the Linux *usbfs*. You may prefer to avoid writing -new kernel code for your USB driver; that's the problem that usbfs set -out to solve. User mode device drivers are usually packaged as -applications or libraries, and may use usbfs through some programming -library that wraps it. Such libraries include -`libusb `__ for C/C++, and -`jUSB `__ for Java. +This chapter presents the Linux character device nodes. You may prefer +to avoid writing new kernel code for your USB driver. User mode device +drivers are usually packaged as applications or libraries, and may use +character devices through some programming library that wraps it. +Such libraries include: - **Note** + - `libusb `__ for C/C++, and + - `jUSB `__ for Java. - This particular documentation is incomplete, especially with respect - to the asynchronous mode. As of kernel 2.5.66 the code and this - (new) documentation need to be cross-reviewed. +Some old information about it can be seen at the "USB Device Filesystem" +section of the USB Guide. The latest copy of the USB Guide can be found +at http://www.linux-usb.org/ -Configure usbfs into Linux kernels by enabling the *USB filesystem* -option (CONFIG_USB_DEVICEFS), and you get basic support for user mode -USB device drivers. Until relatively recently it was often (confusingly) -called *usbdevfs* although it wasn't solving what *devfs* was. Every USB -device will appear in usbfs, regardless of whether or not it has a -kernel driver. +.. note:: -What files are in "usbfs"? --------------------------- + - They were used to be implemented via *usbfs*, but this is not part of + the sysfs debug interface. -Conventionally mounted at ``/proc/bus/usb``, usbfs features include: + - This particular documentation is incomplete, especially with respect + to the asynchronous mode. As of kernel 2.5.66 the code and this + (new) documentation need to be cross-reviewed. -- ``/proc/bus/usb/devices`` ... a text file showing each of the USB - devices on known to the kernel, and their configuration descriptors. - You can also poll() this to learn about new devices. +What files are in "devtmpfs"? +----------------------------- -- ``/proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD`` ... magic files exposing the each device's +Conventionally mounted at ``/dev/bus/usb/``, usbfs features include: + +- ``/dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD`` ... magic files exposing the each device's configuration descriptors, and supporting a series of ioctls for making device requests, including I/O to devices. (Purely for access by programs.) -Each bus is given a number (BBB) based on when it was enumerated; within -each bus, each device is given a similar number (DDD). Those BBB/DDD +Each bus is given a number (``BBB``) based on when it was enumerated; within +each bus, each device is given a similar number (``DDD``). Those ``BBB/DDD`` paths are not "stable" identifiers; expect them to change even if you always leave the devices plugged in to the same hub port. *Don't even think of saving these in application configuration files.* Stable identifiers are available, for user mode applications that want to use them. HID and networking devices expose these stable IDs, so that for example you can be sure that you told the right UPS to power down its -second server. "usbfs" doesn't (yet) expose those IDs. - -Mounting and Access Control ---------------------------- - -There are a number of mount options for usbfs, which will be of most -interest to you if you need to override the default access control -policy. That policy is that only root may read or write device files -(``/proc/bus/BBB/DDD``) although anyone may read the ``devices`` or -``drivers`` files. I/O requests to the device also need the -CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability, - -The significance of that is that by default, all user mode device -drivers need super-user privileges. You can change modes or ownership in -a driver setup when the device hotplugs, or maye just start the driver -right then, as a privileged server (or some activity within one). That's -the most secure approach for multi-user systems, but for single user -systems ("trusted" by that user) it's more convenient just to grant -everyone all access (using the *devmode=0666* option) so the driver can -start whenever it's needed. - -The mount options for usbfs, usable in /etc/fstab or in command line -invocations of *mount*, are: - -*busgid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the GID used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB directories. - (Default: 0) - -*busmode*\ =MMM - Controls the file mode used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB directories. - (Default: 0555) - -*busuid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the UID used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB directories. - (Default: 0) - -*devgid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the GID used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. (Default: - 0) - -*devmode*\ =MMM - Controls the file mode used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. - (Default: 0644) - -*devuid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the UID used for the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. (Default: - 0) - -*listgid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the GID used for the /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers - files. (Default: 0) - -*listmode*\ =MMM - Controls the file mode used for the /proc/bus/usb/devices and - drivers files. (Default: 0444) +second server. Pleast note that it doesn't (yet) expose those IDs. -*listuid*\ =NNNNN - Controls the UID used for the /proc/bus/usb/devices and drivers - files. (Default: 0) - -Note that many Linux distributions hard-wire the mount options for usbfs -in their init scripts, such as ``/etc/rc.d/rc.sysinit``, rather than -making it easy to set this per-system policy in ``/etc/fstab``. - -/proc/bus/usb/devices ---------------------- - -This file is handy for status viewing tools in user mode, which can scan -the text format and ignore most of it. More detailed device status -(including class and vendor status) is available from device-specific -files. For information about the current format of this file, see the -``Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt`` file in your Linux kernel -sources. - -This file, in combination with the poll() system call, can also be used -to detect when devices are added or removed: - -:: - - int fd; - struct pollfd pfd; - - fd = open("/proc/bus/usb/devices", O_RDONLY); - pfd = { fd, POLLIN, 0 }; - for (;;) { - /* The first time through, this call will return immediately. */ - poll(&pfd, 1, -1); - - /* To see what's changed, compare the file's previous and current - contents or scan the filesystem. (Scanning is more precise.) */ - } - -Note that this behavior is intended to be used for informational and -debug purposes. It would be more appropriate to use programs such as -udev or HAL to initialize a device or start a user-mode helper program, -for instance. - -/proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD ---------------------- +/dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD +-------------------- Use these files in one of these basic ways: -*They can be read,* producing first the device descriptor (18 bytes) and -then the descriptors for the current configuration. See the USB 2.0 spec -for details about those binary data formats. You'll need to convert most -multibyte values from little endian format to your native host byte -order, although a few of the fields in the device descriptor (both of -the BCD-encoded fields, and the vendor and product IDs) will be -byteswapped for you. Note that configuration descriptors include -descriptors for interfaces, altsettings, endpoints, and maybe additional -class descriptors. - -*Perform USB operations* using *ioctl()* requests to make endpoint I/O -requests (synchronously or asynchronously) or manage the device. These -requests need the CAP_SYS_RAWIO capability, as well as filesystem -access permissions. Only one ioctl request can be made on one of these -device files at a time. This means that if you are synchronously reading -an endpoint from one thread, you won't be able to write to a different -endpoint from another thread until the read completes. This works for -*half duplex* protocols, but otherwise you'd use asynchronous i/o -requests. +- *They can be read,* producing first the device descriptor (18 bytes) and + then the descriptors for the current configuration. See the USB 2.0 spec + for details about those binary data formats. You'll need to convert most + multibyte values from little endian format to your native host byte + order, although a few of the fields in the device descriptor (both of + the BCD-encoded fields, and the vendor and product IDs) will be + byteswapped for you. Note that configuration descriptors include + descriptors for interfaces, altsettings, endpoints, and maybe additional + class descriptors. + +- *Perform USB operations* using *ioctl()* requests to make endpoint I/O + requests (synchronously or asynchronously) or manage the device. These + requests need the ``CAP_SYS_RAWIO`` capability, as well as filesystem + access permissions. Only one ioctl request can be made on one of these + device files at a time. This means that if you are synchronously reading + an endpoint from one thread, you won't be able to write to a different + endpoint from another thread until the read completes. This works for + *half duplex* protocols, but otherwise you'd use asynchronous i/o + requests. + +Each connected USB device has one file. The ``BBB`` indicates the bus +number. The ``DDD`` indicates the device address on that bus. Both +of these numbers are assigned sequentially, and can be reused, so +you can't rely on them for stable access to devices. For example, +it's relatively common for devices to re-enumerate while they are +still connected (perhaps someone jostled their power supply, hub, +or USB cable), so a device might be ``002/027`` when you first connect +it and ``002/048`` sometime later. + +These files can be read as binary data. The binary data consists +of first the device descriptor, then the descriptors for each +configuration of the device. Multi-byte fields in the device descriptor +are converted to host endianness by the kernel. The configuration +descriptors are in bus endian format! The configuration descriptor +are wTotalLength bytes apart. If a device returns less configuration +descriptor data than indicated by wTotalLength there will be a hole in +the file for the missing bytes. This information is also shown +in text form by the ``/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices`` file, described later. + +These files may also be used to write user-level drivers for the USB +devices. You would open the ``/dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD`` file read/write, +read its descriptors to make sure it's the device you expect, and then +bind to an interface (or perhaps several) using an ioctl call. You +would issue more ioctls to the device to communicate to it using +control, bulk, or other kinds of USB transfers. The IOCTLs are +listed in the ```` file, and at this writing the +source code (``linux/drivers/usb/core/devio.c``) is the primary reference +for how to access devices through those files. + +Note that since by default these ``BBB/DDD`` files are writable only by +root, only root can write such user mode drivers. You can selectively +grant read/write permissions to other users by using ``chmod``. Also, +usbfs mount options such as ``devmode=0666`` may be helpful. + Life Cycle of User Mode Drivers ------------------------------- @@ -372,7 +316,7 @@ Life Cycle of User Mode Drivers Such a driver first needs to find a device file for a device it knows how to handle. Maybe it was told about it because a ``/sbin/hotplug`` event handling agent chose that driver to handle the new device. Or -maybe it's an application that scans all the /proc/bus/usb device files, +maybe it's an application that scans all the ``/dev/bus/usb`` device files, and ignores most devices. In either case, it should :c:func:`read()` all the descriptors from the device file, and check them against what it knows how to handle. It might just reject everything except a particular @@ -407,9 +351,7 @@ The ioctl() Requests -------------------- To use these ioctls, you need to include the following headers in your -userspace program: - -:: +userspace program:: #include #include @@ -422,8 +364,8 @@ header. Unless noted otherwise, the ioctl requests described here will update the modification time on the usbfs file to which they are applied (unless they fail). A return of zero indicates success; otherwise, a -standard USB error code is returned. (These are documented in -``Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt`` in your kernel sources.) +standard USB error code is returned (These are documented in +:ref:`usb-error-codes`). Each of these files multiplexes access to several I/O streams, one per endpoint. Each device has one control endpoint (endpoint zero) which @@ -458,14 +400,12 @@ USBDEVFS_CLAIMINTERFACE USBDEVFS_CONNECTINFO Says whether the device is lowspeed. The ioctl parameter points to a - structure like this: - - :: + structure like this:: - struct usbdevfs_connectinfo { - unsigned int devnum; - unsigned char slow; - }; + struct usbdevfs_connectinfo { + unsigned int devnum; + unsigned char slow; + }; File modification time is not updated by this request. @@ -477,45 +417,41 @@ USBDEVFS_CONNECTINFO USBDEVFS_GETDRIVER Returns the name of the kernel driver bound to a given interface (a string). Parameter is a pointer to this structure, which is - modified: + modified:: - :: - - struct usbdevfs_getdriver { - unsigned int interface; - char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1]; - }; + struct usbdevfs_getdriver { + unsigned int interface; + char driver[USBDEVFS_MAXDRIVERNAME + 1]; + }; File modification time is not updated by this request. USBDEVFS_IOCTL Passes a request from userspace through to a kernel driver that has - an ioctl entry in the *struct usb_driver* it registered. - - :: - - struct usbdevfs_ioctl { - int ifno; - int ioctl_code; - void *data; - }; - - /* user mode call looks like this. - * 'request' becomes the driver->ioctl() 'code' parameter. - * the size of 'param' is encoded in 'request', and that data - * is copied to or from the driver->ioctl() 'buf' parameter. - */ - static int - usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param) - { - struct usbdevfs_ioctl wrapper; - - wrapper.ifno = ifno; - wrapper.ioctl_code = request; - wrapper.data = param; - - return ioctl (fd, USBDEVFS_IOCTL, &wrapper); - } + an ioctl entry in the *struct usb_driver* it registered:: + + struct usbdevfs_ioctl { + int ifno; + int ioctl_code; + void *data; + }; + + /* user mode call looks like this. + * 'request' becomes the driver->ioctl() 'code' parameter. + * the size of 'param' is encoded in 'request', and that data + * is copied to or from the driver->ioctl() 'buf' parameter. + */ + static int + usbdev_ioctl (int fd, int ifno, unsigned request, void *param) + { + struct usbdevfs_ioctl wrapper; + + wrapper.ifno = ifno; + wrapper.ioctl_code = request; + wrapper.data = param; + + return ioctl (fd, USBDEVFS_IOCTL, &wrapper); + } File modification time is not updated by this request. @@ -534,11 +470,11 @@ USBDEVFS_RELEASEINTERFACE the number of the interface (bInterfaceNumber from descriptor); File modification time is not updated by this request. - **Warning** + .. warning:: - *No security check is made to ensure that the task which made - the claim is the one which is releasing it. This means that user - mode driver may interfere other ones.* + *No security check is made to ensure that the task which made + the claim is the one which is releasing it. This means that user + mode driver may interfere other ones.* USBDEVFS_RESETEP Resets the data toggle value for an endpoint (bulk or interrupt) to @@ -546,13 +482,13 @@ USBDEVFS_RESETEP as identified in the endpoint descriptor), with USB_DIR_IN added if the device's endpoint sends data to the host. - **Warning** + .. Warning:: - *Avoid using this request. It should probably be removed.* Using - it typically means the device and driver will lose toggle - synchronization. If you really lost synchronization, you likely - need to completely handshake with the device, using a request - like CLEAR_HALT or SET_INTERFACE. + *Avoid using this request. It should probably be removed.* Using + it typically means the device and driver will lose toggle + synchronization. If you really lost synchronization, you likely + need to completely handshake with the device, using a request + like CLEAR_HALT or SET_INTERFACE. USBDEVFS_DROP_PRIVILEGES This is used to relinquish the ability to do certain operations @@ -574,21 +510,19 @@ a time. USBDEVFS_BULK Issues a bulk read or write request to the device. The ioctl - parameter is a pointer to this structure: - - :: + parameter is a pointer to this structure:: - struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer { - unsigned int ep; - unsigned int len; - unsigned int timeout; /* in milliseconds */ - void *data; - }; + struct usbdevfs_bulktransfer { + unsigned int ep; + unsigned int len; + unsigned int timeout; /* in milliseconds */ + void *data; + }; - The "ep" value identifies a bulk endpoint number (1 to 15, as + The ``ep`` value identifies a bulk endpoint number (1 to 15, as identified in an endpoint descriptor), masked with USB_DIR_IN when referring to an endpoint which sends data to the host from the - device. The length of the data buffer is identified by "len"; Recent + device. The length of the data buffer is identified by ``len``; Recent kernels support requests up to about 128KBytes. *FIXME say how read length is returned, and how short reads are handled.*. @@ -600,31 +534,29 @@ USBDEVFS_CLEAR_HALT which sends data to the host from the device. Use this on bulk or interrupt endpoints which have stalled, - returning *-EPIPE* status to a data transfer request. Do not issue + returning ``-EPIPE`` status to a data transfer request. Do not issue the control request directly, since that could invalidate the host's record of the data toggle. USBDEVFS_CONTROL Issues a control request to the device. The ioctl parameter points - to a structure like this: - - :: - - struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer { - __u8 bRequestType; - __u8 bRequest; - __u16 wValue; - __u16 wIndex; - __u16 wLength; - __u32 timeout; /* in milliseconds */ - void *data; - }; + to a structure like this:: + + struct usbdevfs_ctrltransfer { + __u8 bRequestType; + __u8 bRequest; + __u16 wValue; + __u16 wIndex; + __u16 wLength; + __u32 timeout; /* in milliseconds */ + void *data; + }; The first eight bytes of this structure are the contents of the SETUP packet to be sent to the device; see the USB 2.0 specification for details. The bRequestType value is composed by combining a - USB_TYPE_\* value, a USB_DIR_\* value, and a USB_RECIP_\* - value (from **). If wLength is nonzero, it describes + ``USB_TYPE_*`` value, a ``USB_DIR_*`` value, and a ``USB_RECIP_*`` + value (from ``linux/usb.h``). If wLength is nonzero, it describes the length of the data buffer, which is either written to the device (USB_DIR_OUT) or read from the device (USB_DIR_IN). @@ -638,22 +570,20 @@ USBDEVFS_RESET the reset, this rebinds all device interfaces. File modification time is not updated by this request. - **Warning** +.. warning:: - *Avoid using this call* until some usbcore bugs get fixed, since - it does not fully synchronize device, interface, and driver (not - just usbfs) state. + *Avoid using this call* until some usbcore bugs get fixed, since + it does not fully synchronize device, interface, and driver (not + just usbfs) state. USBDEVFS_SETINTERFACE Sets the alternate setting for an interface. The ioctl parameter is - a pointer to a structure like this: + a pointer to a structure like this:: - :: - - struct usbdevfs_setinterface { - unsigned int interface; - unsigned int altsetting; - }; + struct usbdevfs_setinterface { + unsigned int interface; + unsigned int altsetting; + }; File modification time is not updated by this request. @@ -669,11 +599,11 @@ USBDEVFS_SETCONFIGURATION configuration (bConfigurationValue from descriptor). File modification time is not updated by this request. - **Warning** +.. warning:: - *Avoid using this call* until some usbcore bugs get fixed, since - it does not fully synchronize device, interface, and driver (not - just usbfs) state. + *Avoid using this call* until some usbcore bugs get fixed, since + it does not fully synchronize device, interface, and driver (not + just usbfs) state. Asynchronous I/O Support ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -688,7 +618,7 @@ the blocking is separate. These requests are packaged into a structure that resembles the URB used by kernel device drivers. (No POSIX Async I/O support here, sorry.) It -identifies the endpoint type (USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_\*), endpoint +identifies the endpoint type (``USBDEVFS_URB_TYPE_*``), endpoint (number, masked with USB_DIR_IN as appropriate), buffer and length, and a user "context" value serving to uniquely identify each request. (It's usually a pointer to per-request data.) Flags can modify requests @@ -702,30 +632,28 @@ When usbfs returns these urbs, the status value is updated, and the buffer may have been modified. Except for isochronous transfers, the actual_length is updated to say how many bytes were transferred; if the USBDEVFS_URB_DISABLE_SPD flag is set ("short packets are not OK"), if -fewer bytes were read than were requested then you get an error report. - -:: +fewer bytes were read than were requested then you get an error report:: struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc { - unsigned int length; - unsigned int actual_length; - unsigned int status; + unsigned int length; + unsigned int actual_length; + unsigned int status; }; struct usbdevfs_urb { - unsigned char type; - unsigned char endpoint; - int status; - unsigned int flags; - void *buffer; - int buffer_length; - int actual_length; - int start_frame; - int number_of_packets; - int error_count; - unsigned int signr; - void *usercontext; - struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc iso_frame_desc[]; + unsigned char type; + unsigned char endpoint; + int status; + unsigned int flags; + void *buffer; + int buffer_length; + int actual_length; + int start_frame; + int number_of_packets; + int error_count; + unsigned int signr; + void *usercontext; + struct usbdevfs_iso_packet_desc iso_frame_desc[]; }; For these asynchronous requests, the file modification time reflects @@ -746,3 +674,374 @@ USBDEVFS_REAPURBNDELAY USBDEVFS_SUBMITURB *TBS* + +The USB devices +=============== + +The USB devices are now exported via debugfs: + +- ``/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices`` ... a text file showing each of the USB + devices on known to the kernel, and their configuration descriptors. + You can also poll() this to learn about new devices. + +/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices +----------------------------- + +This file is handy for status viewing tools in user mode, which can scan +the text format and ignore most of it. More detailed device status +(including class and vendor status) is available from device-specific +files. For information about the current format of this file, see the +``Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt`` file in your Linux kernel +sources. + +This file, in combination with the poll() system call, can also be used +to detect when devices are added or removed:: + + int fd; + struct pollfd pfd; + + fd = open("/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices", O_RDONLY); + pfd = { fd, POLLIN, 0 }; + for (;;) { + /* The first time through, this call will return immediately. */ + poll(&pfd, 1, -1); + + /* To see what's changed, compare the file's previous and current + contents or scan the filesystem. (Scanning is more precise.) */ + } + +Note that this behavior is intended to be used for informational and +debug purposes. It would be more appropriate to use programs such as +udev or HAL to initialize a device or start a user-mode helper program, +for instance. + +In this file, each device's output has multiple lines of ASCII output. + +I made it ASCII instead of binary on purpose, so that someone +can obtain some useful data from it without the use of an +auxiliary program. However, with an auxiliary program, the numbers +in the first 4 columns of each ``T:`` line (topology info: +Lev, Prnt, Port, Cnt) can be used to build a USB topology diagram. + +Each line is tagged with a one-character ID for that line:: + + T = Topology (etc.) + B = Bandwidth (applies only to USB host controllers, which are + virtualized as root hubs) + D = Device descriptor info. + P = Product ID info. (from Device descriptor, but they won't fit + together on one line) + S = String descriptors. + C = Configuration descriptor info. (* = active configuration) + I = Interface descriptor info. + E = Endpoint descriptor info. + +/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices output format +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Legend:: + d = decimal number (may have leading spaces or 0's) + x = hexadecimal number (may have leading spaces or 0's) + s = string + + + +Topology info +^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + T: Bus=dd Lev=dd Prnt=dd Port=dd Cnt=dd Dev#=ddd Spd=dddd MxCh=dd + | | | | | | | | |__MaxChildren + | | | | | | | |__Device Speed in Mbps + | | | | | | |__DeviceNumber + | | | | | |__Count of devices at this level + | | | | |__Connector/Port on Parent for this device + | | | |__Parent DeviceNumber + | | |__Level in topology for this bus + | |__Bus number + |__Topology info tag + +Speed may be: + + ======= ====================================================== + 1.5 Mbit/s for low speed USB + 12 Mbit/s for full speed USB + 480 Mbit/s for high speed USB (added for USB 2.0); + also used for Wireless USB, which has no fixed speed + 5000 Mbit/s for SuperSpeed USB (added for USB 3.0) + ======= ====================================================== + +For reasons lost in the mists of time, the Port number is always +too low by 1. For example, a device plugged into port 4 will +show up with ``Port=03``. + +Bandwidth info +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + B: Alloc=ddd/ddd us (xx%), #Int=ddd, #Iso=ddd + | | | |__Number of isochronous requests + | | |__Number of interrupt requests + | |__Total Bandwidth allocated to this bus + |__Bandwidth info tag + +Bandwidth allocation is an approximation of how much of one frame +(millisecond) is in use. It reflects only periodic transfers, which +are the only transfers that reserve bandwidth. Control and bulk +transfers use all other bandwidth, including reserved bandwidth that +is not used for transfers (such as for short packets). + +The percentage is how much of the "reserved" bandwidth is scheduled by +those transfers. For a low or full speed bus (loosely, "USB 1.1"), +90% of the bus bandwidth is reserved. For a high speed bus (loosely, +"USB 2.0") 80% is reserved. + + +Device descriptor info & Product ID info +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + D: Ver=x.xx Cls=xx(s) Sub=xx Prot=xx MxPS=dd #Cfgs=dd + P: Vendor=xxxx ProdID=xxxx Rev=xx.xx + +where:: + + D: Ver=x.xx Cls=xx(sssss) Sub=xx Prot=xx MxPS=dd #Cfgs=dd + | | | | | | |__NumberConfigurations + | | | | | |__MaxPacketSize of Default Endpoint + | | | | |__DeviceProtocol + | | | |__DeviceSubClass + | | |__DeviceClass + | |__Device USB version + |__Device info tag #1 + +where:: + + P: Vendor=xxxx ProdID=xxxx Rev=xx.xx + | | | |__Product revision number + | | |__Product ID code + | |__Vendor ID code + |__Device info tag #2 + + +String descriptor info +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +:: + + S: Manufacturer=ssss + | |__Manufacturer of this device as read from the device. + | For USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this may + | be omitted, or (for newer drivers) will identify the kernel + | version and the driver which provides this hub emulation. + |__String info tag + + S: Product=ssss + | |__Product description of this device as read from the device. + | For older USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this + | indicates the driver; for newer ones, it's a product (and vendor) + | description that often comes from the kernel's PCI ID database. + |__String info tag + + S: SerialNumber=ssss + | |__Serial Number of this device as read from the device. + | For USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this is + | some unique ID, normally a bus ID (address or slot name) that + | can't be shared with any other device. + |__String info tag + + + +Configuration descriptor info +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +:: + + C:* #Ifs=dd Cfg#=dd Atr=xx MPwr=dddmA + | | | | | |__MaxPower in mA + | | | | |__Attributes + | | | |__ConfiguratioNumber + | | |__NumberOfInterfaces + | |__ "*" indicates the active configuration (others are " ") + |__Config info tag + +USB devices may have multiple configurations, each of which act +rather differently. For example, a bus-powered configuration +might be much less capable than one that is self-powered. Only +one device configuration can be active at a time; most devices +have only one configuration. + +Each configuration consists of one or more interfaces. Each +interface serves a distinct "function", which is typically bound +to a different USB device driver. One common example is a USB +speaker with an audio interface for playback, and a HID interface +for use with software volume control. + +Interface descriptor info (can be multiple per Config) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +:: + + I:* If#=dd Alt=dd #EPs=dd Cls=xx(sssss) Sub=xx Prot=xx Driver=ssss + | | | | | | | | |__Driver name + | | | | | | | | or "(none)" + | | | | | | | |__InterfaceProtocol + | | | | | | |__InterfaceSubClass + | | | | | |__InterfaceClass + | | | | |__NumberOfEndpoints + | | | |__AlternateSettingNumber + | | |__InterfaceNumber + | |__ "*" indicates the active altsetting (others are " ") + |__Interface info tag + +A given interface may have one or more "alternate" settings. +For example, default settings may not use more than a small +amount of periodic bandwidth. To use significant fractions +of bus bandwidth, drivers must select a non-default altsetting. + +Only one setting for an interface may be active at a time, and +only one driver may bind to an interface at a time. Most devices +have only one alternate setting per interface. + + +Endpoint descriptor info (can be multiple per Interface) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +:: + + E: Ad=xx(s) Atr=xx(ssss) MxPS=dddd Ivl=dddss + | | | | |__Interval (max) between transfers + | | | |__EndpointMaxPacketSize + | | |__Attributes(EndpointType) + | |__EndpointAddress(I=In,O=Out) + |__Endpoint info tag + +The interval is nonzero for all periodic (interrupt or isochronous) +endpoints. For high speed endpoints the transfer interval may be +measured in microseconds rather than milliseconds. + +For high speed periodic endpoints, the ``EndpointMaxPacketSize`` reflects +the per-microframe data transfer size. For "high bandwidth" +endpoints, that can reflect two or three packets (for up to +3KBytes every 125 usec) per endpoint. + +With the Linux-USB stack, periodic bandwidth reservations use the +transfer intervals and sizes provided by URBs, which can be less +than those found in endpoint descriptor. + +Usage examples +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +If a user or script is interested only in Topology info, for +example, use something like ``grep ^T: /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices`` +for only the Topology lines. A command like +``grep -i ^[tdp]: /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices`` can be used to list +only the lines that begin with the characters in square brackets, +where the valid characters are TDPCIE. With a slightly more able +script, it can display any selected lines (for example, only T, D, +and P lines) and change their output format. (The ``procusb`` +Perl script is the beginning of this idea. It will list only +selected lines [selected from TBDPSCIE] or "All" lines from +``/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices``.) + +The Topology lines can be used to generate a graphic/pictorial +of the USB devices on a system's root hub. (See more below +on how to do this.) + +The Interface lines can be used to determine what driver is +being used for each device, and which altsetting it activated. + +The Configuration lines could be used to list maximum power +(in milliamps) that a system's USB devices are using. +For example, ``grep ^C: /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices``. + + +Here's an example, from a system which has a UHCI root hub, +an external hub connected to the root hub, and a mouse and +a serial converter connected to the external hub. + +:: + + T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2 + B: Alloc= 28/900 us ( 3%), #Int= 2, #Iso= 0 + D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=0000 ProdID=0000 Rev= 0.00 + S: Product=USB UHCI Root Hub + S: SerialNumber=dce0 + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=40 MxPwr= 0mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub + E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl=255ms + + T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4 + D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=0451 ProdID=1446 Rev= 1.00 + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=e0 MxPwr=100mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub + E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 1 Ivl=255ms + + T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0 + D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=04b4 ProdID=0001 Rev= 0.00 + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse + E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 3 Ivl= 10ms + + T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 + D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 + P: Vendor=0565 ProdID=0001 Rev= 1.08 + S: Manufacturer=Peracom Networks, Inc. + S: Product=Peracom USB to Serial Converter + C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=a0 MxPwr=100mA + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial + E: Ad=81(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 64 Ivl= 16ms + E: Ad=01(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 16 Ivl= 16ms + E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl= 8ms + + +Selecting only the ``T:`` and ``I:`` lines from this (for example, by using +``procusb ti``), we have + +:: + + T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2 + T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4 + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub + T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0 + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse + T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 + I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial + + +Physically this looks like (or could be converted to):: + + +------------------+ + | PC/root_hub (12)| Dev# = 1 + +------------------+ (nn) is Mbps. + Level 0 | CN.0 | CN.1 | [CN = connector/port #] + +------------------+ + / + / + +-----------------------+ + Level 1 | Dev#2: 4-port hub (12)| + +-----------------------+ + |CN.0 |CN.1 |CN.2 |CN.3 | + +-----------------------+ + \ \____________________ + \_____ \ + \ \ + +--------------------+ +--------------------+ + Level 2 | Dev# 3: mouse (1.5)| | Dev# 4: serial (12)| + +--------------------+ +--------------------+ + + + +Or, in a more tree-like structure (ports [Connectors] without +connections could be omitted):: + + PC: Dev# 1, root hub, 2 ports, 12 Mbps + |_ CN.0: Dev# 2, hub, 4 ports, 12 Mbps + |_ CN.0: Dev #3, mouse, 1.5 Mbps + |_ CN.1: + |_ CN.2: Dev #4, serial, 12 Mbps + |_ CN.3: + |_ CN.1: diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e90e8fa95600fe0eb2a2260fb0c6ac1723762652 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_musb_glue_layer.rst @@ -0,0 +1,723 @@ +========================= +Writing a MUSB Glue Layer +========================= + +:Author: Apelete Seketeli + +Introduction +============ + +The Linux MUSB subsystem is part of the larger Linux USB subsystem. It +provides support for embedded USB Device Controllers (UDC) that do not +use Universal Host Controller Interface (UHCI) or Open Host Controller +Interface (OHCI). + +Instead, these embedded UDC rely on the USB On-the-Go (OTG) +specification which they implement at least partially. The silicon +reference design used in most cases is the Multipoint USB Highspeed +Dual-Role Controller (MUSB HDRC) found in the Mentor Graphics Inventra™ +design. + +As a self-taught exercise I have written an MUSB glue layer for the +Ingenic JZ4740 SoC, modelled after the many MUSB glue layers in the +kernel source tree. This layer can be found at +``drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c``. In this documentation I will walk through the +basics of the ``jz4740.c`` glue layer, explaining the different pieces and +what needs to be done in order to write your own device glue layer. + +.. _musb-basics: + +Linux MUSB Basics +================= + +To get started on the topic, please read USB On-the-Go Basics (see +Resources) which provides an introduction of USB OTG operation at the +hardware level. A couple of wiki pages by Texas Instruments and Analog +Devices also provide an overview of the Linux kernel MUSB configuration, +albeit focused on some specific devices provided by these companies. +Finally, getting acquainted with the USB specification at USB home page +may come in handy, with practical instance provided through the Writing +USB Device Drivers documentation (again, see Resources). + +Linux USB stack is a layered architecture in which the MUSB controller +hardware sits at the lowest. The MUSB controller driver abstract the +MUSB controller hardware to the Linux USB stack:: + + ------------------------ + | | <------- drivers/usb/gadget + | Linux USB Core Stack | <------- drivers/usb/host + | | <------- drivers/usb/core + ------------------------ + ⬍ + -------------------------- + | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_gadget.c + | MUSB Controller driver | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_host.c + | | <------ drivers/usb/musb/musb_core.c + -------------------------- + ⬍ + --------------------------------- + | MUSB Platform Specific Driver | + | | <-- drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c + | aka "Glue Layer" | + --------------------------------- + ⬍ + --------------------------------- + | MUSB Controller Hardware | + --------------------------------- + +As outlined above, the glue layer is actually the platform specific code +sitting in between the controller driver and the controller hardware. + +Just like a Linux USB driver needs to register itself with the Linux USB +subsystem, the MUSB glue layer needs first to register itself with the +MUSB controller driver. This will allow the controller driver to know +about which device the glue layer supports and which functions to call +when a supported device is detected or released; remember we are talking +about an embedded controller chip here, so no insertion or removal at +run-time. + +All of this information is passed to the MUSB controller driver through +a :c:type:`platform_driver` structure defined in the glue layer as:: + + static struct platform_driver jz4740_driver = { + .probe = jz4740_probe, + .remove = jz4740_remove, + .driver = { + .name = "musb-jz4740", + }, + }; + +The probe and remove function pointers are called when a matching device +is detected and, respectively, released. The name string describes the +device supported by this glue layer. In the current case it matches a +platform_device structure declared in ``arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c``. Note +that we are not using device tree bindings here. + +In order to register itself to the controller driver, the glue layer +goes through a few steps, basically allocating the controller hardware +resources and initialising a couple of circuits. To do so, it needs to +keep track of the information used throughout these steps. This is done +by defining a private ``jz4740_glue`` structure:: + + struct jz4740_glue { + struct device *dev; + struct platform_device *musb; + struct clk *clk; + }; + + +The dev and musb members are both device structure variables. The first +one holds generic information about the device, since it's the basic +device structure, and the latter holds information more closely related +to the subsystem the device is registered to. The clk variable keeps +information related to the device clock operation. + +Let's go through the steps of the probe function that leads the glue +layer to register itself to the controller driver. + +.. note:: + + For the sake of readability each function will be split in logical + parts, each part being shown as if it was independent from the others. + +.. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 8,12,18 + + static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) + { + struct platform_device *musb; + struct jz4740_glue *glue; + struct clk *clk; + int ret; + + glue = devm_kzalloc(&pdev->dev, sizeof(*glue), GFP_KERNEL); + if (!glue) + return -ENOMEM; + + musb = platform_device_alloc("musb-hdrc", PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO); + if (!musb) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to allocate musb device\n"); + return -ENOMEM; + } + + clk = devm_clk_get(&pdev->dev, "udc"); + if (IS_ERR(clk)) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to get clock\n"); + ret = PTR_ERR(clk); + goto err_platform_device_put; + } + + ret = clk_prepare_enable(clk); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to enable clock\n"); + goto err_platform_device_put; + } + + musb->dev.parent = &pdev->dev; + + glue->dev = &pdev->dev; + glue->musb = musb; + glue->clk = clk; + + return 0; + + err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; + } + +The first few lines of the probe function allocate and assign the glue, +musb and clk variables. The ``GFP_KERNEL`` flag (line 8) allows the +allocation process to sleep and wait for memory, thus being usable in a +locking situation. The ``PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO`` flag (line 12) allows +automatic allocation and management of device IDs in order to avoid +device namespace collisions with explicit IDs. With :c:func:`devm_clk_get` +(line 18) the glue layer allocates the clock -- the ``devm_`` prefix +indicates that :c:func:`clk_get` is managed: it automatically frees the +allocated clock resource data when the device is released -- and enable +it. + + + +Then comes the registration steps: + +.. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 3,5,7,9,16 + + static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) + { + struct musb_hdrc_platform_data *pdata = &jz4740_musb_platform_data; + + pdata->platform_ops = &jz4740_musb_ops; + + platform_set_drvdata(pdev, glue); + + ret = platform_device_add_resources(musb, pdev->resource, + pdev->num_resources); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add resources\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + ret = platform_device_add_data(musb, pdata, sizeof(*pdata)); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to add platform_data\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + return 0; + + err_clk_disable: + clk_disable_unprepare(clk); + err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; + } + +The first step is to pass the device data privately held by the glue +layer on to the controller driver through :c:func:`platform_set_drvdata` +(line 7). Next is passing on the device resources information, also privately +held at that point, through :c:func:`platform_device_add_resources` (line 9). + +Finally comes passing on the platform specific data to the controller +driver (line 16). Platform data will be discussed in +:ref:`musb-dev-platform-data`, but here we are looking at the +``platform_ops`` function pointer (line 5) in ``musb_hdrc_platform_data`` +structure (line 3). This function pointer allows the MUSB controller +driver to know which function to call for device operation:: + + static const struct musb_platform_ops jz4740_musb_ops = { + .init = jz4740_musb_init, + .exit = jz4740_musb_exit, + }; + +Here we have the minimal case where only init and exit functions are +called by the controller driver when needed. Fact is the JZ4740 MUSB +controller is a basic controller, lacking some features found in other +controllers, otherwise we may also have pointers to a few other +functions like a power management function or a function to switch +between OTG and non-OTG modes, for instance. + +At that point of the registration process, the controller driver +actually calls the init function: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 12,14 + + static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) + { + musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); + if (!musb->xceiv) { + pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); + return -ENODEV; + } + + /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. + * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. + */ + musb->dyn_fifo = true; + + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; + } + +The goal of ``jz4740_musb_init()`` is to get hold of the transceiver +driver data of the MUSB controller hardware and pass it on to the MUSB +controller driver, as usual. The transceiver is the circuitry inside the +controller hardware responsible for sending/receiving the USB data. +Since it is an implementation of the physical layer of the OSI model, +the transceiver is also referred to as PHY. + +Getting hold of the ``MUSB PHY`` driver data is done with ``usb_get_phy()`` +which returns a pointer to the structure containing the driver instance +data. The next couple of instructions (line 12 and 14) are used as a +quirk and to setup IRQ handling respectively. Quirks and IRQ handling +will be discussed later in :ref:`musb-dev-quirks` and +:ref:`musb-handling-irqs`\ :: + + static int jz4740_musb_exit(struct musb *musb) + { + usb_put_phy(musb->xceiv); + + return 0; + } + +Acting as the counterpart of init, the exit function releases the MUSB +PHY driver when the controller hardware itself is about to be released. + +Again, note that init and exit are fairly simple in this case due to the +basic set of features of the JZ4740 controller hardware. When writing an +musb glue layer for a more complex controller hardware, you might need +to take care of more processing in those two functions. + +Returning from the init function, the MUSB controller driver jumps back +into the probe function:: + + static int jz4740_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) + { + ret = platform_device_add(musb); + if (ret) { + dev_err(&pdev->dev, "failed to register musb device\n"); + goto err_clk_disable; + } + + return 0; + + err_clk_disable: + clk_disable_unprepare(clk); + err_platform_device_put: + platform_device_put(musb); + return ret; + } + +This is the last part of the device registration process where the glue +layer adds the controller hardware device to Linux kernel device +hierarchy: at this stage, all known information about the device is +passed on to the Linux USB core stack: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 5,6 + + static int jz4740_remove(struct platform_device *pdev) + { + struct jz4740_glue *glue = platform_get_drvdata(pdev); + + platform_device_unregister(glue->musb); + clk_disable_unprepare(glue->clk); + + return 0; + } + +Acting as the counterpart of probe, the remove function unregister the +MUSB controller hardware (line 5) and disable the clock (line 6), +allowing it to be gated. + +.. _musb-handling-irqs: + +Handling IRQs +============= + +Additionally to the MUSB controller hardware basic setup and +registration, the glue layer is also responsible for handling the IRQs: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 7,9-11,14,24 + + static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) + { + unsigned long flags; + irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; + struct musb *musb = __hci; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); + + musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); + musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); + musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); + + /* + * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is + * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will + * never see them set + */ + musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | + MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; + + if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) + retval = musb_interrupt(musb); + + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); + + return retval; + } + +Here the glue layer mostly has to read the relevant hardware registers +and pass their values on to the controller driver which will handle the +actual event that triggered the IRQ. + +The interrupt handler critical section is protected by the +:c:func:`spin_lock_irqsave` and counterpart :c:func:`spin_unlock_irqrestore` +functions (line 7 and 24 respectively), which prevent the interrupt +handler code to be run by two different threads at the same time. + +Then the relevant interrupt registers are read (line 9 to 11): + +- ``MUSB_INTRUSB``: indicates which USB interrupts are currently active, + +- ``MUSB_INTRTX``: indicates which of the interrupts for TX endpoints are + currently active, + +- ``MUSB_INTRRX``: indicates which of the interrupts for TX endpoints are + currently active. + +Note that :c:func:`musb_readb` is used to read 8-bit registers at most, while +:c:func:`musb_readw` allows us to read at most 16-bit registers. There are +other functions that can be used depending on the size of your device +registers. See ``musb_io.h`` for more information. + +Instruction on line 18 is another quirk specific to the JZ4740 USB +device controller, which will be discussed later in :ref:`musb-dev-quirks`. + +The glue layer still needs to register the IRQ handler though. Remember +the instruction on line 14 of the init function:: + + static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) + { + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; + } + +This instruction sets a pointer to the glue layer IRQ handler function, +in order for the controller hardware to call the handler back when an +IRQ comes from the controller hardware. The interrupt handler is now +implemented and registered. + +.. _musb-dev-platform-data: + +Device Platform Data +==================== + +In order to write an MUSB glue layer, you need to have some data +describing the hardware capabilities of your controller hardware, which +is called the platform data. + +Platform data is specific to your hardware, though it may cover a broad +range of devices, and is generally found somewhere in the ``arch/`` +directory, depending on your device architecture. + +For instance, platform data for the JZ4740 SoC is found in +``arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c``. In the ``platform.c`` file each device of the +JZ4740 SoC is described through a set of structures. + +Here is the part of ``arch/mips/jz4740/platform.c`` that covers the USB +Device Controller (UDC): + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 2,7,14-17,21,22,25,26,28,29 + + /* USB Device Controller */ + struct platform_device jz4740_udc_xceiv_device = { + .name = "usb_phy_gen_xceiv", + .id = 0, + }; + + static struct resource jz4740_udc_resources[] = { + [0] = { + .start = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR, + .end = JZ4740_UDC_BASE_ADDR + 0x10000 - 1, + .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM, + }, + [1] = { + .start = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, + .end = JZ4740_IRQ_UDC, + .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ, + .name = "mc", + }, + }; + + struct platform_device jz4740_udc_device = { + .name = "musb-jz4740", + .id = -1, + .dev = { + .dma_mask = &jz4740_udc_device.dev.coherent_dma_mask, + .coherent_dma_mask = DMA_BIT_MASK(32), + }, + .num_resources = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_udc_resources), + .resource = jz4740_udc_resources, + }; + +The ``jz4740_udc_xceiv_device`` platform device structure (line 2) +describes the UDC transceiver with a name and id number. + +At the time of this writing, note that ``usb_phy_gen_xceiv`` is the +specific name to be used for all transceivers that are either built-in +with reference USB IP or autonomous and doesn't require any PHY +programming. You will need to set ``CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV=y`` in the +kernel configuration to make use of the corresponding transceiver +driver. The id field could be set to -1 (equivalent to +``PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE``), -2 (equivalent to ``PLATFORM_DEVID_AUTO``) or +start with 0 for the first device of this kind if we want a specific id +number. + +The ``jz4740_udc_resources`` resource structure (line 7) defines the UDC +registers base addresses. + +The first array (line 9 to 11) defines the UDC registers base memory +addresses: start points to the first register memory address, end points +to the last register memory address and the flags member defines the +type of resource we are dealing with. So ``IORESOURCE_MEM`` is used to +define the registers memory addresses. The second array (line 14 to 17) +defines the UDC IRQ registers addresses. Since there is only one IRQ +register available for the JZ4740 UDC, start and end point at the same +address. The ``IORESOURCE_IRQ`` flag tells that we are dealing with IRQ +resources, and the name ``mc`` is in fact hard-coded in the MUSB core in +order for the controller driver to retrieve this IRQ resource by +querying it by its name. + +Finally, the ``jz4740_udc_device`` platform device structure (line 21) +describes the UDC itself. + +The ``musb-jz4740`` name (line 22) defines the MUSB driver that is used +for this device; remember this is in fact the name that we used in the +``jz4740_driver`` platform driver structure in :ref:`musb-basics`. +The id field (line 23) is set to -1 (equivalent to ``PLATFORM_DEVID_NONE``) +since we do not need an id for the device: the MUSB controller driver was +already set to allocate an automatic id in :ref:`musb-basics`. In the dev field +we care for DMA related information here. The ``dma_mask`` field (line 25) +defines the width of the DMA mask that is going to be used, and +``coherent_dma_mask`` (line 26) has the same purpose but for the +``alloc_coherent`` DMA mappings: in both cases we are using a 32 bits mask. +Then the resource field (line 29) is simply a pointer to the resource +structure defined before, while the ``num_resources`` field (line 28) keeps +track of the number of arrays defined in the resource structure (in this +case there were two resource arrays defined before). + +With this quick overview of the UDC platform data at the ``arch/`` level now +done, let's get back to the MUSB glue layer specific platform data in +``drivers/usb/musb/jz4740.c``: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 3,5,7-9,11 + + static struct musb_hdrc_config jz4740_musb_config = { + /* Silicon does not implement USB OTG. */ + .multipoint = 0, + /* Max EPs scanned, driver will decide which EP can be used. */ + .num_eps = 4, + /* RAMbits needed to configure EPs from table */ + .ram_bits = 9, + .fifo_cfg = jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg, + .fifo_cfg_size = ARRAY_SIZE(jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg), + }; + + static struct musb_hdrc_platform_data jz4740_musb_platform_data = { + .mode = MUSB_PERIPHERAL, + .config = &jz4740_musb_config, + }; + +First the glue layer configures some aspects of the controller driver +operation related to the controller hardware specifics. This is done +through the ``jz4740_musb_config`` :c:type:`musb_hdrc_config` structure. + +Defining the OTG capability of the controller hardware, the multipoint +member (line 3) is set to 0 (equivalent to false) since the JZ4740 UDC +is not OTG compatible. Then ``num_eps`` (line 5) defines the number of USB +endpoints of the controller hardware, including endpoint 0: here we have +3 endpoints + endpoint 0. Next is ``ram_bits`` (line 7) which is the width +of the RAM address bus for the MUSB controller hardware. This +information is needed when the controller driver cannot automatically +configure endpoints by reading the relevant controller hardware +registers. This issue will be discussed when we get to device quirks in +:ref:`musb-dev-quirks`. Last two fields (line 8 and 9) are also +about device quirks: ``fifo_cfg`` points to the USB endpoints configuration +table and ``fifo_cfg_size`` keeps track of the size of the number of +entries in that configuration table. More on that later in +:ref:`musb-dev-quirks`. + +Then this configuration is embedded inside ``jz4740_musb_platform_data`` +:c:type:`musb_hdrc_platform_data` structure (line 11): config is a pointer to +the configuration structure itself, and mode tells the controller driver +if the controller hardware may be used as ``MUSB_HOST`` only, +``MUSB_PERIPHERAL`` only or ``MUSB_OTG`` which is a dual mode. + +Remember that ``jz4740_musb_platform_data`` is then used to convey +platform data information as we have seen in the probe function in +:ref:`musb-basics`. + +.. _musb-dev-quirks: + +Device Quirks +============= + +Completing the platform data specific to your device, you may also need +to write some code in the glue layer to work around some device specific +limitations. These quirks may be due to some hardware bugs, or simply be +the result of an incomplete implementation of the USB On-the-Go +specification. + +The JZ4740 UDC exhibits such quirks, some of which we will discuss here +for the sake of insight even though these might not be found in the +controller hardware you are working on. + +Let's get back to the init function first: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 12 + + static int jz4740_musb_init(struct musb *musb) + { + musb->xceiv = usb_get_phy(USB_PHY_TYPE_USB2); + if (!musb->xceiv) { + pr_err("HS UDC: no transceiver configured\n"); + return -ENODEV; + } + + /* Silicon does not implement ConfigData register. + * Set dyn_fifo to avoid reading EP config from hardware. + */ + musb->dyn_fifo = true; + + musb->isr = jz4740_musb_interrupt; + + return 0; + } + +Instruction on line 12 helps the MUSB controller driver to work around +the fact that the controller hardware is missing registers that are used +for USB endpoints configuration. + +Without these registers, the controller driver is unable to read the +endpoints configuration from the hardware, so we use line 12 instruction +to bypass reading the configuration from silicon, and rely on a +hard-coded table that describes the endpoints configuration instead:: + + static struct musb_fifo_cfg jz4740_musb_fifo_cfg[] = { + { .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 512, }, + { .hw_ep_num = 1, .style = FIFO_RX, .maxpacket = 512, }, + { .hw_ep_num = 2, .style = FIFO_TX, .maxpacket = 64, }, + }; + +Looking at the configuration table above, we see that each endpoints is +described by three fields: ``hw_ep_num`` is the endpoint number, style is +its direction (either ``FIFO_TX`` for the controller driver to send packets +in the controller hardware, or ``FIFO_RX`` to receive packets from +hardware), and maxpacket defines the maximum size of each data packet +that can be transmitted over that endpoint. Reading from the table, the +controller driver knows that endpoint 1 can be used to send and receive +USB data packets of 512 bytes at once (this is in fact a bulk in/out +endpoint), and endpoint 2 can be used to send data packets of 64 bytes +at once (this is in fact an interrupt endpoint). + +Note that there is no information about endpoint 0 here: that one is +implemented by default in every silicon design, with a predefined +configuration according to the USB specification. For more examples of +endpoint configuration tables, see ``musb_core.c``. + +Let's now get back to the interrupt handler function: + + .. code-block:: c + :emphasize-lines: 18-19 + + static irqreturn_t jz4740_musb_interrupt(int irq, void *__hci) + { + unsigned long flags; + irqreturn_t retval = IRQ_NONE; + struct musb *musb = __hci; + + spin_lock_irqsave(&musb->lock, flags); + + musb->int_usb = musb_readb(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRUSB); + musb->int_tx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRTX); + musb->int_rx = musb_readw(musb->mregs, MUSB_INTRRX); + + /* + * The controller is gadget only, the state of the host mode IRQ bits is + * undefined. Mask them to make sure that the musb driver core will + * never see them set + */ + musb->int_usb &= MUSB_INTR_SUSPEND | MUSB_INTR_RESUME | + MUSB_INTR_RESET | MUSB_INTR_SOF; + + if (musb->int_usb || musb->int_tx || musb->int_rx) + retval = musb_interrupt(musb); + + spin_unlock_irqrestore(&musb->lock, flags); + + return retval; + } + +Instruction on line 18 above is a way for the controller driver to work +around the fact that some interrupt bits used for USB host mode +operation are missing in the ``MUSB_INTRUSB`` register, thus left in an +undefined hardware state, since this MUSB controller hardware is used in +peripheral mode only. As a consequence, the glue layer masks these +missing bits out to avoid parasite interrupts by doing a logical AND +operation between the value read from ``MUSB_INTRUSB`` and the bits that +are actually implemented in the register. + +These are only a couple of the quirks found in the JZ4740 USB device +controller. Some others were directly addressed in the MUSB core since +the fixes were generic enough to provide a better handling of the issues +for others controller hardware eventually. + +Conclusion +========== + +Writing a Linux MUSB glue layer should be a more accessible task, as +this documentation tries to show the ins and outs of this exercise. + +The JZ4740 USB device controller being fairly simple, I hope its glue +layer serves as a good example for the curious mind. Used with the +current MUSB glue layers, this documentation should provide enough +guidance to get started; should anything gets out of hand, the linux-usb +mailing list archive is another helpful resource to browse through. + +Acknowledgements +================ + +Many thanks to Lars-Peter Clausen and Maarten ter Huurne for answering +my questions while I was writing the JZ4740 glue layer and for helping +me out getting the code in good shape. + +I would also like to thank the Qi-Hardware community at large for its +cheerful guidance and support. + +Resources +========= + +USB Home Page: http://www.usb.org + +linux-usb Mailing List Archives: http://marc.info/?l=linux-usb + +USB On-the-Go Basics: +http://www.maximintegrated.com/app-notes/index.mvp/id/1822 + +:ref:`Writing USB Device Drivers ` + +Texas Instruments USB Configuration Wiki Page: +http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Usbgeneralpage + +Analog Devices Blackfin MUSB Configuration: +http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=linux-kernel:drivers:musb diff --git a/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_usb_driver.rst b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_usb_driver.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..69f077dcdb785c7265064010eafeb9887feca2b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/driver-api/usb/writing_usb_driver.rst @@ -0,0 +1,326 @@ +.. _writing-usb-driver: + +========================== +Writing USB Device Drivers +========================== + +:Author: Greg Kroah-Hartman + +Introduction +============ + +The Linux USB subsystem has grown from supporting only two different +types of devices in the 2.2.7 kernel (mice and keyboards), to over 20 +different types of devices in the 2.4 kernel. Linux currently supports +almost all USB class devices (standard types of devices like keyboards, +mice, modems, printers and speakers) and an ever-growing number of +vendor-specific devices (such as USB to serial converters, digital +cameras, Ethernet devices and MP3 players). For a full list of the +different USB devices currently supported, see Resources. + +The remaining kinds of USB devices that do not have support on Linux are +almost all vendor-specific devices. Each vendor decides to implement a +custom protocol to talk to their device, so a custom driver usually +needs to be created. Some vendors are open with their USB protocols and +help with the creation of Linux drivers, while others do not publish +them, and developers are forced to reverse-engineer. See Resources for +some links to handy reverse-engineering tools. + +Because each different protocol causes a new driver to be created, I +have written a generic USB driver skeleton, modelled after the +pci-skeleton.c file in the kernel source tree upon which many PCI +network drivers have been based. This USB skeleton can be found at +drivers/usb/usb-skeleton.c in the kernel source tree. In this article I +will walk through the basics of the skeleton driver, explaining the +different pieces and what needs to be done to customize it to your +specific device. + +Linux USB Basics +================ + +If you are going to write a Linux USB driver, please become familiar +with the USB protocol specification. It can be found, along with many +other useful documents, at the USB home page (see Resources). An +excellent introduction to the Linux USB subsystem can be found at the +USB Working Devices List (see Resources). It explains how the Linux USB +subsystem is structured and introduces the reader to the concept of USB +urbs (USB Request Blocks), which are essential to USB drivers. + +The first thing a Linux USB driver needs to do is register itself with +the Linux USB subsystem, giving it some information about which devices +the driver supports and which functions to call when a device supported +by the driver is inserted or removed from the system. All of this +information is passed to the USB subsystem in the :c:type:`usb_driver` +structure. The skeleton driver declares a :c:type:`usb_driver` as:: + + static struct usb_driver skel_driver = { + .name = "skeleton", + .probe = skel_probe, + .disconnect = skel_disconnect, + .fops = &skel_fops, + .minor = USB_SKEL_MINOR_BASE, + .id_table = skel_table, + }; + + +The variable name is a string that describes the driver. It is used in +informational messages printed to the system log. The probe and +disconnect function pointers are called when a device that matches the +information provided in the ``id_table`` variable is either seen or +removed. + +The fops and minor variables are optional. Most USB drivers hook into +another kernel subsystem, such as the SCSI, network or TTY subsystem. +These types of drivers register themselves with the other kernel +subsystem, and any user-space interactions are provided through that +interface. But for drivers that do not have a matching kernel subsystem, +such as MP3 players or scanners, a method of interacting with user space +is needed. The USB subsystem provides a way to register a minor device +number and a set of :c:type:`file_operations` function pointers that enable +this user-space interaction. The skeleton driver needs this kind of +interface, so it provides a minor starting number and a pointer to its +:c:type:`file_operations` functions. + +The USB driver is then registered with a call to :c:func:`usb_register`, +usually in the driver's init function, as shown here:: + + static int __init usb_skel_init(void) + { + int result; + + /* register this driver with the USB subsystem */ + result = usb_register(&skel_driver); + if (result < 0) { + err("usb_register failed for the "__FILE__ "driver." + "Error number %d", result); + return -1; + } + + return 0; + } + module_init(usb_skel_init); + + +When the driver is unloaded from the system, it needs to deregister +itself with the USB subsystem. This is done with the :c:func:`usb_deregister` +function:: + + static void __exit usb_skel_exit(void) + { + /* deregister this driver with the USB subsystem */ + usb_deregister(&skel_driver); + } + module_exit(usb_skel_exit); + + +To enable the linux-hotplug system to load the driver automatically when +the device is plugged in, you need to create a ``MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE``. +The following code tells the hotplug scripts that this module supports a +single device with a specific vendor and product ID:: + + /* table of devices that work with this driver */ + static struct usb_device_id skel_table [] = { + { USB_DEVICE(USB_SKEL_VENDOR_ID, USB_SKEL_PRODUCT_ID) }, + { } /* Terminating entry */ + }; + MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE (usb, skel_table); + + +There are other macros that can be used in describing a struct +:c:type:`usb_device_id` for drivers that support a whole class of USB +drivers. See :ref:`usb.h ` for more information on this. + +Device operation +================ + +When a device is plugged into the USB bus that matches the device ID +pattern that your driver registered with the USB core, the probe +function is called. The :c:type:`usb_device` structure, interface number and +the interface ID are passed to the function:: + + static int skel_probe(struct usb_interface *interface, + const struct usb_device_id *id) + + +The driver now needs to verify that this device is actually one that it +can accept. If so, it returns 0. If not, or if any error occurs during +initialization, an errorcode (such as ``-ENOMEM`` or ``-ENODEV``) is +returned from the probe function. + +In the skeleton driver, we determine what end points are marked as +bulk-in and bulk-out. We create buffers to hold the data that will be +sent and received from the device, and a USB urb to write data to the +device is initialized. + +Conversely, when the device is removed from the USB bus, the disconnect +function is called with the device pointer. The driver needs to clean +any private data that has been allocated at this time and to shut down +any pending urbs that are in the USB system. + +Now that the device is plugged into the system and the driver is bound +to the device, any of the functions in the :c:type:`file_operations` structure +that were passed to the USB subsystem will be called from a user program +trying to talk to the device. The first function called will be open, as +the program tries to open the device for I/O. We increment our private +usage count and save a pointer to our internal structure in the file +structure. This is done so that future calls to file operations will +enable the driver to determine which device the user is addressing. All +of this is done with the following code:: + + /* increment our usage count for the module */ + ++skel->open_count; + + /* save our object in the file's private structure */ + file->private_data = dev; + + +After the open function is called, the read and write functions are +called to receive and send data to the device. In the ``skel_write`` +function, we receive a pointer to some data that the user wants to send +to the device and the size of the data. The function determines how much +data it can send to the device based on the size of the write urb it has +created (this size depends on the size of the bulk out end point that +the device has). Then it copies the data from user space to kernel +space, points the urb to the data and submits the urb to the USB +subsystem. This can be seen in the following code:: + + /* we can only write as much as 1 urb will hold */ + bytes_written = (count > skel->bulk_out_size) ? skel->bulk_out_size : count; + + /* copy the data from user space into our urb */ + copy_from_user(skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, buffer, bytes_written); + + /* set up our urb */ + usb_fill_bulk_urb(skel->write_urb, + skel->dev, + usb_sndbulkpipe(skel->dev, skel->bulk_out_endpointAddr), + skel->write_urb->transfer_buffer, + bytes_written, + skel_write_bulk_callback, + skel); + + /* send the data out the bulk port */ + result = usb_submit_urb(skel->write_urb); + if (result) { + err("Failed submitting write urb, error %d", result); + } + + +When the write urb is filled up with the proper information using the +:c:func:`usb_fill_bulk_urb` function, we point the urb's completion callback +to call our own ``skel_write_bulk_callback`` function. This function is +called when the urb is finished by the USB subsystem. The callback +function is called in interrupt context, so caution must be taken not to +do very much processing at that time. Our implementation of +``skel_write_bulk_callback`` merely reports if the urb was completed +successfully or not and then returns. + +The read function works a bit differently from the write function in +that we do not use an urb to transfer data from the device to the +driver. Instead we call the :c:func:`usb_bulk_msg` function, which can be used +to send or receive data from a device without having to create urbs and +handle urb completion callback functions. We call the :c:func:`usb_bulk_msg` +function, giving it a buffer into which to place any data received from +the device and a timeout value. If the timeout period expires without +receiving any data from the device, the function will fail and return an +error message. This can be shown with the following code:: + + /* do an immediate bulk read to get data from the device */ + retval = usb_bulk_msg (skel->dev, + usb_rcvbulkpipe (skel->dev, + skel->bulk_in_endpointAddr), + skel->bulk_in_buffer, + skel->bulk_in_size, + &count, HZ*10); + /* if the read was successful, copy the data to user space */ + if (!retval) { + if (copy_to_user (buffer, skel->bulk_in_buffer, count)) + retval = -EFAULT; + else + retval = count; + } + + +The :c:func:`usb_bulk_msg` function can be very useful for doing single reads +or writes to a device; however, if you need to read or write constantly to +a device, it is recommended to set up your own urbs and submit them to +the USB subsystem. + +When the user program releases the file handle that it has been using to +talk to the device, the release function in the driver is called. In +this function we decrement our private usage count and wait for possible +pending writes:: + + /* decrement our usage count for the device */ + --skel->open_count; + + +One of the more difficult problems that USB drivers must be able to +handle smoothly is the fact that the USB device may be removed from the +system at any point in time, even if a program is currently talking to +it. It needs to be able to shut down any current reads and writes and +notify the user-space programs that the device is no longer there. The +following code (function ``skel_delete``) is an example of how to do +this:: + + static inline void skel_delete (struct usb_skel *dev) + { + kfree (dev->bulk_in_buffer); + if (dev->bulk_out_buffer != NULL) + usb_free_coherent (dev->udev, dev->bulk_out_size, + dev->bulk_out_buffer, + dev->write_urb->transfer_dma); + usb_free_urb (dev->write_urb); + kfree (dev); + } + + +If a program currently has an open handle to the device, we reset the +flag ``device_present``. For every read, write, release and other +functions that expect a device to be present, the driver first checks +this flag to see if the device is still present. If not, it releases +that the device has disappeared, and a ``-ENODEV`` error is returned to the +user-space program. When the release function is eventually called, it +determines if there is no device and if not, it does the cleanup that +the ``skel_disconnect`` function normally does if there are no open files +on the device (see Listing 5). + +Isochronous Data +================ + +This usb-skeleton driver does not have any examples of interrupt or +isochronous data being sent to or from the device. Interrupt data is +sent almost exactly as bulk data is, with a few minor exceptions. +Isochronous data works differently with continuous streams of data being +sent to or from the device. The audio and video camera drivers are very +good examples of drivers that handle isochronous data and will be useful +if you also need to do this. + +Conclusion +========== + +Writing Linux USB device drivers is not a difficult task as the +usb-skeleton driver shows. This driver, combined with the other current +USB drivers, should provide enough examples to help a beginning author +create a working driver in a minimal amount of time. The linux-usb-devel +mailing list archives also contain a lot of helpful information. + +Resources +========= + +The Linux USB Project: +http://www.linux-usb.org/ + +Linux Hotplug Project: +http://linux-hotplug.sourceforge.net/ + +Linux USB Working Devices List: +http://www.qbik.ch/usb/devices/ + +linux-usb-devel Mailing List Archives: +http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-usb-devel + +Programming Guide for Linux USB Device Drivers: +http://usb.cs.tum.edu/usbdoc + +USB Home Page: http://www.usb.org diff --git a/Documentation/early-userspace/README b/Documentation/early-userspace/README index 93e63a9af30b7b0ec63f1cdf3904d92e5731596c..2c00b072a4c8ca382f84af09ebea29150645380d 100644 --- a/Documentation/early-userspace/README +++ b/Documentation/early-userspace/README @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ early userspace useful. The klibc distribution is currently maintained separately from the kernel. You can obtain somewhat infrequent snapshots of klibc from -ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/klibc/ +https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/klibc/ For active users, you are better off using the klibc git repository, at http://git.kernel.org/?p=libs/klibc/klibc.git diff --git a/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt b/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt index af0b366c25b73332a77e58b9b7247c4c387fc0d6..8155dbc7fad36a253137c230a7f074fecd0a7969 100644 --- a/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt +++ b/Documentation/extcon/intel-int3496.txt @@ -20,3 +20,8 @@ Index 1: The output gpio for enabling Vbus output from the device to the otg Index 2: The output gpio for muxing of the data pins between the USB host and the USB peripheral controller, write 1 to mux to the peripheral controller + +There is a mapping between indices and GPIO connection IDs as follows + id index 0 + vbus index 1 + mux index 2 diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt index c1b4f917238f7124aaf78778f4df8c1c3ebdf2e5..5575d2d09625ac7ce97029099ee5ee938f179bd4 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/BPF-JIT/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt index 6d930fcbe519105831326012a6a383a2cd1d51a0..abb5f271a792e96566a36496055afffd5df078c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/generic-idle-thread/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt index 136868b636e678b6ec6d8e4ed308f729a85a0d4a..dbdaffcc51107c0c0cd513774fcfb41b626a66a4 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/jump-labels/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt index 728061d763b1150f09222848cec80ff1012d96c1..5e97a89420ef09ceaa6c8fb7d89c7ca771d955ef 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/core/tracehook/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | ok | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt index 703f5784bc90d9647d015c086330b59a48b4631d..76bbd7fe27b35bec5839e6bcac0337c550fc76b2 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/KASAN/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt index 38dea8eeba0a3db202c2def713eacc3164f2cee7..830dbe801aafbfce012fb433b631fcd60a819b78 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/gcov-profile-all/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt index 862e15d6f79ec75b4c99c8b7c0d70f1f9a7136eb..0217bf6e942d2b83ddb24f14d2ce6aa079ada9ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kgdb/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt index 40f44d041fb4764386fb6f90f12397bf805c7a7d..f9133a921d5a5fae5b8d5d2a1a98f3f79d994823 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes-on-ftrace/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt index a44bfff6940b9a8a2b3d6a6abef7ec262562c658..529f66eda679aaa4f16bd3dc1d090c2a1d1338e5 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | ok | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt index d87c1ce24204fafbdf9cd42dfdd7eb04bd4d784e..43353242e43968ac3622cd2de1eb82a72c8fb558 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/kretprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt index b8999d8544cac4bbaa6bd4c7480a3073017f65e5..f559f1ba5416da682fed3c947bdb08bd8090f0d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/optprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt index 0fa423313409c9bbbc505283f9f114ef41df47bd..d7acd7bd36197025afc332efb7e53065dd138f13 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/stackprotector/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt index d605c3fc38fd5cd920230b8057e16a2f180eec1b..53ed42b0e7e59ba14ca7b52ee7023357e006a9be 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/uprobes/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt index 44cc1ff3f603a957a6b552bb911e08803c882caa..149443936de9fda2607aca200796c64719a2d81e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/debug/user-ret-profiler/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt index ffa522a9bdfdcc34b017bc9a3e70be8fe2d87082..6be920643be667f312b62e5335ec8f849ddf01d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-api-debug/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | ok | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt index 83d2cf989ea3494dc825fc9e4da3b1ed09491646..0eb08e1e32b808c0f81a27df0470b2fdd9e1a14c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/dma-contiguous/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt index 6ca98f9911bbb31693ff342039d5c84772e37d91..514ad3468aa597b36a030b46941f68dc7d161a68 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/io/sg-chain/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt index 12b1c9358e57150827bf1d8f7e7a4b86ef373ed0..532c6f0fc15c0c2291765ae9bf6da0c921c82140 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/lib/strncasecmp/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt index d9c310889bc1a529f66313921568ce42e57ff4b1..f3eec26c8cf80c589e768fdc078fa365f1839cba 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/cmpxchg-local/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt index cf90635bdcbb23124b8c199103d71c11bcadec65..9756abc680a7e5de130945a5bf4ccac5c271ef7a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/lockdep/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | ok | | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt index 68c3a5ddd9b9cf9ad4f17e3e88c530186edf9333..62f4ee5c156c41dffd9306c4e6dd5ccece93029e 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-rwlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt index e973b1a9572f86da2cce2e0c586bd376ebf61668..321b32f6e63c5070c69c6b4d9e5e372b2cd544a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/queued-spinlocks/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt index ac93d7ab66c4f3134c13da5b04224dfe99141162..79bfa4d6e41ffa18f361f9d14455a5a8dab93e18 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/locking/rwsem-optimized/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt index 4660bf222db17099e221fc37f2d002ab7b45fd8b..00f1606bbf45709355356fbc326ddebb6324f811 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/kprobes-event/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt index f179b1fb26ef49734ff84bf1deee48bfe8915fdd..7d516eacf7b929cbb375c69293ba08e93c686c8a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-regs/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt index 85777c5c6353712c51b6ae58ad322af7ebcd9d74..f974b8df5d825621997e604bac797fbef5254333 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/perf/perf-stackdump/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt index ac7cd6b1502b5a029f7aa3f31d5ad17217b69fe6..1d3c0f66915252f939fef5c2ba23f89a123c175a 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/sched/numa-balancing/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | .. | | arm: | .. | | arm64: | .. | - | avr32: | .. | | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | | cris: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt index 4f66ec13395112ae9be41a7250f0152963995a1c..a32d5b20767916f4df047feee74a01af0ab26e17 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/seccomp/seccomp-filter/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt index 8acb439a4a1767e0eab512a4fec5e786f5200255..caee8f64d1bca0e4bf26d8971d955deca45d03ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/arch-tick-broadcast/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt index ff670b2207f15051202d9808ff5464dc31e0db2f..1cd87f6cd07da9a64b908ff62a4d4ad82a49159c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/clockevents/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | ok | | blackfin: | ok | | c6x: | ok | | cris: | ok | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt index a1e3eea7003f785e561626615c2a11d468297f6d..e6d7c7b2253c8b4980b5a2bbb9f7363ca13f96d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/context-tracking/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt index 4199ffecc0ff06bde4b26fa5f09d1fd0a9a08601..15c6071788aec5ba0a7e5db6b5d682db9199f891 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/irq-time-acct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt index 17f68a02e84db5f1d441359f7b17efd97ae0f2d1..baee7611ba3d6a33cba69f73d107ed7d67008f94 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/modern-timekeeping/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | ok | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | ok | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt index cf3c3e383d156d90e85dfcf2b7a23da3465b879f..9129530cb73c76b6ac1a2aa94c2987c1eb007205 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/time/virt-cpuacct/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt index ec4dd28e12979fedb5cfe26c9f2780936650505a..f6829af3255f3545e0f111b280bfc7b5797e99b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ELF-ASLR/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt index 991974275a3ef789975502dd248d026133db138c..1a09ea99d486c7cb0f1ebcdbb232f6c46afbb279 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/PG_uncached/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt index 523f8307b9cd574ee22961d4fd27e618f5fe5b05..d170e6236503afe80577e5ebc73fe5e975d72ad0 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/THP/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | .. | | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | | cris: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt index 261b92e2fb1ae1e1f41c7ee481f87a6b9cb48198..abfab4080a9136d24a477e022b887cd8500a39e8 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/TLB/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | .. | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | .. | | cris: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt index df1d1f3c9af290aa6ffaa1584f71ba6025e54c4e..f81f09b22b08cf8f8c69477752b4a5f93d062af2 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/huge-vmap/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | TODO | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt index 90c53749fde78107d7d2f66bc6ec7434a40341a9..0cc3e11c42e2e5f5ab31e3256c36a1ef740ed81f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/ioremap_prot/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | TODO | | arm64: | TODO | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt index e7c252a0c53123bb22fbf7d8bd217bf7e3b762b0..9a3fdac42ce1258ff2c604634cfecea9069a210c 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/numa-memblock/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | .. | | arm: | .. | | arm64: | .. | - | avr32: | .. | | blackfin: | .. | | c6x: | .. | | cris: | .. | diff --git a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt index 3de5434c857c8909deac9f8c1770c56723c31ff8..dfaa39e664fffe944f2c348c361e45bf4e62e22f 100644 --- a/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt +++ b/Documentation/features/vm/pte_special/arch-support.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ | arc: | ok | | arm: | ok | | arm64: | ok | - | avr32: | TODO | | blackfin: | TODO | | c6x: | TODO | | cris: | TODO | diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index fdcfdd79682a00102b1c18c8b56e19e00a418d26..fe25787ff6d49748c3e1ecc494f17e401a60916a 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -58,8 +58,7 @@ prototypes: int (*permission) (struct inode *, int, unsigned int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); - int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *, - u32, unsigned int); + int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int); ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t); int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start, u64 len); void (*update_time)(struct inode *, struct timespec *, int); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 3698ed3146e3011b11ed4211a06a7badc2f254cb..5a8f7f4d2bca227516b0e21fae0945b4554d4485 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Note: More extensive information for getting started with ext4 can be or - ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/tytso/e2fsprogs/ or grab the latest git repository from: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt index 1e6564545edf067a1d9e2be42d78c149bead0730..22dc0dd6889cbfbaff1ad2a5af43f6f4f6303fdb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs-rdma.txt @@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ Installation - Install a Linux kernel with NFS/RDMA The NFS/RDMA client and server are both included in the mainline Linux - kernel version 2.6.25 and later. This and other versions of the 2.6 Linux + kernel version 2.6.25 and later. This and other versions of the Linux kernel can be found at: - ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/ Download the sources and place them in an appropriate location. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index 95280079c0b3af0c217270e6838b723eb818cbcd..5fb17f49f7a21907a2c446267cc952c749e42043 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -600,3 +600,9 @@ in your dentry operations instead. [recommended] ->readlink is optional for symlinks. Don't set, unless filesystem needs to fake something for readlink(2). +-- +[mandatory] + ->getattr() is now passed a struct path rather than a vfsmount and + dentry separately, and it now has request_mask and query_flags arguments + to specify the fields and sync type requested by statx. Filesystems not + supporting any statx-specific features may ignore the new arguments. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 569211703721fe81e0cbbbd1cb979a10c276cf9e..94dd27ef4a766ca5414146fab1b76ea5aacb67de 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -382,8 +382,7 @@ struct inode_operations { int (*permission) (struct inode *, int); int (*get_acl)(struct inode *, int); int (*setattr) (struct dentry *, struct iattr *); - int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct dentry *, struct kstat *, - u32, unsigned int); + int (*getattr) (const struct path *, struct kstat *, u32, unsigned int); ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t); void (*update_time)(struct inode *, struct timespec *, int); int (*atomic_open)(struct inode *, struct dentry *, struct file *, diff --git a/Documentation/gcc-plugins.txt b/Documentation/gcc-plugins.txt index 891c694644348241925dc3e585d632222d8b0948..433eaefb4aa171ac62f3162866763a0526d7eb83 100644 --- a/Documentation/gcc-plugins.txt +++ b/Documentation/gcc-plugins.txt @@ -18,8 +18,8 @@ because gcc versions 4.5 and 4.6 are compiled by a C compiler, gcc-4.7 can be compiled by a C or a C++ compiler, and versions 4.8+ can only be compiled by a C++ compiler. -Currently the GCC plugin infrastructure supports only the x86, arm and arm64 -architectures. +Currently the GCC plugin infrastructure supports only the x86, arm, arm64 and +powerpc architectures. This infrastructure was ported from grsecurity [6] and PaX [7]. diff --git a/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt index 029e6cb9a7e8ea78326c36b3a5fe42f8302c6e31..c8436e354f44b3ac7220f6766e1eef85fb8304b3 100644 --- a/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt +++ b/Documentation/hid/hidraw.txt @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ of: BUS_HIL BUS_BLUETOOTH BUS_VIRTUAL -which are defined in linux/input.h. +which are defined in uapi/linux/input.h. HIDIOCGRAWNAME(len): Get Raw Name This ioctl returns a string containing the vendor and product strings of diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho b/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7cfb3497746069c4a90cba474e9aca4d27c5ebba --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/aspeed-pwm-tacho @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Kernel driver aspeed-pwm-tacho +============================== + +Supported chips: + ASPEED AST2400/2500 + +Authors: + + +Description: +------------ +This driver implements support for ASPEED AST2400/2500 PWM and Fan Tacho +controller. The PWM controller supports upto 8 PWM outputs. The Fan tacho +controller supports up to 16 tachometer inputs. + +The driver provides the following sensor accesses in sysfs: + +fanX_input ro provide current fan rotation value in RPM as reported + by the fan to the device. + +pwmX rw get or set PWM fan control value. This is an integer + value between 0(off) and 255(full speed). diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/tc654 b/Documentation/hwmon/tc654 index 91a2843f5f98811347e434519e4771502dd95c16..47636a8077b4cbf5bb80dda17a3bbfc6bfae722b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/tc654 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/tc654 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Kernel driver tc654 =================== Supported chips: - * Microship TC654 and TC655 + * Microchip TC654 and TC655 Prefix: 'tc654' Datasheet: http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/20001734C.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/index.rst b/Documentation/index.rst index f6e641a54bbcab5c6dd8e4d8f724c580deaff19e..61306a22888d137b67982a062370f66c826860ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/index.rst @@ -24,6 +24,18 @@ trying to get it to work optimally on a given system. admin-guide/index +Application-developer documentation +----------------------------------- + +The user-space API manual gathers together documents describing aspects of +the kernel interface as seen by application developers. + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + userspace-api/index + + Introduction to kernel development ---------------------------------- @@ -76,6 +88,14 @@ Chinese translations translations/zh_CN/index +Japanese translations +--------------------- + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + translations/ja_JP/index + Indices and tables ================== diff --git a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt index 36ea940e5bb91fe9711544e5d0bbe2e2293c8ca8..575415f4cef07d2e7b1d963c0d49f28ea43b0274 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/event-codes.txt @@ -301,7 +301,10 @@ them as any other INPUT_PROP_BUTTONPAD device. INPUT_PROP_ACCELEROMETER ------------------------- Directional axes on this device (absolute and/or relative x, y, z) represent -accelerometer data. All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix +accelerometer data. Some devices also report gyroscope data, which devices +can report through the rotational axes (absolute and/or relative rx, ry, rz). + +All other axes retain their meaning. A device must not mix regular directional axes and accelerometer axes on the same event node. Guidelines: diff --git a/Documentation/input/ff.txt b/Documentation/input/ff.txt index b3867bf49f8f9ec0743e3cc9384d8ed45449a972..be742eec7aab370817f5273cd5de8d093e257f5a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/ff.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/ff.txt @@ -106,9 +106,9 @@ allocate a new effect. Effects are file descriptor specific. -See for a description of the ff_effect struct. You should also -find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.fig and interactive.fig. -You need xfig to visualize these files. +See for a description of the ff_effect struct. You should +also find help in a few sketches, contained in files shape.fig and +interactive.fig. You need xfig to visualize these files. 3.3 Removing an effect from the device ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt b/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt index 7f8b9d97bc47d32359150822eaa16b23acfc13be..c3b940baba423accc3c04b1be8e37d5b7e373f2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/input-programming.txt @@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ It's reported to the input system via: input_report_key(struct input_dev *dev, int code, int value) -See linux/input.h for the allowable values of code (from 0 to KEY_MAX). -Value is interpreted as a truth value, ie any nonzero value means key +See uapi/linux/input-event-codes.h for the allowable values of code (from 0 to +KEY_MAX). Value is interpreted as a truth value, ie any nonzero value means key pressed, zero value means key released. The input code generates events only in case the value is different from before. diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 08244bea504877397ecabd2732e8e0cf00e6da09..a77ead911956be7f5902b9f53da0c526119aaaf1 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'c' 00-1F linux/chio.h conflict! 'c' 80-9F arch/s390/include/asm/chsc.h conflict! 'c' A0-AF arch/x86/include/asm/msr.h conflict! -'d' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm/h conflict! +'d' 00-FF linux/char/drm/drm.h conflict! 'd' 02-40 pcmcia/ds.h conflict! 'd' F0-FF linux/digi1.h 'e' all linux/digi1.h conflict! diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt index bcea12a0c5847e12211a14d43f356d0f1a1e77f0..e23fa91ea722fd82882eb80937ff8f4e87e65140 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ As soon as 'loading' is set to 0, registered callback is called. Inside the callback, the selected engine is loaded and memory is updated. To run programmed pattern, 'run_engine' attribute should be enabled. -The pattern sqeuence of LP8501 is similar to LP5523. +The pattern sequence of LP8501 is similar to LP5523. However pattern data is specific. Ex 1) Engine 1 is used echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine diff --git a/Documentation/lightnvm/pblk.txt b/Documentation/lightnvm/pblk.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..1040ed1cec812dce0c17cadbb7c73a6febd28c61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/lightnvm/pblk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +pblk: Physical Block Device Target +================================== + +pblk implements a fully associative, host-based FTL that exposes a traditional +block I/O interface. Its primary responsibilities are: + + - Map logical addresses onto physical addresses (4KB granularity) in a + logical-to-physical (L2P) table. + - Maintain the integrity and consistency of the L2P table as well as its + recovery from normal tear down and power outage. + - Deal with controller- and media-specific constrains. + - Handle I/O errors. + - Implement garbage collection. + - Maintain consistency across the I/O stack during synchronization points. + +For more information please refer to: + + http://lightnvm.io + +which maintains updated FAQs, manual pages, technical documentation, tools, +contacts, etc. diff --git a/Documentation/md/md-cluster.txt b/Documentation/md/md-cluster.txt index 38883276d31c379fe6de344537b08d0b4e10e6a9..d22103994aef3f5d6b74b00c499e6cebd015bfe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/md/md-cluster.txt +++ b/Documentation/md/md-cluster.txt @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ There are three groups of locks for managing the device: 3.1.2 RESYNCING: informs other nodes that a resync is initiated or ended so that each node may suspend or resume the region. Each RESYNCING message identifies a range of the devices that the - sending node is about to resync. This over-rides any pervious + sending node is about to resync. This overrides any previous notification from that node: only one ranged can be resynced at a time per-node. diff --git a/Documentation/media/Makefile b/Documentation/media/Makefile index 9b3e70b2cab29ddb02a3b61878f67569410764d1..36166952d555fbc5444e6c2c9c11c081c81df2f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/media/Makefile @@ -1,51 +1,6 @@ -# Rules to convert DOT and SVG to Sphinx images - -SRC_DIR=$(srctree)/Documentation/media - -DOTS = \ - uapi/v4l/pipeline.dot \ - -IMAGES = \ - typical_media_device.svg \ - uapi/dvb/dvbstb.svg \ - uapi/v4l/bayer.svg \ - uapi/v4l/constraints.svg \ - uapi/v4l/crop.svg \ - uapi/v4l/fieldseq_bt.svg \ - uapi/v4l/fieldseq_tb.svg \ - uapi/v4l/nv12mt.svg \ - uapi/v4l/nv12mt_example.svg \ - uapi/v4l/pipeline.svg \ - uapi/v4l/selection.svg \ - uapi/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg \ - uapi/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg \ - uapi/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg \ - uapi/v4l/vbi_525.svg \ - uapi/v4l/vbi_625.svg \ - uapi/v4l/vbi_hsync.svg \ - -DOTTGT := $(patsubst %.dot,%.svg,$(DOTS)) -IMGDOT := $(patsubst %,$(SRC_DIR)/%,$(DOTTGT)) - -IMGTGT := $(patsubst %.svg,%.pdf,$(IMAGES)) -IMGPDF := $(patsubst %,$(SRC_DIR)/%,$(IMGTGT)) - -cmd = $(echo-cmd) $(cmd_$(1)) - -quiet_cmd_genpdf = GENPDF $2 - cmd_genpdf = convert $2 $3 - -quiet_cmd_gendot = DOT $2 - cmd_gendot = dot -Tsvg $2 > $3 || { rm -f $3; exit 1; } - -%.pdf: %.svg - @$(call cmd,genpdf,$<,$@) - -%.svg: %.dot - @$(call cmd,gendot,$<,$@) - # Rules to convert a .h file to inline RST documentation +SRC_DIR=$(srctree)/Documentation/media PARSER = $(srctree)/Documentation/sphinx/parse-headers.pl UAPI = $(srctree)/include/uapi/linux KAPI = $(srctree)/include/linux diff --git a/Documentation/media/intro.rst b/Documentation/media/intro.rst index 8f7490c9a8efcda19316968085fce830feeba624..9ce2e23a0236796c557b3dd371ad71db845a646a 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/intro.rst @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ A typical media device hardware is shown at :ref:`typical_media_device`. .. _typical_media_device: -.. figure:: typical_media_device.* - :alt: typical_media_device.pdf / typical_media_device.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: typical_media_device.svg + :alt: typical_media_device.svg + :align: center Typical Media Device diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/intro.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/intro.rst index 2ed5c23102b492dc5cb134ac2b63c24a63dd466a..652c4aacd2c6da91b010e041c780c3bcb7f9ae17 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/intro.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/dvb/intro.rst @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ Overview .. _stb_components: -.. figure:: dvbstb.* - :alt: dvbstb.pdf / dvbstb.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: dvbstb.svg + :alt: dvbstb.svg + :align: center Components of a DVB card/STB diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/crop.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/crop.rst index be58894c9c89d48a7bb58fff741d0313d8d1d4fe..182565b9ace492fcb622493ca7d674b426a56ac6 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/crop.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/crop.rst @@ -53,8 +53,8 @@ Cropping Structures .. _crop-scale: -.. figure:: crop.* - :alt: crop.pdf / crop.svg +.. kernel-figure:: crop.svg + :alt: crop.svg :align: center Image Cropping, Insertion and Scaling diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.rst index baf5f24839272823f861149ef7a1c4b3a2c47f2a..2e6878b624f65248a8ab38a42fc8fe4c8d88041e 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-raw-vbi.rst @@ -221,33 +221,29 @@ and always returns default parameters as :ref:`VIDIOC_G_FMT ` does .. _vbi-hsync: -.. figure:: vbi_hsync.* - :alt: vbi_hsync.pdf / vbi_hsync.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: vbi_hsync.svg + :alt: vbi_hsync.svg + :align: center **Figure 4.1. Line synchronization** .. _vbi-525: -.. figure:: vbi_525.* - :alt: vbi_525.pdf / vbi_525.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: vbi_525.svg + :alt: vbi_525.svg + :align: center **Figure 4.2. ITU-R 525 line numbering (M/NTSC and M/PAL)** - - .. _vbi-625: -.. figure:: vbi_625.* - :alt: vbi_625.pdf / vbi_625.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: vbi_625.svg + :alt: vbi_625.svg + :align: center **Figure 4.3. ITU-R 625 line numbering** - - Remember the VBI image format depends on the selected video standard, therefore the application must choose a new standard or query the current standard first. Attempts to read or write data ahead of format diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-subdev.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-subdev.rst index cd28701802086e24d4f743f453ace72a91ab6477..f0e76216773087bcf60fd0457bde43d1d37ab278 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-subdev.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/dev-subdev.rst @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ the video sensor and the host image processing hardware. .. _pipeline-scaling: -.. figure:: pipeline.* - :alt: pipeline.pdf / pipeline.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: pipeline.dot + :alt: pipeline.dot + :align: center Image Format Negotiation on Pipelines @@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ selection will refer to the sink pad format dimensions instead. .. _subdev-image-processing-crop: -.. figure:: subdev-image-processing-crop.* - :alt: subdev-image-processing-crop.pdf / subdev-image-processing-crop.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: subdev-image-processing-crop.svg + :alt: subdev-image-processing-crop.svg + :align: center **Figure 4.5. Image processing in subdevs: simple crop example** @@ -421,9 +421,9 @@ pad. .. _subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source: -.. figure:: subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.* - :alt: subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.pdf / subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg + :alt: subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg + :align: center **Figure 4.6. Image processing in subdevs: scaling with multiple sources** @@ -437,8 +437,8 @@ an area at location specified by the source crop rectangle from it. .. _subdev-image-processing-full: -.. figure:: subdev-image-processing-full.* - :alt: subdev-image-processing-full.pdf / subdev-image-processing-full.svg +.. kernel-figure:: subdev-image-processing-full.svg + :alt: subdev-image-processing-full.svg :align: center **Figure 4.7. Image processing in subdevs: scaling and composition with multiple sinks and sources** diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/field-order.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/field-order.rst index e05fb10413635ab77fb6caf564828d740d0fa5cb..5f3f82cbfa34bf8bd1aa475dcccf3661ea492393 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/field-order.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/field-order.rst @@ -141,17 +141,20 @@ enum v4l2_field Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted ======================================== -.. figure:: fieldseq_tb.* - :alt: fieldseq_tb.pdf / fieldseq_tb.svg +.. kernel-figure:: fieldseq_tb.svg + :alt: fieldseq_tb.svg :align: center + Field Order, Top Field First Transmitted + .. _fieldseq-bt: Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted =========================================== -.. figure:: fieldseq_bt.* - :alt: fieldseq_bt.pdf / fieldseq_bt.svg +.. kernel-figure:: fieldseq_bt.svg + :alt: fieldseq_bt.svg :align: center + Field Order, Bottom Field First Transmitted diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.rst index 32d0c8743460a3fe6546393a0ddf7fbc87949f8c..172a3825604ecc09dccbd9bd519164926f3c3a9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/pixfmt-nv12mt.rst @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ Layout of macroblocks in memory is presented in the following figure. .. _nv12mt: -.. figure:: nv12mt.* - :alt: nv12mt.pdf / nv12mt.svg +.. kernel-figure:: nv12mt.svg + :alt: nv12mt.svg :align: center V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT macroblock Z shape memory layout @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ interleaved. Height of the buffer is aligned to 32. .. _nv12mt_ex: -.. figure:: nv12mt_example.* - :alt: nv12mt_example.pdf / nv12mt_example.svg +.. kernel-figure:: nv12mt_example.svg + :alt: nv12mt_example.svg :align: center Example V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12MT memory layout of macroblocks diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/selection-api-003.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/selection-api-003.rst index 21686f93c38f183d779696669152f9512e8f461a..bf7e76dfbdf96069768f4e857e59f344f057937d 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/selection-api-003.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/selection-api-003.rst @@ -7,9 +7,9 @@ Selection targets .. _sel-targets-capture: -.. figure:: selection.* - :alt: selection.pdf / selection.svg - :align: center +.. kernel-figure:: selection.svg + :alt: selection.svg + :align: center Cropping and composing targets diff --git a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst index d6152c907b8ba65d75a81dc54be450e9120643b7..89a1fb95931443ed586c572755f93c8b3ab79712 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/uapi/v4l/subdev-formats.rst @@ -1514,8 +1514,8 @@ be named ``MEDIA_BUS_FMT_SRGGB10_2X8_PADHI_LE``. .. _bayer-patterns: -.. figure:: bayer.* - :alt: bayer.pdf / bayer.svg +.. kernel-figure:: bayer.svg + :alt: bayer.svg :align: center **Figure 4.8 Bayer Patterns** diff --git a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/index.rst b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/index.rst index a606d1cdac13a513781d513f435a2ad3cc47f8e9..90fe22a6414aa09e85304ee6d0591351c38358fc 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/index.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/index.rst @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ For more details see the file COPYING in the source distribution of Linux. meye omap3isp omap4_camera + philips pvrusb2 pxa_camera radiotrack diff --git a/drivers/media/usb/pwc/philips.txt b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/philips.rst similarity index 95% rename from drivers/media/usb/pwc/philips.txt rename to Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/philips.rst index d38dd791511e16bf2f74d9509b869d0ac9373a2d..620bcfea7af0d24e9f27add958147f7aa0edaaa0 100644 --- a/drivers/media/usb/pwc/philips.txt +++ b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/philips.rst @@ -1,8 +1,12 @@ +Philips webcams (pwc driver) +============================ + This file contains some additional information for the Philips and OEM webcams. E-mail: webcam@smcc.demon.nl Last updated: 2004-01-19 Site: http://www.smcc.demon.nl/webcam/ As of this moment, the following cameras are supported: + * Philips PCA645 * Philips PCA646 * Philips PCVC675 @@ -89,7 +93,8 @@ power_save compression (only useful with the plugin) With this option you can control the compression factor that the camera uses to squeeze the image through the USB bus. You can set the - parameter between 0 and 3: + parameter between 0 and 3:: + 0 = prefer uncompressed images; if the requested mode is not available in an uncompressed format, the driver will silently switch to low compression. @@ -109,11 +114,11 @@ compression (only useful with the plugin) leds This settings takes 2 integers, that define the on/off time for the LED (in milliseconds). One of the interesting things that you can do with - this is let the LED blink while the camera is in use. This: + this is let the LED blink while the camera is in use. This:: leds=500,500 - will blink the LED once every second. But with: + will blink the LED once every second. But with:: leds=0,0 @@ -141,7 +146,7 @@ dev_hint A camera is specified by its type (the number from the camera model, like PCA645, PCVC750VC, etc) and optionally the serial number (visible in /proc/bus/usb/devices). A hint consists of a string with the following - format: + format:: [type[.serialnumber]:]node @@ -150,7 +155,7 @@ dev_hint would be rather pointless). The serialnumber is separated from the type by a '.'; the node number by a ':'. - This somewhat cryptic syntax is best explained by a few examples: + This somewhat cryptic syntax is best explained by a few examples:: dev_hint=3,5 The first detected cam gets assigned /dev/video3, the second /dev/video5. Any @@ -170,6 +175,7 @@ dev_hint through /dev/video6. Some points worth knowing: + - Serialnumbers are case sensitive and must be written full, including leading zeroes (it's treated as a string). - If a device node is already occupied, registration will fail and @@ -189,8 +195,10 @@ trace If you want to trace something, look up the bit value(s) in the table below, add the values together and supply that to the trace variable. + ====== ======= ================================================ ======= Value Value Description Default (dec) (hex) + ====== ======= ================================================ ======= 1 0x1 Module initialization; this will log messages On while loading and unloading the module @@ -208,6 +216,7 @@ trace 64 0x40 Show viewport and image sizes Off 128 0x80 PWCX debugging Off + ====== ======= ================================================ ======= For example, to trace the open() & read() functions, sum 8 + 4 = 12, so you would supply trace=12 during insmod or modprobe. If @@ -216,7 +225,7 @@ trace -Example: +Example:: # modprobe pwc size=cif fps=15 power_save=1 diff --git a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/soc-camera.rst b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/soc-camera.rst index ba0c15dd092cc7c758dddb7f2f6da808df48a2df..79d09e423700e70c8c4b0d5d6f9699ad999cb87c 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/soc-camera.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/soc-camera.rst @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ The following terms are used in this document: control and configuration, and a parallel or a serial bus for data. - camera host - an interface, to which a camera is connected. Typically a specialised interface, present on many SoCs, e.g. PXA27x and PXA3xx, SuperH, - AVR32, i.MX27, i.MX31. + i.MX27, i.MX31. - camera host bus - a connection between a camera host and a camera. Can be parallel or serial, consists of data and control lines, e.g. clock, vertical and horizontal synchronization signals. diff --git a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/zr364xx.rst b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/zr364xx.rst index f5280e3668260af1cd7e339de48eacfa9c2ef782..3d193f01d8bb8a4f61d8af25d7e331a0d7e61e58 100644 --- a/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/zr364xx.rst +++ b/Documentation/media/v4l-drivers/zr364xx.rst @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ You can try the experience changing the vendor/product ID values (look at the source code). You can get these values by looking at /var/log/messages when you plug -your camera, or by typing : cat /proc/bus/usb/devices. +your camera, or by typing : cat /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. If you manage to use your cam with this code, you can send me a mail (royale@zerezo.com) with the name of your cam and a patch if needed. diff --git a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt index 404a0e9e92b0c8ea5823271eecc06c965ffaed35..4ad0bb17f3436bcf99c0dac12e1c199e31f7fc30 100644 --- a/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt +++ b/Documentation/mmc/mmc-dev-attrs.txt @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ SD and MMC Device Attributes All attributes are read-only. - cid Card Identifaction Register + cid Card Identification Register csd Card Specific Data Register scr SD Card Configuration Register (SD only) date Manufacturing Date (from CID Register) @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ All attributes are read-only. rel_sectors Reliable write sector count ocr Operation Conditions Register dsr Driver Stage Register + cmdq_en Command Queue enabled: 1 => enabled, 0 => not enabled Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size: @@ -71,6 +72,6 @@ Note on Erase Size and Preferred Erase Size: "preferred_erase_size" is in bytes. Note on raw_rpmb_size_mult: - "raw_rpmb_size_mult" is a mutliple of 128kB block. + "raw_rpmb_size_mult" is a multiple of 128kB block. RPMB size in byte is calculated by using the following equation: RPMB partition size = 128kB x raw_rpmb_size_mult diff --git a/Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt b/Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt index b9482ca1025457e12a0fed3b7e8e198ed2d18463..e4c376abbdad9441f264e4d65bea69168282c861 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/cdc_mbim.txt @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ References [5] "MBIM (Mobile Broadband Interface Model) Registry" - http://compliance.usb.org/mbim/ -[6] "/proc/bus/usb filesystem output" +[6] "/dev/bus/usb filesystem output" - Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt [7] "/sys/bus/usb/devices/.../descriptors" diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e100.txt b/Documentation/networking/e100.txt index 42ddbd4b52a9d646a539ad154d7400c0a61c02c7..54810b82c01af6cd7fbfc787de4fe00caddaa667 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/e100.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/e100.txt @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Additional Configurations version 1.6 or later is required for this functionality. The latest release of ethtool can be found from - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL) --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt index 437b2099cced6e2c4b1285eefaf7f9adf7228c85..1f6ed848363dc2c56a66b60b1202b40f8611d864 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/e1000.txt @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Additional Configurations version 1.6 or later is required for this functionality. The latest release of ethtool can be found from - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL) --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt b/Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt index ad2d9f38ce1400ad0b02771010a249234837ee3b..12089547baedd323f0cf0e3da41ca4b31e3a1aca 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/e1000e.txt @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Additional Configurations diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. We strongly recommend downloading the latest version of ethtool at: - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ NOTE: When validating enable/disable tests on some parts (82578, for example) you need to add a few seconds between tests when working with ethtool. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index 683ada5ad81deadd19e84ab91c324de02aa36c68..b69b205501dec6a7571489a51bd9718c65c4270d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -595,10 +595,9 @@ got from bpf_prog_create(), and 'ctx' the given context (e.g. skb pointer). All constraints and restrictions from bpf_check_classic() apply before a conversion to the new layout is being done behind the scenes! -Currently, the classic BPF format is being used for JITing on most of the -architectures. x86-64, aarch64 and s390x perform JIT compilation from eBPF -instruction set, however, future work will migrate other JIT compilers as well, -so that they will profit from the very same benefits. +Currently, the classic BPF format is being used for JITing on most 32-bit +architectures, whereas x86-64, aarch64, s390x, powerpc64, sparc64 perform JIT +compilation from eBPF instruction set. Some core changes of the new internal format: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt index a251bf4fe9c9281baf497f17bff8630b4eb21705..57e616ed10b0b54fc8ca2ad1ea405f742db2ab1e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/i40e.txt @@ -63,6 +63,78 @@ Additional Configurations The latest release of ethtool can be found from https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool + + Flow Director n-ntuple traffic filters (FDir) + --------------------------------------------- + The driver utilizes the ethtool interface for configuring ntuple filters, + via "ethtool -N ". + + The sctp4, ip4, udp4, and tcp4 flow types are supported with the standard + fields including src-ip, dst-ip, src-port and dst-port. The driver only + supports fully enabling or fully masking the fields, so use of the mask + fields for partial matches is not supported. + + Additionally, the driver supports using the action to specify filters for a + Virtual Function. You can specify the action as a 64bit value, where the + lower 32 bits represents the queue number, while the next 8 bits represent + which VF. Note that 0 is the PF, so the VF identifier is offset by 1. For + example: + + ... action 0x800000002 ... + + Would indicate to direct traffic for Virtual Function 7 (8 minus 1) on queue + 2 of that VF. + + The driver also supports using the user-defined field to specify 2 bytes of + arbitrary data to match within the packet payload in addition to the regular + fields. The data is specified in the lower 32bits of the user-def field in + the following way: + + +----------------------------+---------------------------+ + | 31 28 24 20 16 | 15 12 8 4 0| + +----------------------------+---------------------------+ + | offset into packet payload | 2 bytes of flexible data | + +----------------------------+---------------------------+ + + As an example, + + ... user-def 0x4FFFF .... + + means to match the value 0xFFFF 4 bytes into the packet payload. Note that + the offset is based on the beginning of the payload, and not the beginning + of the packet. Thus + + flow-type tcp4 ... user-def 0x8BEAF .... + + would match TCP/IPv4 packets which have the value 0xBEAF 8bytes into the + TCP/IPv4 payload. + + For ICMP, the hardware parses the ICMP header as 4 bytes of header and 4 + bytes of payload, so if you want to match an ICMP frames payload you may need + to add 4 to the offset in order to match the data. + + Furthermore, the offset can only be up to a value of 64, as the hardware + will only read up to 64 bytes of data from the payload. It must also be even + as the flexible data is 2 bytes long and must be aligned to byte 0 of the + packet payload. + + When programming filters, the hardware is limited to using a single input + set for each flow type. This means that it is an error to program two + different filters with the same type that don't match on the same fields. + Thus the second of the following two commands will fail: + + ethtool -N flow-type tcp4 src-ip 192.168.0.7 action 5 + ethtool -N flow-type tcp4 dst-ip 192.168.15.18 action 1 + + This is because the first filter will be accepted and reprogram the input + set for TCPv4 filters, but the second filter will be unable to reprogram the + input set until all the conflicting TCPv4 filters are first removed. + + Note that the user-defined flexible offset is also considered part of the + input set and cannot be programmed separately for multiple filters of the + same type. However, the flexible data is not part of the input set and + multiple filters may use the same offset but match against different data. + Data Center Bridging (DCB) -------------------------- DCB configuration is not currently supported. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt index 15534fdd09a88f97a8d9c20b72666d6eff93dd0d..f90643ef39c98b2e6ab1d4c5040b83fdb89b3096 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/igb.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/igb.txt @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Additional Configurations diagnostics, as well as displaying statistical information. The latest version of ethtool can be found at: - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ Enabling Wake on LAN* (WoL) --------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt b/Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt index 40db17a6665b19ea6b9202ca19b2c62c68c4deb0..bd404735fb4644bfdf9dc8ef5cefa4f21373044d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/igbvf.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Additional Configurations version 3.0 or later is required for this functionality, although we strongly recommend downloading the latest version at: - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ Support ======= diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index fc73eeb7b3b8b119083a03a42e0046a564ea2f0e..974ab47ae53a81c27b2b57533db813288139fd7b 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -73,6 +73,14 @@ fib_multipath_use_neigh - BOOLEAN 0 - disabled 1 - enabled +fib_multipath_hash_policy - INTEGER + Controls which hash policy to use for multipath routes. Only valid + for kernels built with CONFIG_IP_ROUTE_MULTIPATH enabled. + Default: 0 (Layer 3) + Possible values: + 0 - Layer 3 + 1 - Layer 4 + route/max_size - INTEGER Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes. @@ -594,6 +602,14 @@ tcp_fastopen - INTEGER Note that that additional client or server features are only effective if the basic support (0x1 and 0x2) are enabled respectively. +tcp_fastopen_blackhole_timeout_sec - INTEGER + Initial time period in second to disable Fastopen on active TCP sockets + when a TFO firewall blackhole issue happens. + This time period will grow exponentially when more blackhole issues + get detected right after Fastopen is re-enabled and will reset to + initial value when the blackhole issue goes away. + By default, it is set to 1hr. + tcp_syn_retries - INTEGER Number of times initial SYNs for an active TCP connection attempt will be retransmitted. Should not be higher than 127. Default value @@ -640,11 +656,6 @@ tcp_tso_win_divisor - INTEGER building larger TSO frames. Default: 3 -tcp_tw_recycle - BOOLEAN - Enable fast recycling TIME-WAIT sockets. Default value is 0. - It should not be changed without advice/request of technical - experts. - tcp_tw_reuse - BOOLEAN Allow to reuse TIME-WAIT sockets for new connections when it is safe from protocol viewpoint. Default value is 0. @@ -853,12 +864,21 @@ ip_dynaddr - BOOLEAN ip_early_demux - BOOLEAN Optimize input packet processing down to one demux for certain kinds of local sockets. Currently we only do this - for established TCP sockets. + for established TCP and connected UDP sockets. It may add an additional cost for pure routing workloads that reduces overall throughput, in such case you should disable it. Default: 1 +tcp_early_demux - BOOLEAN + Enable early demux for established TCP sockets. + Default: 1 + +udp_early_demux - BOOLEAN + Enable early demux for connected UDP sockets. Disable this if + your system could experience more unconnected load. + Default: 1 + icmp_echo_ignore_all - BOOLEAN If set non-zero, then the kernel will ignore all ICMP ECHO requests sent to it. @@ -1006,7 +1026,8 @@ accept_redirects - BOOLEAN FALSE (router) forwarding - BOOLEAN - Enable IP forwarding on this interface. + Enable IP forwarding on this interface. This controls whether packets + received _on_ this interface can be forwarded. mc_forwarding - BOOLEAN Do multicast routing. The kernel needs to be compiled with CONFIG_MROUTE @@ -1457,11 +1478,20 @@ accept_ra_pinfo - BOOLEAN Functional default: enabled if accept_ra is enabled. disabled if accept_ra is disabled. +accept_ra_rt_info_min_plen - INTEGER + Minimum prefix length of Route Information in RA. + + Route Information w/ prefix smaller than this variable shall + be ignored. + + Functional default: 0 if accept_ra_rtr_pref is enabled. + -1 if accept_ra_rtr_pref is disabled. + accept_ra_rt_info_max_plen - INTEGER Maximum prefix length of Route Information in RA. - Route Information w/ prefix larger than or equal to this - variable shall be ignored. + Route Information w/ prefix larger than this variable shall + be ignored. Functional default: 0 if accept_ra_rtr_pref is enabled. -1 if accept_ra_rtr_pref is disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt index e6b1c025fdd89362a40e7aa676859a3a83646e7a..056898685d408e463f1a191f36e2384e9974ab6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ipvs-sysctl.txt @@ -175,6 +175,14 @@ nat_icmp_send - BOOLEAN for VS/NAT when the load balancer receives packets from real servers but the connection entries don't exist. +pmtu_disc - BOOLEAN + 0 - disabled + not 0 - enabled (default) + + By default, reject with FRAG_NEEDED all DF packets that exceed + the PMTU, irrespective of the forwarding method. For TUN method + the flag can be disabled to fragment such packets. + secure_tcp - INTEGER 0 - disabled (default) @@ -185,15 +193,59 @@ secure_tcp - INTEGER The value definition is the same as that of drop_entry and drop_packet. -sync_threshold - INTEGER - default 3 +sync_threshold - vector of 2 INTEGERs: sync_threshold, sync_period + default 3 50 + + It sets synchronization threshold, which is the minimum number + of incoming packets that a connection needs to receive before + the connection will be synchronized. A connection will be + synchronized, every time the number of its incoming packets + modulus sync_period equals the threshold. The range of the + threshold is from 0 to sync_period. + + When sync_period and sync_refresh_period are 0, send sync only + for state changes or only once when pkts matches sync_threshold + +sync_refresh_period - UNSIGNED INTEGER + default 0 + + In seconds, difference in reported connection timer that triggers + new sync message. It can be used to avoid sync messages for the + specified period (or half of the connection timeout if it is lower) + if connection state is not changed since last sync. + + This is useful for normal connections with high traffic to reduce + sync rate. Additionally, retry sync_retries times with period of + sync_refresh_period/8. + +sync_retries - INTEGER + default 0 + + Defines sync retries with period of sync_refresh_period/8. Useful + to protect against loss of sync messages. The range of the + sync_retries is from 0 to 3. + +sync_qlen_max - UNSIGNED LONG + + Hard limit for queued sync messages that are not sent yet. It + defaults to 1/32 of the memory pages but actually represents + number of messages. It will protect us from allocating large + parts of memory when the sending rate is lower than the queuing + rate. + +sync_sock_size - INTEGER + default 0 + + Configuration of SNDBUF (master) or RCVBUF (slave) socket limit. + Default value is 0 (preserve system defaults). + +sync_ports - INTEGER + default 1 - It sets synchronization threshold, which is the minimum number - of incoming packets that a connection needs to receive before - the connection will be synchronized. A connection will be - synchronized, every time the number of its incoming packets - modulus 50 equals the threshold. The range of the threshold is - from 0 to 49. + The number of threads that master and backup servers can use for + sync traffic. Every thread will use single UDP port, thread 0 will + use the default port 8848 while last thread will use port + 8848+sync_ports-1. snat_reroute - BOOLEAN 0 - disabled diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt index 9b4a10a1cf50b4513eecaa6e638051a356c34efa..09f71d71920ad405d38cf29e43dbc6c8f70d2f05 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Additional Configurations version 1.6 or later is required for this functionality. The latest release of ethtool can be found from - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ NOTE: The ethtool version 1.6 only supports a limited set of ethtool options. Support for a more complete ethtool feature set can be enabled by diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt index 6f0cb57b59c6b3713b3428c0dfadbbec46972ab5..687835415707c8fbf4ac3b688a6c91c64848f2b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgbe.txt @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ Additional Configurations ethtool version is required for this functionality. The latest release of ethtool can be found from - http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/network/ethtool/ FCoE ---- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt index 15d8d16934fd13727bb35e9c5078484127bbfa30..2f24a1912a48c73d360416d9889dd47c25bbbe28 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/mpls-sysctl.txt @@ -19,6 +19,25 @@ platform_labels - INTEGER Possible values: 0 - 1048575 Default: 0 +ip_ttl_propagate - BOOL + Control whether TTL is propagated from the IPv4/IPv6 header to + the MPLS header on imposing labels and propagated from the + MPLS header to the IPv4/IPv6 header on popping the last label. + + If disabled, the MPLS transport network will appear as a + single hop to transit traffic. + + 0 - disabled / RFC 3443 [Short] Pipe Model + 1 - enabled / RFC 3443 Uniform Model (default) + +default_ttl - BOOL + Default TTL value to use for MPLS packets where it cannot be + propagated from an IP header, either because one isn't present + or ip_ttl_propagate has been disabled. + + Possible values: 1 - 255 + Default: 255 + conf//input - BOOL Control whether packets can be input on this interface. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt index 2bbac05ab9e26d4b27daf0db23e820a94e23ad6e..3e7b946dea2778441ce0599643535188699e16ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/switchdev.txt @@ -13,43 +13,43 @@ an example setup using a data-center-class switch ASIC chip. Other setups with SR-IOV or soft switches, such as OVS, are possible. -                             User-space tools                                  -                                                                               -       user space                   |                                          -      +-------------------------------------------------------------------+    -       kernel                       | Netlink                                  -                                    |                                          -                     +--------------+-------------------------------+          -                     |         Network stack                        |          -                     |           (Linux)                            |          -                     |                                              |          -                     +----------------------------------------------+          -                                                                               +                             User-space tools + +       user space                   | +      +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ +       kernel                       | Netlink +                                    | +                     +--------------+-------------------------------+ +                     |         Network stack                        | +                     |           (Linux)                            | +                     |                                              | +                     +----------------------------------------------+ + sw1p2 sw1p4 sw1p6 -                      sw1p1  + sw1p3 +  sw1p5 +         eth1              -                        +    |    +    |    +    |            +                -                        |    |    |    |    |    |            |                -                     +--+----+----+----+-+--+----+---+  +-----+-----+          -                     |         Switch driver         |  |    mgmt   |          -                     |        (this document)        |  |   driver  |          -                     |                               |  |           |          -                     +--------------+----------------+  +-----------+          -                                    |                                          -       kernel                       | HW bus (eg PCI)                          -      +-------------------------------------------------------------------+    -       hardware                     |                                          -                     +--------------+---+------------+                         -                     |         Switch device (sw1)   |                         -                     |  +----+                       +--------+                -                     |  |    v offloaded data path   | mgmt port               -                     |  |    |                       |                         -                     +--|----|----+----+----+----+---+                         -                        |    |    |    |    |    |                             -                        +    +    +    +    +    +                             +                      sw1p1  + sw1p3 +  sw1p5 +         eth1 +                        +    |    +    |    +    |            + +                        |    |    |    |    |    |            | +                     +--+----+----+----+-+--+----+---+  +-----+-----+ +                     |         Switch driver         |  |    mgmt   | +                     |        (this document)        |  |   driver  | +                     |                               |  |           | +                     +--------------+----------------+  +-----------+ +                                    | +       kernel                       | HW bus (eg PCI) +      +-------------------------------------------------------------------+ +       hardware                     | +                     +--------------+---+------------+ +                     |         Switch device (sw1)   | +                     |  +----+                       +--------+ +                     |  |    v offloaded data path   | mgmt port +                     |  |    |                       | +                     +--|----|----+----+----+----+---+ +                        |    |    |    |    |    | +                        +    +    +    +    +    +                        p1   p2   p3   p4   p5   p6 -                                        -                             front-panel ports                                 -                                                                               + +                             front-panel ports + Fig 1. diff --git a/Documentation/phy.txt b/Documentation/phy.txt index 0aa994bd9a917664fa34e8c5f481ec3e05fc986d..383cdd863f083efceef7ef1d87ca402f4fa9b694 100644 --- a/Documentation/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/phy.txt @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ should contain the phy name as given in the dt data and in the case of non-dt boot, it should contain the label of the PHY. The two devm_phy_get associates the device with the PHY using devres on successful PHY get. On driver detach, release function is invoked on -the the devres data and devres data is freed. phy_optional_get and +the devres data and devres data is freed. phy_optional_get and devm_phy_optional_get should be used when the phy is optional. These two functions will never return -ENODEV, but instead returns NULL when the phy cannot be found.Some generic drivers, such as ehci, may use multiple diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt index 54bd5faa8782258f72b134f1aaca684c15a00eb6..f2af35f6d6b2bc8bbfa2ff5727f24b3fd1a9b2f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt @@ -77,9 +77,15 @@ static struct pinctrl_desc foo_desc = { int __init foo_probe(void) { + int error; + struct pinctrl_dev *pctl; - return pinctrl_register_and_init(&foo_desc, , NULL, &pctl); + error = pinctrl_register_and_init(&foo_desc, , NULL, &pctl); + if (error) + return error; + + return pinctrl_enable(pctl); } To enable the pinctrl subsystem and the subgroups for PINMUX and PINCONF and diff --git a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt index 64546eb9a16a118771fb8d1d822ee8fdeafd46de..ee69d753217274780f9c66df9d178ac3385ae3fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt @@ -478,15 +478,23 @@ drivers/base/power/runtime.c and include/linux/pm_runtime.h: - set the power.last_busy field to the current time void pm_runtime_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev); - - set the power.use_autosuspend flag, enabling autosuspend delays + - set the power.use_autosuspend flag, enabling autosuspend delays; call + pm_runtime_get_sync if the flag was previously cleared and + power.autosuspend_delay is negative void pm_runtime_dont_use_autosuspend(struct device *dev); - - clear the power.use_autosuspend flag, disabling autosuspend delays + - clear the power.use_autosuspend flag, disabling autosuspend delays; + decrement the device's usage counter if the flag was previously set and + power.autosuspend_delay is negative; call pm_runtime_idle void pm_runtime_set_autosuspend_delay(struct device *dev, int delay); - set the power.autosuspend_delay value to 'delay' (expressed in milliseconds); if 'delay' is negative then runtime suspends are - prevented + prevented; if power.use_autosuspend is set, pm_runtime_get_sync may be + called or the device's usage counter may be decremented and + pm_runtime_idle called depending on if power.autosuspend_delay is + changed to or from a negative value; if power.use_autosuspend is clear, + pm_runtime_idle is called unsigned long pm_runtime_autosuspend_expiration(struct device *dev); - calculate the time when the current autosuspend delay period will expire, @@ -836,9 +844,8 @@ of the non-autosuspend counterparts: Instead of: pm_runtime_put_sync use: pm_runtime_put_sync_autosuspend. Drivers may also continue to use the non-autosuspend helper functions; they -will behave normally, not taking the autosuspend delay into account. -Similarly, if the power.use_autosuspend field isn't set then the autosuspend -helper functions will behave just like the non-autosuspend counterparts. +will behave normally, which means sometimes taking the autosuspend delay into +account (see pm_runtime_idle). Under some circumstances a driver or subsystem may want to prevent a device from autosuspending immediately, even though the usage counter is zero and the diff --git a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt index 8cc17ca718131656aac98d0946ffa2ecad5a1dc8..9f2f942a01cfa969a06068503625938f7f3569e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/swsusp.txt @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ Firewire, CompactFlash, MMC, external SATA, or even IDE hotplug bays) before suspending; then remount them after resuming. There is a work-around for this problem. For more information, see -Documentation/usb/persist.txt. +Documentation/driver-api/usb/persist.rst. Q: Can I suspend-to-disk using a swap partition under LVM? diff --git a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst index 2a728d898fc5a02a8574a0212350f2e72d98c971..6df19943dd4dc551db0d9a792cabd1e608504ec7 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/4.Coding.rst @@ -22,11 +22,11 @@ Coding style ************ The kernel has long had a standard coding style, described in -Documentation/process/coding-style.rst. For much of that time, the policies described -in that file were taken as being, at most, advisory. As a result, there is -a substantial amount of code in the kernel which does not meet the coding -style guidelines. The presence of that code leads to two independent -hazards for kernel developers. +:ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst `. For much of +that time, the policies described in that file were taken as being, at most, +advisory. As a result, there is a substantial amount of code in the kernel +which does not meet the coding style guidelines. The presence of that code +leads to two independent hazards for kernel developers. The first of these is to believe that the kernel coding standards do not matter and are not enforced. The truth of the matter is that adding new @@ -343,9 +343,10 @@ user-space developers to know what they are working with. See Documentation/ABI/README for a description of how this documentation should be formatted and what information needs to be provided. -The file Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst describes all of the kernel's -boot-time parameters. Any patch which adds new parameters should add the -appropriate entries to this file. +The file :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.rst +` describes all of the kernel's boot-time parameters. +Any patch which adds new parameters should add the appropriate entries to +this file. Any new configuration options must be accompanied by help text which clearly explains the options and when the user might want to select them. diff --git a/Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst b/Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst index 87825cf96f3327f68ca97709bddf1515d3bcd43a..a0d058cc6d25a7c843c453e1d93147228b4f075e 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst @@ -250,17 +250,11 @@ specific homes. The 4.x.y (-stable) and 4.x patches live at - ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ The -rc patches live at - ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/testing/ - -In place of ``ftp.kernel.org`` you can use ``ftp.cc.kernel.org``, where cc is a -country code. This way you'll be downloading from a mirror site that's most -likely geographically closer to you, resulting in faster downloads for you, -less bandwidth used globally and less load on the main kernel.org servers -- -these are good things, so do use mirrors when possible. + https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/testing/ The 4.x kernels @@ -317,7 +311,7 @@ the current stable kernel. The -stable team usually do make incremental patches available as well as patches against the latest mainline release, but I only cover the non-incremental ones below. The incremental ones can be found at - ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/incr/ + https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/incr/ These patches are not incremental, meaning that for example the 4.7.3 patch does not apply on top of the 4.7.2 kernel source, but rather on top diff --git a/Documentation/process/changes.rst b/Documentation/process/changes.rst index 56ce6611466568acb99444faa77fe7de8916417d..01c5dbcd0f847ebb3ead78646c8b9d0a00d243c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/changes.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/changes.rst @@ -318,9 +318,10 @@ PDF outputs, it is recommended to use version 1.4.6. .. note:: Please notice that, for PDF and LaTeX output, you'll also need ``XeLaTeX`` - version 3.14159265. Depending on the distribution, you may also need - to install a series of ``texlive`` packages that provide the minimal - set of functionalities required for ``XeLaTex`` to work. + version 3.14159265. Depending on the distribution, you may also need to + install a series of ``texlive`` packages that provide the minimal set of + functionalities required for ``XeLaTex`` to work. For PDF output you'll also + need ``convert(1)`` from ImageMagick (https://www.imagemagick.org). Other tools ----------- @@ -348,7 +349,7 @@ Make Binutils -------- -- +- OpenSSL ------- @@ -361,17 +362,17 @@ System utilities Util-linux ---------- -- +- Ksymoops -------- -- +- Module-Init-Tools ----------------- -- +- Mkinitrd -------- @@ -401,7 +402,7 @@ Xfsprogs Pcmciautils ----------- -- +- Quota-tools ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst b/Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst index 11ec2d93a5e08dc02db1f39291fe8bbec13f8748..61e9c78bd6d1d999033d11170ea6062337984a7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst +++ b/Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ specified in the following format in the sign-off area: .. code-block:: none - Cc: # 3.3.x- + Cc: # 3.3.x The tag has the meaning of: diff --git a/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX b/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX index 9189535f6cd298fd5b6e7b9967a4bf681197a8d2..317f0378ae01ffbb712464fd3534fcaa04c892f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/s390/00-INDEX @@ -22,5 +22,7 @@ qeth.txt - HiperSockets Bridge Port Support. s390dbf.txt - information on using the s390 debug feature. +vfio-ccw.txt + information on the vfio-ccw I/O subchannel driver. zfcpdump.txt - information on the s390 SCSI dump tool. diff --git a/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..90b3dfead81bd8390d8fd806129904e50cdc05e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt @@ -0,0 +1,303 @@ +vfio-ccw: the basic infrastructure +================================== + +Introduction +------------ + +Here we describe the vfio support for I/O subchannel devices for +Linux/s390. Motivation for vfio-ccw is to passthrough subchannels to a +virtual machine, while vfio is the means. + +Different than other hardware architectures, s390 has defined a unified +I/O access method, which is so called Channel I/O. It has its own access +patterns: +- Channel programs run asynchronously on a separate (co)processor. +- The channel subsystem will access any memory designated by the caller + in the channel program directly, i.e. there is no iommu involved. +Thus when we introduce vfio support for these devices, we realize it +with a mediated device (mdev) implementation. The vfio mdev will be +added to an iommu group, so as to make itself able to be managed by the +vfio framework. And we add read/write callbacks for special vfio I/O +regions to pass the channel programs from the mdev to its parent device +(the real I/O subchannel device) to do further address translation and +to perform I/O instructions. + +This document does not intend to explain the s390 I/O architecture in +every detail. More information/reference could be found here: +- A good start to know Channel I/O in general: + https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Channel_I/O +- s390 architecture: + s390 Principles of Operation manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7832) +- The existing Qemu code which implements a simple emulated channel + subsystem could also be a good reference. It makes it easier to follow + the flow. + qemu/hw/s390x/css.c + +For vfio mediated device framework: +- Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt + +Motivation of vfio-ccw +---------------------- + +Currently, a guest virtualized via qemu/kvm on s390 only sees +paravirtualized virtio devices via the "Virtio Over Channel I/O +(virtio-ccw)" transport. This makes virtio devices discoverable via +standard operating system algorithms for handling channel devices. + +However this is not enough. On s390 for the majority of devices, which +use the standard Channel I/O based mechanism, we also need to provide +the functionality of passing through them to a Qemu virtual machine. +This includes devices that don't have a virtio counterpart (e.g. tape +drives) or that have specific characteristics which guests want to +exploit. + +For passing a device to a guest, we want to use the same interface as +everybody else, namely vfio. Thus, we would like to introduce vfio +support for channel devices. And we would like to name this new vfio +device "vfio-ccw". + +Access patterns of CCW devices +------------------------------ + +s390 architecture has implemented a so called channel subsystem, that +provides a unified view of the devices physically attached to the +systems. Though the s390 hardware platform knows about a huge variety of +different peripheral attachments like disk devices (aka. DASDs), tapes, +communication controllers, etc. They can all be accessed by a well +defined access method and they are presenting I/O completion a unified +way: I/O interruptions. + +All I/O requires the use of channel command words (CCWs). A CCW is an +instruction to a specialized I/O channel processor. A channel program is +a sequence of CCWs which are executed by the I/O channel subsystem. To +issue a channel program to the channel subsystem, it is required to +build an operation request block (ORB), which can be used to point out +the format of the CCW and other control information to the system. The +operating system signals the I/O channel subsystem to begin executing +the channel program with a SSCH (start sub-channel) instruction. The +central processor is then free to proceed with non-I/O instructions +until interrupted. The I/O completion result is received by the +interrupt handler in the form of interrupt response block (IRB). + +Back to vfio-ccw, in short: +- ORBs and channel programs are built in guest kernel (with guest + physical addresses). +- ORBs and channel programs are passed to the host kernel. +- Host kernel translates the guest physical addresses to real addresses + and starts the I/O with issuing a privileged Channel I/O instruction + (e.g SSCH). +- channel programs run asynchronously on a separate processor. +- I/O completion will be signaled to the host with I/O interruptions. + And it will be copied as IRB to user space to pass it back to the + guest. + +Physical vfio ccw device and its child mdev +------------------------------------------- + +As mentioned above, we realize vfio-ccw with a mdev implementation. + +Channel I/O does not have IOMMU hardware support, so the physical +vfio-ccw device does not have an IOMMU level translation or isolation. + +Sub-channel I/O instructions are all privileged instructions, When +handling the I/O instruction interception, vfio-ccw has the software +policing and translation how the channel program is programmed before +it gets sent to hardware. + +Within this implementation, we have two drivers for two types of +devices: +- The vfio_ccw driver for the physical subchannel device. + This is an I/O subchannel driver for the real subchannel device. It + realizes a group of callbacks and registers to the mdev framework as a + parent (physical) device. As a consequence, mdev provides vfio_ccw a + generic interface (sysfs) to create mdev devices. A vfio mdev could be + created by vfio_ccw then and added to the mediated bus. It is the vfio + device that added to an IOMMU group and a vfio group. + vfio_ccw also provides an I/O region to accept channel program + request from user space and store I/O interrupt result for user + space to retrieve. To notify user space an I/O completion, it offers + an interface to setup an eventfd fd for asynchronous signaling. + +- The vfio_mdev driver for the mediated vfio ccw device. + This is provided by the mdev framework. It is a vfio device driver for + the mdev that created by vfio_ccw. + It realize a group of vfio device driver callbacks, adds itself to a + vfio group, and registers itself to the mdev framework as a mdev + driver. + It uses a vfio iommu backend that uses the existing map and unmap + ioctls, but rather than programming them into an IOMMU for a device, + it simply stores the translations for use by later requests. This + means that a device programmed in a VM with guest physical addresses + can have the vfio kernel convert that address to process virtual + address, pin the page and program the hardware with the host physical + address in one step. + For a mdev, the vfio iommu backend will not pin the pages during the + VFIO_IOMMU_MAP_DMA ioctl. Mdev framework will only maintain a database + of the iova<->vaddr mappings in this operation. And they export a + vfio_pin_pages and a vfio_unpin_pages interfaces from the vfio iommu + backend for the physical devices to pin and unpin pages by demand. + +Below is a high Level block diagram. + + +-------------+ + | | + | +---------+ | mdev_register_driver() +--------------+ + | | Mdev | +<-----------------------+ | + | | bus | | | vfio_mdev.ko | + | | driver | +----------------------->+ |<-> VFIO user + | +---------+ | probe()/remove() +--------------+ APIs + | | + | MDEV CORE | + | MODULE | + | mdev.ko | + | +---------+ | mdev_register_device() +--------------+ + | |Physical | +<-----------------------+ | + | | device | | | vfio_ccw.ko |<-> subchannel + | |interface| +----------------------->+ | device + | +---------+ | callback +--------------+ + +-------------+ + +The process of how these work together. +1. vfio_ccw.ko drives the physical I/O subchannel, and registers the + physical device (with callbacks) to mdev framework. + When vfio_ccw probing the subchannel device, it registers device + pointer and callbacks to the mdev framework. Mdev related file nodes + under the device node in sysfs would be created for the subchannel + device, namely 'mdev_create', 'mdev_destroy' and + 'mdev_supported_types'. +2. Create a mediated vfio ccw device. + Use the 'mdev_create' sysfs file, we need to manually create one (and + only one for our case) mediated device. +3. vfio_mdev.ko drives the mediated ccw device. + vfio_mdev is also the vfio device drvier. It will probe the mdev and + add it to an iommu_group and a vfio_group. Then we could pass through + the mdev to a guest. + +vfio-ccw I/O region +------------------- + +An I/O region is used to accept channel program request from user +space and store I/O interrupt result for user space to retrieve. The +defination of the region is: + +struct ccw_io_region { +#define ORB_AREA_SIZE 12 + __u8 orb_area[ORB_AREA_SIZE]; +#define SCSW_AREA_SIZE 12 + __u8 scsw_area[SCSW_AREA_SIZE]; +#define IRB_AREA_SIZE 96 + __u8 irb_area[IRB_AREA_SIZE]; + __u32 ret_code; +} __packed; + +While starting an I/O request, orb_area should be filled with the +guest ORB, and scsw_area should be filled with the SCSW of the Virtual +Subchannel. + +irb_area stores the I/O result. + +ret_code stores a return code for each access of the region. + +vfio-ccw patches overview +------------------------- + +For now, our patches are rebased on the latest mdev implementation. +vfio-ccw follows what vfio-pci did on the s390 paltform and uses +vfio-iommu-type1 as the vfio iommu backend. It's a good start to launch +the code review for vfio-ccw. Note that the implementation is far from +complete yet; but we'd like to get feedback for the general +architecture. + +* CCW translation APIs +- Description: + These introduce a group of APIs (start with 'cp_') to do CCW + translation. The CCWs passed in by a user space program are + organized with their guest physical memory addresses. These APIs + will copy the CCWs into the kernel space, and assemble a runnable + kernel channel program by updating the guest physical addresses with + their corresponding host physical addresses. +- Patches: + vfio: ccw: introduce channel program interfaces + +* vfio_ccw device driver +- Description: + The following patches utilizes the CCW translation APIs and introduce + vfio_ccw, which is the driver for the I/O subchannel devices you want + to pass through. + vfio_ccw implements the following vfio ioctls: + VFIO_DEVICE_GET_INFO + VFIO_DEVICE_GET_IRQ_INFO + VFIO_DEVICE_GET_REGION_INFO + VFIO_DEVICE_RESET + VFIO_DEVICE_SET_IRQS + This provides an I/O region, so that the user space program can pass a + channel program to the kernel, to do further CCW translation before + issuing them to a real device. + This also provides the SET_IRQ ioctl to setup an event notifier to + notify the user space program the I/O completion in an asynchronous + way. +- Patches: + vfio: ccw: basic implementation for vfio_ccw driver + vfio: ccw: introduce ccw_io_region + vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_GET_REGION_INFO ioctl + vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_RESET ioctl + vfio: ccw: realize VFIO_DEVICE_G(S)ET_IRQ_INFO ioctls + +The user of vfio-ccw is not limited to Qemu, while Qemu is definitely a +good example to get understand how these patches work. Here is a little +bit more detail how an I/O request triggered by the Qemu guest will be +handled (without error handling). + +Explanation: +Q1-Q7: Qemu side process. +K1-K5: Kernel side process. + +Q1. Get I/O region info during initialization. +Q2. Setup event notifier and handler to handle I/O completion. + +... ... + +Q3. Intercept a ssch instruction. +Q4. Write the guest channel program and ORB to the I/O region. + K1. Copy from guest to kernel. + K2. Translate the guest channel program to a host kernel space + channel program, which becomes runnable for a real device. + K3. With the necessary information contained in the orb passed in + by Qemu, issue the ccwchain to the device. + K4. Return the ssch CC code. +Q5. Return the CC code to the guest. + +... ... + + K5. Interrupt handler gets the I/O result and write the result to + the I/O region. + K6. Signal Qemu to retrieve the result. +Q6. Get the signal and event handler reads out the result from the I/O + region. +Q7. Update the irb for the guest. + +Limitations +----------- + +The current vfio-ccw implementation focuses on supporting basic commands +needed to implement block device functionality (read/write) of DASD/ECKD +device only. Some commands may need special handling in the future, for +example, anything related to path grouping. + +DASD is a kind of storage device. While ECKD is a data recording format. +More information for DASD and ECKD could be found here: +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Direct-access_storage_device +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Count_key_data + +Together with the corresponding work in Qemu, we can bring the passed +through DASD/ECKD device online in a guest now and use it as a block +device. + +Reference +--------- +1. ESA/s390 Principles of Operation manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7832) +2. ESA/390 Common I/O Device Commands manual (IBM Form. No. SA22-7204) +3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Channel_I/O +4. Documentation/s390/cds.txt +5. Documentation/vfio.txt +6. Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-pelt.c b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-pelt.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..e4219139386ae805575a7c1cae5dc83f5b3e52ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-pelt.c @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ +/* + * The following program is used to generate the constants for + * computing sched averages. + * + * ============================================================== + * C program (compile with -lm) + * ============================================================== + */ + +#include +#include + +#define HALFLIFE 32 +#define SHIFT 32 + +double y; + +void calc_runnable_avg_yN_inv(void) +{ + int i; + unsigned int x; + + printf("static const u32 runnable_avg_yN_inv[] = {"); + for (i = 0; i < HALFLIFE; i++) { + x = ((1UL<<32)-1)*pow(y, i); + + if (i % 6 == 0) printf("\n\t"); + printf("0x%8x, ", x); + } + printf("\n};\n\n"); +} + +int sum = 1024; + +void calc_runnable_avg_yN_sum(void) +{ + int i; + + printf("static const u32 runnable_avg_yN_sum[] = {\n\t 0,"); + for (i = 1; i <= HALFLIFE; i++) { + if (i == 1) + sum *= y; + else + sum = sum*y + 1024*y; + + if (i % 11 == 0) + printf("\n\t"); + + printf("%5d,", sum); + } + printf("\n};\n\n"); +} + +int n = -1; +/* first period */ +long max = 1024; + +void calc_converged_max(void) +{ + long last = 0, y_inv = ((1UL<<32)-1)*y; + + for (; ; n++) { + if (n > -1) + max = ((max*y_inv)>>SHIFT) + 1024; + /* + * This is the same as: + * max = max*y + 1024; + */ + + if (last == max) + break; + + last = max; + } + n--; + printf("#define LOAD_AVG_PERIOD %d\n", HALFLIFE); + printf("#define LOAD_AVG_MAX %ld\n", max); +// printf("#define LOAD_AVG_MAX_N %d\n\n", n); +} + +void calc_accumulated_sum_32(void) +{ + int i, x = sum; + + printf("static const u32 __accumulated_sum_N32[] = {\n\t 0,"); + for (i = 1; i <= n/HALFLIFE+1; i++) { + if (i > 1) + x = x/2 + sum; + + if (i % 6 == 0) + printf("\n\t"); + + printf("%6d,", x); + } + printf("\n};\n\n"); +} + +void main(void) +{ + printf("/* Generated by Documentation/scheduler/sched-pelt; do not modify. */\n\n"); + + y = pow(0.5, 1/(double)HALFLIFE); + + calc_runnable_avg_yN_inv(); +// calc_runnable_avg_yN_sum(); + calc_converged_max(); +// calc_accumulated_sum_32(); +} diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py index df0419c620968bf3263c8f5670f56812bee3a689..cf13ff3a656cdeb60f4c56e1fc5f52d701c8256a 100644 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/cdomain.py @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ from sphinx.domains.c import CDomain as Base_CDomain __version__ = '1.0' # Get Sphinx version -major, minor, patch = map(int, sphinx.__version__.split(".")) +major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3] def setup(app): diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..cef4ad19624c5a37c72da2d6a223ce925633e2d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/kfigure.py @@ -0,0 +1,551 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*- +# pylint: disable=C0103, R0903, R0912, R0915 +u""" + scalable figure and image handling + ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + + Sphinx extension which implements scalable image handling. + + :copyright: Copyright (C) 2016 Markus Heiser + :license: GPL Version 2, June 1991 see Linux/COPYING for details. + + The build for image formats depend on image's source format and output's + destination format. This extension implement methods to simplify image + handling from the author's POV. Directives like ``kernel-figure`` implement + methods *to* always get the best output-format even if some tools are not + installed. For more details take a look at ``convert_image(...)`` which is + the core of all conversions. + + * ``.. kernel-image``: for image handling / a ``.. image::`` replacement + + * ``.. kernel-figure``: for figure handling / a ``.. figure::`` replacement + + * ``.. kernel-render``: for render markup / a concept to embed *render* + markups (or languages). Supported markups (see ``RENDER_MARKUP_EXT``) + + - ``DOT``: render embedded Graphviz's **DOC** + - ``SVG``: render embedded Scalable Vector Graphics (**SVG**) + - ... *developable* + + Used tools: + + * ``dot(1)``: Graphviz (http://www.graphviz.org). If Graphviz is not + available, the DOT language is inserted as literal-block. + + * SVG to PDF: To generate PDF, you need at least one of this tools: + + - ``convert(1)``: ImageMagick (https://www.imagemagick.org) + + List of customizations: + + * generate PDF from SVG / used by PDF (LaTeX) builder + + * generate SVG (html-builder) and PDF (latex-builder) from DOT files. + DOT: see http://www.graphviz.org/content/dot-language + + """ + +import os +from os import path +import subprocess +from hashlib import sha1 +import sys + +from docutils import nodes +from docutils.statemachine import ViewList +from docutils.parsers.rst import directives +from docutils.parsers.rst.directives import images +import sphinx + +from sphinx.util.nodes import clean_astext +from six import iteritems + +PY3 = sys.version_info[0] == 3 + +if PY3: + _unicode = str +else: + _unicode = unicode + +# Get Sphinx version +major, minor, patch = sphinx.version_info[:3] +if major == 1 and minor > 3: + # patches.Figure only landed in Sphinx 1.4 + from sphinx.directives.patches import Figure # pylint: disable=C0413 +else: + Figure = images.Figure + +__version__ = '1.0.0' + +# simple helper +# ------------- + +def which(cmd): + """Searches the ``cmd`` in the ``PATH`` enviroment. + + This *which* searches the PATH for executable ``cmd`` . First match is + returned, if nothing is found, ``None` is returned. + """ + envpath = os.environ.get('PATH', None) or os.defpath + for folder in envpath.split(os.pathsep): + fname = folder + os.sep + cmd + if path.isfile(fname): + return fname + +def mkdir(folder, mode=0o775): + if not path.isdir(folder): + os.makedirs(folder, mode) + +def file2literal(fname): + with open(fname, "r") as src: + data = src.read() + node = nodes.literal_block(data, data) + return node + +def isNewer(path1, path2): + """Returns True if ``path1`` is newer than ``path2`` + + If ``path1`` exists and is newer than ``path2`` the function returns + ``True`` is returned otherwise ``False`` + """ + return (path.exists(path1) + and os.stat(path1).st_ctime > os.stat(path2).st_ctime) + +def pass_handle(self, node): # pylint: disable=W0613 + pass + +# setup conversion tools and sphinx extension +# ------------------------------------------- + +# Graphviz's dot(1) support +dot_cmd = None + +# ImageMagick' convert(1) support +convert_cmd = None + + +def setup(app): + # check toolchain first + app.connect('builder-inited', setupTools) + + # image handling + app.add_directive("kernel-image", KernelImage) + app.add_node(kernel_image, + html = (visit_kernel_image, pass_handle), + latex = (visit_kernel_image, pass_handle), + texinfo = (visit_kernel_image, pass_handle), + text = (visit_kernel_image, pass_handle), + man = (visit_kernel_image, pass_handle), ) + + # figure handling + app.add_directive("kernel-figure", KernelFigure) + app.add_node(kernel_figure, + html = (visit_kernel_figure, pass_handle), + latex = (visit_kernel_figure, pass_handle), + texinfo = (visit_kernel_figure, pass_handle), + text = (visit_kernel_figure, pass_handle), + man = (visit_kernel_figure, pass_handle), ) + + # render handling + app.add_directive('kernel-render', KernelRender) + app.add_node(kernel_render, + html = (visit_kernel_render, pass_handle), + latex = (visit_kernel_render, pass_handle), + texinfo = (visit_kernel_render, pass_handle), + text = (visit_kernel_render, pass_handle), + man = (visit_kernel_render, pass_handle), ) + + app.connect('doctree-read', add_kernel_figure_to_std_domain) + + return dict( + version = __version__, + parallel_read_safe = True, + parallel_write_safe = True + ) + + +def setupTools(app): + u""" + Check available build tools and log some *verbose* messages. + + This function is called once, when the builder is initiated. + """ + global dot_cmd, convert_cmd # pylint: disable=W0603 + app.verbose("kfigure: check installed tools ...") + + dot_cmd = which('dot') + convert_cmd = which('convert') + + if dot_cmd: + app.verbose("use dot(1) from: " + dot_cmd) + else: + app.warn("dot(1) not found, for better output quality install " + "graphviz from http://www.graphviz.org") + if convert_cmd: + app.verbose("use convert(1) from: " + convert_cmd) + else: + app.warn( + "convert(1) not found, for SVG to PDF conversion install " + "ImageMagick (https://www.imagemagick.org)") + + +# integrate conversion tools +# -------------------------- + +RENDER_MARKUP_EXT = { + # The '.ext' must be handled by convert_image(..) function's *in_ext* input. + # : <.ext> + 'DOT' : '.dot', + 'SVG' : '.svg' +} + +def convert_image(img_node, translator, src_fname=None): + """Convert a image node for the builder. + + Different builder prefer different image formats, e.g. *latex* builder + prefer PDF while *html* builder prefer SVG format for images. + + This function handles output image formats in dependence of source the + format (of the image) and the translator's output format. + """ + app = translator.builder.app + + fname, in_ext = path.splitext(path.basename(img_node['uri'])) + if src_fname is None: + src_fname = path.join(translator.builder.srcdir, img_node['uri']) + if not path.exists(src_fname): + src_fname = path.join(translator.builder.outdir, img_node['uri']) + + dst_fname = None + + # in kernel builds, use 'make SPHINXOPTS=-v' to see verbose messages + + app.verbose('assert best format for: ' + img_node['uri']) + + if in_ext == '.dot': + + if not dot_cmd: + app.verbose("dot from graphviz not available / include DOT raw.") + img_node.replace_self(file2literal(src_fname)) + + elif translator.builder.format == 'latex': + dst_fname = path.join(translator.builder.outdir, fname + '.pdf') + img_node['uri'] = fname + '.pdf' + img_node['candidates'] = {'*': fname + '.pdf'} + + + elif translator.builder.format == 'html': + dst_fname = path.join( + translator.builder.outdir, + translator.builder.imagedir, + fname + '.svg') + img_node['uri'] = path.join( + translator.builder.imgpath, fname + '.svg') + img_node['candidates'] = { + '*': path.join(translator.builder.imgpath, fname + '.svg')} + + else: + # all other builder formats will include DOT as raw + img_node.replace_self(file2literal(src_fname)) + + elif in_ext == '.svg': + + if translator.builder.format == 'latex': + if convert_cmd is None: + app.verbose("no SVG to PDF conversion available / include SVG raw.") + img_node.replace_self(file2literal(src_fname)) + else: + dst_fname = path.join(translator.builder.outdir, fname + '.pdf') + img_node['uri'] = fname + '.pdf' + img_node['candidates'] = {'*': fname + '.pdf'} + + if dst_fname: + # the builder needs not to copy one more time, so pop it if exists. + translator.builder.images.pop(img_node['uri'], None) + _name = dst_fname[len(translator.builder.outdir) + 1:] + + if isNewer(dst_fname, src_fname): + app.verbose("convert: {out}/%s already exists and is newer" % _name) + + else: + ok = False + mkdir(path.dirname(dst_fname)) + + if in_ext == '.dot': + app.verbose('convert DOT to: {out}/' + _name) + ok = dot2format(app, src_fname, dst_fname) + + elif in_ext == '.svg': + app.verbose('convert SVG to: {out}/' + _name) + ok = svg2pdf(app, src_fname, dst_fname) + + if not ok: + img_node.replace_self(file2literal(src_fname)) + + +def dot2format(app, dot_fname, out_fname): + """Converts DOT file to ``out_fname`` using ``dot(1)``. + + * ``dot_fname`` pathname of the input DOT file, including extension ``.dot`` + * ``out_fname`` pathname of the output file, including format extension + + The *format extension* depends on the ``dot`` command (see ``man dot`` + option ``-Txxx``). Normally you will use one of the following extensions: + + - ``.ps`` for PostScript, + - ``.svg`` or ``svgz`` for Structured Vector Graphics, + - ``.fig`` for XFIG graphics and + - ``.png`` or ``gif`` for common bitmap graphics. + + """ + out_format = path.splitext(out_fname)[1][1:] + cmd = [dot_cmd, '-T%s' % out_format, dot_fname] + exit_code = 42 + + with open(out_fname, "w") as out: + exit_code = subprocess.call(cmd, stdout = out) + if exit_code != 0: + app.warn("Error #%d when calling: %s" % (exit_code, " ".join(cmd))) + return bool(exit_code == 0) + +def svg2pdf(app, svg_fname, pdf_fname): + """Converts SVG to PDF with ``convert(1)`` command. + + Uses ``convert(1)`` from ImageMagick (https://www.imagemagick.org) for + conversion. Returns ``True`` on success and ``False`` if an error occurred. + + * ``svg_fname`` pathname of the input SVG file with extension (``.svg``) + * ``pdf_name`` pathname of the output PDF file with extension (``.pdf``) + + """ + cmd = [convert_cmd, svg_fname, pdf_fname] + # use stdout and stderr from parent + exit_code = subprocess.call(cmd) + if exit_code != 0: + app.warn("Error #%d when calling: %s" % (exit_code, " ".join(cmd))) + return bool(exit_code == 0) + + +# image handling +# --------------------- + +def visit_kernel_image(self, node): # pylint: disable=W0613 + """Visitor of the ``kernel_image`` Node. + + Handles the ``image`` child-node with the ``convert_image(...)``. + """ + img_node = node[0] + convert_image(img_node, self) + +class kernel_image(nodes.image): + """Node for ``kernel-image`` directive.""" + pass + +class KernelImage(images.Image): + u"""KernelImage directive + + Earns everything from ``.. image::`` directive, except *remote URI* and + *glob* pattern. The KernelImage wraps a image node into a + kernel_image node. See ``visit_kernel_image``. + """ + + def run(self): + uri = self.arguments[0] + if uri.endswith('.*') or uri.find('://') != -1: + raise self.severe( + 'Error in "%s: %s": glob pattern and remote images are not allowed' + % (self.name, uri)) + result = images.Image.run(self) + if len(result) == 2 or isinstance(result[0], nodes.system_message): + return result + (image_node,) = result + # wrap image node into a kernel_image node / see visitors + node = kernel_image('', image_node) + return [node] + +# figure handling +# --------------------- + +def visit_kernel_figure(self, node): # pylint: disable=W0613 + """Visitor of the ``kernel_figure`` Node. + + Handles the ``image`` child-node with the ``convert_image(...)``. + """ + img_node = node[0][0] + convert_image(img_node, self) + +class kernel_figure(nodes.figure): + """Node for ``kernel-figure`` directive.""" + +class KernelFigure(Figure): + u"""KernelImage directive + + Earns everything from ``.. figure::`` directive, except *remote URI* and + *glob* pattern. The KernelFigure wraps a figure node into a kernel_figure + node. See ``visit_kernel_figure``. + """ + + def run(self): + uri = self.arguments[0] + if uri.endswith('.*') or uri.find('://') != -1: + raise self.severe( + 'Error in "%s: %s":' + ' glob pattern and remote images are not allowed' + % (self.name, uri)) + result = Figure.run(self) + if len(result) == 2 or isinstance(result[0], nodes.system_message): + return result + (figure_node,) = result + # wrap figure node into a kernel_figure node / see visitors + node = kernel_figure('', figure_node) + return [node] + + +# render handling +# --------------------- + +def visit_kernel_render(self, node): + """Visitor of the ``kernel_render`` Node. + + If rendering tools available, save the markup of the ``literal_block`` child + node into a file and replace the ``literal_block`` node with a new created + ``image`` node, pointing to the saved markup file. Afterwards, handle the + image child-node with the ``convert_image(...)``. + """ + app = self.builder.app + srclang = node.get('srclang') + + app.verbose('visit kernel-render node lang: "%s"' % (srclang)) + + tmp_ext = RENDER_MARKUP_EXT.get(srclang, None) + if tmp_ext is None: + app.warn('kernel-render: "%s" unknow / include raw.' % (srclang)) + return + + if not dot_cmd and tmp_ext == '.dot': + app.verbose("dot from graphviz not available / include raw.") + return + + literal_block = node[0] + + code = literal_block.astext() + hashobj = code.encode('utf-8') # str(node.attributes) + fname = path.join('%s-%s' % (srclang, sha1(hashobj).hexdigest())) + + tmp_fname = path.join( + self.builder.outdir, self.builder.imagedir, fname + tmp_ext) + + if not path.isfile(tmp_fname): + mkdir(path.dirname(tmp_fname)) + with open(tmp_fname, "w") as out: + out.write(code) + + img_node = nodes.image(node.rawsource, **node.attributes) + img_node['uri'] = path.join(self.builder.imgpath, fname + tmp_ext) + img_node['candidates'] = { + '*': path.join(self.builder.imgpath, fname + tmp_ext)} + + literal_block.replace_self(img_node) + convert_image(img_node, self, tmp_fname) + + +class kernel_render(nodes.General, nodes.Inline, nodes.Element): + """Node for ``kernel-render`` directive.""" + pass + +class KernelRender(Figure): + u"""KernelRender directive + + Render content by external tool. Has all the options known from the + *figure* directive, plus option ``caption``. If ``caption`` has a + value, a figure node with the *caption* is inserted. If not, a image node is + inserted. + + The KernelRender directive wraps the text of the directive into a + literal_block node and wraps it into a kernel_render node. See + ``visit_kernel_render``. + """ + has_content = True + required_arguments = 1 + optional_arguments = 0 + final_argument_whitespace = False + + # earn options from 'figure' + option_spec = Figure.option_spec.copy() + option_spec['caption'] = directives.unchanged + + def run(self): + return [self.build_node()] + + def build_node(self): + + srclang = self.arguments[0].strip() + if srclang not in RENDER_MARKUP_EXT.keys(): + return [self.state_machine.reporter.warning( + 'Unknow source language "%s", use one of: %s.' % ( + srclang, ",".join(RENDER_MARKUP_EXT.keys())), + line=self.lineno)] + + code = '\n'.join(self.content) + if not code.strip(): + return [self.state_machine.reporter.warning( + 'Ignoring "%s" directive without content.' % ( + self.name), + line=self.lineno)] + + node = kernel_render() + node['alt'] = self.options.get('alt','') + node['srclang'] = srclang + literal_node = nodes.literal_block(code, code) + node += literal_node + + caption = self.options.get('caption') + if caption: + # parse caption's content + parsed = nodes.Element() + self.state.nested_parse( + ViewList([caption], source=''), self.content_offset, parsed) + caption_node = nodes.caption( + parsed[0].rawsource, '', *parsed[0].children) + caption_node.source = parsed[0].source + caption_node.line = parsed[0].line + + figure_node = nodes.figure('', node) + for k,v in self.options.items(): + figure_node[k] = v + figure_node += caption_node + + node = figure_node + + return node + +def add_kernel_figure_to_std_domain(app, doctree): + """Add kernel-figure anchors to 'std' domain. + + The ``StandardDomain.process_doc(..)`` method does not know how to resolve + the caption (label) of ``kernel-figure`` directive (it only knows about + standard nodes, e.g. table, figure etc.). Without any additional handling + this will result in a 'undefined label' for kernel-figures. + + This handle adds labels of kernel-figure to the 'std' domain labels. + """ + + std = app.env.domains["std"] + docname = app.env.docname + labels = std.data["labels"] + + for name, explicit in iteritems(doctree.nametypes): + if not explicit: + continue + labelid = doctree.nameids[name] + if labelid is None: + continue + node = doctree.ids[labelid] + + if node.tagname == 'kernel_figure': + for n in node.next_node(): + if n.tagname == 'caption': + sectname = clean_astext(n) + # add label to std domain + labels[name] = docname, labelid, sectname + break diff --git a/Documentation/sphinx/tmplcvt b/Documentation/sphinx/tmplcvt index 909a73065e0a5b9c0b4d680b94d2e738698f606c..6848f0a26fa54362d05fe0b4344686b78523c853 100755 --- a/Documentation/sphinx/tmplcvt +++ b/Documentation/sphinx/tmplcvt @@ -7,13 +7,22 @@ # fix \_ # title line? # +set -eu + +if [ "$#" != "2" ]; then + echo "$0 " + exit +fi + +DIR=$(dirname $0) in=$1 rst=$2 tmp=$rst.tmp cp $in $tmp -sed --in-place -f convert_template.sed $tmp +sed --in-place -f $DIR/convert_template.sed $tmp pandoc -s -S -f docbook -t rst -o $rst $tmp -sed --in-place -f post_convert.sed $rst +sed --in-place -f $DIR/post_convert.sed $rst rm $tmp +echo "book writen to $rst" diff --git a/Documentation/static-keys.txt b/Documentation/static-keys.txt index 32a25fad0c1b4e6ea3fe4ea67e48ccfbf7a461e5..ef419fd0897f037539b14d69e1f71e37136e3186 100644 --- a/Documentation/static-keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/static-keys.txt @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Or: Keys defined via DEFINE_STATIC_KEY_TRUE(), or DEFINE_STATIC_KEY_FALSE, may be used in either static_branch_likely() or static_branch_unlikely() -statemnts. +statements. Branch(es) can be set true via: diff --git a/Documentation/sync_file.txt b/Documentation/sync_file.txt index 269681a6faec818ddf839c4f1c573ef9415478d4..c3d033a06e8d2dc140853d7f5ff718020a5888a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/sync_file.txt +++ b/Documentation/sync_file.txt @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ dma_fence_signal(), when it has finished using (or processing) that buffer. Out-fences are fences that the driver creates. On the other hand if the driver receives fence(s) through a sync_file from -userspace we call these fence(s) 'in-fences'. Receiveing in-fences means that +userspace we call these fence(s) 'in-fences'. Receiving in-fences means that we need to wait for the fence(s) to signal before using any buffer related to the in-fences. diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 2ebabc93014a2442824d2da7c79b28d53eaa4b41..14db18c970b1b048c0ecc50d75e10efb674715ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -188,7 +188,16 @@ netdev_budget Maximum number of packets taken from all interfaces in one polling cycle (NAPI poll). In one polling cycle interfaces which are registered to polling are -probed in a round-robin manner. +probed in a round-robin manner. Also, a polling cycle may not exceed +netdev_budget_usecs microseconds, even if netdev_budget has not been +exhausted. + +netdev_budget_usecs +--------------------- + +Maximum number of microseconds in one NAPI polling cycle. Polling +will exit when either netdev_budget_usecs have elapsed during the +poll cycle or the number of packets processed reaches netdev_budget. netdev_max_backlog ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt index 60073dc9f7489c8eba82b6f4910f08c5176f1062..b5df21168fbc2d2a97271c60cf9bd537ca5a2deb 100644 --- a/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt +++ b/Documentation/thermal/intel_powerclamp.txt @@ -268,6 +268,15 @@ cur_state:0 max_state:50 type:intel_powerclamp +cur_state allows user to set the desired idle percentage. Writing 0 to +cur_state will stop idle injection. Writing a value between 1 and +max_state will start the idle injection. Reading cur_state returns the +actual and current idle percentage. This may not be the same value +set by the user in that current idle percentage depends on workload +and includes natural idle. When idle injection is disabled, reading +cur_state returns value -1 instead of 0 which is to avoid confusing +100% busy state with the disabled state. + Example usage: - To inject 25% idle time $ sudo sh -c "echo 25 > /sys/class/thermal/cooling_device80/cur_state @@ -278,11 +287,12 @@ then the powerclamp driver will not start idle injection. Using Top will not show idle injection kernel threads. If the system is busy (spin test below) and has less than 25% natural -idle time, powerclamp kernel threads will do idle injection, which -appear running to the scheduler. But the overall system idle is still -reflected. In this example, 24.1% idle is shown. This helps the -system admin or user determine the cause of slowdown, when a -powerclamp driver is in action. +idle time, powerclamp kernel threads will do idle injection. Forced +idle time is accounted as normal idle in that common code path is +taken as the idle task. + +In this example, 24.1% idle is shown. This helps the system admin or +user determine the cause of slowdown, when a powerclamp driver is in action. Tasks: 197 total, 1 running, 196 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie diff --git a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt index e4991fb1eedcd4efcd258a7b1290fd087e5f9923..5ea85059db3b964f31be6129d8f9c714ca578fbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/kprobetrace.txt @@ -8,11 +8,12 @@ Overview -------- These events are similar to tracepoint based events. Instead of Tracepoint, this is based on kprobes (kprobe and kretprobe). So it can probe wherever -kprobes can probe (this means, all functions body except for __kprobes -functions). Unlike the Tracepoint based event, this can be added and removed +kprobes can probe (this means, all functions except those with +__kprobes/nokprobe_inline annotation and those marked NOKPROBE_SYMBOL). +Unlike the Tracepoint based event, this can be added and removed dynamically, on the fly. -To enable this feature, build your kernel with CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENT=y. +To enable this feature, build your kernel with CONFIG_KPROBE_EVENTS=y. Similar to the events tracer, this doesn't need to be activated via current_tracer. Instead of that, add probe points via diff --git a/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt index fa7b680ee8a005acf245ae60aa3404b8e9aaafb7..bf526a7c5559a87829fc05ea5f592d9609ed5f3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Overview -------- Uprobe based trace events are similar to kprobe based trace events. -To enable this feature, build your kernel with CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT=y. +To enable this feature, build your kernel with CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENTS=y. Similar to the kprobe-event tracer, this doesn't need to be activated via current_tracer. Instead of that, add probe points via diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/HOWTO b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/howto.rst similarity index 53% rename from Documentation/translations/ja_JP/HOWTO rename to Documentation/translations/ja_JP/howto.rst index 4ebd20750ef15e6c04e56312f8bdef25bd7a7c86..4511eed0fabb5f9c6565f4852a1f3f3f7cdc2974 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/howto.rst @@ -1,95 +1,81 @@ NOTE: This is a version of Documentation/HOWTO translated into Japanese. This document is maintained by Tsugikazu Shibata -and the JF Project team . -If you find any difference between this document and the original file -or a problem with the translation, -please contact the maintainer of this file or JF project. - -Please also note that the purpose of this file is to be easier to read -for non English (read: Japanese) speakers and is not intended as a -fork. So if you have any comments or updates for this file, please try -to update the original English file first. - -Last Updated: 2013/07/19 -================================== -これは、 -linux-3.10/Documentation/HOWTO +If you find any difference between this document and the original file or +a problem with the translation, please contact the maintainer of this file. + +Please also note that the purpose of this file is to be easier to +read for non English (read: Japanese) speakers and is not intended as +a fork. So if you have any comments or updates for this file, please +try to update the original English file first. + +---------------------------------- + +この文書は、 +Documentation/process/howto.rst の和訳です。 -翻訳団体： JF プロジェクト < http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ > -翻訳日： 2013/7/19 -翻訳者： Tsugikazu Shibata -校正者： 松倉さん - 小林 雅典さん (Masanori Kobayasi) - 武井伸光さん、 - かねこさん (Seiji Kaneko) - 野口さん (Kenji Noguchi) - 河内さん (Takayoshi Kochi) - 岩本さん (iwamoto) - 内田さん (Satoshi Uchida) -================================== +翻訳者： Tsugikazu Shibata + +---------------------------------- Linux カーネル開発のやり方 -------------------------------- +========================== これは上のトピック( Linux カーネル開発のやり方)の重要な事柄を網羅した -ドキュメントです。ここには Linux カーネル開発者になるための方法と -Linux カーネル開発コミュニティと共に活動するやり方を学ぶ方法が含まれて -います。カーネルプログラミングに関する技術的な項目に関することは何も含 -めないようにしていますが、カーネル開発者となるための正しい方向に向かう -手助けになります。 +ドキュメントです。ここには Linux カーネル開発者になるための方法とLinux +カーネル開発コミュニティと共に活動するやり方を学ぶ方法が含まれています。 +カーネルプログラミングに関する技術的な項目に関することは何も含めないよ +うにしていますが、カーネル開発者となるための正しい方向に向かう手助けに +なります。 -もし、このドキュメントのどこかが古くなっていた場合には、このドキュメン -トの最後にリストしたメンテナにパッチを送ってください。 +もし、このドキュメントのどこかが古くなっていた場合には、このドキュメント +の最後にリストしたメンテナにパッチを送ってください。 はじめに --------- -あなたは　Linux カーネルの開発者になる方法を学びたいのでしょうか？　そ -れともあなたは上司から「このデバイスの Linux ドライバを書くように」と -言われているのでしょうか？　 -この文書の目的は、あなたが踏むべき手順と、コミュニティと一緒にうまく働 -くヒントを書き下すことで、あなたが知るべき全てのことを教えることです。 -また、このコミュニティがなぜ今うまくまわっているのかという理由の一部も -説明しようと試みています。 - - -カーネルは 少量のアーキテクチャ依存部分がアセンブリ言語で書かれている -以外は大部分は C 言語で書かれています。C言語をよく理解していることはカー -ネル開発者には必要です。アーキテクチャ向けの低レベル部分の開発をするの -でなければ、(どんなアーキテクチャでも)アセンブリ(訳注: 言語)は必要あり -ません。以下の本は、C 言語の十分な知識や何年もの経験に取って代わるもの -ではありませんが、少なくともリファレンスとしては良い本です。 +あなたは Linux カーネルの開発者になる方法を学びたいのでしょうか？　そ +れとも上司から「このデバイスの Linux ドライバを書くように」と言われた +のかもしれません。この文書の目的は、あなたが踏むべき手順と、コミュニティ +と一緒にうまく働くヒントを書き下すことで、あなたが知るべき全てのことを +教えることです。また、このコミュニティがなぜ今うまくまわっているのかと +いう理由も説明しようと試みています。 + +カーネルは少量のアーキテクチャ依存部分がアセンブリ言語で書かれている以 +外の大部分は C 言語で書かれています。C言語をよく理解していることはカー +ネル開発に必要です。低レベルのアーキテクチャ開発をするのでなければ、 +(どんなアーキテクチャでも)アセンブリ(訳注: 言語)は必要ありません。以下 +の本は、C 言語の十分な知識や何年もの経験に取って代わるものではありませ +んが、少なくともリファレンスとしては良い本です。 + - "The C Programming Language" by Kernighan and Ritchie [Prentice Hall] - -『プログラミング言語Ｃ第2版』(B.W. カーニハン/D.M. リッチー著 石田晴久訳) [共立出版] + - 『プログラミング言語Ｃ第2版』(B.W. カーニハン/D.M. リッチー著 石田晴久訳) [共立出版] - "Practical C Programming" by Steve Oualline [O'Reilly] - 『C実践プログラミング第3版』(Steve Oualline著 望月康司監訳 谷口功訳) [オライリージャパン] - "C: A Reference Manual" by Harbison and Steele [Prentice Hall] - - 『新・詳説 C 言語 H&S リファレンス』 - (サミュエル P ハービソン/ガイ L スティール共著 斉藤 信男監訳)[ソフトバンク] + - 『新・詳説 C 言語 H&S リファレンス』 (サミュエル P ハービソン/ガイ L スティール共著 斉藤 信男監訳)[ソフトバンク] カーネルは GNU C と GNU ツールチェインを使って書かれています。カーネル は ISO C89 仕様に準拠して書く一方で、標準には無い言語拡張を多く使って -います。カーネルは標準 C ライブラリとは関係がないといった、C 言語フリー -スタンディング環境です。そのため、C の標準で使えないものもあります。任 -意の long long の除算や浮動小数点は使えません。 -ときどき、カーネルがツールチェインや C 言語拡張に置いている前提がどう -なっているのかわかりにくいことがあり、また、残念なことに決定的なリファ -レンスは存在しません。情報を得るには、gcc の info ページ( info gcc )を -見てください。 +います。カーネルは標準 C ライブラリに依存しない、C 言語非依存環境です。 +そのため、C の標準の中で使えないものもあります。特に任意の long long +の除算や浮動小数点は使えません。カーネルがツールチェインや C 言語拡張 +に置いている前提がどうなっているのかわかりにくいことが時々あり、また、 +残念なことに決定的なリファレンスは存在しません。情報を得るには、gcc の +info ページ( info gcc )を見てください。 あなたは既存の開発コミュニティと一緒に作業する方法を学ぼうとしているこ -とに留意してください。そのコミュニティは、コーディング、スタイル、 -開発手順について高度な標準を持つ、多様な人の集まりです。 -地理的に分散した大規模なチームに対してもっともうまくいくとわかったこと -をベースにしながら、これらの標準は長い時間をかけて築かれてきました。 -これらはきちんと文書化されていますから、事前にこれらの標準についてでき -るだけたくさん学んでください。また皆があなたやあなたの会社のやり方に合わ -せてくれると思わないでください。 +とに思い出してください。そのコミュニティは、コーディング、スタイル、開 +発手順について高度な標準を持つ、多様な人の集まりです。地理的に分散した +大規模なチームに対してもっともうまくいくとわかったことをベースにしなが +ら、これらの標準は長い時間をかけて築かれてきました。これらはきちんと文 +書化されていますから、事前にこれらの標準について事前にできるだけたくさ +ん学んでください。また皆があなたやあなたの会社のやり方に合わせてくれる +と思わないでください。 法的問題 ------------- +-------- Linux カーネルのソースコードは GPL ライセンスの下でリリースされていま す。ライセンスの詳細については、ソースツリーのメインディレクトリに存在 @@ -98,8 +84,9 @@ Linux カーネルのソースコードは GPL ライセンスの下でリリー 法律家に相談してください。メーリングリストの人達は法律家ではなく、法的 問題については彼らの声明はあてにするべきではありません。 -GPL に関する共通の質問や回答については、以下を参照してください。 - http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html +GPL に関する共通の質問や回答については、以下を参照してください- + + https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-faq.html ドキュメント ------------ @@ -119,111 +106,129 @@ linux-api@vger.kernel.org に送ることを勧めます。 README このファイルは Linuxカーネルの簡単な背景とカーネルを設定(訳注 configure )し、生成(訳注 build )するために必要なことは何かが書かれ - ています。カーネルに関して初めての人はここからスタートすると良いで - しょう。 + ています。 カーネルに関して初めての人はここからスタートすると良い + でしょう。 - Documentation/Changes - このファイルはカーネルをうまく生成(訳注 build )し、走らせるのに最 - 小限のレベルで必要な数々のソフトウェアパッケージの一覧を示してい - ます。 + :ref:`Documentation/Process/changes.rst ` + このファイルはカーネルをうまく生成(訳注 build )し、走らせるのに最 + 小限のレベルで必要な数々のソフトウェアパッケージの一覧を示してい + ます。 - Documentation/process/coding-style.rst + :ref:`Documentation/process/coding-style.rst ` これは Linux カーネルのコーディングスタイルと背景にある理由を記述 しています。全ての新しいコードはこのドキュメントにあるガイドライン に従っていることを期待されています。大部分のメンテナはこれらのルー ルに従っているものだけを受け付け、多くの人は正しいスタイルのコード だけをレビューします。 - Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst - Documentation/process/submitting-drivers.rst - これらのファイルには、どうやってうまくパッチを作って投稿するかに - ついて非常に詳しく書かれており、以下を含みます(これだけに限らない - けれども) - - Email に含むこと - - Email の形式 - - だれに送るか - これらのルールに従えばうまくいくことを保証することではありません - が (すべてのパッチは内容とスタイルについて精査を受けるので)、 - ルールに従わなければ間違いなくうまくいかないでしょう。 - - この他にパッチを作る方法についてのよくできた記述は- - - "The Perfect Patch" + :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst ` と :ref:`Documentation/process/submitting-drivers.rst ` + これらのファイルには、どうやってうまくパッチを作って投稿するかにつ + いて非常に詳しく書かれており、以下を含みます (これだけに限らない + けれども) + + - Email に含むこと + - Email の形式 + - だれに送るか + + これらのルールに従えばうまくいくことを保証することではありません + が (すべてのパッチは内容とスタイルについて精査を受けるので)、 + ルールに従わなければ間違いなくうまくいかないでしょう。 + + この他にパッチを作る方法についてのよくできた記述は- + + "The Perfect Patch" http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt - "Linux kernel patch submission format" + "Linux kernel patch submission format" http://linux.yyz.us/patch-format.html - Documentation/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst - このファイルはカーネルの中に不変のAPIを持たないことにした意識的な - 決断の背景にある理由について書かれています。以下のようなことを含 - んでいます- - - サブシステムとの間に層を作ること(コンパチビリティのため?) - - オペレーティングシステム間のドライバの移植性 - - カーネルソースツリーの素早い変更を遅らせる(もしくは素早い変更 - を妨げる) - このドキュメントは Linux 開発の思想を理解するのに非常に重要です。 - そして、他のOSでの開発者が Linux に移る時にとても重要です。 - - Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst + :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-api-nonsense.rst ` + このファイルはカーネルの中に不変の API を持たないことにした意識的 + な決断の背景にある理由について書かれています。以下のようなことを含 + んでいます- + + - サブシステムとの間に層を作ること(コンパチビリティのため?) + - オペレーティングシステム間のドライバの移植性 + - カーネルソースツリーの素早い変更を遅らせる(もしくは素早い変更を妨げる) + + このドキュメントは Linux 開発の思想を理解するのに非常に重要です。 + そして、他のOSでの開発者が Linux に移る時にとても重要です。 + + :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/security-bugs.rst ` もし Linux カーネルでセキュリティ問題を発見したように思ったら、こ のドキュメントのステップに従ってカーネル開発者に連絡し、問題解決を 支援してください。 - Documentation/process/management-style.rst + :ref:`Documentation/process/management-style.rst ` このドキュメントは Linux カーネルのメンテナ達がどう行動するか、 彼らの手法の背景にある共有されている精神について記述しています。こ れはカーネル開発の初心者なら（もしくは、単に興味があるだけの人でも） 重要です。なぜならこのドキュメントは、カーネルメンテナ達の独特な 行動についての多くの誤解や混乱を解消するからです。 - Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst + :ref:`Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst ` このファイルはどのように stable カーネルのリリースが行われるかのルー ルが記述されています。そしてこれらのリリースの中のどこかで変更を取 り入れてもらいたい場合に何をすれば良いかが示されています。 - Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst -　　カーネル開発に付随する外部ドキュメントのリストです。もしあなたが - 探しているものがカーネル内のドキュメントでみつからなかった場合、 - このリストをあたってみてください。 + :Ref:`Documentation/process/kernel-docs.rst ` + カーネル開発に付随する外部ドキュメントのリストです。もしあなたが探 + しているものがカーネル内のドキュメントでみつからなかった場合、この + リストをあたってみてください。 - Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst + :ref:`Documentation/process/applying-patches.rst ` パッチとはなにか、パッチをどうやって様々なカーネルの開発ブランチに 適用するのかについて正確に記述した良い入門書です。 -カーネルはソースコードから自動的に生成可能な多数のドキュメントを自分自 -身でもっています。これにはカーネル内 API のすべての記述や、どう正しく -ロックをかけるかの規則が含まれます。このドキュメントは -Documentation/DocBook/ ディレクトリに作られ、以下のように - make pdfdocs - make psdocs - make htmldocs - make mandocs -コマンドを実行するとメインカーネルのソースディレクトリから -それぞれ、PDF, Postscript, HTML, man page の形式で生成されます。 +カーネルはソースコードそのものや、このファイルのようなリストラクチャー +ドテキストマークアップ(ReST)から自動的に生成可能な多数のドキュメントを +もっています。これにはカーネル内APIの完全な記述や、正しくロックをかけ +るための規則などが含まれます。 + +これら全てのドキュメントを PDF や HTML で生成するには以下を実行します - :: + + make pdfdocs + make htmldocs + +それぞれメインカーネルのソースディレクトリから実行します。 + +ReSTマークアップを使ったドキュメントは Documentation/outputに生成され +ます。Latex とePub 形式で生成するには - :: + + make latexdocs + make epubdocs + +現在、幾つかの DocBook形式で書かれたドキュメントは ReST形式に転換中で +す。それらのドキュメントはDocumentation/DocBook ディレクトリに生成され、 +Postscript または man ページの形式を生成するには以下のようにします - :: + + make psdocs + make mandocs カーネル開発者になるには ---------------------------- +------------------------ -もしあなたが、Linux カーネル開発について何も知らないならば、 +もしあなたが、Linux カーネル開発について何も知らないのならば、 KernelNewbies プロジェクトを見るべきです - http://kernelnewbies.org + + https://kernelnewbies.org このサイトには役に立つメーリングリストがあり、基本的なカーネル開発に関 するほとんどどんな種類の質問もできます (既に回答されているようなことを -聞く前にまずはアーカイブを調べてください)。 -またここには、リアルタイムで質問を聞くことができる IRC チャネルや、Linux -カーネルの開発に関して学ぶのに便利なたくさんの役に立つドキュメントがあ -ります。 +聞く前にまずはアーカイブを調べてください)。またここには、リアルタイム +で質問を聞くことができる IRC チャネルや、Linuxカーネルの開発に関して学 +ぶのに便利なたくさんの役に立つドキュメントがあります。 -web サイトには、コードの構成、サブシステム、現在存在するプロジェクト(ツ -リーにあるもの無いものの両方)の基本的な管理情報があります。 -ここには、また、カーネルのコンパイルのやり方やパッチの当て方などの間接 -的な基本情報も記述されています。 +Web サイトには、コードの構成、サブシステム、現在存在するプロジェクト +(ツリーにあるもの無いものの両方)の基本的な管理情報があります。ここには、 +また、カーネルのコンパイルのやり方やパッチの当て方などの間接的な基本情 +報も記述されています。 あなたがどこからスタートして良いかわからないが、Linux カーネル開発コミュ -ニティに参加して何かすることをさがしている場合には、Linux kernel +ニティに参加して何かすることをさがしているのであれば、Linux kernel Janitor's プロジェクトにいけば良いでしょう - - http://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors + + https://kernelnewbies.org/KernelJanitors + ここはそのようなスタートをするのにうってつけの場所です。ここには、 Linux カーネルソースツリーの中に含まれる、きれいにし、修正しなければな らない、単純な問題のリストが記述されています。このプロジェクトに関わる @@ -232,10 +237,11 @@ Linux カーネルソースツリーの中に含まれる、きれいにし、 ていない場合には、次にやる仕事の方向性が見えてくるかもしれません。 もしあなたが、すでにひとまとまりコードを書いていて、カーネルツリーに入 -れたいと思っていたり、それに関する適切な支援を求めたい場合、カーネル -メンターズプロジェクトはそのような皆さんを助けるためにできました。 -ここにはメーリングリストがあり、以下から参照できます - http://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/kernel-mentors +れたいと思っていたり、それに関する適切な支援を求めたい場合、カーネルメ +ンターズプロジェクトはそのような皆さんを助けるためにできました。ここに +はメーリングリストがあり、以下から参照できます - + + https://selenic.com/mailman/listinfo/kernel-mentors 実際に Linux カーネルのコードについて修正を加える前に、どうやってその コードが動作するのかを理解することが必要です。そのためには、特別なツー @@ -244,27 +250,29 @@ Linux カーネルソースツリーの中に含まれる、きれいにし、 特におすすめなのは、Linux クロスリファレンスプロジェクトです。これは、 自己参照方式で、索引がついた web 形式で、ソースコードを参照することが できます。この最新の素晴しいカーネルコードのリポジトリは以下で見つかり -ます- +ます - + http://lxr.free-electrons.com/ 開発プロセス ------------------------ +------------ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメインカーネル「ブラン -チ」と多数のサブシステム毎のカーネルブランチから構成されます。 -これらのブランチとは- - - メインの 3.x カーネルツリー - - 3.x.y -stable カーネルツリー - - 3.x -git カーネルパッチ +チ」と多数のサブシステム毎のカーネルブランチから構成されます。これらの +ブランチとは - + + - メインの 4.x カーネルツリー + - 4.x.y -stable カーネルツリー + - 4.x -git カーネルパッチ - サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ - - 統合テストのための 3.x -next カーネルツリー + - 統合テストのための 4.x -next カーネルツリー -3.x カーネルツリー ------------------ +4.x カーネルツリー +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -3.x カーネルは Linus Torvalds によってメンテナンスされ、kernel.org -の pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/ ディレクトリに存在します。この開発プロセスは -以下のとおり- +4.x カーネルは Linus Torvalds によってメンテナンスされ、 +https://kernel.org の pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ ディレクトリに存在します。 +この開発プロセスは以下のとおり - - 新しいカーネルがリリースされた直後に、2週間の特別期間が設けられ、 この期間中に、メンテナ達は Linus に大きな差分を送ることができます。 @@ -272,7 +280,6 @@ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメイン 大きな変更は git(カーネルのソース管理ツール、詳細は http://git-scm.com/ 参照) を使って送るのが好ましいやり方ですが、パッ チファイルの形式のまま送るのでも十分です。 - - 2週間後、-rc1 カーネルがリリースされ、この後にはカーネル全体の安定 性に影響をあたえるような新機能は含まない類のパッチしか取り込むこと はできません。新しいドライバ(もしくはファイルシステム)のパッチは @@ -282,44 +289,45 @@ Linux カーネルの開発プロセスは現在幾つかの異なるメイン Linus へパッチを送付するのに git を使うこともできますが、パッチは レビューのために、パブリックなメーリングリストへも同時に送る必要が あります。 - - 新しい -rc は Linus が、最新の git ツリーがテスト目的であれば十分 に安定した状態にあると判断したときにリリースされます。目標は毎週新 しい -rc カーネルをリリースすることです。 - - このプロセスはカーネルが 「準備ができた」と考えられるまで継続しま す。このプロセスはだいたい 6週間継続します。 Andrew Morton が Linux-kernel メーリングリストにカーネルリリースについ -て書いたことをここで言っておくことは価値があります- - 「カーネルがいつリリースされるかは誰も知りません。なぜなら、これは現 - 実に認識されたバグの状況によりリリースされるのであり、前もって決めら - れた計画によってリリースされるものではないからです。」 +て書いたことをここで言っておくことは価値があります - + + *「カーネルがいつリリースされるかは誰も知りません。なぜなら、 + これは現実に認識されたバグの状況によりリリースされるのであり、 + 前もって決められた計画によってリリースされるものではないから + です。」* -3.x.y -stable カーネルツリー ---------------------------- +4.x.y -stable カーネルツリー +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ バージョン番号が3つの数字に分かれているカーネルは -stable カーネルです。 -これには、3.x カーネルで見つかったセキュリティ問題や重大な後戻りに対 -する比較的小さい重要な修正が含まれます。 +これには、4.x カーネルで見つかったセキュリティ問題や重大な後戻りに対す +る比較的小さい重要な修正が含まれます。 -これは、開発/実験的バージョンのテストに協力することに興味が無く、 -最新の安定したカーネルを使いたいユーザに推奨するブランチです。 +これは、開発/実験的バージョンのテストに協力することに興味が無く、最新 +の安定したカーネルを使いたいユーザに推奨するブランチです。 -もし、3.x.y カーネルが存在しない場合には、番号が一番大きい 3.x が -最新の安定版カーネルです。 +もし、4.x.y カーネルが存在しない場合には、番号が一番大きい 4.x が最新 +の安定版カーネルです。 -3.x.y は "stable" チーム でメンテされており、必 -要に応じてリリースされます。通常のリリース期間は 2週間毎ですが、差し迫っ -た問題がなければもう少し長くなることもあります。セキュリティ関連の問題 -の場合はこれに対してだいたいの場合、すぐにリリースがされます。 +4.x.y は "stable" チーム でメンテされており、 +必要に応じてリリースされます。通常のリリース期間は 2週間毎ですが、差 +し迫った問題がなければもう少し長くなることもあります。セキュリティ関 +連の問題の場合はこれに対してだいたいの場合、すぐにリリースがされます。 -カーネルツリーに入っている、Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst ファ -イルにはどのような種類の変更が -stable ツリーに受け入れ可能か、またリ -リースプロセスがどう動くかが記述されています。 +カーネルツリーに入っている、 +Documentation/process/stable-kernel-rules.rst ファイルにはどのような種 +類の変更が -stable ツリーに受け入れ可能か、またリリースプロセスがどう +動くかが記述されています。 -3.x -git パッチ ------------------- +4.x -git パッチ +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ git リポジトリで管理されているLinus のカーネルツリーの毎日のスナップ ショットがあります。(だから -git という名前がついています)。これらのパッ @@ -328,7 +336,7 @@ git リポジトリで管理されているLinus のカーネルツリーの毎 に生成されるので、より実験的です。 サブシステム毎のカーネルツリーとパッチ -------------------------------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ それぞれのカーネルサブシステムのメンテナ達は --- そして多くのカーネル サブシステムの開発者達も --- 各自の最新の開発状況をソースリポジトリに @@ -340,42 +348,45 @@ git リポジトリで管理されているLinus のカーネルツリーの毎 大部分のこれらのリポジトリは git ツリーです。しかしその他の SCM や quilt シリーズとして公開されているパッチキューも使われています。これら のサブシステムリポジトリのアドレスは MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストされ -ています。これらの多くは http://git.kernel.org/ で参照することができま +ています。これらの多くは https://git.kernel.org/ で参照することができま す。 提案されたパッチがこのようなサブシステムツリーにコミットされる前に、メー リングリストで事前にレビューにかけられます（以下の対応するセクションを -参照）。いくつかのカーネルサブシステムでは、このレビューは patchwork -というツールによって追跡されます。Patchwork は web インターフェイスに -よってパッチ投稿の表示、パッチへのコメント付けや改訂などができ、そして -メンテナはパッチに対して、レビュー中、受付済み、拒否というようなマーク -をつけることができます。大部分のこれらの patchwork のサイトは -http://patchwork.kernel.org/ でリストされています。 - -統合テストのための 3.x -next カーネルツリー ---------------------------------------------- - -サブシステムツリーの更新内容がメインラインの 3.x ツリーにマージされ -る前に、それらは統合テストされる必要があります。この目的のため、実質的 -に全サブシステムツリーからほぼ毎日プルされてできる特別なテスト用のリ -ポジトリが存在します- - http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git +参照）。いくつかのカーネルサブシステムでは、このレビューは patchworkと +いうツールによって追跡されます。Patchwork は web インターフェイスによっ +てパッチ投稿の表示、パッチへのコメント付けや改訂などができ、そしてメン +テナはパッチに対して、レビュー中、受付済み、拒否というようなマークをつ +けることができます。大部分のこれらの patchwork のサイトは +https://patchwork.kernel.org/ でリストされています。 + +統合テストのための 4.x -next カーネルツリー +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +サブシステムツリーの更新内容がメインラインの 4.x ツリーにマージされる +前に、それらは統合テストされる必要があります。この目的のため、実質的に +全サブシステムツリーからほぼ毎日プルされてできる特別なテスト用のリポジ +トリが存在します- + + https://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git このやり方によって、-next カーネルは次のマージ機会でどんなものがメイン -ラインカーネルにマージされるか、おおまかなの展望を提供します。-next -カーネルの実行テストを行う冒険好きなテスターは大いに歓迎されます +ラインカーネルにマージされるか、おおまかなの展望を提供します。-next カー +ネルの実行テストを行う冒険好きなテスターは大いに歓迎されます。 バグレポート ------------- -bugzilla.kernel.org は Linux カーネル開発者がカーネルのバグを追跡する -場所です。ユーザは見つけたバグの全てをこのツールで報告すべきです。 -どう kernel bugzilla を使うかの詳細は、以下を参照してください- - http://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html -メインカーネルソースディレクトリにあるファイル admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rst はカーネ -ルバグらしいものについてどうレポートするかの良いテンプレートであり、問 -題の追跡を助けるためにカーネル開発者にとってどんな情報が必要なのかの詳 -細が書かれています。 +https://bugzilla.kernel.org は Linux カーネル開発者がカーネルのバグを追跡する +場所です。ユーザは見つけたバグの全てをこのツールで報告すべきです。どう +kernel bugzilla を使うかの詳細は、以下を参照してください - + + https://bugzilla.kernel.org/page.cgi?id=faq.html + +メインカーネルソースディレクトリにあるファイル +admin-guide/reporting-bugs.rstはカーネルバグらしいものについてどうレポー +トするかの良いテンプレートであり、問題の追跡を助けるためにカーネル開発 +者にとってどんな情報が必要なのかの詳細が書かれています。 バグレポートの管理 ------------------- @@ -383,74 +394,78 @@ bugzilla.kernel.org は Linux カーネル開発者がカーネルのバグを あなたのハッキングのスキルを訓練する最高の方法のひとつに、他人がレポー トしたバグを修正することがあります。あなたがカーネルをより安定化させる こに寄与するということだけでなく、あなたは 現実の問題を修正することを -学び、自分のスキルも強化でき、また他の開発者があなたの存在に気がつき -ます。バグを修正することは、多くの開発者の中から自分が功績をあげる最善 -の道です、なぜなら多くの人は他人のバグの修正に時間を浪費することを好ま -ないからです。 +学び、自分のスキルも強化でき、また他の開発者があなたの存在に気がつきま +す。バグを修正することは、多くの開発者の中から自分が功績をあげる最善の +道です、なぜなら多くの人は他人のバグの修正に時間を浪費することを好まな +いからです。 すでにレポートされたバグのために仕事をするためには、 -http://bugzilla.kernel.org に行ってください。もし今後のバグレポートに +https://bugzilla.kernel.org に行ってください。もし今後のバグレポートに ついてアドバイスを受けたいのであれば、bugme-new メーリングリスト(新し いバグレポートだけがここにメールされる) または bugme-janitor メーリン グリスト(bugzilla の変更毎にここにメールされる)を購読できます。 - http://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-new - http://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-janitors + https://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-new + + https://lists.linux-foundation.org/mailman/listinfo/bugme-janitors メーリングリスト -------------- +---------------- 上のいくつかのドキュメントで述べていますが、コアカーネル開発者の大部分 は Linux kernel メーリングリストに参加しています。このリストの登録/脱 退の方法については以下を参照してください- + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html#linux-kernel このメーリングリストのアーカイブは web 上の多数の場所に存在します。こ れらのアーカイブを探すにはサーチエンジンを使いましょう。例えば- + http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel リストに投稿する前にすでにその話題がアーカイブに存在するかどうかを検索 -することを是非やってください。多数の事がすでに詳細に渡って議論されて -おり、アーカイブにのみ記録されています。 +することを是非やってください。多数の事がすでに詳細に渡って議論されてお +り、アーカイブにのみ記録されています。 大部分のカーネルサブシステムも自分の個別の開発を実施するメーリングリス トを持っています。個々のグループがどんなリストを持っているかは、 MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してください。 多くのリストは kernel.org でホストされています。これらの情報は以下にあ -ります- +ります - + http://vger.kernel.org/vger-lists.html -メーリングリストを使う場合、良い行動習慣に従うようにしましょう。 -少し安っぽいが、以下の URL は上のリスト(や他のリスト)で会話する場合の -シンプルなガイドラインを示しています- +メーリングリストを使う場合、良い行動習慣に従うようにしましょう。少し安っ +ぽいが、以下の URL は上のリスト(や他のリスト)で会話する場合のシンプル +なガイドラインを示しています - + http://www.albion.com/netiquette/ もし複数の人があなたのメールに返事をした場合、CC: で受ける人のリストは -だいぶ多くなるでしょう。良い理由がない場合、CC: リストから誰かを削除を -しないように、また、メーリングリストのアドレスだけにリプライすることの -ないようにしましょう。1つは送信者から、もう1つはリストからのように、メー -ルを2回受けることになってもそれに慣れ、しゃれたメールヘッダーを追加し -てこの状態を変えようとしないように。人々はそのようなことは好みません。 +だいぶ多くなるでしょう。正当な理由がない限り、CC: リストから誰かを削除 +をしないように、また、メーリングリストのアドレスだけにリプライすること +のないようにしましょう。1つは送信者から、もう1つはリストからのように、 +メールを2回受けることになってもそれに慣れ、しゃれたメールヘッダーを追 +加してこの状態を変えようとしないように。人々はそのようなことは好みませ +ん。 今までのメールでのやりとりとその間のあなたの発言はそのまま残し、 "John Kernelhacker wrote ...:" の行をあなたのリプライの先頭行にして、 メールの先頭でなく、各引用行の間にあなたの言いたいことを追加するべきで す。 -もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst に提 -示されているように、それは プレーンな可読テキストにすることを忘れない -ようにしましょう。カーネル開発者は 添付や圧縮したパッチを扱いたがりま -せん- -彼らはあなたのパッチの行毎にコメントを入れたいので、そのためにはそうす -るしかありません。あなたのメールプログラムが空白やタブを圧縮しないよう -に確認した方が良いです。最初の良いテストとしては、自分にメールを送って -みて、そのパッチを自分で当ててみることです。もしそれがうまく行かないな -ら、あなたのメールプログラムを直してもらうか、正しく動くように変えるべ -きです。 +もしパッチをメールに付ける場合は、 +Documentation/process/submitting-patches.rst に提示されているように、そ +れは プレーンな可読テキストにすることを忘れないようにしましょう。カー +ネル開発者は 添付や圧縮したパッチを扱いたがりません。彼らはあなたのパッ +チの行毎にコメントを入れたいので、そうするしかありません。あなたのメー +ルプログラムが空白やタブを圧縮しないように確認しましょう。最初の良いテ +ストとしては、自分にメールを送ってみて、そのパッチを自分で当ててみるこ +とです。もしそれがうまく行かないなら、あなたのメールプログラムを直して +もらうか、正しく動くように変えるべきです。 -とりわけ、他の登録者に対する尊敬を表すようにすることを覚えておいてくだ -さい。 +何をおいても、他の購読者に対する敬意を表すことを忘れないでください。 コミュニティと共に働くこと -------------------------- @@ -459,21 +474,22 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ です。あなたがパッチを受け入れてもらうために投稿した場合、それは、技術 的メリットだけがレビューされます。その際、あなたは何を予想すべきでしょ うか? + - 批判 - コメント - 変更の要求 - パッチの正当性の証明要求 - 沈黙 -思い出してください、ここはあなたのパッチをカーネルに入れる話です。あ -なたは、あなたのパッチに対する批判とコメントを受け入れるべきで、それら -を技術的レベルで評価して、パッチを再作成するか、なぜそれらの変更をすべ -きでないかを明確で簡潔な理由の説明を提供してください。 -もし、あなたのパッチに何も反応がない場合、たまにはメールの山に埋もれて -見逃され、あなたの投稿が忘れられてしまうこともあるので、数日待って再度 -投稿してください。 +思い出してください、これはあなたのパッチをカーネルに入れる話です。あな +たは、あなたのパッチに対する批判とコメントを受け入れるべきで、それらを +技術的レベルで評価して、パッチを再作成するか、なぜそれらの変更をすべき +でないかを明確で簡潔な理由の説明を提供してください。もし、あなたのパッ +チに何も反応がない場合、たまにはメールの山に埋もれて見逃され、あなたの +投稿が忘れられてしまうこともあるので、数日待って再度投稿してください。 + +あなたがやるべきでないことは? -あなたがやるべきでないものは? - 質問なしにあなたのパッチが受け入れられると想像すること - 守りに入ること - コメントを無視すること @@ -489,37 +505,37 @@ MAINTAINERS ファイルにリストがありますので参照してくださ あなたの最初のパッチに単に 1ダースもの修正を求めるリストの返答になるこ とも普通のことです。これはあなたのパッチが受け入れられないということで -は *ありません*、そしてあなた自身に反対することを意味するのでも *ありま -せん*。単に自分のパッチに対して指摘された問題を全て修正して再送すれば -良いのです。 +は **ありません**、そしてあなた自身に反対することを意味するのでも **あ +りません**。単に自分のパッチに対して指摘された問題を全て修正して再送す +れば良いのです。 カーネルコミュニティと企業組織のちがい ----------------------------------------------------------------- カーネルコミュニティは大部分の伝統的な会社の開発環境とは異ったやり方で -動いています。以下は問題を避けるためにできると良いことのリストです- +動いています。以下は問題を避けるためにできると良いことのリストです。 - あなたの提案する変更について言うときのうまい言い方： + あなたの提案する変更について言うときのうまい言い方 - - "これは複数の問題を解決します" - "これは2000行のコードを削除します" - "以下のパッチは、私が言おうとしていることを説明するものです" - "私はこれを5つの異なるアーキテクチャでテストしたのですが..." - "以下は一連の小さなパッチ群ですが..." - - "これは典型的なマシンでの性能を向上させます.." + - "これは典型的なマシンでの性能を向上させます..." - やめた方が良い悪い言い方： + やめた方が良い悪い言い方 - - - このやり方で AIX/ptx/Solaris ではできたので、できるはずだ - - 私はこれを20年もの間やってきた、だから - - これは、私の会社が金儲けをするために必要だ - - これは我々のエンタープライズ向け商品ラインのためである - - これは 私が自分のアイディアを記述した、1000ページの設計資料である - - 私はこれについて、6ケ月作業している。 - - 以下は ... に関する5000行のパッチです - - 私は現在のぐちゃぐちゃを全部書き直した、それが以下です... - - 私は〆切がある、そのためこのパッチは今すぐ適用される必要がある + - "このやり方で AIX/ptx/Solaris ではできたので、できるはずだ..." + - "私はこれを20年もの間やってきた、だから..." + - "これは私の会社が金儲けをするために必要だ" + - "これは我々のエンタープライズ向け商品ラインのためである" + - "これは私が自分のアイディアを記述した、1000ページの設計資料である" + - "私はこれについて、6ケ月作業している..." + - "以下は ... に関する5000行のパッチです" + - "私は現在のぐちゃぐちゃを全部書き直した、それが以下です..." + - "私は〆切がある、そのためこのパッチは今すぐ適用される必要がある" カーネルコミュニティが大部分の伝統的なソフトウェアエンジニアリングの労 働環境と異なるもう一つの点は、やりとりに顔を合わせないということです。 @@ -535,13 +551,13 @@ Patricia (主に女性名)や Patrick (主に男性名)の略称)。 Linux カーネルの活動をして、意見を表明したことがある大部分の女性は、前 向きな経験をもっています。 -言葉の壁は英語が得意でない一部の人には問題になります。 -メーリングリストの中できちんとアイディアを交換するには、相当うまく英語 -を操れる必要があることもあります。そのため、あなたは自分のメール -を送る前に英語で意味が通じているかをチェックすることをお薦めします。 +言葉の壁は英語が得意でない一部の人には問題になります。メーリングリスト +の中で、きちんとアイディアを交換するには、相当うまく英語を操れる必要が +あることもあります。そのため、自分のメールを送る前に英語で意味が通じて +いるかをチェックすることをお薦めします。 変更を分割する ---------------------- +-------------- Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を喜んで受容するこ とはありません。変更は正確に説明される必要があり、議論され、小さい、個 @@ -555,7 +571,7 @@ Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を やってはいけません、あなたのパッチ群はいつもどんな時でもそれよりは小さ くなければなりません。 -パッチを分割する理由は以下です- +パッチを分割する理由は以下 - 1) 小さいパッチはあなたのパッチが適用される見込みを大きくします、カー ネルの人達はパッチが正しいかどうかを確認する時間や労力をかけないか @@ -571,41 +587,41 @@ Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を 2) 小さいパッチを送るだけでなく、送るまえに、書き直して、シンプルにす る(もしくは、単に順番を変えるだけでも)ことも、とても重要です。 -以下はカーネル開発者の Al Viro のたとえ話です： +以下はカーネル開発者の Al Viro のたとえ話です - - "生徒の数学の宿題を採点する先生のことを考えてみてください、先 - 生は生徒が解に到達するまでの試行錯誤を見たいとは思わないでしょ - う。先生は簡潔な最高の解を見たいのです。良い生徒はこれを知って - おり、そして最終解の前の中間作業を提出することは決してないので - す" + *"生徒の数学の宿題を採点する先生のことを考えてみてください、 + 先生は生徒が解に到達するまでの試行錯誤を見たいとは思わないでし + ょう。先生は簡潔な最高の解を見たいのです。良い生徒はこれを知っ + ており、そして最終解の前の中間作業を提出することは決してないの + です* - カーネル開発でもこれは同じです。メンテナ達とレビューア達は、 + *カーネル開発でもこれは同じです。メンテナ達とレビューア達は、 問題を解決する解の背後になる思考プロセスを見たいとは思いません。 - 彼らは単純であざやかな解決方法を見たいのです。 + 彼らは単純であざやかな解決方法を見たいのです。"* あざやかな解を説明するのと、コミュニティと共に仕事をし、未解決の仕事を -議論することのバランスをキープするのは難しいかもしれません。 -ですから、開発プロセスの早期段階で改善のためのフィードバックをもらうよ -うにするのも良いですが、変更点を小さい部分に分割して全体ではまだ完成し -ていない仕事を(部分的に)取り込んでもらえるようにすることも良いことです。 +議論することのバランスをキープするのは難しいかもしれません。ですから、 +開発プロセスの早期段階で改善のためのフィードバックをもらうようにするの +も良いですが、変更点を小さい部分に分割して全体ではまだ完成していない仕 +事を(部分的に)取り込んでもらえるようにすることも良いことです。 また、でき上がっていないものや、"将来直す" ようなパッチを、本流に含め てもらうように送っても、それは受け付けられないことを理解してください。 あなたの変更を正当化する -------------------- +------------------------ あなたのパッチを分割するのと同時に、なぜその変更を追加しなければならな いかを Linux コミュニティに知らせることはとても重要です。新機能は必要 性と有用性で正当化されなければなりません。 -あなたの変更の説明 --------------------- +あなたの変更を説明する +---------------------- あなたのパッチを送付する場合には、メールの中のテキストで何を言うかにつ いて、特別に注意を払ってください。この情報はパッチの ChangeLog に使わ れ、いつも皆がみられるように保管されます。これは次のような項目を含め、 -パッチを完全に記述するべきです- +パッチを完全に記述するべきです - - なぜ変更が必要か - パッチ全体の設計アプローチ @@ -613,18 +629,24 @@ Linux カーネルコミュニティは、一度に大量のコードの塊を - テスト結果 これについて全てがどのようにあるべきかについての詳細は、以下のドキュメ -ントの ChangeLog セクションを見てください- +ントの ChangeLog セクションを見てください - + "The Perfect Patch" http://www.ozlabs.org/~akpm/stuff/tpp.txt -これらのどれもが、時にはとても困難です。これらの慣例を完璧に実施するに -は数年かかるかもしれません。これは継続的な改善のプロセスであり、そのた -めには多数の忍耐と決意を必要とするものです。でも、諦めないで、これは可 -能なことです。多数の人がすでにできていますし、彼らも皆最初はあなたと同 -じところからスタートしたのですから。 +これらはどれも、実行することが時にはとても困難です。これらの例を完璧に +実施するには数年かかるかもしれません。これは継続的な改善のプロセスであ +り、多くの忍耐と決意を必要とするものです。でも諦めないで、実現は可能で +す。多数の人がすでにできていますし、彼らも最初はあなたと同じところから +スタートしたのですから。 + + + + +---------- Paolo Ciarrocchi に感謝、彼は彼の書いた "Development Process" -(http://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) セクションをこのテキストの原型にする +(https://lwn.net/Articles/94386/) セクションをこのテキストの原型にする ことを許可してくれました。Rundy Dunlap と Gerrit Huizenga はメーリング リストでやるべきこととやってはいけないことのリストを提供してくれました。 以下の人々のレビュー、コメント、貢献に感謝。 @@ -634,4 +656,6 @@ Kleen, Vadim Lobanov, Jesper Juhl, Adrian Bunk, Keri Harris, Frans Pop, David A. Wheeler, Junio Hamano, Michael Kerrisk, と Alex Shepard 彼らの支援なしでは、このドキュメントはできなかったでしょう。 + + Maintainer: Greg Kroah-Hartman diff --git a/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/index.rst b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2f91b895e3c276aa773d259ba908c1fc79a18a45 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/translations/ja_JP/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +.. raw:: latex + + \renewcommand\thesection* + \renewcommand\thesubsection* + +Japanese translations +===================== + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 1 + + howto diff --git a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/sparse.txt b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/sparse.txt index e41dc940e16298854e52626412b08b73bd223aa2..2f728962a8e2386c1b855541b9adc0a2f097ddb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/sparse.txt +++ b/Documentation/translations/zh_CN/sparse.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Chinese translated version of Documentation/sparse.txt +Chinese translated version of Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst If you have any comment or update to the content, please contact the original document maintainer directly. However, if you have a problem @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ or if there is a problem with the translation. Chinese maintainer: Li Yang --------------------------------------------------------------------- -Documentation/sparse.txt 的中文翻译 +Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst 的中文翻译 如果想评论或更新本文的内容，请直接联系原文档的维护者。如果你使用英文 交流有困难的话，也可以向中文版维护者求助。如果本翻译更新不及时或者翻 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/acm.txt b/Documentation/usb/acm.txt index 17f5c2e1a5708bb493edd779730e5f40d0dc988d..903abca10517e1d9dec2438317329808edfa7863 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/acm.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/acm.txt @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ minicom, ppp and mgetty with them. 2. Verifying that it works ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - The first step would be to check /proc/bus/usb/devices, it should look + The first step would be to check /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices, it should look like this: T: Bus=01 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt b/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9c3eb845ebe514f20ddeacbfc644bb79d700153c..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/usb/error-codes.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ -Revised: 2004-Oct-21 - -This is the documentation of (hopefully) all possible error codes (and -their interpretation) that can be returned from usbcore. - -Some of them are returned by the Host Controller Drivers (HCDs), which -device drivers only see through usbcore. As a rule, all the HCDs should -behave the same except for transfer speed dependent behaviors and the -way certain faults are reported. - - -************************************************************************** -* Error codes returned by usb_submit_urb * -************************************************************************** - -Non-USB-specific: - -0 URB submission went fine - --ENOMEM no memory for allocation of internal structures - -USB-specific: - --EBUSY The URB is already active. - --ENODEV specified USB-device or bus doesn't exist - --ENOENT specified interface or endpoint does not exist or - is not enabled - --ENXIO host controller driver does not support queuing of this type - of urb. (treat as a host controller bug.) - --EINVAL a) Invalid transfer type specified (or not supported) - b) Invalid or unsupported periodic transfer interval - c) ISO: attempted to change transfer interval - d) ISO: number_of_packets is < 0 - e) various other cases - --EXDEV ISO: URB_ISO_ASAP wasn't specified and all the frames - the URB would be scheduled in have already expired. - --EFBIG Host controller driver can't schedule that many ISO frames. - --EPIPE The pipe type specified in the URB doesn't match the - endpoint's actual type. - --EMSGSIZE (a) endpoint maxpacket size is zero; it is not usable - in the current interface altsetting. - (b) ISO packet is larger than the endpoint maxpacket. - (c) requested data transfer length is invalid: negative - or too large for the host controller. - --ENOSPC This request would overcommit the usb bandwidth reserved - for periodic transfers (interrupt, isochronous). - --ESHUTDOWN The device or host controller has been disabled due to some - problem that could not be worked around. - --EPERM Submission failed because urb->reject was set. - --EHOSTUNREACH URB was rejected because the device is suspended. - --ENOEXEC A control URB doesn't contain a Setup packet. - - -************************************************************************** -* Error codes returned by in urb->status * -* or in iso_frame_desc[n].status (for ISO) * -************************************************************************** - -USB device drivers may only test urb status values in completion handlers. -This is because otherwise there would be a race between HCDs updating -these values on one CPU, and device drivers testing them on another CPU. - -A transfer's actual_length may be positive even when an error has been -reported. That's because transfers often involve several packets, so that -one or more packets could finish before an error stops further endpoint I/O. - -For isochronous URBs, the urb status value is non-zero only if the URB is -unlinked, the device is removed, the host controller is disabled, or the total -transferred length is less than the requested length and the URB_SHORT_NOT_OK -flag is set. Completion handlers for isochronous URBs should only see -urb->status set to zero, -ENOENT, -ECONNRESET, -ESHUTDOWN, or -EREMOTEIO. -Individual frame descriptor status fields may report more status codes. - - -0 Transfer completed successfully - --ENOENT URB was synchronously unlinked by usb_unlink_urb - --EINPROGRESS URB still pending, no results yet - (That is, if drivers see this it's a bug.) - --EPROTO (*, **) a) bitstuff error - b) no response packet received within the - prescribed bus turn-around time - c) unknown USB error - --EILSEQ (*, **) a) CRC mismatch - b) no response packet received within the - prescribed bus turn-around time - c) unknown USB error - - Note that often the controller hardware does not - distinguish among cases a), b), and c), so a - driver cannot tell whether there was a protocol - error, a failure to respond (often caused by - device disconnect), or some other fault. - --ETIME (**) No response packet received within the prescribed - bus turn-around time. This error may instead be - reported as -EPROTO or -EILSEQ. - --ETIMEDOUT Synchronous USB message functions use this code - to indicate timeout expired before the transfer - completed, and no other error was reported by HC. - --EPIPE (**) Endpoint stalled. For non-control endpoints, - reset this status with usb_clear_halt(). - --ECOMM During an IN transfer, the host controller - received data from an endpoint faster than it - could be written to system memory - --ENOSR During an OUT transfer, the host controller - could not retrieve data from system memory fast - enough to keep up with the USB data rate - --EOVERFLOW (*) The amount of data returned by the endpoint was - greater than either the max packet size of the - endpoint or the remaining buffer size. "Babble". - --EREMOTEIO The data read from the endpoint did not fill the - specified buffer, and URB_SHORT_NOT_OK was set in - urb->transfer_flags. - --ENODEV Device was removed. Often preceded by a burst of - other errors, since the hub driver doesn't detect - device removal events immediately. - --EXDEV ISO transfer only partially completed - (only set in iso_frame_desc[n].status, not urb->status) - --EINVAL ISO madness, if this happens: Log off and go home - --ECONNRESET URB was asynchronously unlinked by usb_unlink_urb - --ESHUTDOWN The device or host controller has been disabled due - to some problem that could not be worked around, - such as a physical disconnect. - - -(*) Error codes like -EPROTO, -EILSEQ and -EOVERFLOW normally indicate -hardware problems such as bad devices (including firmware) or cables. - -(**) This is also one of several codes that different kinds of host -controller use to indicate a transfer has failed because of device -disconnect. In the interval before the hub driver starts disconnect -processing, devices may receive such fault reports for every request. - - - -************************************************************************** -* Error codes returned by usbcore-functions * -* (expect also other submit and transfer status codes) * -************************************************************************** - -usb_register(): --EINVAL error during registering new driver - -usb_get_*/usb_set_*(): -usb_control_msg(): -usb_bulk_msg(): --ETIMEDOUT Timeout expired before the transfer completed. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt index 6b4a88a8c8e34abf7e85e841cf10b1408b97b000..d1def3186782ae0a9baa079f28edbaac46d03282 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/gadget_serial.txt @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Once the gadget serial driver is loaded and the USB device connected to the Linux host with a USB cable, the host system should recognize the gadget serial device. For example, the command - cat /proc/bus/usb/devices + cat /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices should show something like this: @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Once the gadget serial driver is loaded and the USB device connected to the Linux host with a USB cable, the host system should recognize the gadget serial device. For example, the command - cat /proc/bus/usb/devices + cat /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices should show something like this: diff --git a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 98be91982677e89bef390162440c0a90a479eb46..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,390 +0,0 @@ -/proc/bus/usb filesystem output -=============================== -(version 2010.09.13) - - -The usbfs filesystem for USB devices is traditionally mounted at -/proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as -the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. - -In many modern systems the usbfs filesystem isn't used at all. Instead -USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The -"devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as -/sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. - - -**NOTE**: If /proc/bus/usb appears empty, and a host controller - driver has been linked, then you need to mount the - filesystem. Issue the command (as root): - - mount -t usbfs none /proc/bus/usb - - An alternative and more permanent method would be to add - - none /proc/bus/usb usbfs defaults 0 0 - - to /etc/fstab. This will mount usbfs at each reboot. - You can then issue `cat /proc/bus/usb/devices` to extract - USB device information, and user mode drivers can use usbfs - to interact with USB devices. - - There are a number of mount options supported by usbfs. - Consult the source code (linux/drivers/usb/core/inode.c) for - information about those options. - -**NOTE**: The filesystem has been renamed from "usbdevfs" to - "usbfs", to reduce confusion with "devfs". You may - still see references to the older "usbdevfs" name. - -For more information on mounting the usbfs file system, see the -"USB Device Filesystem" section of the USB Guide. The latest copy -of the USB Guide can be found at http://www.linux-usb.org/ - - -THE /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD FILES: --------------------------------- -Each connected USB device has one file. The BBB indicates the bus -number. The DDD indicates the device address on that bus. Both -of these numbers are assigned sequentially, and can be reused, so -you can't rely on them for stable access to devices. For example, -it's relatively common for devices to re-enumerate while they are -still connected (perhaps someone jostled their power supply, hub, -or USB cable), so a device might be 002/027 when you first connect -it and 002/048 sometime later. - -These files can be read as binary data. The binary data consists -of first the device descriptor, then the descriptors for each -configuration of the device. Multi-byte fields in the device descriptor -are converted to host endianness by the kernel. The configuration -descriptors are in bus endian format! The configuration descriptor -are wTotalLength bytes apart. If a device returns less configuration -descriptor data than indicated by wTotalLength there will be a hole in -the file for the missing bytes. This information is also shown -in text form by the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, described later. - -These files may also be used to write user-level drivers for the USB -devices. You would open the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD file read/write, -read its descriptors to make sure it's the device you expect, and then -bind to an interface (or perhaps several) using an ioctl call. You -would issue more ioctls to the device to communicate to it using -control, bulk, or other kinds of USB transfers. The IOCTLs are -listed in the file, and at this writing the -source code (linux/drivers/usb/core/devio.c) is the primary reference -for how to access devices through those files. - -Note that since by default these BBB/DDD files are writable only by -root, only root can write such user mode drivers. You can selectively -grant read/write permissions to other users by using "chmod". Also, -usbfs mount options such as "devmode=0666" may be helpful. - - - -THE /proc/bus/usb/devices FILE: -------------------------------- -In /proc/bus/usb/devices, each device's output has multiple -lines of ASCII output. -I made it ASCII instead of binary on purpose, so that someone -can obtain some useful data from it without the use of an -auxiliary program. However, with an auxiliary program, the numbers -in the first 4 columns of each "T:" line (topology info: -Lev, Prnt, Port, Cnt) can be used to build a USB topology diagram. - -Each line is tagged with a one-character ID for that line: - -T = Topology (etc.) -B = Bandwidth (applies only to USB host controllers, which are - virtualized as root hubs) -D = Device descriptor info. -P = Product ID info. (from Device descriptor, but they won't fit - together on one line) -S = String descriptors. -C = Configuration descriptor info. (* = active configuration) -I = Interface descriptor info. -E = Endpoint descriptor info. - -======================================================================= - -/proc/bus/usb/devices output format: - -Legend: - d = decimal number (may have leading spaces or 0's) - x = hexadecimal number (may have leading spaces or 0's) - s = string - - -Topology info: - -T: Bus=dd Lev=dd Prnt=dd Port=dd Cnt=dd Dev#=ddd Spd=dddd MxCh=dd -| | | | | | | | |__MaxChildren -| | | | | | | |__Device Speed in Mbps -| | | | | | |__DeviceNumber -| | | | | |__Count of devices at this level -| | | | |__Connector/Port on Parent for this device -| | | |__Parent DeviceNumber -| | |__Level in topology for this bus -| |__Bus number -|__Topology info tag - - Speed may be: - 1.5 Mbit/s for low speed USB - 12 Mbit/s for full speed USB - 480 Mbit/s for high speed USB (added for USB 2.0); - also used for Wireless USB, which has no fixed speed - 5000 Mbit/s for SuperSpeed USB (added for USB 3.0) - - For reasons lost in the mists of time, the Port number is always - too low by 1. For example, a device plugged into port 4 will - show up with "Port=03". - -Bandwidth info: -B: Alloc=ddd/ddd us (xx%), #Int=ddd, #Iso=ddd -| | | |__Number of isochronous requests -| | |__Number of interrupt requests -| |__Total Bandwidth allocated to this bus -|__Bandwidth info tag - - Bandwidth allocation is an approximation of how much of one frame - (millisecond) is in use. It reflects only periodic transfers, which - are the only transfers that reserve bandwidth. Control and bulk - transfers use all other bandwidth, including reserved bandwidth that - is not used for transfers (such as for short packets). - - The percentage is how much of the "reserved" bandwidth is scheduled by - those transfers. For a low or full speed bus (loosely, "USB 1.1"), - 90% of the bus bandwidth is reserved. For a high speed bus (loosely, - "USB 2.0") 80% is reserved. - - -Device descriptor info & Product ID info: - -D: Ver=x.xx Cls=xx(s) Sub=xx Prot=xx MxPS=dd #Cfgs=dd -P: Vendor=xxxx ProdID=xxxx Rev=xx.xx - -where -D: Ver=x.xx Cls=xx(sssss) Sub=xx Prot=xx MxPS=dd #Cfgs=dd -| | | | | | |__NumberConfigurations -| | | | | |__MaxPacketSize of Default Endpoint -| | | | |__DeviceProtocol -| | | |__DeviceSubClass -| | |__DeviceClass -| |__Device USB version -|__Device info tag #1 - -where -P: Vendor=xxxx ProdID=xxxx Rev=xx.xx -| | | |__Product revision number -| | |__Product ID code -| |__Vendor ID code -|__Device info tag #2 - - -String descriptor info: - -S: Manufacturer=ssss -| |__Manufacturer of this device as read from the device. -| For USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this may -| be omitted, or (for newer drivers) will identify the kernel -| version and the driver which provides this hub emulation. -|__String info tag - -S: Product=ssss -| |__Product description of this device as read from the device. -| For older USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this -| indicates the driver; for newer ones, it's a product (and vendor) -| description that often comes from the kernel's PCI ID database. -|__String info tag - -S: SerialNumber=ssss -| |__Serial Number of this device as read from the device. -| For USB host controller drivers (virtual root hubs) this is -| some unique ID, normally a bus ID (address or slot name) that -| can't be shared with any other device. -|__String info tag - - - -Configuration descriptor info: - -C:* #Ifs=dd Cfg#=dd Atr=xx MPwr=dddmA -| | | | | |__MaxPower in mA -| | | | |__Attributes -| | | |__ConfiguratioNumber -| | |__NumberOfInterfaces -| |__ "*" indicates the active configuration (others are " ") -|__Config info tag - - USB devices may have multiple configurations, each of which act - rather differently. For example, a bus-powered configuration - might be much less capable than one that is self-powered. Only - one device configuration can be active at a time; most devices - have only one configuration. - - Each configuration consists of one or more interfaces. Each - interface serves a distinct "function", which is typically bound - to a different USB device driver. One common example is a USB - speaker with an audio interface for playback, and a HID interface - for use with software volume control. - - -Interface descriptor info (can be multiple per Config): - -I:* If#=dd Alt=dd #EPs=dd Cls=xx(sssss) Sub=xx Prot=xx Driver=ssss -| | | | | | | | |__Driver name -| | | | | | | | or "(none)" -| | | | | | | |__InterfaceProtocol -| | | | | | |__InterfaceSubClass -| | | | | |__InterfaceClass -| | | | |__NumberOfEndpoints -| | | |__AlternateSettingNumber -| | |__InterfaceNumber -| |__ "*" indicates the active altsetting (others are " ") -|__Interface info tag - - A given interface may have one or more "alternate" settings. - For example, default settings may not use more than a small - amount of periodic bandwidth. To use significant fractions - of bus bandwidth, drivers must select a non-default altsetting. - - Only one setting for an interface may be active at a time, and - only one driver may bind to an interface at a time. Most devices - have only one alternate setting per interface. - - -Endpoint descriptor info (can be multiple per Interface): - -E: Ad=xx(s) Atr=xx(ssss) MxPS=dddd Ivl=dddss -| | | | |__Interval (max) between transfers -| | | |__EndpointMaxPacketSize -| | |__Attributes(EndpointType) -| |__EndpointAddress(I=In,O=Out) -|__Endpoint info tag - - The interval is nonzero for all periodic (interrupt or isochronous) - endpoints. For high speed endpoints the transfer interval may be - measured in microseconds rather than milliseconds. - - For high speed periodic endpoints, the "MaxPacketSize" reflects - the per-microframe data transfer size. For "high bandwidth" - endpoints, that can reflect two or three packets (for up to - 3KBytes every 125 usec) per endpoint. - - With the Linux-USB stack, periodic bandwidth reservations use the - transfer intervals and sizes provided by URBs, which can be less - than those found in endpoint descriptor. - - -======================================================================= - - -If a user or script is interested only in Topology info, for -example, use something like "grep ^T: /proc/bus/usb/devices" -for only the Topology lines. A command like -"grep -i ^[tdp]: /proc/bus/usb/devices" can be used to list -only the lines that begin with the characters in square brackets, -where the valid characters are TDPCIE. With a slightly more able -script, it can display any selected lines (for example, only T, D, -and P lines) and change their output format. (The "procusb" -Perl script is the beginning of this idea. It will list only -selected lines [selected from TBDPSCIE] or "All" lines from -/proc/bus/usb/devices.) - -The Topology lines can be used to generate a graphic/pictorial -of the USB devices on a system's root hub. (See more below -on how to do this.) - -The Interface lines can be used to determine what driver is -being used for each device, and which altsetting it activated. - -The Configuration lines could be used to list maximum power -(in milliamps) that a system's USB devices are using. -For example, "grep ^C: /proc/bus/usb/devices". - - -Here's an example, from a system which has a UHCI root hub, -an external hub connected to the root hub, and a mouse and -a serial converter connected to the external hub. - -T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2 -B: Alloc= 28/900 us ( 3%), #Int= 2, #Iso= 0 -D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 -P: Vendor=0000 ProdID=0000 Rev= 0.00 -S: Product=USB UHCI Root Hub -S: SerialNumber=dce0 -C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=40 MxPwr= 0mA -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub -E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl=255ms - -T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4 -D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 -P: Vendor=0451 ProdID=1446 Rev= 1.00 -C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=e0 MxPwr=100mA -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub -E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 1 Ivl=255ms - -T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0 -D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 -P: Vendor=04b4 ProdID=0001 Rev= 0.00 -C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=80 MxPwr=100mA -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse -E: Ad=81(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 3 Ivl= 10ms - -T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 -D: Ver= 1.00 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 MxPS= 8 #Cfgs= 1 -P: Vendor=0565 ProdID=0001 Rev= 1.08 -S: Manufacturer=Peracom Networks, Inc. -S: Product=Peracom USB to Serial Converter -C:* #Ifs= 1 Cfg#= 1 Atr=a0 MxPwr=100mA -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial -E: Ad=81(I) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 64 Ivl= 16ms -E: Ad=01(O) Atr=02(Bulk) MxPS= 16 Ivl= 16ms -E: Ad=82(I) Atr=03(Int.) MxPS= 8 Ivl= 8ms - - -Selecting only the "T:" and "I:" lines from this (for example, by using -"procusb ti"), we have: - -T: Bus=00 Lev=00 Prnt=00 Port=00 Cnt=00 Dev#= 1 Spd=12 MxCh= 2 -T: Bus=00 Lev=01 Prnt=01 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 2 Spd=12 MxCh= 4 -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=09(hub ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=hub -T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=00 Cnt=01 Dev#= 3 Spd=1.5 MxCh= 0 -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 1 Cls=03(HID ) Sub=01 Prot=02 Driver=mouse -T: Bus=00 Lev=02 Prnt=02 Port=02 Cnt=02 Dev#= 4 Spd=12 MxCh= 0 -I: If#= 0 Alt= 0 #EPs= 3 Cls=00(>ifc ) Sub=00 Prot=00 Driver=serial - - -Physically this looks like (or could be converted to): - - +------------------+ - | PC/root_hub (12)| Dev# = 1 - +------------------+ (nn) is Mbps. - Level 0 | CN.0 | CN.1 | [CN = connector/port #] - +------------------+ - / - / - +-----------------------+ - Level 1 | Dev#2: 4-port hub (12)| - +-----------------------+ - |CN.0 |CN.1 |CN.2 |CN.3 | - +-----------------------+ - \ \____________________ - \_____ \ - \ \ - +--------------------+ +--------------------+ - Level 2 | Dev# 3: mouse (1.5)| | Dev# 4: serial (12)| - +--------------------+ +--------------------+ - - - -Or, in a more tree-like structure (ports [Connectors] without -connections could be omitted): - -PC: Dev# 1, root hub, 2 ports, 12 Mbps -|_ CN.0: Dev# 2, hub, 4 ports, 12 Mbps - |_ CN.0: Dev #3, mouse, 1.5 Mbps - |_ CN.1: - |_ CN.2: Dev #4, serial, 12 Mbps - |_ CN.3: -|_ CN.1: - - - ### END ### diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usb3-debug-port.rst b/Documentation/usb/usb3-debug-port.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..feb1a36a65b74f5256c353eccae4a2cb1ca0a496 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/usb/usb3-debug-port.rst @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +=============== +USB3 debug port +=============== + +:Author: Lu Baolu +:Date: March 2017 + +GENERAL +======= + +This is a HOWTO for using the USB3 debug port on x86 systems. + +Before using any kernel debugging functionality based on USB3 +debug port, you need to:: + + 1) check whether any USB3 debug port is available in + your system; + 2) check which port is used for debugging purposes; + 3) have a USB 3.0 super-speed A-to-A debugging cable. + +INTRODUCTION +============ + +The xHCI debug capability (DbC) is an optional but standalone +functionality provided by the xHCI host controller. The xHCI +specification describes DbC in the section 7.6. + +When DbC is initialized and enabled, it will present a debug +device through the debug port (normally the first USB3 +super-speed port). The debug device is fully compliant with +the USB framework and provides the equivalent of a very high +performance full-duplex serial link between the debug target +(the system under debugging) and a debug host. + +EARLY PRINTK +============ + +DbC has been designed to log early printk messages. One use for +this feature is kernel debugging. For example, when your machine +crashes very early before the regular console code is initialized. +Other uses include simpler, lockless logging instead of a full- +blown printk console driver and klogd. + +On the debug target system, you need to customize a debugging +kernel with CONFIG_EARLY_PRINTK_USB_XDBC enabled. And, add below +kernel boot parameter:: + + "earlyprintk=xdbc" + +If there are multiple xHCI controllers in your system, you can +append a host contoller index to this kernel parameter. This +index starts from 0. + +Current design doesn't support DbC runtime suspend/resume. As +the result, you'd better disable runtime power management for +USB subsystem by adding below kernel boot parameter:: + + "usbcore.autosuspend=-1" + +Before starting the debug target, you should connect the debug +port to a USB port (root port or port of any external hub) on +the debug host. The cable used to connect these two ports +should be a USB 3.0 super-speed A-to-A debugging cable. + +During early boot of the debug target, DbC will be detected and +initialized. After initialization, the debug host should be able +to enumerate the debug device in debug target. The debug host +will then bind the debug device with the usb_debug driver module +and create the /dev/ttyUSB device. + +If the debug device enumeration goes smoothly, you should be able +to see below kernel messages on the debug host:: + + # tail -f /var/log/kern.log + [ 1815.983374] usb 4-3: new SuperSpeed USB device number 4 using xhci_hcd + [ 1815.999595] usb 4-3: LPM exit latency is zeroed, disabling LPM. + [ 1815.999899] usb 4-3: New USB device found, idVendor=1d6b, idProduct=0004 + [ 1815.999902] usb 4-3: New USB device strings: Mfr=1, Product=2, SerialNumber=3 + [ 1815.999903] usb 4-3: Product: Remote GDB + [ 1815.999904] usb 4-3: Manufacturer: Linux + [ 1815.999905] usb 4-3: SerialNumber: 0001 + [ 1816.000240] usb_debug 4-3:1.0: xhci_dbc converter detected + [ 1816.000360] usb 4-3: xhci_dbc converter now attached to ttyUSB0 + +You can use any communication program, for example minicom, to +read and view the messages. Below simple bash scripts can help +you to check the sanity of the setup. + +.. code-block:: sh + + ===== start of bash scripts ============= + #!/bin/bash + + while true ; do + while [ ! -d /sys/class/tty/ttyUSB0 ] ; do + : + done + cat /dev/ttyUSB0 + done + ===== end of bash scripts =============== diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/conf.py b/Documentation/userspace-api/conf.py new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..2eaf59f844e50a3debbfed7b86d4f23d78794a1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/conf.py @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# -*- coding: utf-8; mode: python -*- + +project = "The Linux kernel user-space API guide" + +tags.add("subproject") + +latex_documents = [ + ('index', 'userspace-api.tex', project, + 'The kernel development community', 'manual'), +] diff --git a/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..a9d01b44a6594e37495ad6b5c1a6cd7be5c9c904 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/index.rst @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +===================================== +The Linux kernel user-space API guide +===================================== + +.. _man-pages: https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/ + +While much of the kernel's user-space API is documented elsewhere +(particularly in the man-pages_ project), some user-space information can +also be found in the kernel tree itself. This manual is intended to be the +place where this information is gathered. + +.. class:: toc-title + + Table of contents + +.. toctree:: + :maxdepth: 2 + + unshare + +.. only:: subproject and html + + Indices + ======= + + * :ref:`genindex` diff --git a/Documentation/unshare.txt b/Documentation/userspace-api/unshare.rst similarity index 67% rename from Documentation/unshare.txt rename to Documentation/userspace-api/unshare.rst index a8643513a5f6cb25851140c021aec4a671c8b62c..737c192cf4e7bdd23621924737a075766c16d165 100644 --- a/Documentation/unshare.txt +++ b/Documentation/userspace-api/unshare.rst @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ +unshare system call +=================== -unshare system call: --------------------- -This document describes the new system call, unshare. The document +This document describes the new system call, unshare(). The document provides an overview of the feature, why it is needed, how it can be used, its interface specification, design, implementation and how it can be tested. -Change Log: ------------ +Change Log +---------- version 0.1 Initial document, Janak Desai (janak@us.ibm.com), Jan 11, 2006 -Contents: ---------- +Contents +-------- 1) Overview 2) Benefits 3) Cost @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ Contents: 1) Overview ----------- + Most legacy operating system kernels support an abstraction of threads as multiple execution contexts within a process. These kernels provide special resources and mechanisms to maintain these "threads". The Linux @@ -38,33 +39,35 @@ threads. On Linux, at the time of thread creation using the clone system call, applications can selectively choose which resources to share between threads. -unshare system call adds a primitive to the Linux thread model that +unshare() system call adds a primitive to the Linux thread model that allows threads to selectively 'unshare' any resources that were being -shared at the time of their creation. unshare was conceptualized by +shared at the time of their creation. unshare() was conceptualized by Al Viro in the August of 2000, on the Linux-Kernel mailing list, as part -of the discussion on POSIX threads on Linux. unshare augments the +of the discussion on POSIX threads on Linux. unshare() augments the usefulness of Linux threads for applications that would like to control -shared resources without creating a new process. unshare is a natural +shared resources without creating a new process. unshare() is a natural addition to the set of available primitives on Linux that implement the concept of process/thread as a virtual machine. 2) Benefits ----------- -unshare would be useful to large application frameworks such as PAM + +unshare() would be useful to large application frameworks such as PAM where creating a new process to control sharing/unsharing of process resources is not possible. Since namespaces are shared by default -when creating a new process using fork or clone, unshare can benefit +when creating a new process using fork or clone, unshare() can benefit even non-threaded applications if they have a need to disassociate from default shared namespace. The following lists two use-cases -where unshare can be used. +where unshare() can be used. 2.1 Per-security context namespaces ------------------------------------ -unshare can be used to implement polyinstantiated directories using +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +unshare() can be used to implement polyinstantiated directories using the kernel's per-process namespace mechanism. Polyinstantiated directories, such as per-user and/or per-security context instance of /tmp, /var/tmp or per-security context instance of a user's home directory, isolate user -processes when working with these directories. Using unshare, a PAM +processes when working with these directories. Using unshare(), a PAM module can easily setup a private namespace for a user at login. Polyinstantiated directories are required for Common Criteria certification with Labeled System Protection Profile, however, with the availability @@ -74,33 +77,36 @@ polyinstantiating /tmp, /var/tmp and other directories deemed appropriate by system administrators. 2.2 unsharing of virtual memory and/or open files -------------------------------------------------- +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + Consider a client/server application where the server is processing client requests by creating processes that share resources such as -virtual memory and open files. Without unshare, the server has to +virtual memory and open files. Without unshare(), the server has to decide what needs to be shared at the time of creating the process -which services the request. unshare allows the server an ability to +which services the request. unshare() allows the server an ability to disassociate parts of the context during the servicing of the request. For large and complex middleware application frameworks, this -ability to unshare after the process was created can be very +ability to unshare() after the process was created can be very useful. 3) Cost ------- -In order to not duplicate code and to handle the fact that unshare + +In order to not duplicate code and to handle the fact that unshare() works on an active task (as opposed to clone/fork working on a newly -allocated inactive task) unshare had to make minor reorganizational +allocated inactive task) unshare() had to make minor reorganizational changes to copy_* functions utilized by clone/fork system call. There is a cost associated with altering existing, well tested and stable code to implement a new feature that may not get exercised extensively in the beginning. However, with proper design and code -review of the changes and creation of an unshare test for the LTP +review of the changes and creation of an unshare() test for the LTP the benefits of this new feature can exceed its cost. 4) Requirements --------------- -unshare reverses sharing that was done using clone(2) system call, -so unshare should have a similar interface as clone(2). That is, + +unshare() reverses sharing that was done using clone(2) system call, +so unshare() should have a similar interface as clone(2). That is, since flags in clone(int flags, void *stack) specifies what should be shared, similar flags in unshare(int flags) should specify what should be unshared. Unfortunately, this may appear to invert @@ -108,13 +114,14 @@ the meaning of the flags from the way they are used in clone(2). However, there was no easy solution that was less confusing and that allowed incremental context unsharing in future without an ABI change. -unshare interface should accommodate possible future addition of +unshare() interface should accommodate possible future addition of new context flags without requiring a rebuild of old applications. -If and when new context flags are added, unshare design should allow +If and when new context flags are added, unshare() design should allow incremental unsharing of those resources on an as needed basis. 5) Functional Specification --------------------------- + NAME unshare - disassociate parts of the process execution context @@ -124,7 +131,7 @@ SYNOPSIS int unshare(int flags); DESCRIPTION - unshare allows a process to disassociate parts of its execution + unshare() allows a process to disassociate parts of its execution context that are currently being shared with other processes. Part of execution context, such as the namespace, is shared by default when a new process is created using fork(2), while other parts, @@ -132,7 +139,7 @@ DESCRIPTION shared by explicit request to share them when creating a process using clone(2). - The main use of unshare is to allow a process to control its + The main use of unshare() is to allow a process to control its shared execution context without creating a new process. The flags argument specifies one or bitwise-or'ed of several of @@ -176,17 +183,20 @@ SEE ALSO 6) High Level Design -------------------- -Depending on the flags argument, the unshare system call allocates + +Depending on the flags argument, the unshare() system call allocates appropriate process context structures, populates it with values from the current shared version, associates newly duplicated structures with the current task structure and releases corresponding shared versions. Helper functions of clone (copy_*) could not be used -directly by unshare because of the following two reasons. +directly by unshare() because of the following two reasons. + 1) clone operates on a newly allocated not-yet-active task - structure, where as unshare operates on the current active - task. Therefore unshare has to take appropriate task_lock() + structure, where as unshare() operates on the current active + task. Therefore unshare() has to take appropriate task_lock() before associating newly duplicated context structures - 2) unshare has to allocate and duplicate all context structures + + 2) unshare() has to allocate and duplicate all context structures that are being unshared, before associating them with the current task and releasing older shared structures. Failure do so will create race conditions and/or oops when trying @@ -202,94 +212,121 @@ Therefore code from copy_* functions that allocated and duplicated current context structure was moved into new dup_* functions. Now, copy_* functions call dup_* functions to allocate and duplicate appropriate context structures and then associate them with the -task structure that is being constructed. unshare system call on +task structure that is being constructed. unshare() system call on the other hand performs the following: + 1) Check flags to force missing, but implied, flags - 2) For each context structure, call the corresponding unshare + + 2) For each context structure, call the corresponding unshare() helper function to allocate and duplicate a new context structure, if the appropriate bit is set in the flags argument. + 3) If there is no error in allocation and duplication and there are new context structures then lock the current task structure, associate new context structures with the current task structure, and release the lock on the current task structure. + 4) Appropriately release older, shared, context structures. 7) Low Level Design ------------------- -Implementation of unshare can be grouped in the following 4 different + +Implementation of unshare() can be grouped in the following 4 different items: + a) Reorganization of existing copy_* functions - b) unshare system call service function - c) unshare helper functions for each different process context + + b) unshare() system call service function + + c) unshare() helper functions for each different process context + d) Registration of system call number for different architectures - 7.1) Reorganization of copy_* functions - Each copy function such as copy_mm, copy_namespace, copy_files, - etc, had roughly two components. The first component allocated - and duplicated the appropriate structure and the second component - linked it to the task structure passed in as an argument to the copy - function. The first component was split into its own function. - These dup_* functions allocated and duplicated the appropriate - context structure. The reorganized copy_* functions invoked - their corresponding dup_* functions and then linked the newly - duplicated structures to the task structure with which the - copy function was called. - - 7.2) unshare system call service function +7.1) Reorganization of copy_* functions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Each copy function such as copy_mm, copy_namespace, copy_files, +etc, had roughly two components. The first component allocated +and duplicated the appropriate structure and the second component +linked it to the task structure passed in as an argument to the copy +function. The first component was split into its own function. +These dup_* functions allocated and duplicated the appropriate +context structure. The reorganized copy_* functions invoked +their corresponding dup_* functions and then linked the newly +duplicated structures to the task structure with which the +copy function was called. + +7.2) unshare() system call service function +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + * Check flags Force implied flags. If CLONE_THREAD is set force CLONE_VM. If CLONE_VM is set, force CLONE_SIGHAND. If CLONE_SIGHAND is set and signals are also being shared, force CLONE_THREAD. If CLONE_NEWNS is set, force CLONE_FS. + * For each context flag, invoke the corresponding unshare_* helper routine with flags passed into the system call and a reference to pointer pointing the new unshared structure + * If any new structures are created by unshare_* helper functions, take the task_lock() on the current task, modify appropriate context pointers, and release the task lock. + * For all newly unshared structures, release the corresponding older, shared, structures. - 7.3) unshare_* helper functions - For unshare_* helpers corresponding to CLONE_SYSVSEM, CLONE_SIGHAND, - and CLONE_THREAD, return -EINVAL since they are not implemented yet. - For others, check the flag value to see if the unsharing is - required for that structure. If it is, invoke the corresponding - dup_* function to allocate and duplicate the structure and return - a pointer to it. +7.3) unshare_* helper functions +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - 7.4) Appropriately modify architecture specific code to register the - new system call. +For unshare_* helpers corresponding to CLONE_SYSVSEM, CLONE_SIGHAND, +and CLONE_THREAD, return -EINVAL since they are not implemented yet. +For others, check the flag value to see if the unsharing is +required for that structure. If it is, invoke the corresponding +dup_* function to allocate and duplicate the structure and return +a pointer to it. + +7.4) Finally +~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Appropriately modify architecture specific code to register the +new system call. 8) Test Specification --------------------- -The test for unshare should test the following: + +The test for unshare() should test the following: + 1) Valid flags: Test to check that clone flags for signal and - signal handlers, for which unsharing is not implemented - yet, return -EINVAL. + signal handlers, for which unsharing is not implemented + yet, return -EINVAL. + 2) Missing/implied flags: Test to make sure that if unsharing - namespace without specifying unsharing of filesystem, correctly - unshares both namespace and filesystem information. + namespace without specifying unsharing of filesystem, correctly + unshares both namespace and filesystem information. + 3) For each of the four (namespace, filesystem, files and vm) - supported unsharing, verify that the system call correctly - unshares the appropriate structure. Verify that unsharing - them individually as well as in combination with each - other works as expected. + supported unsharing, verify that the system call correctly + unshares the appropriate structure. Verify that unsharing + them individually as well as in combination with each + other works as expected. + 4) Concurrent execution: Use shared memory segments and futex on - an address in the shm segment to synchronize execution of - about 10 threads. Have a couple of threads execute execve, - a couple _exit and the rest unshare with different combination - of flags. Verify that unsharing is performed as expected and - that there are no oops or hangs. + an address in the shm segment to synchronize execution of + about 10 threads. Have a couple of threads execute execve, + a couple _exit and the rest unshare with different combination + of flags. Verify that unsharing is performed as expected and + that there are no oops or hangs. 9) Future Work -------------- -The current implementation of unshare does not allow unsharing of + +The current implementation of unshare() does not allow unsharing of signals and signal handlers. Signals are complex to begin with and to unshare signals and/or signal handlers of a currently running process is even more complex. If in the future there is a specific need to allow unsharing of signals and/or signal handlers, it can -be incrementally added to unshare without affecting legacy -applications using unshare. +be incrementally added to unshare() without affecting legacy +applications using unshare(). diff --git a/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt b/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt index d226c7a5ba8bee46aeded6bfd181b840259fd4bb..e5e57b40f8af7b835e76ee8aae3a6be705e109a2 100644 --- a/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt +++ b/Documentation/vfio-mediated-device.txt @@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ Directories and files under the sysfs for Each Physical Device * [] - The [] name is created by adding the the device driver string as a - prefix to the string provided by the vendor driver. This format of this name - is as follows: + The [] name is created by adding the device driver string as a prefix + to the string provided by the vendor driver. This format of this name is as + follows: sprintf(buf, "%s-%s", dev_driver_string(parent->dev), group->name); @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ card. /dev/ttyS1, UART: 16550A, Port: 0xc150, IRQ: 10 /dev/ttyS2, UART: 16550A, Port: 0xc158, IRQ: 10 -6. Using a minicom or any terminal enulation program, open port /dev/ttyS1 or +6. Using minicom or any terminal emulation program, open port /dev/ttyS1 or /dev/ttyS2 with hardware flow control disabled. 7. Type data on the minicom terminal or send data to the terminal emulation diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 069450938b795df4e6f5e16f39b864e8011fb844..fd106899afd1b2cf53d88d0fd2aacc85625ebe57 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -951,6 +951,10 @@ This ioctl allows the user to create or modify a guest physical memory slot. When changing an existing slot, it may be moved in the guest physical memory space, or its flags may be modified. It may not be resized. Slots may not overlap in guest physical address space. +Bits 0-15 of "slot" specifies the slot id and this value should be +less than the maximum number of user memory slots supported per VM. +The maximum allowed slots can be queried using KVM_CAP_NR_MEMSLOTS, +if this capability is supported by the architecture. If KVM_CAP_MULTI_ADDRESS_SPACE is available, bits 16-31 of "slot" specifies the address space which is being modified. They must be @@ -3373,6 +3377,69 @@ struct kvm_ppc_resize_hpt { __u32 pad; }; +4.104 KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: system ioctl +Parameters: u64 mce_cap (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Returns supported MCE capabilities. The u64 mce_cap parameter +has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register. Supported +capabilities will have the corresponding bits set. + +4.105 KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: u64 mcg_cap (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if u64 mcg_cap cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the requested number of banks is invalid, + -EINVAL if requested MCE capability is not supported. + +Initializes MCE support for use. The u64 mcg_cap parameter +has the same format as the MSR_IA32_MCG_CAP register and +specifies which capabilities should be enabled. The maximum +supported number of error-reporting banks can be retrieved when +checking for KVM_CAP_MCE. The supported capabilities can be +retrieved with KVM_X86_GET_MCE_CAP_SUPPORTED. + +4.106 KVM_X86_SET_MCE + +Capability: KVM_CAP_MCE +Architectures: x86 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_x86_mce (in) +Returns: 0 on success, + -EFAULT if struct kvm_x86_mce cannot be read, + -EINVAL if the bank number is invalid, + -EINVAL if VAL bit is not set in status field. + +Inject a machine check error (MCE) into the guest. The input +parameter is: + +struct kvm_x86_mce { + __u64 status; + __u64 addr; + __u64 misc; + __u64 mcg_status; + __u8 bank; + __u8 pad1[7]; + __u64 pad2[3]; +}; + +If the MCE being reported is an uncorrected error, KVM will +inject it as an MCE exception into the guest. If the guest +MCG_STATUS register reports that an MCE is in progress, KVM +causes an KVM_EXIT_SHUTDOWN vmexit. + +Otherwise, if the MCE is a corrected error, KVM will just +store it in the corresponding bank (provided this bank is +not holding a previously reported uncorrected error). + 5. The kvm_run structure ------------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt index 76e61c883347415f22242060b46ec13ac68cc09c..b2f60ca8b60cad64d9ffba81f61919bc4b8edacb 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/devices/arm-vgic.txt @@ -83,6 +83,12 @@ Groups: Bits for undefined preemption levels are RAZ/WI. + For historical reasons and to provide ABI compatibility with userspace we + export the GICC_PMR register in the format of the GICH_VMCR.VMPriMask + field in the lower 5 bits of a word, meaning that userspace must always + use the lower 5 bits to communicate with the KVM device and must shift the + value left by 3 places to obtain the actual priority mask level. + Limitations: - Priorities are not implemented, and registers are RAZ/WI - Currently only implemented for KVM_DEV_TYPE_ARM_VGIC_V2. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/userfaultfd.txt b/Documentation/vm/userfaultfd.txt index 0e5543a920e5b2595f4d194462ba722ce25bd80d..bb2f945f87ab6a2e59f2e7503b7500c08c5427d9 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/userfaultfd.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/userfaultfd.txt @@ -172,10 +172,6 @@ the same read(2) protocol as for the page fault notifications. The manager has to explicitly enable these events by setting appropriate bits in uffdio_api.features passed to UFFDIO_API ioctl: -UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_EXIT - enable notification about exit() of the -non-cooperative process. When the monitored process exits, the uffd -manager will get UFFD_EVENT_EXIT. - UFFD_FEATURE_EVENT_FORK - enable userfaultfd hooks for fork(). When this feature is enabled, the userfaultfd context of the parent process is duplicated into the newly created process. The manager receives diff --git a/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt b/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt index 51cf6fa5591f9e99d95e73212e19372821ae4d7f..0f6d8477b66c393ed27fbd0be3e175078ced68a5 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/intel_rdt_ui.txt @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2016 Intel Corporation Fenghua Yu Tony Luck +Vikas Shivappa This feature is enabled by the CONFIG_INTEL_RDT_A Kconfig and the X86 /proc/cpuinfo flag bits "rdt", "cat_l3" and "cdp_l3". @@ -22,19 +23,34 @@ Info directory The 'info' directory contains information about the enabled resources. Each resource has its own subdirectory. The subdirectory -names reflect the resource names. Each subdirectory contains the -following files: +names reflect the resource names. +Cache resource(L3/L2) subdirectory contains the following files: -"num_closids": The number of CLOSIDs which are valid for this - resource. The kernel uses the smallest number of - CLOSIDs of all enabled resources as limit. +"num_closids": The number of CLOSIDs which are valid for this + resource. The kernel uses the smallest number of + CLOSIDs of all enabled resources as limit. -"cbm_mask": The bitmask which is valid for this resource. This - mask is equivalent to 100%. +"cbm_mask": The bitmask which is valid for this resource. + This mask is equivalent to 100%. -"min_cbm_bits": The minimum number of consecutive bits which must be - set when writing a mask. +"min_cbm_bits": The minimum number of consecutive bits which + must be set when writing a mask. +Memory bandwitdh(MB) subdirectory contains the following files: + +"min_bandwidth": The minimum memory bandwidth percentage which + user can request. + +"bandwidth_gran": The granularity in which the memory bandwidth + percentage is allocated. The allocated + b/w percentage is rounded off to the next + control step available on the hardware. The + available bandwidth control steps are: + min_bandwidth + N * bandwidth_gran. + +"delay_linear": Indicates if the delay scale is linear or + non-linear. This field is purely informational + only. Resource groups --------------- @@ -59,6 +75,9 @@ There are three files associated with each group: given to the default (root) group. You cannot remove CPUs from the default group. +"cpus_list": One or more CPU ranges of logical CPUs assigned to this + group. Same rules apply like for the "cpus" file. + "schemata": A list of all the resources available to this group. Each resource has its own line and format - see below for details. @@ -107,6 +126,22 @@ and 0xA are not. On a system with a 20-bit mask each bit represents 5% of the capacity of the cache. You could partition the cache into four equal parts with masks: 0x1f, 0x3e0, 0x7c00, 0xf8000. +Memory bandwidth(b/w) percentage +-------------------------------- +For Memory b/w resource, user controls the resource by indicating the +percentage of total memory b/w. + +The minimum bandwidth percentage value for each cpu model is predefined +and can be looked up through "info/MB/min_bandwidth". The bandwidth +granularity that is allocated is also dependent on the cpu model and can +be looked up at "info/MB/bandwidth_gran". The available bandwidth +control steps are: min_bw + N * bw_gran. Intermediate values are rounded +to the next control step available on the hardware. + +The bandwidth throttling is a core specific mechanism on some of Intel +SKUs. Using a high bandwidth and a low bandwidth setting on two threads +sharing a core will result in both threads being throttled to use the +low bandwidth. L3 details (code and data prioritization disabled) -------------------------------------------------- @@ -129,16 +164,38 @@ schemata format is always: L2:=;=;... +Memory b/w Allocation details +----------------------------- + +Memory b/w domain is L3 cache. + + MB:=bandwidth0;=bandwidth1;... + +Reading/writing the schemata file +--------------------------------- +Reading the schemata file will show the state of all resources +on all domains. When writing you only need to specify those values +which you wish to change. E.g. + +# cat schemata +L3DATA:0=fffff;1=fffff;2=fffff;3=fffff +L3CODE:0=fffff;1=fffff;2=fffff;3=fffff +# echo "L3DATA:2=3c0;" > schemata +# cat schemata +L3DATA:0=fffff;1=fffff;2=3c0;3=fffff +L3CODE:0=fffff;1=fffff;2=fffff;3=fffff + Example 1 --------- On a two socket machine (one L3 cache per socket) with just four bits -for cache bit masks +for cache bit masks, minimum b/w of 10% with a memory bandwidth +granularity of 10% # mount -t resctrl resctrl /sys/fs/resctrl # cd /sys/fs/resctrl # mkdir p0 p1 -# echo "L3:0=3;1=c" > /sys/fs/resctrl/p0/schemata -# echo "L3:0=3;1=3" > /sys/fs/resctrl/p1/schemata +# echo "L3:0=3;1=c\nMB:0=50;1=50" > /sys/fs/resctrl/p0/schemata +# echo "L3:0=3;1=3\nMB:0=50;1=50" > /sys/fs/resctrl/p1/schemata The default resource group is unmodified, so we have access to all parts of all caches (its schemata file reads "L3:0=f;1=f"). @@ -147,6 +204,14 @@ Tasks that are under the control of group "p0" may only allocate from the "lower" 50% on cache ID 0, and the "upper" 50% of cache ID 1. Tasks in group "p1" use the "lower" 50% of cache on both sockets. +Similarly, tasks that are under the control of group "p0" may use a +maximum memory b/w of 50% on socket0 and 50% on socket 1. +Tasks in group "p1" may also use 50% memory b/w on both sockets. +Note that unlike cache masks, memory b/w cannot specify whether these +allocations can overlap or not. The allocations specifies the maximum +b/w that the group may be able to use and the system admin can configure +the b/w accordingly. + Example 2 --------- Again two sockets, but this time with a more realistic 20-bit mask. @@ -160,9 +225,10 @@ of L3 cache on socket 0. # cd /sys/fs/resctrl First we reset the schemata for the default group so that the "upper" -50% of the L3 cache on socket 0 cannot be used by ordinary tasks: +50% of the L3 cache on socket 0 and 50% of memory b/w cannot be used by +ordinary tasks: -# echo "L3:0=3ff;1=fffff" > schemata +# echo "L3:0=3ff;1=fffff\nMB:0=50;1=100" > schemata Next we make a resource group for our first real time task and give it access to the "top" 25% of the cache on socket 0. @@ -185,6 +251,20 @@ Ditto for the second real time task (with the remaining 25% of cache): # echo 5678 > p1/tasks # taskset -cp 2 5678 +For the same 2 socket system with memory b/w resource and CAT L3 the +schemata would look like(Assume min_bandwidth 10 and bandwidth_gran is +10): + +For our first real time task this would request 20% memory b/w on socket +0. + +# echo -e "L3:0=f8000;1=fffff\nMB:0=20;1=100" > p0/schemata + +For our second real time task this would request an other 20% memory b/w +on socket 0. + +# echo -e "L3:0=f8000;1=fffff\nMB:0=20;1=100" > p0/schemata + Example 3 --------- @@ -198,18 +278,22 @@ the tasks. # cd /sys/fs/resctrl First we reset the schemata for the default group so that the "upper" -50% of the L3 cache on socket 0 cannot be used by ordinary tasks: +50% of the L3 cache on socket 0, and 50% of memory bandwidth on socket 0 +cannot be used by ordinary tasks: -# echo "L3:0=3ff" > schemata +# echo "L3:0=3ff\nMB:0=50" > schemata -Next we make a resource group for our real time cores and give -it access to the "top" 50% of the cache on socket 0. +Next we make a resource group for our real time cores and give it access +to the "top" 50% of the cache on socket 0 and 50% of memory bandwidth on +socket 0. # mkdir p0 -# echo "L3:0=ffc00;" > p0/schemata +# echo "L3:0=ffc00\nMB:0=50" > p0/schemata Finally we move core 4-7 over to the new group and make sure that the -kernel and the tasks running there get 50% of the cache. +kernel and the tasks running there get 50% of the cache. They should +also get 50% of memory bandwidth assuming that the cores 4-7 are SMT +siblings and only the real time threads are scheduled on the cores 4-7. # echo C0 > p0/cpus diff --git a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt index 5724092db8118deefb1758e3886db97aa61521b8..b0798e281aa6a64f566fdcc231c056817cc785aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/x86_64/mm.txt @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Virtual memory map with 4 level page tables: 0000000000000000 - 00007fffffffffff (=47 bits) user space, different per mm -hole caused by [48:63] sign extension +hole caused by [47:63] sign extension ffff800000000000 - ffff87ffffffffff (=43 bits) guard hole, reserved for hypervisor ffff880000000000 - ffffc7ffffffffff (=64 TB) direct mapping of all phys. memory ffffc80000000000 - ffffc8ffffffffff (=40 bits) hole @@ -19,16 +19,43 @@ ffffff0000000000 - ffffff7fffffffff (=39 bits) %esp fixup stacks ffffffef00000000 - fffffffeffffffff (=64 GB) EFI region mapping space ... unused hole ... ffffffff80000000 - ffffffff9fffffff (=512 MB) kernel text mapping, from phys 0 +ffffffffa0000000 - ffffffffff5fffff (=1526 MB) module mapping space (variable) +ffffffffff600000 - ffffffffffdfffff (=8 MB) vsyscalls +ffffffffffe00000 - ffffffffffffffff (=2 MB) unused hole + +Virtual memory map with 5 level page tables: + +0000000000000000 - 00ffffffffffffff (=56 bits) user space, different per mm +hole caused by [56:63] sign extension +ff00000000000000 - ff0fffffffffffff (=52 bits) guard hole, reserved for hypervisor +ff10000000000000 - ff8fffffffffffff (=55 bits) direct mapping of all phys. memory +ff90000000000000 - ff91ffffffffffff (=49 bits) hole +ff92000000000000 - ffd1ffffffffffff (=54 bits) vmalloc/ioremap space +ffd2000000000000 - ffd3ffffffffffff (=49 bits) hole +ffd4000000000000 - ffd5ffffffffffff (=49 bits) virtual memory map (512TB) +... unused hole ... +ffd8000000000000 - fff7ffffffffffff (=53 bits) kasan shadow memory (8PB) +... unused hole ... +ffffff0000000000 - ffffff7fffffffff (=39 bits) %esp fixup stacks +... unused hole ... +ffffffef00000000 - fffffffeffffffff (=64 GB) EFI region mapping space +... unused hole ... +ffffffff80000000 - ffffffff9fffffff (=512 MB) kernel text mapping, from phys 0 ffffffffa0000000 - ffffffffff5fffff (=1526 MB) module mapping space ffffffffff600000 - ffffffffffdfffff (=8 MB) vsyscalls ffffffffffe00000 - ffffffffffffffff (=2 MB) unused hole +Architecture defines a 64-bit virtual address. Implementations can support +less. Currently supported are 48- and 57-bit virtual addresses. Bits 63 +through to the most-significant implemented bit are set to either all ones +or all zero. This causes hole between user space and kernel addresses. + The direct mapping covers all memory in the system up to the highest memory address (this means in some cases it can also include PCI memory holes). -vmalloc space is lazily synchronized into the different PML4 pages of -the processes using the page fault handler, with init_level4_pgt as +vmalloc space is lazily synchronized into the different PML4/PML5 pages of +the processes using the page fault handler, with init_top_pgt as reference. Current X86-64 implementations support up to 46 bits of address space (64 TB), @@ -39,6 +66,9 @@ memory window (this size is arbitrary, it can be raised later if needed). The mappings are not part of any other kernel PGD and are only available during EFI runtime calls. +The module mapping space size changes based on the CONFIG requirements for the +following fixmap section. + Note that if CONFIG_RANDOMIZE_MEMORY is enabled, the direct mapping of all physical memory, vmalloc/ioremap space and virtual memory map are randomized. Their order is preserved but their base will be offset early at boot time. diff --git a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt index b8527c6b76461c7ee9446630c5acb4cc65867671..97b7adbceda4828ab217301a305a3b20892d0603 100644 --- a/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt +++ b/Documentation/x86/zero-page.txt @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning 1C0/020 ALL efi_info EFI 32 information (struct efi_info) 1E0/004 ALL alk_mem_k Alternative mem check, in KB 1E4/004 ALL scratch Scratch field for the kernel setup code -1E8/001 ALL e820_entries Number of entries in e820_map (below) +1E8/001 ALL e820_entries Number of entries in e820_table (below) 1E9/001 ALL eddbuf_entries Number of entries in eddbuf (below) 1EA/001 ALL edd_mbr_sig_buf_entries Number of entries in edd_mbr_sig_buffer (below) @@ -35,6 +35,6 @@ Offset Proto Name Meaning 1EC/001 ALL secure_boot Secure boot is enabled in the firmware 1EF/001 ALL sentinel Used to detect broken bootloaders 290/040 ALL edd_mbr_sig_buffer EDD MBR signatures -2D0/A00 ALL e820_map E820 memory map table - (array of struct e820entry) +2D0/A00 ALL e820_table E820 memory map table + (array of struct e820_entry) D00/1EC ALL eddbuf EDD data (array of struct edd_info) diff --git a/Documentation/zorro.txt b/Documentation/zorro.txt index 90a64d52bea2f33464f86e4dc93954b2bc105f50..d530971beb0037560471c35d38a8fefc86b587ca 100644 --- a/Documentation/zorro.txt +++ b/Documentation/zorro.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Last revised: September 5, 2003 The Zorro bus is the bus used in the Amiga family of computers. Thanks to AutoConfig(tm), it's 100% Plug-and-Play. -There are two types of Zorro busses, Zorro II and Zorro III: +There are two types of Zorro buses, Zorro II and Zorro III: - The Zorro II address space is 24-bit and lies within the first 16 MB of the Amiga's address map. diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS index c265a5fe48481f548629079cb529137e0a377f31..bb4c9773a83cf974facf1ddada525ae1d996a703 100644 --- a/MAINTAINERS +++ b/MAINTAINERS @@ -896,12 +896,19 @@ F: arch/arm64/boot/dts/apm/ APPLIED MICRO (APM) X-GENE SOC ETHERNET DRIVER M: Iyappan Subramanian M: Keyur Chudgar +M: Quan Nguyen S: Supported F: drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene/ F: drivers/net/phy/mdio-xgene.c F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-enet.txt F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/apm-xgene-mdio.txt +APPLIED MICRO (APM) X-GENE SOC ETHERNET (V2) DRIVER +M: Iyappan Subramanian +M: Keyur Chudgar +S: Supported +F: drivers/net/ethernet/apm/xgene-v2/ + APPLIED MICRO (APM) X-GENE SOC PMU M: Tai Nguyen S: Supported @@ -1088,6 +1095,8 @@ L: linux-arm-kernel@axis.com F: arch/arm/mach-artpec F: arch/arm/boot/dts/artpec6* F: drivers/clk/axis +F: drivers/pinctrl/pinctrl-artpec* +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/axis,artpec6-pinctrl.txt ARM/ASPEED MACHINE SUPPORT M: Joel Stanley @@ -2327,21 +2336,6 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/auxdisplay/ F: include/linux/cfag12864b.h -AVR32 ARCHITECTURE -M: Haavard Skinnemoen -M: Hans-Christian Egtvedt -W: http://www.atmel.com/products/AVR32/ -W: http://mirror.egtvedt.no/avr32linux.org/ -W: http://avrfreaks.net/ -S: Maintained -F: arch/avr32/ - -AVR32/AT32AP MACHINE SUPPORT -M: Haavard Skinnemoen -M: Hans-Christian Egtvedt -S: Maintained -F: arch/avr32/mach-at32ap/ - AX.25 NETWORK LAYER M: Ralf Baechle L: linux-hams@vger.kernel.org @@ -2544,6 +2538,14 @@ F: block/ F: kernel/trace/blktrace.c F: lib/sbitmap.c +BFQ I/O SCHEDULER +M: Paolo Valente +M: Jens Axboe +L: linux-block@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +F: block/bfq-* +F: Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt + BLOCK2MTD DRIVER M: Joern Engel L: linux-mtd@lists.infradead.org @@ -2585,12 +2587,26 @@ F: include/uapi/linux/if_bonding.h BPF (Safe dynamic programs and tools) M: Alexei Starovoitov +M: Daniel Borkmann L: netdev@vger.kernel.org L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org S: Supported +F: arch/x86/net/bpf_jit* +F: Documentation/networking/filter.txt +F: include/linux/bpf* +F: include/linux/filter.h +F: include/uapi/linux/bpf* +F: include/uapi/linux/filter.h F: kernel/bpf/ -F: tools/testing/selftests/bpf/ +F: kernel/trace/bpf_trace.c F: lib/test_bpf.c +F: net/bpf/ +F: net/core/filter.c +F: net/sched/act_bpf.c +F: net/sched/cls_bpf.c +F: samples/bpf/ +F: tools/net/bpf* +F: tools/testing/selftests/bpf/ BROADCOM B44 10/100 ETHERNET DRIVER M: Michael Chan @@ -2937,6 +2953,15 @@ W: http://www.linux-c6x.org/wiki/index.php/Main_Page S: Maintained F: arch/c6x/ +CA8210 IEEE-802.15.4 RADIO DRIVER +M: Harry Morris +M: linuxdev@cascoda.com +L: linux-wpan@vger.kernel.org +W: https://github.com/Cascoda/ca8210-linux.git +S: Maintained +F: drivers/net/ieee802154/ca8210.c +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ieee802154/ca8210.txt + CACHEFILES: FS-CACHE BACKEND FOR CACHING ON MOUNTED FILESYSTEMS M: David Howells L: linux-cachefs@redhat.com (moderated for non-subscribers) @@ -3041,6 +3066,14 @@ S: Supported F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-octeon* F: drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-thunderx* +CAVIUM MMC DRIVER +M: Jan Glauber +M: David Daney +M: Steven J. Hill +W: http://www.cavium.com +S: Supported +F: drivers/mmc/host/cavium* + CAVIUM LIQUIDIO NETWORK DRIVER M: Derek Chickles M: Satanand Burla @@ -3216,7 +3249,6 @@ F: drivers/platform/chrome/ CISCO VIC ETHERNET NIC DRIVER M: Christian Benvenuti -M: Sujith Sankar M: Govindarajulu Varadarajan <_govind@gmx.com> M: Neel Patel S: Supported @@ -3450,6 +3482,7 @@ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm.git T: git git://git.linaro.org/people/vireshk/linux.git (For ARM Updates) B: https://bugzilla.kernel.org F: Documentation/cpu-freq/ +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/ F: drivers/cpufreq/ F: include/linux/cpufreq.h F: tools/testing/selftests/cpufreq/ @@ -4118,14 +4151,13 @@ F: drivers/block/drbd/ F: lib/lru_cache.c F: Documentation/blockdev/drbd/ -DRIVER CORE, KOBJECTS, DEBUGFS, KERNFS AND SYSFS +DRIVER CORE, KOBJECTS, DEBUGFS AND SYSFS M: Greg Kroah-Hartman T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core.git S: Supported F: Documentation/kobject.txt F: drivers/base/ F: fs/debugfs/ -F: fs/kernfs/ F: fs/sysfs/ F: include/linux/debugfs.h F: include/linux/kobj* @@ -4695,6 +4727,7 @@ L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org L: linux-mips@linux-mips.org S: Supported F: drivers/edac/octeon_edac* +F: drivers/edac/thunderx_edac* EDAC-E752X M: Mark Gross @@ -4776,6 +4809,12 @@ L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: drivers/edac/mpc85xx_edac.[ch] +EDAC-PND2 +M: Tony Luck +L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +F: drivers/edac/pnd2_edac.[ch] + EDAC-PASEMI M: Egor Martovetsky L: linux-edac@vger.kernel.org @@ -4923,6 +4962,7 @@ F: include/linux/netfilter_bridge/ F: net/bridge/ ETHERNET PHY LIBRARY +M: Andrew Lunn M: Florian Fainelli L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained @@ -5401,6 +5441,23 @@ F: fs/fuse/ F: include/uapi/linux/fuse.h F: Documentation/filesystems/fuse.txt +FUTEX SUBSYSTEM +M: Thomas Gleixner +M: Ingo Molnar +R: Peter Zijlstra +R: Darren Hart +L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip.git locking/core +S: Maintained +F: kernel/futex.c +F: kernel/futex_compat.c +F: include/asm-generic/futex.h +F: include/linux/futex.h +F: include/uapi/linux/futex.h +F: tools/testing/selftests/futex/ +F: tools/perf/bench/futex* +F: Documentation/*futex* + FUTURE DOMAIN TMC-16x0 SCSI DRIVER (16-bit) M: Rik Faith L: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org @@ -6005,7 +6062,7 @@ M: Sebastian Reichel T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sre/linux-hsi.git S: Maintained F: Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi -F: Documentation/device-drivers/serial-interfaces.rst +F: Documentation/driver-api/hsi.rst F: drivers/hsi/ F: include/linux/hsi/ F: include/uapi/linux/hsi/ @@ -6211,7 +6268,7 @@ F: drivers/crypto/nx/nx_csbcpb.h F: drivers/crypto/nx/nx_debugfs.h IBM Power 842 compression accelerator -M: Dan Streetman +M: Haren Myneni S: Supported F: drivers/crypto/nx/Makefile F: drivers/crypto/nx/Kconfig @@ -7084,9 +7141,9 @@ S: Maintained F: fs/autofs4/ KERNEL BUILD + files below scripts/ (unless maintained elsewhere) +M: Masahiro Yamada M: Michal Marek -T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild.git for-next -T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mmarek/kbuild.git rc-fixes +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/masahiroy/linux-kbuild.git L: linux-kbuild@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: Documentation/kbuild/ @@ -7170,6 +7227,7 @@ S: Supported F: Documentation/s390/kvm.txt F: arch/s390/include/asm/kvm* F: arch/s390/kvm/ +F: arch/s390/mm/gmap.c KERNEL VIRTUAL MACHINE (KVM) FOR ARM M: Christoffer Dall @@ -7203,6 +7261,14 @@ F: arch/mips/include/uapi/asm/kvm* F: arch/mips/include/asm/kvm* F: arch/mips/kvm/ +KERNFS +M: Greg Kroah-Hartman +M: Tejun Heo +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core.git +S: Supported +F: include/linux/kernfs.h +F: fs/kernfs/ + KEXEC M: Eric Biederman W: http://kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/kexec/ @@ -7774,13 +7840,6 @@ F: include/net/mac80211.h F: net/mac80211/ F: drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.[ch] -MACVLAN DRIVER -M: Patrick McHardy -L: netdev@vger.kernel.org -S: Maintained -F: drivers/net/macvlan.c -F: include/linux/if_macvlan.h - MAILBOX API M: Jassi Brar L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org @@ -7851,8 +7910,10 @@ S: Maintained F: drivers/net/ethernet/marvell/mvneta.* MARVELL MWIFIEX WIRELESS DRIVER -M: Amitkumar Karwar +M: Amitkumar Karwar M: Nishant Sarmukadam +M: Ganapathi Bhat +M: Xinming Hu L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: drivers/net/wireless/marvell/mwifiex/ @@ -7868,6 +7929,13 @@ M: Nicolas Pitre S: Odd Fixes F: drivers/mmc/host/mvsdio.* +MARVELL XENON MMC/SD/SDIO HOST CONTROLLER DRIVER +M: Hu Ziji +L: linux-mmc@vger.kernel.org +S: Supported +F: drivers/mmc/host/sdhci-xenon* +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/marvell,xenon-sdhci.txt + MATROX FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org S: Orphan @@ -8307,7 +8375,6 @@ M: Richard Leitner L: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: drivers/usb/misc/usb251xb.c -F: include/linux/platform_data/usb251xb.h F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/usb251xb.txt MICROSOFT SURFACE PRO 3 BUTTON DRIVER @@ -8754,6 +8821,7 @@ W: http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/Net Q: http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/netdev/list/ T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net.git T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next.git +B: mailto:netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: net/ F: include/net/ @@ -8794,12 +8862,12 @@ F: net/core/flow.c F: net/xfrm/ F: net/key/ F: net/ipv4/xfrm* -F: net/ipv4/esp4.c +F: net/ipv4/esp4* F: net/ipv4/ah4.c F: net/ipv4/ipcomp.c F: net/ipv4/ip_vti.c F: net/ipv6/xfrm* -F: net/ipv6/esp6.c +F: net/ipv6/esp6* F: net/ipv6/ah6.c F: net/ipv6/ipcomp6.c F: net/ipv6/ip6_vti.c @@ -8853,8 +8921,6 @@ S: Supported F: drivers/net/ethernet/qlogic/netxen/ NFC SUBSYSTEM -M: Lauro Ramos Venancio -M: Aloisio Almeida Jr M: Samuel Ortiz L: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org L: linux-nfc@lists.01.org (subscribers-only) @@ -9909,6 +9975,8 @@ M: Krzysztof Kozlowski M: Sylwester Nawrocki L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) L: linux-samsung-soc@vger.kernel.org (moderated for non-subscribers) +Q: https://patchwork.kernel.org/project/linux-samsung-soc/list/ +T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/pinctrl/samsung.git S: Maintained F: drivers/pinctrl/samsung/ F: include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/samsung.h @@ -10815,6 +10883,7 @@ F: drivers/s390/block/dasd* F: block/partitions/ibm.c S390 NETWORK DRIVERS +M: Julian Wiedmann M: Ursula Braun L: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/ @@ -10845,6 +10914,7 @@ S: Supported F: drivers/s390/scsi/zfcp_* S390 IUCV NETWORK LAYER +M: Julian Wiedmann M: Ursula Braun L: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/ @@ -10860,6 +10930,16 @@ W: http://www.ibm.com/developerworks/linux/linux390/ S: Supported F: drivers/iommu/s390-iommu.c +S390 VFIO-CCW DRIVER +M: Cornelia Huck +M: Dong Jia Shi +L: linux-s390@vger.kernel.org +L: kvm@vger.kernel.org +S: Supported +F: drivers/s390/cio/vfio_ccw* +F: Documentation/s390/vfio-ccw.txt +F: include/uapi/linux/vfio_ccw.h + S3C24XX SD/MMC Driver M: Ben Dooks L: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org (moderated for non-subscribers) @@ -10907,6 +10987,14 @@ L: alsa-devel@alsa-project.org (moderated for non-subscribers) S: Supported F: sound/soc/samsung/ +SAMSUNG EXYNOS PSEUDO RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR (RNG) DRIVER +M: Krzysztof Kozlowski +L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +L: linux-samsung-soc@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +F: drivers/crypto/exynos-rng.c +F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rng/samsung,exynos-rng4.txt + SAMSUNG FRAMEBUFFER DRIVER M: Jingoo Han L: linux-fbdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -10931,6 +11019,14 @@ F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/samsung,s2m*.txt F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/samsung,s5m*.txt F: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/samsung,s2mps11.txt +SAMSUNG S5P Security SubSystem (SSS) DRIVER +M: Krzysztof Kozlowski +M: Vladimir Zapolskiy +L: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org +L: linux-samsung-soc@vger.kernel.org +S: Maintained +F: drivers/crypto/s5p-sss.c + SAMSUNG S5P/EXYNOS4 SOC SERIES CAMERA SUBSYSTEM DRIVERS M: Kyungmin Park M: Sylwester Nawrocki @@ -11062,6 +11158,12 @@ F: include/linux/dma/dw.h F: include/linux/platform_data/dma-dw.h F: drivers/dma/dw/ +SYNOPSYS DESIGNWARE ENTERPRISE ETHERNET DRIVER +M: Jie Deng +L: netdev@vger.kernel.org +S: Supported +F: drivers/net/ethernet/synopsys/ + SYNOPSYS DESIGNWARE I2C DRIVER M: Jarkko Nikula R: Andy Shevchenko @@ -11100,6 +11202,7 @@ F: drivers/power/supply/bq27xxx_battery_i2c.c TIMEKEEPING, CLOCKSOURCE CORE, NTP, ALARMTIMER M: John Stultz M: Thomas Gleixner +R: Stephen Boyd L: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org T: git git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip.git timers/core S: Supported @@ -12165,12 +12268,19 @@ F: Documentation/accounting/taskstats* F: include/linux/taskstats* F: kernel/taskstats.c -TC CLASSIFIER +TC subsystem M: Jamal Hadi Salim +M: Cong Wang +M: Jiri Pirko L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: include/net/pkt_cls.h +F: include/net/pkt_sched.h +F: include/net/tc_act/ F: include/uapi/linux/pkt_cls.h +F: include/uapi/linux/pkt_sched.h +F: include/uapi/linux/tc_act/ +F: include/uapi/linux/tc_ematch/ F: net/sched/ TCP LOW PRIORITY MODULE @@ -12455,7 +12565,6 @@ F: drivers/clk/ti/ F: include/linux/clk/ti.h TI ETHERNET SWITCH DRIVER (CPSW) -M: Mugunthan V N R: Grygorii Strashko L: linux-omap@vger.kernel.org L: netdev@vger.kernel.org @@ -13267,8 +13376,11 @@ L: netdev@vger.kernel.org S: Maintained F: include/linux/virtio_vsock.h F: include/uapi/linux/virtio_vsock.h +F: include/uapi/linux/vsockmon.h +F: net/vmw_vsock/af_vsock_tap.c F: net/vmw_vsock/virtio_transport_common.c F: net/vmw_vsock/virtio_transport.c +F: drivers/net/vsockmon.c F: drivers/vhost/vsock.c F: drivers/vhost/vsock.h @@ -13296,7 +13408,7 @@ F: drivers/virtio/ F: tools/virtio/ F: drivers/net/virtio_net.c F: drivers/block/virtio_blk.c -F: include/linux/virtio_*.h +F: include/linux/virtio*.h F: include/uapi/linux/virtio_*.h F: drivers/crypto/virtio/ @@ -13384,14 +13496,6 @@ W: https://linuxtv.org S: Maintained F: drivers/media/platform/vivid/* -VLAN (802.1Q) -M: Patrick McHardy -L: netdev@vger.kernel.org -S: Maintained -F: drivers/net/macvlan.c -F: include/linux/if_*vlan.h -F: net/8021q/ - VLYNQ BUS M: Florian Fainelli L: openwrt-devel@lists.openwrt.org (subscribers-only) diff --git a/Makefile b/Makefile index 165cf9783a5dbb28ff82ac206d667bcba3b572b6..43534cca1de92262a68cb8aebe686c45067a0330 100644 --- a/Makefile +++ b/Makefile @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ VERSION = 4 PATCHLEVEL = 11 SUBLEVEL = 0 -EXTRAVERSION = -rc1 +EXTRAVERSION = NAME = Fearless Coyote # *DOCUMENTATION* @@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ MAKEFLAGS += --no-print-directory # Use 'make C=2' to enable checking of *all* source files, regardless # of whether they are re-compiled or not. # -# See the file "Documentation/sparse.txt" for more details, including -# where to get the "sparse" utility. +# See the file "Documentation/dev-tools/sparse.rst" for more details, +# including where to get the "sparse" utility. ifeq ("$(origin C)", "command line") KBUILD_CHECKSRC = $(C) @@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ LDFLAGS_MODULE = CFLAGS_KERNEL = AFLAGS_KERNEL = LDFLAGS_vmlinux = -CFLAGS_GCOV = -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage -fno-tree-loop-im -Wno-maybe-uninitialized +CFLAGS_GCOV := -fprofile-arcs -ftest-coverage -fno-tree-loop-im $(call cc-disable-warning,maybe-uninitialized,) CFLAGS_KCOV := $(call cc-option,-fsanitize-coverage=trace-pc,) @@ -653,6 +653,12 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-ifversion, -lt, 0409, \ # Tell gcc to never replace conditional load with a non-conditional one KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,--param=allow-store-data-races=0) +# check for 'asm goto' +ifeq ($(shell $(CONFIG_SHELL) $(srctree)/scripts/gcc-goto.sh $(CC) $(KBUILD_CFLAGS)), y) + KBUILD_CFLAGS += -DCC_HAVE_ASM_GOTO + KBUILD_AFLAGS += -DCC_HAVE_ASM_GOTO +endif + include scripts/Makefile.gcc-plugins ifdef CONFIG_READABLE_ASM @@ -798,12 +804,6 @@ KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(call cc-option,-Werror=incompatible-pointer-types) # use the deterministic mode of AR if available KBUILD_ARFLAGS := $(call ar-option,D) -# check for 'asm goto' -ifeq ($(shell $(CONFIG_SHELL) $(srctree)/scripts/gcc-goto.sh $(CC) $(KBUILD_CFLAGS)), y) - KBUILD_CFLAGS += -DCC_HAVE_ASM_GOTO - KBUILD_AFLAGS += -DCC_HAVE_ASM_GOTO -endif - include scripts/Makefile.kasan include scripts/Makefile.extrawarn include scripts/Makefile.ubsan diff --git a/arch/Kconfig b/arch/Kconfig index 6ad00ad73459f3e557c7acc6f4f8f6c196dcd243..640999412d11450c2a60635b142cb41f58b6e62e 100644 --- a/arch/Kconfig +++ b/arch/Kconfig @@ -700,6 +700,13 @@ config ARCH_MMAP_RND_COMPAT_BITS This value can be changed after boot using the /proc/sys/vm/mmap_rnd_compat_bits tunable +config HAVE_ARCH_COMPAT_MMAP_BASES + bool + help + This allows 64bit applications to invoke 32-bit mmap() syscall + and vice-versa 32-bit applications to call 64-bit mmap(). + Required for applications doing different bitness syscalls. + config HAVE_COPY_THREAD_TLS bool help diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/extable.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/extable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..048e209e524c29f8335e41fe09f75aa4df7fa302 --- /dev/null +++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/extable.h @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +#ifndef _ASM_EXTABLE_H +#define _ASM_EXTABLE_H + +/* + * About the exception table: + * + * - insn is a 32-bit pc-relative offset from the faulting insn. + * - nextinsn is a 16-bit offset off of the faulting instruction + * (not off of the *next* instruction as branches are). + * - errreg is the register in which to place -EFAULT. + * - valreg is the final target register for the load sequence + * and will be zeroed. + * + * Either errreg or valreg may be $31, in which case nothing happens. + * + * The exception fixup information "just so happens" to be arranged + * as in a MEM format instruction. This lets us emit our three + * values like so: + * + * lda valreg, nextinsn(errreg) + * + */ + +struct exception_table_entry +{ + signed int insn; + union exception_fixup { + unsigned unit; + struct { + signed int nextinsn : 16; + unsigned int errreg : 5; + unsigned int valreg : 5; + } bits; + } fixup; +}; + +/* Returns the new pc */ +#define fixup_exception(map_reg, _fixup, pc) \ +({ \ + if ((_fixup)->fixup.bits.valreg != 31) \ + map_reg((_fixup)->fixup.bits.valreg) = 0; \ + if ((_fixup)->fixup.bits.errreg != 31) \ + map_reg((_fixup)->fixup.bits.errreg) = -EFAULT; \ + (pc) + (_fixup)->fixup.bits.nextinsn; \ +}) + +#define ARCH_HAS_RELATIVE_EXTABLE + +#define swap_ex_entry_fixup(a, b, tmp, delta) \ + do { \ + (a)->fixup.unit = (b)->fixup.unit; \ + (b)->fixup.unit = (tmp).fixup.unit; \ + } while (0) + +#endif diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/futex.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/futex.h index f939794363ac6f94ad82a192ede6b9410f7bc002..fb01dfb760c283e5c545121e93d07e52c0d8cd5b 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/futex.h +++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/futex.h @@ -19,12 +19,8 @@ "3: .subsection 2\n" \ "4: br 1b\n" \ " .previous\n" \ - " .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b-.\n" \ - " lda $31,3b-1b(%1)\n" \ - " .long 2b-.\n" \ - " lda $31,3b-2b(%1)\n" \ - " .previous\n" \ + EXC(1b,3b,%1,$31) \ + EXC(2b,3b,%1,$31) \ : "=&r" (oldval), "=&r"(ret) \ : "r" (uaddr), "r"(oparg) \ : "memory") @@ -101,12 +97,8 @@ futex_atomic_cmpxchg_inatomic(u32 *uval, u32 __user *uaddr, "3: .subsection 2\n" "4: br 1b\n" " .previous\n" - " .section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b-.\n" - " lda $31,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b-.\n" - " lda $31,3b-2b(%0)\n" - " .previous\n" + EXC(1b,3b,%0,$31) + EXC(2b,3b,%0,$31) : "+r"(ret), "=&r"(prev), "=&r"(cmp) : "r"(uaddr), "r"((long)(int)oldval), "r"(newval) : "memory"); diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/asm/uaccess.h b/arch/alpha/include/asm/uaccess.h index 94f587535deed9b48ddfd8c6e343077533aaea34..7b82dc9a8556260ffd66c19bd27d389431360c85 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/include/asm/uaccess.h +++ b/arch/alpha/include/asm/uaccess.h @@ -1,10 +1,6 @@ #ifndef __ALPHA_UACCESS_H #define __ALPHA_UACCESS_H -#include -#include - - /* * The fs value determines whether argument validity checking should be * performed or not. If get_fs() == USER_DS, checking is performed, with @@ -20,9 +16,6 @@ #define KERNEL_DS ((mm_segment_t) { 0UL }) #define USER_DS ((mm_segment_t) { -0x40000000000UL }) -#define VERIFY_READ 0 -#define VERIFY_WRITE 1 - #define get_fs() (current_thread_info()->addr_limit) #define get_ds() (KERNEL_DS) #define set_fs(x) (current_thread_info()->addr_limit = (x)) @@ -39,13 +32,13 @@ * - AND "addr+size" doesn't have any high-bits set * - OR we are in kernel mode. */ -#define __access_ok(addr, size, segment) \ - (((segment).seg & (addr | size | (addr+size))) == 0) +#define __access_ok(addr, size) \ + ((get_fs().seg & (addr | size | (addr+size))) == 0) -#define access_ok(type, addr, size) \ -({ \ - __chk_user_ptr(addr); \ - __access_ok(((unsigned long)(addr)), (size), get_fs()); \ +#define access_ok(type, addr, size) \ +({ \ + __chk_user_ptr(addr); \ + __access_ok(((unsigned long)(addr)), (size)); \ }) /* @@ -61,9 +54,9 @@ * (b) require any knowledge of processes at this stage */ #define put_user(x, ptr) \ - __put_user_check((__typeof__(*(ptr)))(x), (ptr), sizeof(*(ptr)), get_fs()) + __put_user_check((__typeof__(*(ptr)))(x), (ptr), sizeof(*(ptr))) #define get_user(x, ptr) \ - __get_user_check((x), (ptr), sizeof(*(ptr)), get_fs()) + __get_user_check((x), (ptr), sizeof(*(ptr))) /* * The "__xxx" versions do not do address space checking, useful when @@ -81,6 +74,11 @@ * more extensive comments with fixup_inline_exception below for * more information. */ +#define EXC(label,cont,res,err) \ + ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ + " .long "#label"-.\n" \ + " lda "#res","#cont"-"#label"("#err")\n" \ + ".previous\n" extern void __get_user_unknown(void); @@ -100,23 +98,23 @@ extern void __get_user_unknown(void); __gu_err; \ }) -#define __get_user_check(x, ptr, size, segment) \ -({ \ - long __gu_err = -EFAULT; \ - unsigned long __gu_val = 0; \ - const __typeof__(*(ptr)) __user *__gu_addr = (ptr); \ - if (__access_ok((unsigned long)__gu_addr, size, segment)) { \ - __gu_err = 0; \ - switch (size) { \ - case 1: __get_user_8(__gu_addr); break; \ - case 2: __get_user_16(__gu_addr); break; \ - case 4: __get_user_32(__gu_addr); break; \ - case 8: __get_user_64(__gu_addr); break; \ - default: __get_user_unknown(); break; \ - } \ - } \ - (x) = (__force __typeof__(*(ptr))) __gu_val; \ - __gu_err; \ +#define __get_user_check(x, ptr, size) \ +({ \ + long __gu_err = -EFAULT; \ + unsigned long __gu_val = 0; \ + const __typeof__(*(ptr)) __user *__gu_addr = (ptr); \ + if (__access_ok((unsigned long)__gu_addr, size)) { \ + __gu_err = 0; \ + switch (size) { \ + case 1: __get_user_8(__gu_addr); break; \ + case 2: __get_user_16(__gu_addr); break; \ + case 4: __get_user_32(__gu_addr); break; \ + case 8: __get_user_64(__gu_addr); break; \ + default: __get_user_unknown(); break; \ + } \ + } \ + (x) = (__force __typeof__(*(ptr))) __gu_val; \ + __gu_err; \ }) struct __large_struct { unsigned long buf[100]; }; @@ -125,20 +123,14 @@ struct __large_struct { unsigned long buf[100]; }; #define __get_user_64(addr) \ __asm__("1: ldq %0,%2\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=r"(__gu_val), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "1"(__gu_err)) #define __get_user_32(addr) \ __asm__("1: ldl %0,%2\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=r"(__gu_val), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "1"(__gu_err)) @@ -148,20 +140,14 @@ struct __large_struct { unsigned long buf[100]; }; #define __get_user_16(addr) \ __asm__("1: ldwu %0,%2\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=r"(__gu_val), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "1"(__gu_err)) #define __get_user_8(addr) \ __asm__("1: ldbu %0,%2\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=r"(__gu_val), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "1"(__gu_err)) #else @@ -177,12 +163,8 @@ struct __large_struct { unsigned long buf[100]; }; " extwh %1,%3,%1\n" \ " or %0,%1,%0\n" \ "3:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 3b-1b(%2)\n" \ - " .long 2b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 3b-2b(%2)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,3b,%0,%2) \ + EXC(2b,3b,%0,%2) \ : "=&r"(__gu_val), "=&r"(__gu_tmp), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "r"(addr), "2"(__gu_err)); \ } @@ -191,10 +173,7 @@ struct __large_struct { unsigned long buf[100]; }; __asm__("1: ldq_u %0,0(%2)\n" \ " extbl %0,%2,%0\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0, 2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=&r"(__gu_val), "=r"(__gu_err) \ : "r"(addr), "1"(__gu_err)) #endif @@ -215,21 +194,21 @@ extern void __put_user_unknown(void); __pu_err; \ }) -#define __put_user_check(x, ptr, size, segment) \ -({ \ - long __pu_err = -EFAULT; \ - __typeof__(*(ptr)) __user *__pu_addr = (ptr); \ - if (__access_ok((unsigned long)__pu_addr, size, segment)) { \ - __pu_err = 0; \ - switch (size) { \ - case 1: __put_user_8(x, __pu_addr); break; \ - case 2: __put_user_16(x, __pu_addr); break; \ - case 4: __put_user_32(x, __pu_addr); break; \ - case 8: __put_user_64(x, __pu_addr); break; \ - default: __put_user_unknown(); break; \ - } \ - } \ - __pu_err; \ +#define __put_user_check(x, ptr, size) \ +({ \ + long __pu_err = -EFAULT; \ + __typeof__(*(ptr)) __user *__pu_addr = (ptr); \ + if (__access_ok((unsigned long)__pu_addr, size)) { \ + __pu_err = 0; \ + switch (size) { \ + case 1: __put_user_8(x, __pu_addr); break; \ + case 2: __put_user_16(x, __pu_addr); break; \ + case 4: __put_user_32(x, __pu_addr); break; \ + case 8: __put_user_64(x, __pu_addr); break; \ + default: __put_user_unknown(); break; \ + } \ + } \ + __pu_err; \ }) /* @@ -240,20 +219,14 @@ extern void __put_user_unknown(void); #define __put_user_64(x, addr) \ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stq %r2,%1\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31,2b-1b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err) \ : "m" (__m(addr)), "rJ" (x), "0"(__pu_err)) #define __put_user_32(x, addr) \ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stl %r2,%1\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31,2b-1b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "rJ"(x), "0"(__pu_err)) @@ -263,20 +236,14 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stl %r2,%1\n" \ #define __put_user_16(x, addr) \ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stw %r2,%1\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31,2b-1b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "rJ"(x), "0"(__pu_err)) #define __put_user_8(x, addr) \ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stb %r2,%1\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31,2b-1b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "rJ"(x), "0"(__pu_err)) #else @@ -298,16 +265,10 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stb %r2,%1\n" \ "3: stq_u %2,1(%5)\n" \ "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" \ "5:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 5b-1b(%0)\n" \ - " .long 2b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 5b-2b(%0)\n" \ - " .long 3b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 5b-3b(%0)\n" \ - " .long 4b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 5b-4b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,5b,$31,%0) \ + EXC(2b,5b,$31,%0) \ + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) \ + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err), "=&r"(__pu_tmp1), \ "=&r"(__pu_tmp2), "=&r"(__pu_tmp3), \ "=&r"(__pu_tmp4) \ @@ -324,12 +285,8 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stb %r2,%1\n" \ " or %1,%2,%1\n" \ "2: stq_u %1,0(%4)\n" \ "3:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 3b-1b(%0)\n" \ - " .long 2b - .\n" \ - " lda $31, 3b-2b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,3b,$31,%0) \ + EXC(2b,3b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__pu_err), \ "=&r"(__pu_tmp1), "=&r"(__pu_tmp2) \ : "r"((unsigned long)(x)), "r"(addr), "0"(__pu_err)); \ @@ -341,153 +298,37 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("1: stb %r2,%1\n" \ * Complex access routines */ -/* This little bit of silliness is to get the GP loaded for a function - that ordinarily wouldn't. Otherwise we could have it done by the macro - directly, which can be optimized the linker. */ -#ifdef MODULE -#define __module_address(sym) "r"(sym), -#define __module_call(ra, arg, sym) "jsr $" #ra ",(%" #arg ")," #sym -#else -#define __module_address(sym) -#define __module_call(ra, arg, sym) "bsr $" #ra "," #sym " !samegp" -#endif - -extern void __copy_user(void); - -extern inline long -__copy_tofrom_user_nocheck(void *to, const void *from, long len) -{ - register void * __cu_to __asm__("$6") = to; - register const void * __cu_from __asm__("$7") = from; - register long __cu_len __asm__("$0") = len; - - __asm__ __volatile__( - __module_call(28, 3, __copy_user) - : "=r" (__cu_len), "=r" (__cu_from), "=r" (__cu_to) - : __module_address(__copy_user) - "0" (__cu_len), "1" (__cu_from), "2" (__cu_to) - : "$1", "$2", "$3", "$4", "$5", "$28", "memory"); - - return __cu_len; -} - -#define __copy_to_user(to, from, n) \ -({ \ - __chk_user_ptr(to); \ - __copy_tofrom_user_nocheck((__force void *)(to), (from), (n)); \ -}) -#define __copy_from_user(to, from, n) \ -({ \ - __chk_user_ptr(from); \ - __copy_tofrom_user_nocheck((to), (__force void *)(from), (n)); \ -}) - -#define __copy_to_user_inatomic __copy_to_user -#define __copy_from_user_inatomic __copy_from_user +extern long __copy_user(void *to, const void *from, long len); -extern inline long -copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, long n) +static inline unsigned long +raw_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long len) { - if (likely(__access_ok((unsigned long)to, n, get_fs()))) - n = __copy_tofrom_user_nocheck((__force void *)to, from, n); - return n; + return __copy_user(to, (__force const void *)from, len); } -extern inline long -copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, long n) +static inline unsigned long +raw_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long len) { - long res = n; - if (likely(__access_ok((unsigned long)from, n, get_fs()))) - res = __copy_from_user_inatomic(to, from, n); - if (unlikely(res)) - memset(to + (n - res), 0, res); - return res; + return __copy_user((__force void *)to, from, len); } -extern void __do_clear_user(void); - -extern inline long -__clear_user(void __user *to, long len) -{ - register void __user * __cl_to __asm__("$6") = to; - register long __cl_len __asm__("$0") = len; - __asm__ __volatile__( - __module_call(28, 2, __do_clear_user) - : "=r"(__cl_len), "=r"(__cl_to) - : __module_address(__do_clear_user) - "0"(__cl_len), "1"(__cl_to) - : "$1", "$2", "$3", "$4", "$5", "$28", "memory"); - return __cl_len; -} +extern long __clear_user(void __user *to, long len); extern inline long clear_user(void __user *to, long len) { - if (__access_ok((unsigned long)to, len, get_fs())) + if (__access_ok((unsigned long)to, len)) len = __clear_user(to, len); return len; } -#undef __module_address -#undef __module_call - #define user_addr_max() \ - (segment_eq(get_fs(), USER_DS) ? TASK_SIZE : ~0UL) + (uaccess_kernel() ? ~0UL : TASK_SIZE) extern long strncpy_from_user(char *dest, const char __user *src, long count); extern __must_check long strlen_user(const char __user *str); extern __must_check long strnlen_user(const char __user *str, long n); -/* - * About the exception table: - * - * - insn is a 32-bit pc-relative offset from the faulting insn. - * - nextinsn is a 16-bit offset off of the faulting instruction - * (not off of the *next* instruction as branches are). - * - errreg is the register in which to place -EFAULT. - * - valreg is the final target register for the load sequence - * and will be zeroed. - * - * Either errreg or valreg may be $31, in which case nothing happens. - * - * The exception fixup information "just so happens" to be arranged - * as in a MEM format instruction. This lets us emit our three - * values like so: - * - * lda valreg, nextinsn(errreg) - * - */ - -struct exception_table_entry -{ - signed int insn; - union exception_fixup { - unsigned unit; - struct { - signed int nextinsn : 16; - unsigned int errreg : 5; - unsigned int valreg : 5; - } bits; - } fixup; -}; - -/* Returns the new pc */ -#define fixup_exception(map_reg, _fixup, pc) \ -({ \ - if ((_fixup)->fixup.bits.valreg != 31) \ - map_reg((_fixup)->fixup.bits.valreg) = 0; \ - if ((_fixup)->fixup.bits.errreg != 31) \ - map_reg((_fixup)->fixup.bits.errreg) = -EFAULT; \ - (pc) + (_fixup)->fixup.bits.nextinsn; \ -}) - -#define ARCH_HAS_RELATIVE_EXTABLE - -#define swap_ex_entry_fixup(a, b, tmp, delta) \ - do { \ - (a)->fixup.unit = (b)->fixup.unit; \ - (b)->fixup.unit = (tmp).fixup.unit; \ - } while (0) - +#include #endif /* __ALPHA_UACCESS_H */ diff --git a/arch/alpha/include/uapi/asm/socket.h b/arch/alpha/include/uapi/asm/socket.h index afc901b7a6f6e68c819aec1ab9199806f24fc1c1..148d7a32754e343397e84bb077afee8b82ecf3c6 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/include/uapi/asm/socket.h +++ b/arch/alpha/include/uapi/asm/socket.h @@ -99,4 +99,10 @@ #define SCM_TIMESTAMPING_OPT_STATS 54 +#define SO_MEMINFO 55 + +#define SO_INCOMING_NAPI_ID 56 + +#define SO_COOKIE 57 + #endif /* _UAPI_ASM_SOCKET_H */ diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c index 0b961093ca5cac69fe88598ed7ebc9c023a11a78..9ec56dc973749555019f5f0087727cc1bb97881a 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c +++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/osf_sys.c @@ -1016,6 +1016,7 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(osf_gettimeofday, struct timeval32 __user *, tv, SYSCALL_DEFINE2(osf_settimeofday, struct timeval32 __user *, tv, struct timezone __user *, tz) { + struct timespec64 kts64; struct timespec kts; struct timezone ktz; @@ -1023,13 +1024,14 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(osf_settimeofday, struct timeval32 __user *, tv, if (get_tv32((struct timeval *)&kts, tv)) return -EFAULT; kts.tv_nsec *= 1000; + kts64 = timespec_to_timespec64(kts); } if (tz) { if (copy_from_user(&ktz, tz, sizeof(*tz))) return -EFAULT; } - return do_sys_settimeofday(tv ? &kts : NULL, tz ? &ktz : NULL); + return do_sys_settimeofday64(tv ? &kts64 : NULL, tz ? &ktz : NULL); } asmlinkage long sys_ni_posix_timers(void); @@ -1290,7 +1292,7 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE1(old_adjtimex, struct timex32 __user *, txc_p) /* copy relevant bits of struct timex. */ if (copy_from_user(&txc, txc_p, offsetof(struct timex32, time)) || copy_from_user(&txc.tick, &txc_p->tick, sizeof(struct timex32) - - offsetof(struct timex32, time))) + offsetof(struct timex32, tick))) return -EFAULT; ret = do_adjtimex(&txc); diff --git a/arch/alpha/kernel/traps.c b/arch/alpha/kernel/traps.c index b137390e87e7922c3dc091ed378152c35afa2664..65bb102d985bb05141b0f294bbd7e2bbfb0ac6ae 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/kernel/traps.c +++ b/arch/alpha/kernel/traps.c @@ -482,12 +482,8 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, " extwl %1,%3,%1\n" " extwh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -502,12 +498,8 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, " extll %1,%3,%1\n" " extlh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -522,12 +514,8 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, " extql %1,%3,%1\n" " extqh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -551,16 +539,10 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, "3: stq_u %2,1(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(una_reg(reg)), "0"(0)); @@ -581,16 +563,10 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, "3: stq_u %2,3(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(una_reg(reg)), "0"(0)); @@ -611,16 +587,10 @@ do_entUna(void * va, unsigned long opcode, unsigned long reg, "3: stq_u %2,7(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n\t" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(una_reg(reg)), "0"(0)); @@ -802,7 +772,7 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, /* Don't bother reading ds in the access check since we already know that this came from the user. Also rely on the fact that the page at TASK_SIZE is unmapped and so can't be touched anyway. */ - if (!__access_ok((unsigned long)va, 0, USER_DS)) + if ((unsigned long)va >= TASK_SIZE) goto give_sigsegv; ++unaligned[1].count; @@ -835,12 +805,8 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, " extwl %1,%3,%1\n" " extwh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -855,12 +821,8 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, " extll %1,%3,%1\n" " extlh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -875,12 +837,8 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, " extql %1,%3,%1\n" " extqh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -895,12 +853,8 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, " extll %1,%3,%1\n" " extlh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -915,12 +869,8 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, " extql %1,%3,%1\n" " extqh %2,%3,%2\n" "3:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %1,3b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %2,3b-2b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,3b,%1,%0) + EXC(2b,3b,%2,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2) : "r"(va), "0"(0)); if (error) @@ -944,16 +894,10 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, "3: stq_u %2,1(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(*reg_addr), "0"(0)); @@ -978,16 +922,10 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, "3: stq_u %2,3(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(*reg_addr), "0"(0)); @@ -1012,16 +950,10 @@ do_entUnaUser(void __user * va, unsigned long opcode, "3: stq_u %2,7(%5)\n" "4: stq_u %1,0(%5)\n" "5:\n" - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n\t" - " .long 1b - .\n" - " lda %2,5b-1b(%0)\n" - " .long 2b - .\n" - " lda %1,5b-2b(%0)\n" - " .long 3b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-3b(%0)\n" - " .long 4b - .\n" - " lda $31,5b-4b(%0)\n" - ".previous" + EXC(1b,5b,%2,%0) + EXC(2b,5b,%1,%0) + EXC(3b,5b,$31,%0) + EXC(4b,5b,$31,%0) : "=r"(error), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&r"(tmp3), "=&r"(tmp4) : "r"(va), "r"(*reg_addr), "0"(0)); @@ -1047,7 +979,7 @@ give_sigsegv: /* We need to replicate some of the logic in mm/fault.c, since we don't have access to the fault code in the exception handling return path. */ - if (!__access_ok((unsigned long)va, 0, USER_DS)) + if ((unsigned long)va >= TASK_SIZE) info.si_code = SEGV_ACCERR; else { struct mm_struct *mm = current->mm; diff --git a/arch/alpha/lib/clear_user.S b/arch/alpha/lib/clear_user.S index bf5b931866ba1ed069758cfa95f01f35e18b6b02..006f469fef73a65923605d0f61d5a528be6edb7e 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/lib/clear_user.S +++ b/arch/alpha/lib/clear_user.S @@ -8,21 +8,6 @@ * right "bytes left to zero" value (and that it is updated only _after_ * a successful copy). There is also some rather minor exception setup * stuff. - * - * NOTE! This is not directly C-callable, because the calling semantics - * are different: - * - * Inputs: - * length in $0 - * destination address in $6 - * exception pointer in $7 - * return address in $28 (exceptions expect it there) - * - * Outputs: - * bytes left to copy in $0 - * - * Clobbers: - * $1,$2,$3,$4,$5,$6 */ #include @@ -38,62 +23,63 @@ .set noreorder .align 4 - .globl __do_clear_user - .ent __do_clear_user - .frame $30, 0, $28 + .globl __clear_user + .ent __clear_user + .frame $30, 0, $26 .prologue 0 $loop: and $1, 3, $4 # e0 : beq $4, 1f # .. e1 : -0: EX( stq_u $31, 0($6) ) # e0 : zero one word +0: EX( stq_u $31, 0($16) ) # e0 : zero one word subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : subq $4, 1, $4 # e0 : - addq $6, 8, $6 # .. e1 : + addq $16, 8, $16 # .. e1 : bne $4, 0b # e1 : unop # : 1: bic $1, 3, $1 # e0 : beq $1, $tail # .. e1 : -2: EX( stq_u $31, 0($6) ) # e0 : zero four words +2: EX( stq_u $31, 0($16) ) # e0 : zero four words subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : - EX( stq_u $31, 8($6) ) # e0 : + EX( stq_u $31, 8($16) ) # e0 : subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : - EX( stq_u $31, 16($6) ) # e0 : + EX( stq_u $31, 16($16) ) # e0 : subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : - EX( stq_u $31, 24($6) ) # e0 : + EX( stq_u $31, 24($16) ) # e0 : subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : subq $1, 4, $1 # e0 : - addq $6, 32, $6 # .. e1 : + addq $16, 32, $16 # .. e1 : bne $1, 2b # e1 : $tail: bne $2, 1f # e1 : is there a tail to do? - ret $31, ($28), 1 # .. e1 : + ret $31, ($26), 1 # .. e1 : -1: EX( ldq_u $5, 0($6) ) # e0 : +1: EX( ldq_u $5, 0($16) ) # e0 : clr $0 # .. e1 : nop # e1 : mskqh $5, $0, $5 # e0 : - EX( stq_u $5, 0($6) ) # e0 : - ret $31, ($28), 1 # .. e1 : + EX( stq_u $5, 0($16) ) # e0 : + ret $31, ($26), 1 # .. e1 : -__do_clear_user: - and $6, 7, $4 # e0 : find dest misalignment +__clear_user: + and $17, $17, $0 + and $16, 7, $4 # e0 : find dest misalignment beq $0, $zerolength # .. e1 : addq $0, $4, $1 # e0 : bias counter and $1, 7, $2 # e1 : number of bytes in tail srl $1, 3, $1 # e0 : beq $4, $loop # .. e1 : - EX( ldq_u $5, 0($6) ) # e0 : load dst word to mask back in + EX( ldq_u $5, 0($16) ) # e0 : load dst word to mask back in beq $1, $oneword # .. e1 : sub-word store? - mskql $5, $6, $5 # e0 : take care of misaligned head - addq $6, 8, $6 # .. e1 : - EX( stq_u $5, -8($6) ) # e0 : + mskql $5, $16, $5 # e0 : take care of misaligned head + addq $16, 8, $16 # .. e1 : + EX( stq_u $5, -8($16) ) # e0 : addq $0, $4, $0 # .. e1 : bytes left -= 8 - misalignment subq $1, 1, $1 # e0 : subq $0, 8, $0 # .. e1 : @@ -101,15 +87,15 @@ __do_clear_user: unop # : $oneword: - mskql $5, $6, $4 # e0 : + mskql $5, $16, $4 # e0 : mskqh $5, $2, $5 # e0 : or $5, $4, $5 # e1 : - EX( stq_u $5, 0($6) ) # e0 : + EX( stq_u $5, 0($16) ) # e0 : clr $0 # .. e1 : $zerolength: $exception: - ret $31, ($28), 1 # .. e1 : + ret $31, ($26), 1 # .. e1 : - .end __do_clear_user - EXPORT_SYMBOL(__do_clear_user) + .end __clear_user + EXPORT_SYMBOL(__clear_user) diff --git a/arch/alpha/lib/copy_user.S b/arch/alpha/lib/copy_user.S index 509f62b6531102b539e61f11519ac4d49da02fe9..159f1b7e6e495f098a28dc818c7c383ede2dda76 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/lib/copy_user.S +++ b/arch/alpha/lib/copy_user.S @@ -9,21 +9,6 @@ * contains the right "bytes left to copy" value (and that it is updated * only _after_ a successful copy). There is also some rather minor * exception setup stuff.. - * - * NOTE! This is not directly C-callable, because the calling semantics are - * different: - * - * Inputs: - * length in $0 - * destination address in $6 - * source address in $7 - * return address in $28 - * - * Outputs: - * bytes left to copy in $0 - * - * Clobbers: - * $1,$2,$3,$4,$5,$6,$7 */ #include @@ -49,58 +34,59 @@ .ent __copy_user __copy_user: .prologue 0 - and $6,7,$3 + and $18,$18,$0 + and $16,7,$3 beq $0,$35 beq $3,$36 subq $3,8,$3 .align 4 $37: - EXI( ldq_u $1,0($7) ) - EXO( ldq_u $2,0($6) ) - extbl $1,$7,$1 - mskbl $2,$6,$2 - insbl $1,$6,$1 + EXI( ldq_u $1,0($17) ) + EXO( ldq_u $2,0($16) ) + extbl $1,$17,$1 + mskbl $2,$16,$2 + insbl $1,$16,$1 addq $3,1,$3 bis $1,$2,$1 - EXO( stq_u $1,0($6) ) + EXO( stq_u $1,0($16) ) subq $0,1,$0 - addq $6,1,$6 - addq $7,1,$7 + addq $16,1,$16 + addq $17,1,$17 beq $0,$41 bne $3,$37 $36: - and $7,7,$1 + and $17,7,$1 bic $0,7,$4 beq $1,$43 beq $4,$48 - EXI( ldq_u $3,0($7) ) + EXI( ldq_u $3,0($17) ) .align 4 $50: - EXI( ldq_u $2,8($7) ) + EXI( ldq_u $2,8($17) ) subq $4,8,$4 - extql $3,$7,$3 - extqh $2,$7,$1 + extql $3,$17,$3 + extqh $2,$17,$1 bis $3,$1,$1 - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) - addq $7,8,$7 + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) + addq $17,8,$17 subq $0,8,$0 - addq $6,8,$6 + addq $16,8,$16 bis $2,$2,$3 bne $4,$50 $48: beq $0,$41 .align 4 $57: - EXI( ldq_u $1,0($7) ) - EXO( ldq_u $2,0($6) ) - extbl $1,$7,$1 - mskbl $2,$6,$2 - insbl $1,$6,$1 + EXI( ldq_u $1,0($17) ) + EXO( ldq_u $2,0($16) ) + extbl $1,$17,$1 + mskbl $2,$16,$2 + insbl $1,$16,$1 bis $1,$2,$1 - EXO( stq_u $1,0($6) ) + EXO( stq_u $1,0($16) ) subq $0,1,$0 - addq $6,1,$6 - addq $7,1,$7 + addq $16,1,$16 + addq $17,1,$17 bne $0,$57 br $31,$41 .align 4 @@ -108,27 +94,27 @@ $43: beq $4,$65 .align 4 $66: - EXI( ldq $1,0($7) ) + EXI( ldq $1,0($17) ) subq $4,8,$4 - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) - addq $7,8,$7 + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) + addq $17,8,$17 subq $0,8,$0 - addq $6,8,$6 + addq $16,8,$16 bne $4,$66 $65: beq $0,$41 - EXI( ldq $2,0($7) ) - EXO( ldq $1,0($6) ) + EXI( ldq $2,0($17) ) + EXO( ldq $1,0($16) ) mskql $2,$0,$2 mskqh $1,$0,$1 bis $2,$1,$2 - EXO( stq $2,0($6) ) + EXO( stq $2,0($16) ) bis $31,$31,$0 $41: $35: $exitin: $exitout: - ret $31,($28),1 + ret $31,($26),1 .end __copy_user EXPORT_SYMBOL(__copy_user) diff --git a/arch/alpha/lib/csum_partial_copy.c b/arch/alpha/lib/csum_partial_copy.c index 5dfb7975895fd3a8b2078f737ef75ad470a9d893..ab42afba17200daafdc23b4c77eacbc50048a0a2 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/lib/csum_partial_copy.c +++ b/arch/alpha/lib/csum_partial_copy.c @@ -45,10 +45,7 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("insqh %1,%2,%0":"=r" (z):"r" (x),"r" (y)) __asm__ __volatile__( \ "1: ldq_u %0,%2\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - .\n" \ - " lda %0,2b-1b(%1)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,%0,%1) \ : "=r"(x), "=r"(__guu_err) \ : "m"(__m(ptr)), "1"(0)); \ __guu_err; \ @@ -60,10 +57,7 @@ __asm__ __volatile__("insqh %1,%2,%0":"=r" (z):"r" (x),"r" (y)) __asm__ __volatile__( \ "1: stq_u %2,%1\n" \ "2:\n" \ - ".section __ex_table,\"a\"\n" \ - " .long 1b - ." \ - " lda $31,2b-1b(%0)\n" \ - ".previous" \ + EXC(1b,2b,$31,%0) \ : "=r"(__puu_err) \ : "m"(__m(addr)), "rJ"(x), "0"(0)); \ __puu_err; \ diff --git a/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-clear_user.S b/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-clear_user.S index 05bef6b505984465699627db5aeec012714893f4..e179e4757ef89df85eea2ecb79cd0a2cecce42e2 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-clear_user.S +++ b/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-clear_user.S @@ -9,21 +9,6 @@ * a successful copy). There is also some rather minor exception setup * stuff. * - * NOTE! This is not directly C-callable, because the calling semantics - * are different: - * - * Inputs: - * length in $0 - * destination address in $6 - * exception pointer in $7 - * return address in $28 (exceptions expect it there) - * - * Outputs: - * bytes left to copy in $0 - * - * Clobbers: - * $1,$2,$3,$4,$5,$6 - * * Much of the information about 21264 scheduling/coding comes from: * Compiler Writer's Guide for the Alpha 21264 * abbreviated as 'CWG' in other comments here @@ -56,14 +41,15 @@ .set noreorder .align 4 - .globl __do_clear_user - .ent __do_clear_user - .frame $30, 0, $28 + .globl __clear_user + .ent __clear_user + .frame $30, 0, $26 .prologue 0 # Pipeline info : Slotting & Comments -__do_clear_user: - and $6, 7, $4 # .. E .. .. : find dest head misalignment +__clear_user: + and $17, $17, $0 + and $16, 7, $4 # .. E .. .. : find dest head misalignment beq $0, $zerolength # U .. .. .. : U L U L addq $0, $4, $1 # .. .. .. E : bias counter @@ -75,14 +61,14 @@ __do_clear_user: /* * Head is not aligned. Write (8 - $4) bytes to head of destination - * This means $6 is known to be misaligned + * This means $16 is known to be misaligned */ - EX( ldq_u $5, 0($6) ) # .. .. .. L : load dst word to mask back in + EX( ldq_u $5, 0($16) ) # .. .. .. L : load dst word to mask back in beq $1, $onebyte # .. .. U .. : sub-word store? - mskql $5, $6, $5 # .. U .. .. : take care of misaligned head - addq $6, 8, $6 # E .. .. .. : L U U L + mskql $5, $16, $5 # .. U .. .. : take care of misaligned head + addq $16, 8, $16 # E .. .. .. : L U U L - EX( stq_u $5, -8($6) ) # .. .. .. L : + EX( stq_u $5, -8($16) ) # .. .. .. L : subq $1, 1, $1 # .. .. E .. : addq $0, $4, $0 # .. E .. .. : bytes left -= 8 - misalignment subq $0, 8, $0 # E .. .. .. : U L U L @@ -93,11 +79,11 @@ __do_clear_user: * values upon initial entry to the loop * $1 is number of quadwords to clear (zero is a valid value) * $2 is number of trailing bytes (0..7) ($2 never used...) - * $6 is known to be aligned 0mod8 + * $16 is known to be aligned 0mod8 */ $headalign: subq $1, 16, $4 # .. .. .. E : If < 16, we can not use the huge loop - and $6, 0x3f, $2 # .. .. E .. : Forward work for huge loop + and $16, 0x3f, $2 # .. .. E .. : Forward work for huge loop subq $2, 0x40, $3 # .. E .. .. : bias counter (huge loop) blt $4, $trailquad # U .. .. .. : U L U L @@ -114,21 +100,21 @@ $headalign: beq $3, $bigalign # U .. .. .. : U L U L : Aligned 0mod64 $alignmod64: - EX( stq_u $31, 0($6) ) # .. .. .. L + EX( stq_u $31, 0($16) ) # .. .. .. L addq $3, 8, $3 # .. .. E .. subq $0, 8, $0 # .. E .. .. nop # E .. .. .. : U L U L nop # .. .. .. E subq $1, 1, $1 # .. .. E .. - addq $6, 8, $6 # .. E .. .. + addq $16, 8, $16 # .. E .. .. blt $3, $alignmod64 # U .. .. .. : U L U L $bigalign: /* * $0 is the number of bytes left * $1 is the number of quads left - * $6 is aligned 0mod64 + * $16 is aligned 0mod64 * we know that we'll be taking a minimum of one trip through * CWG Section 3.7.6: do not expect a sustained store rate of > 1/cycle * We are _not_ going to update $0 after every single store. That @@ -145,39 +131,39 @@ $bigalign: nop # E : nop # E : nop # E : - bis $6,$6,$3 # E : U L U L : Initial wh64 address is dest + bis $16,$16,$3 # E : U L U L : Initial wh64 address is dest /* This might actually help for the current trip... */ $do_wh64: wh64 ($3) # .. .. .. L1 : memory subsystem hint subq $1, 16, $4 # .. .. E .. : Forward calculation - repeat the loop? - EX( stq_u $31, 0($6) ) # .. L .. .. + EX( stq_u $31, 0($16) ) # .. L .. .. subq $0, 8, $0 # E .. .. .. : U L U L - addq $6, 128, $3 # E : Target address of wh64 - EX( stq_u $31, 8($6) ) # L : - EX( stq_u $31, 16($6) ) # L : + addq $16, 128, $3 # E : Target address of wh64 + EX( stq_u $31, 8($16) ) # L : + EX( stq_u $31, 16($16) ) # L : subq $0, 16, $0 # E : U L L U nop # E : - EX( stq_u $31, 24($6) ) # L : - EX( stq_u $31, 32($6) ) # L : + EX( stq_u $31, 24($16) ) # L : + EX( stq_u $31, 32($16) ) # L : subq $0, 168, $5 # E : U L L U : two trips through the loop left? /* 168 = 192 - 24, since we've already completed some stores */ subq $0, 16, $0 # E : - EX( stq_u $31, 40($6) ) # L : - EX( stq_u $31, 48($6) ) # L : - cmovlt $5, $6, $3 # E : U L L U : Latency 2, extra mapping cycle + EX( stq_u $31, 40($16) ) # L : + EX( stq_u $31, 48($16) ) # L : + cmovlt $5, $16, $3 # E : U L L U : Latency 2, extra mapping cycle subq $1, 8, $1 # E : subq $0, 16, $0 # E : - EX( stq_u $31, 56($6) ) # L : + EX( stq_u $31, 56($16) ) # L : nop # E : U L U L nop # E : subq $0, 8, $0 # E : - addq $6, 64, $6 # E : + addq $16, 64, $16 # E : bge $4, $do_wh64 # U : U L U L $trailquad: @@ -190,14 +176,14 @@ $trailquad: beq $1, $trailbytes # U .. .. .. : U L U L : Only 0..7 bytes to go $onequad: - EX( stq_u $31, 0($6) ) # .. .. .. L + EX( stq_u $31, 0($16) ) # .. .. .. L subq $1, 1, $1 # .. .. E .. subq $0, 8, $0 # .. E .. .. nop # E .. .. .. : U L U L nop # .. .. .. E nop # .. .. E .. - addq $6, 8, $6 # .. E .. .. + addq $16, 8, $16 # .. E .. .. bgt $1, $onequad # U .. .. .. : U L U L # We have an unknown number of bytes left to go. @@ -211,9 +197,9 @@ $trailbytes: # so we will use $0 as the loop counter # We know for a fact that $0 > 0 zero due to previous context $onebyte: - EX( stb $31, 0($6) ) # .. .. .. L + EX( stb $31, 0($16) ) # .. .. .. L subq $0, 1, $0 # .. .. E .. : - addq $6, 1, $6 # .. E .. .. : + addq $16, 1, $16 # .. E .. .. : bgt $0, $onebyte # U .. .. .. : U L U L $zerolength: @@ -221,6 +207,6 @@ $exception: # Destination for exception recovery(?) nop # .. .. .. E : nop # .. .. E .. : nop # .. E .. .. : - ret $31, ($28), 1 # L0 .. .. .. : L U L U - .end __do_clear_user - EXPORT_SYMBOL(__do_clear_user) + ret $31, ($26), 1 # L0 .. .. .. : L U L U + .end __clear_user + EXPORT_SYMBOL(__clear_user) diff --git a/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-copy_user.S b/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-copy_user.S index be720b518af9e6500ce7545887a6bf6a9cb715d3..35e6710d070054b1c9987d0f5c10f1c29510b1a2 100644 --- a/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-copy_user.S +++ b/arch/alpha/lib/ev6-copy_user.S @@ -12,21 +12,6 @@ * only _after_ a successful copy). There is also some rather minor * exception setup stuff.. * - * NOTE! This is not directly C-callable, because the calling semantics are - * different: - * - * Inputs: - * length in $0 - * destination address in $6 - * source address in $7 - * return address in $28 - * - * Outputs: - * bytes left to copy in $0 - * - * Clobbers: - * $1,$2,$3,$4,$5,$6,$7 - * * Much of the information about 21264 scheduling/coding comes from: * Compiler Writer's Guide for the Alpha 21264 * abbreviated as 'CWG' in other comments here @@ -60,10 +45,11 @@ # Pipeline info: Slotting & Comments __copy_user: .prologue 0 - subq $0, 32, $1 # .. E .. .. : Is this going to be a small copy? + andq $18, $18, $0 + subq $18, 32, $1 # .. E .. .. : Is this going to be a small copy? beq $0, $zerolength # U .. .. .. : U L U L - and $6,7,$3 # .. .. .. E : is leading dest misalignment + and $16,7,$3 # .. .. .. E : is leading dest misalignment ble $1, $onebyteloop # .. .. U .. : 1st branch : small amount of data beq $3, $destaligned # .. U .. .. : 2nd (one cycle fetcher stall) subq $3, 8, $3 # E .. .. .. : L U U L : trip counter @@ -73,17 +59,17 @@ __copy_user: * We know we have at least one trip through this loop */ $aligndest: - EXI( ldbu $1,0($7) ) # .. .. .. L : Keep loads separate from stores - addq $6,1,$6 # .. .. E .. : Section 3.8 in the CWG + EXI( ldbu $1,0($17) ) # .. .. .. L : Keep loads separate from stores + addq $16,1,$16 # .. .. E .. : Section 3.8 in the CWG addq $3,1,$3 # .. E .. .. : nop # E .. .. .. : U L U L /* - * the -1 is to compensate for the inc($6) done in a previous quadpack + * the -1 is to compensate for the inc($16) done in a previous quadpack * which allows us zero dependencies within either quadpack in the loop */ - EXO( stb $1,-1($6) ) # .. .. .. L : - addq $7,1,$7 # .. .. E .. : Section 3.8 in the CWG + EXO( stb $1,-1($16) ) # .. .. .. L : + addq $17,1,$17 # .. .. E .. : Section 3.8 in the CWG subq $0,1,$0 # .. E .. .. : bne $3, $aligndest # U .. .. .. : U L U L @@ -92,29 +78,29 @@ $aligndest: * If we arrived via branch, we have a minimum of 32 bytes */ $destaligned: - and $7,7,$1 # .. .. .. E : Check _current_ source alignment + and $17,7,$1 # .. .. .. E : Check _current_ source alignment bic $0,7,$4 # .. .. E .. : number bytes as a quadword loop - EXI( ldq_u $3,0($7) ) # .. L .. .. : Forward fetch for fallthrough code + EXI( ldq_u $3,0($17) ) # .. L .. .. : Forward fetch for fallthrough code beq $1,$quadaligned # U .. .. .. : U L U L /* - * In the worst case, we've just executed an ldq_u here from 0($7) + * In the worst case, we've just executed an ldq_u here from 0($17) * and we'll repeat it once if we take the branch */ /* Misaligned quadword loop - not unrolled. Leave it that way. */ $misquad: - EXI( ldq_u $2,8($7) ) # .. .. .. L : + EXI( ldq_u $2,8($17) ) # .. .. .. L : subq $4,8,$4 # .. .. E .. : - extql $3,$7,$3 # .. U .. .. : - extqh $2,$7,$1 # U .. .. .. : U U L L + extql $3,$17,$3 # .. U .. .. : + extqh $2,$17,$1 # U .. .. .. : U U L L bis $3,$1,$1 # .. .. .. E : - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) # .. .. L .. : - addq $7,8,$7 # .. E .. .. : + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) # .. .. L .. : + addq $17,8,$17 # .. E .. .. : subq $0,8,$0 # E .. .. .. : U L L U - addq $6,8,$6 # .. .. .. E : + addq $16,8,$16 # .. .. .. E : bis $2,$2,$3 # .. .. E .. : nop # .. E .. .. : bne $4,$misquad # U .. .. .. : U L U L @@ -125,8 +111,8 @@ $misquad: beq $0,$zerolength # U .. .. .. : U L U L /* We know we have at least one trip through the byte loop */ - EXI ( ldbu $2,0($7) ) # .. .. .. L : No loads in the same quad - addq $6,1,$6 # .. .. E .. : as the store (Section 3.8 in CWG) + EXI ( ldbu $2,0($17) ) # .. .. .. L : No loads in the same quad + addq $16,1,$16 # .. .. E .. : as the store (Section 3.8 in CWG) nop # .. E .. .. : br $31, $dirtyentry # L0 .. .. .. : L U U L /* Do the trailing byte loop load, then hop into the store part of the loop */ @@ -136,8 +122,8 @@ $misquad: * Based upon the usage context, it's worth the effort to unroll this loop * $0 - number of bytes to be moved * $4 - number of bytes to move as quadwords - * $6 is current destination address - * $7 is current source address + * $16 is current destination address + * $17 is current source address */ $quadaligned: subq $4, 32, $2 # .. .. .. E : do not unroll for small stuff @@ -155,29 +141,29 @@ $quadaligned: * instruction memory hint instruction). */ $unroll4: - EXI( ldq $1,0($7) ) # .. .. .. L - EXI( ldq $2,8($7) ) # .. .. L .. + EXI( ldq $1,0($17) ) # .. .. .. L + EXI( ldq $2,8($17) ) # .. .. L .. subq $4,32,$4 # .. E .. .. nop # E .. .. .. : U U L L - addq $7,16,$7 # .. .. .. E - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) # .. .. L .. - EXO( stq $2,8($6) ) # .. L .. .. + addq $17,16,$17 # .. .. .. E + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) # .. .. L .. + EXO( stq $2,8($16) ) # .. L .. .. subq $0,16,$0 # E .. .. .. : U L L U - addq $6,16,$6 # .. .. .. E - EXI( ldq $1,0($7) ) # .. .. L .. - EXI( ldq $2,8($7) ) # .. L .. .. + addq $16,16,$16 # .. .. .. E + EXI( ldq $1,0($17) ) # .. .. L .. + EXI( ldq $2,8($17) ) # .. L .. .. subq $4, 32, $3 # E .. .. .. : U U L L : is there enough for another trip? - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) # .. .. .. L - EXO( stq $2,8($6) ) # .. .. L .. + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) # .. .. .. L + EXO( stq $2,8($16) ) # .. .. L .. subq $0,16,$0 # .. E .. .. - addq $7,16,$7 # E .. .. .. : U L L U + addq $17,16,$17 # E .. .. .. : U L L U nop # .. .. .. E nop # .. .. E .. - addq $6,16,$6 # .. E .. .. + addq $16,16,$16 # .. E .. .. bgt $3,$unroll4 # U .. .. .. : U L U L nop @@ -186,14 +172,14 @@ $unroll4: beq $4, $noquads $onequad: - EXI( ldq $1,0($7) ) + EXI( ldq $1,0($17) ) subq $4,8,$4 - addq $7,8,$7 + addq $17,8,$17 nop - EXO( stq $1,0($6) ) + EXO( stq $1,0($16) ) subq $0,8,$0 - addq $6,8,$6 + addq $16,8,$16 bne $4,$onequad $noquads: @@ -207,23 +193,23 @@ $noquads: * There's no point in doing a lot of complex alignment calculations to try to * to quadword stuff for a small amount of data. * $0 - remaining number of bytes left to copy - * $6 - current dest addr - * $7 - current source addr + * $16 - current dest addr + * $17 - current source addr */ $onebyteloop: - EXI ( ldbu $2,0($7) ) # .. .. .. L : No loads in the same quad - addq $6,1,$6 # .. .. E .. : as the store (Section 3.8 in CWG) + EXI ( ldbu $2,0($17) ) # .. .. .. L : No loads in the same quad + addq $16,1,$16 # .. .. E .. : as the store (Section 3.8 in CWG) nop # .. E .. .. : nop # E .. .. .. : U L U L $dirtyentry: /* - * the -1 is to compensate for the inc($6) done in a previous quadpack + * the -1 is to compensate for the inc($16) done in a previous quadpack * which allows us zero dependencies within either quadpack in the loop */ - EXO ( stb $2,-1($6) ) # .. .. .. L : - addq $7,1,$7 # .. .. E .. : quadpack as the load + EXO ( stb $2,-1($16) ) # .. .. .. L : + addq $17,1,$17 # .. .. E .. : quadpack as the load subq $0,1,$0 # .. E .. .. : change count _after_ copy bgt $0,$onebyteloop # U .. .. .. : U L U L @@ -233,7 +219,7 @@ $exitout: # Destination for exception recovery(?) nop # .. .. .. E nop # .. .. E .. nop # .. E .. .. - ret $31,($28),1 # L0 .. .. .. : L U L U + ret $31,($26),1 # L0 .. .. .. : L U L U .end __copy_user EXPORT_SYMBOL(__copy_user) diff --git a/arch/arc/Kconfig b/arch/arc/Kconfig index c9f30f4763abce5ca1ffda1817e87bb5de410861..5d7fb3e7cb97159012d49e6cee745ada293949a6 100644 --- a/arch/arc/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arc/Kconfig @@ -406,6 +406,14 @@ config ARC_HAS_DIV_REM bool "Insn: div, divu, rem, remu" default y +config ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS + bool "Reg Pair ACCL:ACCH (FPU and/or MPY > 6)" + default n + help + Depending on the configuration, CPU can contain accumulator reg-pair + (also referred to as r58:r59). These can also be used by gcc as GPR so + kernel needs to save/restore per process + endif # ISA_ARCV2 endmenu # "ARC CPU Configuration" diff --git a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton.dtsi b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton.dtsi index 65808fe0a290be15ded0903ad347540d0f35a52e..2891cb266cf0b5f855e4d89bcfa8aef194bd483f 100644 --- a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton.dtsi +++ b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton.dtsi @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ device_type = "cpu"; compatible = "snps,arc770d"; reg = <0>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs.dtsi b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs.dtsi index 2dfe8037dfbb34ac680597619ecef27319bed1a2..5e944d3e5b74f61387b1f285e6837f96f5f66127 100644 --- a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs.dtsi +++ b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs.dtsi @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ device_type = "cpu"; compatible = "snps,archs38"; reg = <0>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs_idu.dtsi b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs_idu.dtsi index 4c11079f3565a3decc7f6401a92950df16565411..54b277d7dea0e4594245aa50df0a3276a85a9916 100644 --- a/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs_idu.dtsi +++ b/arch/arc/boot/dts/skeleton_hs_idu.dtsi @@ -19,8 +19,27 @@ cpu@0 { device_type = "cpu"; - compatible = "snps,archs38xN"; + compatible = "snps,archs38"; reg = <0>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; + }; + cpu@1 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "snps,archs38"; + reg = <1>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; + }; + cpu@2 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "snps,archs38"; + reg = <2>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; + }; + cpu@3 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "snps,archs38"; + reg = <3>; + clocks = <&core_clk>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arc/boot/dts/vdk_axs10x_mb.dtsi b/arch/arc/boot/dts/vdk_axs10x_mb.dtsi index f0df59b23e21e473c6f2987593c1f7ccd9cc5958..459fc656b759aee977c560dcbbc996c6deed0cd3 100644 --- a/arch/arc/boot/dts/vdk_axs10x_mb.dtsi +++ b/arch/arc/boot/dts/vdk_axs10x_mb.dtsi @@ -112,13 +112,19 @@ interrupts = <7>; bus-width = <4>; }; + }; - /* Embedded Vision subsystem UIO mappings; only relevant for EV VDK */ - uio_ev: uio@0xD0000000 { - compatible = "generic-uio"; - reg = <0xD0000000 0x2000 0xD1000000 0x2000 0x90000000 0x10000000 0xC0000000 0x10000000>; - reg-names = "ev_gsa", "ev_ctrl", "ev_shared_mem", "ev_code_mem"; - interrupts = <23>; - }; + /* + * Embedded Vision subsystem UIO mappings; only relevant for EV VDK + * + * This node is intentionally put outside of MB above becase + * it maps areas outside of MB's 0xEz-0xFz. + */ + uio_ev: uio@0xD0000000 { + compatible = "generic-uio"; + reg = <0xD0000000 0x2000 0xD1000000 0x2000 0x90000000 0x10000000 0xC0000000 0x10000000>; + reg-names = "ev_gsa", "ev_ctrl", "ev_shared_mem", "ev_code_mem"; + interrupt-parent = <&mb_intc>; + interrupts = <23>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/Kbuild b/arch/arc/include/asm/Kbuild index 63a04013d05a595ffa5e52d0237690aa85a41bb5..7bee4e4799fdfc81f12ca04b88a2dfffb8272a18 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/Kbuild +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/Kbuild @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ generic-y += device.h generic-y += div64.h generic-y += emergency-restart.h generic-y += errno.h +generic-y += extable.h generic-y += fb.h generic-y += fcntl.h generic-y += ftrace.h diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/atomic.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/atomic.h index b65930a4958959fb65891ac375a7637a0e5cb146..54b54da6384c197a93848e05ef292c224f5c0f91 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/atomic.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/atomic.h @@ -17,10 +17,11 @@ #include #include +#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) { (i) } + #ifndef CONFIG_ARC_PLAT_EZNPS #define atomic_read(v) READ_ONCE((v)->counter) -#define ATOMIC_INIT(i) { (i) } #ifdef CONFIG_ARC_HAS_LLSC diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/entry-arcv2.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/entry-arcv2.h index aee1a77934cf694e37ae579347a37bc167e43762..ac85380d14a4bb364bb9077e8c8b329f862845b8 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/entry-arcv2.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/entry-arcv2.h @@ -16,6 +16,11 @@ ; ; Now manually save: r12, sp, fp, gp, r25 +#ifdef CONFIG_ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS + PUSH r59 + PUSH r58 +#endif + PUSH r30 PUSH r12 @@ -75,6 +80,11 @@ POP r12 POP r30 +#ifdef CONFIG_ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS + POP r58 + POP r59 +#endif + .endm /*------------------------------------------------------------------------*/ diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/hugepage.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/hugepage.h index 317ff773e1ca5f4de6e7ab03dc1c9f184426a2d2..b18fcb6069082220b00790fbe6f7008d9d7aa570 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/hugepage.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/hugepage.h @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ #define _ASM_ARC_HUGEPAGE_H #include +#define __ARCH_USE_5LEVEL_HACK #include static inline pte_t pmd_pte(pmd_t pmd) diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/kprobes.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/kprobes.h index 00bdbe167615ec2d97c7bccec66595217741cd83..2e52d18e6bc7ee3661d055c2ae6d98806478bb50 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/kprobes.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/kprobes.h @@ -54,9 +54,7 @@ int kprobe_fault_handler(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned long cause); void kretprobe_trampoline(void); void trap_is_kprobe(unsigned long address, struct pt_regs *regs); #else -static void trap_is_kprobe(unsigned long address, struct pt_regs *regs) -{ -} +#define trap_is_kprobe(address, regs) #endif /* CONFIG_KPROBES */ #endif /* _ARC_KPROBES_H */ diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/pgtable.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/pgtable.h index e94ca72b974e7c7b31c2d631cb773ab3ad707b8d..ee22d40afef43b37dec7d93f0f1ee87060607f93 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/pgtable.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/pgtable.h @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ #include #include +#define __ARCH_USE_5LEVEL_HACK #include #include diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/ptrace.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/ptrace.h index 47111d565a959d117ab9e2c7c9eea3b852137971..5297faa8a37803fd702da4270a7e23f5d6ba4f2b 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/ptrace.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/ptrace.h @@ -86,6 +86,10 @@ struct pt_regs { unsigned long r12, r30; +#ifdef CONFIG_ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS + unsigned long r58, r59; /* ACCL/ACCH used by FPU / DSP MPY */ +#endif + /*------- Below list auto saved by h/w -----------*/ unsigned long r0, r1, r2, r3, r4, r5, r6, r7, r8, r9, r10, r11; diff --git a/arch/arc/include/asm/uaccess.h b/arch/arc/include/asm/uaccess.h index 41faf17cd28d2ced7461f4e6860d2456fb49f8ae..f35974ee7264a1e13c3fb82b19dc2cc84b9fcc99 100644 --- a/arch/arc/include/asm/uaccess.h +++ b/arch/arc/include/asm/uaccess.h @@ -24,12 +24,10 @@ #ifndef _ASM_ARC_UACCESS_H #define _ASM_ARC_UACCESS_H -#include -#include #include /* for generic string functions */ -#define __kernel_ok (segment_eq(get_fs(), KERNEL_DS)) +#define __kernel_ok (uaccess_kernel()) /* * Algorithmically, for __user_ok() we want do: @@ -170,7 +168,7 @@ static inline unsigned long -__arc_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) +raw_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) { long res = 0; char val; @@ -396,11 +394,8 @@ __arc_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) return res; } -extern unsigned long slowpath_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, - unsigned long n); - static inline unsigned long -__arc_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) +raw_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) { long res = 0; char val; @@ -726,24 +721,20 @@ static inline long __arc_strnlen_user(const char __user *s, long n) } #ifndef CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE -#define __copy_from_user(t, f, n) __arc_copy_from_user(t, f, n) -#define __copy_to_user(t, f, n) __arc_copy_to_user(t, f, n) + +#define INLINE_COPY_TO_USER +#define INLINE_COPY_FROM_USER + #define __clear_user(d, n) __arc_clear_user(d, n) #define __strncpy_from_user(d, s, n) __arc_strncpy_from_user(d, s, n) #define __strnlen_user(s, n) __arc_strnlen_user(s, n) #else -extern long arc_copy_from_user_noinline(void *to, const void __user * from, - unsigned long n); -extern long arc_copy_to_user_noinline(void __user *to, const void *from, - unsigned long n); extern unsigned long arc_clear_user_noinline(void __user *to, unsigned long n); extern long arc_strncpy_from_user_noinline (char *dst, const char __user *src, long count); extern long arc_strnlen_user_noinline(const char __user *src, long n); -#define __copy_from_user(t, f, n) arc_copy_from_user_noinline(t, f, n) -#define __copy_to_user(t, f, n) arc_copy_to_user_noinline(t, f, n) #define __clear_user(d, n) arc_clear_user_noinline(d, n) #define __strncpy_from_user(d, s, n) arc_strncpy_from_user_noinline(d, s, n) #define __strnlen_user(s, n) arc_strnlen_user_noinline(s, n) @@ -752,6 +743,4 @@ extern long arc_strnlen_user_noinline(const char __user *src, long n); #include -extern int fixup_exception(struct pt_regs *regs); - #endif diff --git a/arch/arc/kernel/entry-arcv2.S b/arch/arc/kernel/entry-arcv2.S index 2585632eaa6891d511252e1aee7cce4114725533..cc558a25b8fa690d1c72afed97f80161e4167db6 100644 --- a/arch/arc/kernel/entry-arcv2.S +++ b/arch/arc/kernel/entry-arcv2.S @@ -100,15 +100,21 @@ END(handle_interrupt) ;################### Non TLB Exception Handling ############################# ENTRY(EV_SWI) - flag 1 + ; TODO: implement this + EXCEPTION_PROLOGUE + b ret_from_exception END(EV_SWI) ENTRY(EV_DivZero) - flag 1 + ; TODO: implement this + EXCEPTION_PROLOGUE + b ret_from_exception END(EV_DivZero) ENTRY(EV_DCError) - flag 1 + ; TODO: implement this + EXCEPTION_PROLOGUE + b ret_from_exception END(EV_DCError) ; --------------------------------------------- diff --git a/arch/arc/kernel/setup.c b/arch/arc/kernel/setup.c index 3093fa898a236a1b6ae18757bbaf3f954c49dc26..fc8211f338ad33cab4036a09693cb77e1ea62a98 100644 --- a/arch/arc/kernel/setup.c +++ b/arch/arc/kernel/setup.c @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -318,7 +319,8 @@ static char *arc_extn_mumbojumbo(int cpu_id, char *buf, int len) static void arc_chk_core_config(void) { struct cpuinfo_arc *cpu = &cpuinfo_arc700[smp_processor_id()]; - int fpu_enabled; + int saved = 0, present = 0; + char *opt_nm = NULL;; if (!cpu->extn.timer0) panic("Timer0 is not present!\n"); @@ -345,17 +347,28 @@ static void arc_chk_core_config(void) /* * FP hardware/software config sanity - * -If hardware contains DPFP, kernel needs to save/restore FPU state + * -If hardware present, kernel needs to save/restore FPU state * -If not, it will crash trying to save/restore the non-existant regs - * - * (only DPDP checked since SP has no arch visible regs) */ - fpu_enabled = IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARC_FPU_SAVE_RESTORE); - if (cpu->extn.fpu_dp && !fpu_enabled) - pr_warn("CONFIG_ARC_FPU_SAVE_RESTORE needed for working apps\n"); - else if (!cpu->extn.fpu_dp && fpu_enabled) - panic("FPU non-existent, disable CONFIG_ARC_FPU_SAVE_RESTORE\n"); + if (is_isa_arcompact()) { + opt_nm = "CONFIG_ARC_FPU_SAVE_RESTORE"; + saved = IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARC_FPU_SAVE_RESTORE); + + /* only DPDP checked since SP has no arch visible regs */ + present = cpu->extn.fpu_dp; + } else { + opt_nm = "CONFIG_ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS"; + saved = IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARC_HAS_ACCL_REGS); + + /* Accumulator Low:High pair (r58:59) present if DSP MPY or FPU */ + present = cpu->extn_mpy.dsp | cpu->extn.fpu_sp | cpu->extn.fpu_dp; + } + + if (present && !saved) + pr_warn("Enable %s for working apps\n", opt_nm); + else if (!present && saved) + panic("Disable %s, hardware NOT present\n", opt_nm); } /* @@ -488,8 +501,9 @@ static int show_cpuinfo(struct seq_file *m, void *v) { char *str; int cpu_id = ptr_to_cpu(v); - struct device_node *core_clk = of_find_node_by_name(NULL, "core_clk"); - u32 freq = 0; + struct device *cpu_dev = get_cpu_device(cpu_id); + struct clk *cpu_clk; + unsigned long freq = 0; if (!cpu_online(cpu_id)) { seq_printf(m, "processor [%d]\t: Offline\n", cpu_id); @@ -502,9 +516,15 @@ static int show_cpuinfo(struct seq_file *m, void *v) seq_printf(m, arc_cpu_mumbojumbo(cpu_id, str, PAGE_SIZE)); - of_property_read_u32(core_clk, "clock-frequency", &freq); + cpu_clk = clk_get(cpu_dev, NULL); + if (IS_ERR(cpu_clk)) { + seq_printf(m, "CPU speed \t: Cannot get clock for processor [%d]\n", + cpu_id); + } else { + freq = clk_get_rate(cpu_clk); + } if (freq) - seq_printf(m, "CPU speed\t: %u.%02u Mhz\n", + seq_printf(m, "CPU speed\t: %lu.%02lu Mhz\n", freq / 1000000, (freq / 10000) % 100); seq_printf(m, "Bogo MIPS\t: %lu.%02lu\n", diff --git a/arch/arc/mm/cache.c b/arch/arc/mm/cache.c index d408fa21a07c9937a0e2956a6e12a7895ffef684..928562967f3cd02fee4a5de34e687d442d64a4e0 100644 --- a/arch/arc/mm/cache.c +++ b/arch/arc/mm/cache.c @@ -633,6 +633,9 @@ noinline static void slc_entire_op(const int op) write_aux_reg(ARC_REG_SLC_INVALIDATE, 1); + /* Make sure "busy" bit reports correct stataus, see STAR 9001165532 */ + read_aux_reg(r); + /* Important to wait for flush to complete */ while (read_aux_reg(r) & SLC_CTRL_BUSY); } diff --git a/arch/arc/mm/extable.c b/arch/arc/mm/extable.c index c86906b41bfe75c155755112059007e618f02464..72125a34e78046d73f755891bd1d1629fd4d823c 100644 --- a/arch/arc/mm/extable.c +++ b/arch/arc/mm/extable.c @@ -28,20 +28,6 @@ int fixup_exception(struct pt_regs *regs) #ifdef CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE -long arc_copy_from_user_noinline(void *to, const void __user *from, - unsigned long n) -{ - return __arc_copy_from_user(to, from, n); -} -EXPORT_SYMBOL(arc_copy_from_user_noinline); - -long arc_copy_to_user_noinline(void __user *to, const void *from, - unsigned long n) -{ - return __arc_copy_to_user(to, from, n); -} -EXPORT_SYMBOL(arc_copy_to_user_noinline); - unsigned long arc_clear_user_noinline(void __user *to, unsigned long n) { diff --git a/arch/arm/Kconfig b/arch/arm/Kconfig index 0d4e71b42c77da986a2dc471a1f335be5e958527..8a7ab5e73af9ff95c2dd1f58889804b5940e8f22 100644 --- a/arch/arm/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/Kconfig @@ -41,7 +41,6 @@ config ARM select HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND select HAVE_ARCH_AUDITSYSCALL if (AEABI && !OABI_COMPAT) select HAVE_ARCH_BITREVERSE if (CPU_32v7M || CPU_32v7) && !CPU_32v6 - select HAVE_ARCH_HARDENED_USERCOPY select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL if !XIP_KERNEL && !CPU_ENDIAN_BE32 && MMU select HAVE_ARCH_KGDB if !CPU_ENDIAN_BE32 && MMU select HAVE_ARCH_MMAP_RND_BITS if MMU diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-baltos.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-baltos.dtsi index efb5eae290a8b7437b95206fa9f69ae4ccecab44..d42b98f15e8b97aaa5956047b51bd1d4a8d610ed 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-baltos.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-baltos.dtsi @@ -371,6 +371,8 @@ phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { reg = <7>; + eee-broken-100tx; + eee-broken-1000t; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-evmsk.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-evmsk.dts index 9e43c443738a8acedd2c0e160a5b6ddc9e0f6c39..9ba4b18c0cb21711dcd8ef60648a0916914819e7 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-evmsk.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-evmsk.dts @@ -672,6 +672,7 @@ ti,non-removable; bus-width = <4>; cap-power-off-card; + keep-power-in-suspend; pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&mmc2_pins>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-pcm-953.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-pcm-953.dtsi index 02981eae96b99413f28ddb76cdcc90c810c5ae37..1ec8e0d801912fbb080b7f3ff880d017f60bf320 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-pcm-953.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am335x-pcm-953.dtsi @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ label = "home"; linux,code = ; gpios = <&gpio3 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - gpio-key,wakeup; + wakeup-source; }; button@1 { label = "menu"; linux,code = ; gpios = <&gpio3 8 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; - gpio-key,wakeup; + wakeup-source; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am57xx-idk-common.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am57xx-idk-common.dtsi index 0d341c545b010fb810b890166eae3aa7967313ea..e5ac1d81d15c9e482ab06b41830e5230a0187e69 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/am57xx-idk-common.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/am57xx-idk-common.dtsi @@ -315,6 +315,13 @@ /* ID & VBUS GPIOs provided in board dts */ }; }; + + tpic2810: tpic2810@60 { + compatible = "ti,tpic2810"; + reg = <0x60>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + }; }; &mcspi3 { @@ -330,13 +337,6 @@ spi-max-frequency = <1000000>; spi-cpol; }; - - tpic2810: tpic2810@60 { - compatible = "ti,tpic2810"; - reg = <0x60>; - gpio-controller; - #gpio-cells = <2>; - }; }; &uart3 { diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g4.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g4.dtsi index 0b4932cc02a8d8bb66165e40c11113647b92633f..c79c937b0a8aab92f2227deb8bf2d756542b57e8 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g4.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g4.dtsi @@ -42,18 +42,16 @@ }; mac0: ethernet@1e660000 { - compatible = "faraday,ftgmac100"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2400-mac", "faraday,ftgmac100"; reg = <0x1e660000 0x180>; interrupts = <2>; - no-hw-checksum; status = "disabled"; }; mac1: ethernet@1e680000 { - compatible = "faraday,ftgmac100"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2400-mac", "faraday,ftgmac100"; reg = <0x1e680000 0x180>; interrupts = <3>; - no-hw-checksum; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g5.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g5.dtsi index b664fe380936390a6f1ecdee49f157763e858513..b6596633036cd3a66c29e0c4c28663980fa7c200 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g5.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/aspeed-g5.dtsi @@ -33,18 +33,16 @@ }; mac0: ethernet@1e660000 { - compatible = "faraday,ftgmac100"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-mac", "faraday,ftgmac100"; reg = <0x1e660000 0x180>; interrupts = <2>; - no-hw-checksum; status = "disabled"; }; mac1: ethernet@1e680000 { - compatible = "faraday,ftgmac100"; + compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-mac", "faraday,ftgmac100"; reg = <0x1e680000 0x180>; interrupts = <3>; - no-hw-checksum; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm5301x.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm5301x.dtsi index 4fbb089cf5ad3c1f96a15f504ee433ff06b724df..00de62dc0042f1445851d1cb84c2cbea3e28d25f 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm5301x.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm5301x.dtsi @@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ timer@20200 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-global-timer"; reg = <0x20200 0x100>; - interrupts = ; + interrupts = ; clocks = <&periph_clk>; }; local-timer@20600 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-twd-timer"; reg = <0x20600 0x100>; - interrupts = ; + interrupts = ; clocks = <&periph_clk>; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm953012k.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm953012k.dts index bfd923096a8c1f5487b4bed2302ee8c784c395c7..ae31a5826e918ec58fc1948df0f9998664b7064f 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm953012k.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm953012k.dts @@ -48,15 +48,14 @@ }; memory { - reg = <0x00000000 0x10000000>; + reg = <0x80000000 0x10000000>; }; }; &uart0 { - clock-frequency = <62499840>; + status = "okay"; }; &uart1 { - clock-frequency = <62499840>; status = "okay"; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958522er.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958522er.dts index 3f04a40eb90cc904afb27fb71603270a8d8e1bea..df05e7f568af3e36bb2aa703d39fdbec37a6cece 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958522er.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958522er.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525er.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525er.dts index 9fd542200d3d52229e1a0651330a5ef48b2ee8a9..4a3ab19c62819fb8c57d9ccf406100b64b15c598 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525er.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525er.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525xmc.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525xmc.dts index 41e7fd350fcd1bbf6c36008c5f1e1c179679ffe0..81f78435d8c76cca38cb777d86e139c7d3751151 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525xmc.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958525xmc.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 31 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958622hr.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958622hr.dts index 477c4860db52236fa12a70aef2235c302f4a2a45..c88b8fefcb2f13e3c9bd98321948c8988d8e428d 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958622hr.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958622hr.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958623hr.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958623hr.dts index c0a499d5ba447d5503d6655541461dddb9f35317..d503fa0dde310ff7597aeb7d3bfc757bcca32291 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958623hr.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958623hr.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958625hr.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958625hr.dts index f7eb5854a224486adbe98a33da6a4ae59b17a90a..cc0363b843c1a0ae777efa40a6f2e25b34cf1f4c 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958625hr.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm958625hr.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm988312hr.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm988312hr.dts index 16666324fda8b5b901af538423ad302d13b9f98d..74e15a3cd9f8efb6a65238054824ba7e22df0bc2 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm988312hr.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/bcm988312hr.dts @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ gpio-restart { compatible = "gpio-restart"; gpios = <&gpioa 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + open-source; priority = <200>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7.dtsi index 2c9e56f4aac53aa74c206b2cbb3622965d7ab792..bbfb9d5a70a98116d303844a91c6a65dd42cfb39 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/dra7.dtsi @@ -283,6 +283,7 @@ device_type = "pci"; ranges = <0x81000000 0 0 0x03000 0 0x00010000 0x82000000 0 0x20013000 0x13000 0 0xffed000>; + bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; #interrupt-cells = <1>; num-lanes = <1>; linux,pci-domain = <0>; @@ -319,6 +320,7 @@ device_type = "pci"; ranges = <0x81000000 0 0 0x03000 0 0x00010000 0x82000000 0 0x30013000 0x13000 0 0xffed000>; + bus-range = <0x00 0xff>; #interrupt-cells = <1>; num-lanes = <1>; linux,pci-domain = <1>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-udoo-neo.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-udoo-neo.dtsi index 49f466fe0b1dc2eecdaca3e6638dd80a12029bcd..dcfc9759143375decd12bea87ad5e7547837f3bd 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-udoo-neo.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/imx6sx-udoo-neo.dtsi @@ -121,11 +121,6 @@ }; }; -&cpu0 { - arm-supply = <&sw1a_reg>; - soc-supply = <&sw1c_reg>; -}; - &fec1 { pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_enet1>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/logicpd-torpedo-som.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/logicpd-torpedo-som.dtsi index 8f9a69ca818cecb759e71c1b6b97e4073c3e22e4..efe53998c961244fc0cd1ff32a5e53c885b6322f 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/logicpd-torpedo-som.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/logicpd-torpedo-som.dtsi @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ &i2c3 { clock-frequency = <400000>; at24@50 { - compatible = "at24,24c02"; + compatible = "atmel,24c64"; readonly; reg = <0x50>; }; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk1108.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk1108.dtsi index d6194bff7afe6e4c85f299918e99f7320a91adf7..6c8fc19d0ecdfb0cd477394f0d2166537d056868 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk1108.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk1108.dtsi @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ }; pinctrl: pinctrl { - compatible = "rockchip,rk1108-pinctrl"; + compatible = "rockchip,rv1108-pinctrl"; rockchip,grf = <&grf>; rockchip,pmu = <&pmugrf>; #address-cells = <1>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk3188.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk3188.dtsi index cf91254d0a432aa39e73b16b0339a772a35277f5..1aff4ad22fc41260f446ef54e1811d2f5828ec49 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk3188.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk3188.dtsi @@ -106,6 +106,22 @@ }; }; + timer3: timer@2000e000 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3188-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer"; + reg = <0x2000e000 0x20>; + interrupts = ; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_TIMER3>, <&cru PCLK_TIMER3>; + clock-names = "timer", "pclk"; + }; + + timer6: timer@200380a0 { + compatible = "rockchip,rk3188-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer"; + reg = <0x200380a0 0x20>; + interrupts = ; + clocks = <&cru SCLK_TIMER6>, <&cru PCLK_TIMER0>; + clock-names = "timer", "pclk"; + }; + i2s0: i2s@1011a000 { compatible = "rockchip,rk3188-i2s", "rockchip,rk3066-i2s"; reg = <0x1011a000 0x2000>; @@ -530,6 +546,7 @@ &global_timer { interrupts = ; + status = "disabled"; }; &local_timer { diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk322x.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk322x.dtsi index 9dff8221112c24287133c5af851a46dae1f36277..641607d9ad296156761836ba28a7858b313d7394 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk322x.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/rk322x.dtsi @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ }; timer: timer@110c0000 { - compatible = "rockchip,rk3288-timer"; + compatible = "rockchip,rk3228-timer", "rockchip,rk3288-timer"; reg = <0x110c0000 0x20>; interrupts = ; clocks = <&xin24m>, <&cru PCLK_TIMER>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sama5d2.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sama5d2.dtsi index 22332be7214032fd3ba710def036168f3f9c2b3c..528b4e9c6d3d30928d363ffc6cf1d8d2275a8ce7 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sama5d2.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sama5d2.dtsi @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ }; usb1: ohci@00400000 { - compatible = "atmel,sama5d2-ohci", "usb-ohci"; + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci", "usb-ohci"; reg = <0x00400000 0x100000>; interrupts = <41 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 2>; clocks = <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhphs_clk>, <&uhpck>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-dbx5x0.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-dbx5x0.dtsi index 82d8c477129359952b0ae499a2fdefca9393bdf4..6c5affe2d0f556eab1d3415718bd5e8fcf36842a 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-dbx5x0.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-dbx5x0.dtsi @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include "skeleton.dtsi" / { @@ -603,6 +604,11 @@ interrupt-controller; #interrupt-cells = <2>; + ab8500_clock: clock-controller { + compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-clk"; + #clock-cells = <1>; + }; + ab8500_gpio: ab8500-gpio { compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-gpio"; gpio-controller; @@ -686,6 +692,8 @@ ab8500-pwm { compatible = "stericsson,ab8500-pwm"; + clocks = <&ab8500_clock AB8500_SYSCLK_INT>; + clock-names = "intclk"; }; ab8500-debugfs { @@ -700,6 +708,9 @@ V-AMIC2-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_anamic2_reg>; V-DMIC-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_dmic_reg>; + clocks = <&ab8500_clock AB8500_SYSCLK_AUDIO>; + clock-names = "audioclk"; + stericsson,earpeice-cmv = <950>; /* Units in mV. */ }; @@ -1095,6 +1106,14 @@ status = "disabled"; }; + sound { + compatible = "stericsson,snd-soc-mop500"; + stericsson,cpu-dai = <&msp1 &msp3>; + stericsson,audio-codec = <&codec>; + clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_SYSCLK>, <&ab8500_clock AB8500_SYSCLK_ULP>, <&ab8500_clock AB8500_SYSCLK_INT>; + clock-names = "sysclk", "ulpclk", "intclk"; + }; + msp0: msp@80123000 { compatible = "stericsson,ux500-msp-i2s"; reg = <0x80123000 0x1000>; @@ -1170,11 +1189,6 @@ status = "disabled"; }; - cpufreq-cooling { - compatible = "stericsson,db8500-cpufreq-cooling"; - status = "disabled"; - }; - mcde@a0350000 { compatible = "stericsson,mcde"; reg = <0xa0350000 0x1000>, /* MCDE */ diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-href.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-href.dtsi index f37f9e10713cc878ce9ee0393aa4b0c6ad239adf..9e359e4f342e76ebd1fbfab57d1f8f427ece2cd7 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-href.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-href.dtsi @@ -186,15 +186,6 @@ status = "okay"; }; - sound { - compatible = "stericsson,snd-soc-mop500"; - - stericsson,cpu-dai = <&msp1 &msp3>; - stericsson,audio-codec = <&codec>; - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_SYSCLK>; - clock-names = "sysclk"; - }; - msp0: msp@80123000 { pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&msp0_default_mode>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-snowball.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-snowball.dts index dd5514def6042470aabea1ee29853d6c713c2691..ade1d0d4e5f45c595f079c251c8b93dbe95742df 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-snowball.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/ste-snowball.dts @@ -159,15 +159,6 @@ "", "", "", "", "", "", "", ""; }; - sound { - compatible = "stericsson,snd-soc-mop500"; - - stericsson,cpu-dai = <&msp1 &msp3>; - stericsson,audio-codec = <&codec>; - clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_SYSCLK>; - clock-names = "sysclk"; - }; - msp0: msp@80123000 { pinctrl-names = "default"; pinctrl-0 = <&msp0_default_mode>; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32746g-eval.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32746g-eval.dts index aa03fac1ec55c002596e12b2b7ebb19009bf97e8..0dc18a0f0940e143c1a299103cf58469c00a32af 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32746g-eval.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32746g-eval.dts @@ -89,6 +89,10 @@ clock-frequency = <25000000>; }; +&crc { + status = "okay"; +}; + &usart1 { pinctrl-0 = <&usart1_pins_a>; pinctrl-names = "default"; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32f746.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32f746.dtsi index f321ffe87144f9354153bd987456957065bfaab8..755fb923c07baec50b555f9ebad962c0db2efa01 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32f746.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/stm32f746.dtsi @@ -289,6 +289,13 @@ }; }; + crc: crc@40023000 { + compatible = "st,stm32f7-crc"; + reg = <0x40023000 0x400>; + clocks = <&rcc 0 12>; + status = "disabled"; + }; + rcc: rcc@40023800 { #clock-cells = <2>; compatible = "st,stm32f42xx-rcc", "st,stm32-rcc"; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-lamobo-r1.dts b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-lamobo-r1.dts index 72ec0d5ae052cda33bc05a0086cd7e34a684184c..bbf1c8cbaac6aa19a6acd946a0230220e4e11417 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-lamobo-r1.dts +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun7i-a20-lamobo-r1.dts @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ reg = <8>; label = "cpu"; ethernet = <&gmac>; - phy-mode = "rgmii"; + phy-mode = "rgmii-txid"; fixed-link { speed = <1000>; full-duplex; diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a23-a33.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a23-a33.dtsi index a952cc0703cc172b3a50ab334b1eec6b44a93df8..8a3ed21cb7bcfcf4785784bcb66d10aafd2081e7 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a23-a33.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a23-a33.dtsi @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ resets = <&ccu RST_BUS_GPU>; assigned-clocks = <&ccu CLK_GPU>; - assigned-clock-rates = <408000000>; + assigned-clock-rates = <384000000>; }; gic: interrupt-controller@01c81000 { diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi index 18c174fef84f512c18145e795276af099d8de07b..306af6cadf26033c6102b61c6a6d7693faba30fe 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-a33.dtsi @@ -66,12 +66,6 @@ opp-microvolt = <1200000>; clock-latency-ns = <244144>; /* 8 32k periods */ }; - - opp@1200000000 { - opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <1200000000>; - opp-microvolt = <1320000>; - clock-latency-ns = <244144>; /* 8 32k periods */ - }; }; cpus { @@ -81,16 +75,22 @@ operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; }; + cpu@1 { + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; + }; + cpu@2 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; device_type = "cpu"; reg = <2>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; }; cpu@3 { compatible = "arm,cortex-a7"; device_type = "cpu"; reg = <3>; + operating-points-v2 = <&cpu0_opp_table>; }; }; @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ simple-audio-card,mclk-fs = <512>; simple-audio-card,aux-devs = <&codec_analog>; simple-audio-card,routing = - "Left DAC", "Digital Left DAC", - "Right DAC", "Digital Right DAC"; + "Left DAC", "AIF1 Slot 0 Left", + "Right DAC", "AIF1 Slot 0 Right"; status = "disabled"; simple-audio-card,cpu { diff --git a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-reference-design-tablet.dtsi b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-reference-design-tablet.dtsi index 7097c18ff487d4851ca5d76d73e018b75aed7cb2..d6bd15898db6d6cc880fe0abb4999712450dc50e 100644 --- a/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-reference-design-tablet.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm/boot/dts/sun8i-reference-design-tablet.dtsi @@ -50,8 +50,6 @@ backlight: backlight { compatible = "pwm-backlight"; - pinctrl-names = "default"; - pinctrl-0 = <&bl_en_pin>; pwms = <&pwm 0 50000 PWM_POLARITY_INVERTED>; brightness-levels = <0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100>; default-brightness-level = <8>; @@ -93,11 +91,6 @@ }; &pio { - bl_en_pin: bl_en_pin@0 { - pins = "PH6"; - function = "gpio_in"; - }; - mmc0_cd_pin: mmc0_cd_pin@0 { pins = "PB4"; function = "gpio_in"; diff --git a/arch/arm/configs/multi_v7_defconfig b/arch/arm/configs/multi_v7_defconfig index a94126fb02c2af5b44dac0948febe57e3997c59a..6aa7be191f1aadee3371254703d2a0dc5c4abc21 100644 --- a/arch/arm/configs/multi_v7_defconfig +++ b/arch/arm/configs/multi_v7_defconfig @@ -748,7 +748,6 @@ CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DEFAULT_ON=y CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TRANSIENT=y CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CAMERA=y CONFIG_EDAC=y -CONFIG_EDAC_MM_EDAC=y CONFIG_EDAC_HIGHBANK_MC=y CONFIG_EDAC_HIGHBANK_L2=y CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y diff --git a/arch/arm/configs/omap2plus_defconfig b/arch/arm/configs/omap2plus_defconfig index f2462a6bdba6e7fcfc8c04815dd763bdcd5b3069..decd388d613d7e1d65c5d194f77fb23061ed37e0 100644 --- a/arch/arm/configs/omap2plus_defconfig +++ b/arch/arm/configs/omap2plus_defconfig @@ -188,6 +188,7 @@ CONFIG_WL12XX=m CONFIG_WL18XX=m CONFIG_WLCORE_SPI=m CONFIG_WLCORE_SDIO=m +CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSEDEV=m CONFIG_INPUT_JOYDEV=m CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV=m CONFIG_KEYBOARD_ATKBD=m diff --git a/arch/arm/configs/pxa_defconfig b/arch/arm/configs/pxa_defconfig index 2aac99fd1c41d264ed45c4a4a7fd68c5236ab9b8..1318f61589dc462370d0c9a6916fb1b707a94e2d 100644 --- a/arch/arm/configs/pxa_defconfig +++ b/arch/arm/configs/pxa_defconfig @@ -635,8 +635,7 @@ CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_GPIO=m CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_DEFAULT_ON=m CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_TRANSIENT=m CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGER_CAMERA=m -CONFIG_EDAC=y -CONFIG_EDAC_MM_EDAC=m +CONFIG_EDAC=m CONFIG_RTC_CLASS=y CONFIG_RTC_DEBUG=y CONFIG_RTC_DRV_DS1307=m diff --git a/arch/arm/configs/stm32_defconfig b/arch/arm/configs/stm32_defconfig index a9d8e3c9b4871fa1dcd9f980d80beb333ef098be..03437f8f9ad132d8cf3686cdb257158bb545d05c 100644 --- a/arch/arm/configs/stm32_defconfig +++ b/arch/arm/configs/stm32_defconfig @@ -75,5 +75,7 @@ CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ=y # CONFIG_SCHED_DEBUG is not set # CONFIG_DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE is not set # CONFIG_FTRACE is not set +CONFIG_CRYPTO=y +CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_STM32=y CONFIG_CRC_ITU_T=y CONFIG_CRC7=y diff --git a/arch/arm/crypto/Kconfig b/arch/arm/crypto/Kconfig index a8fce93137fbddeae96e7f38cfed3b2dbb52e824..b9adedcc5b2e2d58b43be91b803f7ed8a61ed8a4 100644 --- a/arch/arm/crypto/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/crypto/Kconfig @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ config CRYPTO_AES_ARM_BS depends on KERNEL_MODE_NEON select CRYPTO_BLKCIPHER select CRYPTO_SIMD - select CRYPTO_AES_ARM + select CRYPTO_AES help Use a faster and more secure NEON based implementation of AES in CBC, CTR and XTS modes diff --git a/arch/arm/crypto/aes-neonbs-glue.c b/arch/arm/crypto/aes-neonbs-glue.c index 2920b96dbd36a3752929a9c9804d3aa3a012799e..c763779614442c22cbb303b9d095d30d470092ed 100644 --- a/arch/arm/crypto/aes-neonbs-glue.c +++ b/arch/arm/crypto/aes-neonbs-glue.c @@ -42,9 +42,6 @@ asmlinkage void aesbs_xts_encrypt(u8 out[], u8 const in[], u8 const rk[], asmlinkage void aesbs_xts_decrypt(u8 out[], u8 const in[], u8 const rk[], int rounds, int blocks, u8 iv[]); -asmlinkage void __aes_arm_encrypt(const u32 rk[], int rounds, const u8 in[], - u8 out[]); - struct aesbs_ctx { int rounds; u8 rk[13 * (8 * AES_BLOCK_SIZE) + 32] __aligned(AES_BLOCK_SIZE); @@ -52,12 +49,12 @@ struct aesbs_ctx { struct aesbs_cbc_ctx { struct aesbs_ctx key; - u32 enc[AES_MAX_KEYLENGTH_U32]; + struct crypto_cipher *enc_tfm; }; struct aesbs_xts_ctx { struct aesbs_ctx key; - u32 twkey[AES_MAX_KEYLENGTH_U32]; + struct crypto_cipher *tweak_tfm; }; static int aesbs_setkey(struct crypto_skcipher *tfm, const u8 *in_key, @@ -132,20 +129,18 @@ static int aesbs_cbc_setkey(struct crypto_skcipher *tfm, const u8 *in_key, ctx->key.rounds = 6 + key_len / 4; - memcpy(ctx->enc, rk.key_enc, sizeof(ctx->enc)); - kernel_neon_begin(); aesbs_convert_key(ctx->key.rk, rk.key_enc, ctx->key.rounds); kernel_neon_end(); - return 0; + return crypto_cipher_setkey(ctx->enc_tfm, in_key, key_len); } static void cbc_encrypt_one(struct crypto_skcipher *tfm, const u8 *src, u8 *dst) { struct aesbs_cbc_ctx *ctx = crypto_skcipher_ctx(tfm); - __aes_arm_encrypt(ctx->enc, ctx->key.rounds, src, dst); + crypto_cipher_encrypt_one(ctx->enc_tfm, dst, src); } static int cbc_encrypt(struct skcipher_request *req) @@ -181,6 +176,23 @@ static int cbc_decrypt(struct skcipher_request *req) return err; } +static int cbc_init(struct crypto_tfm *tfm) +{ + struct aesbs_cbc_ctx *ctx = crypto_tfm_ctx(tfm); + + ctx->enc_tfm = crypto_alloc_cipher("aes", 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(ctx->enc_tfm)) + return PTR_ERR(ctx->enc_tfm); + return 0; +} + +static void cbc_exit(struct crypto_tfm *tfm) +{ + struct aesbs_cbc_ctx *ctx = crypto_tfm_ctx(tfm); + + crypto_free_cipher(ctx->enc_tfm); +} + static int ctr_encrypt(struct skcipher_request *req) { struct crypto_skcipher *tfm = crypto_skcipher_reqtfm(req); @@ -228,7 +240,6 @@ static int aesbs_xts_setkey(struct crypto_skcipher *tfm, const u8 *in_key, unsigned int key_len) { struct aesbs_xts_ctx *ctx = crypto_skcipher_ctx(tfm); - struct crypto_aes_ctx rk; int err; err = xts_verify_key(tfm, in_key, key_len); @@ -236,15 +247,30 @@ static int aesbs_xts_setkey(struct crypto_skcipher *tfm, const u8 *in_key, return err; key_len /= 2; - err = crypto_aes_expand_key(&rk, in_key + key_len, key_len); + err = crypto_cipher_setkey(ctx->tweak_tfm, in_key + key_len, key_len); if (err) return err; - memcpy(ctx->twkey, rk.key_enc, sizeof(ctx->twkey)); - return aesbs_setkey(tfm, in_key, key_len); } +static int xts_init(struct crypto_tfm *tfm) +{ + struct aesbs_xts_ctx *ctx = crypto_tfm_ctx(tfm); + + ctx->tweak_tfm = crypto_alloc_cipher("aes", 0, 0); + if (IS_ERR(ctx->tweak_tfm)) + return PTR_ERR(ctx->tweak_tfm); + return 0; +} + +static void xts_exit(struct crypto_tfm *tfm) +{ + struct aesbs_xts_ctx *ctx = crypto_tfm_ctx(tfm); + + crypto_free_cipher(ctx->tweak_tfm); +} + static int __xts_crypt(struct skcipher_request *req, void (*fn)(u8 out[], u8 const in[], u8 const rk[], int rounds, int blocks, u8 iv[])) @@ -256,7 +282,7 @@ static int __xts_crypt(struct skcipher_request *req, err = skcipher_walk_virt(&walk, req, true); - __aes_arm_encrypt(ctx->twkey, ctx->key.rounds, walk.iv, walk.iv); + crypto_cipher_encrypt_one(ctx->tweak_tfm, walk.iv, walk.iv); kernel_neon_begin(); while (walk.nbytes >= AES_BLOCK_SIZE) { @@ -309,6 +335,8 @@ static struct skcipher_alg aes_algs[] = { { .base.cra_ctxsize = sizeof(struct aesbs_cbc_ctx), .base.cra_module = THIS_MODULE, .base.cra_flags = CRYPTO_ALG_INTERNAL, + .base.cra_init = cbc_init, + .base.cra_exit = cbc_exit, .min_keysize = AES_MIN_KEY_SIZE, .max_keysize = AES_MAX_KEY_SIZE, @@ -342,6 +370,8 @@ static struct skcipher_alg aes_algs[] = { { .base.cra_ctxsize = sizeof(struct aesbs_xts_ctx), .base.cra_module = THIS_MODULE, .base.cra_flags = CRYPTO_ALG_INTERNAL, + .base.cra_init = xts_init, + .base.cra_exit = xts_exit, .min_keysize = 2 * AES_MIN_KEY_SIZE, .max_keysize = 2 * AES_MAX_KEY_SIZE, @@ -402,5 +432,5 @@ unregister_simds: return err; } -module_init(aes_init); +late_initcall(aes_init); module_exit(aes_exit); diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/Kbuild b/arch/arm/include/asm/Kbuild index b14e8c7d71bda52ed0a22ea516dea7200d2dce31..3a36d99ff8364233d8a7766fa0869951529c8848 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/Kbuild +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/Kbuild @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ generic-y += early_ioremap.h generic-y += emergency-restart.h generic-y += errno.h generic-y += exec.h +generic-y += extable.h generic-y += ioctl.h generic-y += ipcbuf.h generic-y += irq_regs.h diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/efi.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/efi.h index e4e6a9d6a825274cc9d4f9706f44f783c9514660..17f1f1a814ff60968fdff9a18005c4448bc66690 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/efi.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/efi.h @@ -85,6 +85,18 @@ static inline void efifb_setup_from_dmi(struct screen_info *si, const char *opt) */ #define ZIMAGE_OFFSET_LIMIT SZ_128M #define MIN_ZIMAGE_OFFSET MAX_UNCOMP_KERNEL_SIZE -#define MAX_FDT_OFFSET ZIMAGE_OFFSET_LIMIT + +/* on ARM, the FDT should be located in the first 128 MB of RAM */ +static inline unsigned long efi_get_max_fdt_addr(unsigned long dram_base) +{ + return dram_base + ZIMAGE_OFFSET_LIMIT; +} + +/* on ARM, the initrd should be loaded in a lowmem region */ +static inline unsigned long efi_get_max_initrd_addr(unsigned long dram_base, + unsigned long image_addr) +{ + return dram_base + SZ_512M; +} #endif /* _ASM_ARM_EFI_H */ diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_arm.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_arm.h index e22089fb44dc86b7ed2fdb175bc6ec7b47ee4001..a3f0b3d500895b349004921b5f1b9435a45a0f5b 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_arm.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_arm.h @@ -209,6 +209,7 @@ #define HSR_EC_IABT_HYP (0x21) #define HSR_EC_DABT (0x24) #define HSR_EC_DABT_HYP (0x25) +#define HSR_EC_MAX (0x3f) #define HSR_WFI_IS_WFE (_AC(1, UL) << 0) diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_host.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_host.h index cc495d799c67643c58e136249197a06736299339..31ee468ce667dee8a219f775f1106714879088c2 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_host.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/kvm_host.h @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ #define __KVM_HAVE_ARCH_INTC_INITIALIZED #define KVM_USER_MEM_SLOTS 32 -#define KVM_PRIVATE_MEM_SLOTS 4 #define KVM_COALESCED_MMIO_PAGE_OFFSET 1 #define KVM_HAVE_ONE_REG #define KVM_HALT_POLL_NS_DEFAULT 500000 diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/pgtable.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/pgtable.h index a8d656d9aec715f5ddcea1295c54923b82c49be9..1c462381c225eea31346ec4f19145e3fd449caab 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/pgtable.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/pgtable.h @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ #else +#define __ARCH_USE_5LEVEL_HACK #include #include #include diff --git a/arch/arm/include/asm/uaccess.h b/arch/arm/include/asm/uaccess.h index b7e0125c0bbf2014a447800a383426b62d5147b8..2577405d082dab01004f13adee7a91398942d399 100644 --- a/arch/arm/include/asm/uaccess.h +++ b/arch/arm/include/asm/uaccess.h @@ -12,8 +12,6 @@ * User space memory access functions */ #include -#include -#include #include #include #include @@ -26,28 +24,7 @@ #define __put_user_unaligned __put_user #endif -#define VERIFY_READ 0 -#define VERIFY_WRITE 1 - -/* - * The exception table consists of pairs of addresses: the first is the - * address of an instruction that is allowed to fault, and the second is - * the address at which the program should continue. No registers are - * modified, so it is entirely up to the continuation code to figure out - * what to do. - * - * All the routines below use bits of fixup code that are out of line - * with the main instruction path. This means when everything is well, - * we don't even have to jump over them. Further, they do not intrude - * on our cache or tlb entries. - */ - -struct exception_table_entry -{ - unsigned long insn, fixup; -}; - -extern int fixup_exception(struct pt_regs *regs); +#include /* * These two functions allow hooking accesses to userspace to increase @@ -271,7 +248,7 @@ static inline void set_fs(mm_segment_t fs) #define access_ok(type, addr, size) (__range_ok(addr, size) == 0) #define user_addr_max() \ - (segment_eq(get_fs(), KERNEL_DS) ? ~0UL : get_fs()) + (uaccess_kernel() ? ~0UL : get_fs()) /* * The "__xxx" versions of the user access functions do not verify the @@ -478,7 +455,7 @@ extern unsigned long __must_check arm_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n); static inline unsigned long __must_check -__arch_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) +raw_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) { unsigned int __ua_flags; @@ -494,7 +471,7 @@ extern unsigned long __must_check __copy_to_user_std(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n); static inline unsigned long __must_check -__arch_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) +raw_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) { #ifndef CONFIG_UACCESS_WITH_MEMCPY unsigned int __ua_flags; @@ -522,54 +499,22 @@ __clear_user(void __user *addr, unsigned long n) } #else -#define __arch_copy_from_user(to, from, n) \ - (memcpy(to, (void __force *)from, n), 0) -#define __arch_copy_to_user(to, from, n) \ - (memcpy((void __force *)to, from, n), 0) -#define __clear_user(addr, n) (memset((void __force *)addr, 0, n), 0) -#endif - -static inline unsigned long __must_check -__copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) -{ - check_object_size(to, n, false); - return __arch_copy_from_user(to, from, n); -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check -copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) -{ - unsigned long res = n; - - check_object_size(to, n, false); - - if (likely(access_ok(VERIFY_READ, from, n))) - res = __arch_copy_from_user(to, from, n); - if (unlikely(res)) - memset(to + (n - res), 0, res); - return res; -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check -__copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) +static inline unsigned long +raw_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) { - check_object_size(from, n, true); - - return __arch_copy_to_user(to, from, n); + memcpy(to, (const void __force *)from, n); + return 0; } - -static inline unsigned long __must_check -copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) +static inline unsigned long +raw_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) { - check_object_size(from, n, true); - - if (access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, to, n)) - n = __arch_copy_to_user(to, from, n); - return n; + memcpy((void __force *)to, from, n); + return 0; } - -#define __copy_to_user_inatomic __copy_to_user -#define __copy_from_user_inatomic __copy_from_user +#define __clear_user(addr, n) (memset((void __force *)addr, 0, n), 0) +#endif +#define INLINE_COPY_TO_USER +#define INLINE_COPY_FROM_USER static inline unsigned long __must_check clear_user(void __user *to, unsigned long n) { diff --git a/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux-xip.lds.S b/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux-xip.lds.S index 37b2a11af34592b5f60f0db77ce014588f9327f4..8265b116218de4f44314b16d7795acae2492b12d 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux-xip.lds.S +++ b/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux-xip.lds.S @@ -242,6 +242,8 @@ SECTIONS } _edata_loc = __data_loc + SIZEOF(.data); + BUG_TABLE + #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_TCM /* * We align everything to a page boundary so we can diff --git a/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S b/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S index ce18007f9e4eb08d1b36ad7103f15e7adadaae9e..c83a7ba737d6a96dedfe1dec88967d824309e538 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S +++ b/arch/arm/kernel/vmlinux.lds.S @@ -262,6 +262,8 @@ SECTIONS } _edata_loc = __data_loc + SIZEOF(.data); + BUG_TABLE + #ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_TCM /* * We align everything to a page boundary so we can diff --git a/arch/arm/kvm/arm.c b/arch/arm/kvm/arm.c index c9a2103faeb9acf82f0c26164085506f14015822..314eb6abe1ff9879272fdae542c2e0043f3759eb 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kvm/arm.c +++ b/arch/arm/kvm/arm.c @@ -221,6 +221,9 @@ int kvm_vm_ioctl_check_extension(struct kvm *kvm, long ext) case KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS: r = KVM_MAX_VCPUS; break; + case KVM_CAP_NR_MEMSLOTS: + r = KVM_USER_MEM_SLOTS; + break; case KVM_CAP_MSI_DEVID: if (!kvm) r = -EINVAL; @@ -1121,6 +1124,9 @@ static void cpu_hyp_reinit(void) if (__hyp_get_vectors() == hyp_default_vectors) cpu_init_hyp_mode(NULL); } + + if (vgic_present) + kvm_vgic_init_cpu_hardware(); } static void cpu_hyp_reset(void) diff --git a/arch/arm/kvm/handle_exit.c b/arch/arm/kvm/handle_exit.c index 4e40d1955e35341b7756efe72f2da6bf2360b224..96af65a30d78b1e09182d8e41f8b8e3ff4aae81e 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kvm/handle_exit.c +++ b/arch/arm/kvm/handle_exit.c @@ -79,7 +79,19 @@ static int kvm_handle_wfx(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, struct kvm_run *run) return 1; } +static int kvm_handle_unknown_ec(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, struct kvm_run *run) +{ + u32 hsr = kvm_vcpu_get_hsr(vcpu); + + kvm_pr_unimpl("Unknown exception class: hsr: %#08x\n", + hsr); + + kvm_inject_undefined(vcpu); + return 1; +} + static exit_handle_fn arm_exit_handlers[] = { + [0 ... HSR_EC_MAX] = kvm_handle_unknown_ec, [HSR_EC_WFI] = kvm_handle_wfx, [HSR_EC_CP15_32] = kvm_handle_cp15_32, [HSR_EC_CP15_64] = kvm_handle_cp15_64, @@ -98,13 +110,6 @@ static exit_handle_fn kvm_get_exit_handler(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu) { u8 hsr_ec = kvm_vcpu_trap_get_class(vcpu); - if (hsr_ec >= ARRAY_SIZE(arm_exit_handlers) || - !arm_exit_handlers[hsr_ec]) { - kvm_err("Unknown exception class: hsr: %#08x\n", - (unsigned int)kvm_vcpu_get_hsr(vcpu)); - BUG(); - } - return arm_exit_handlers[hsr_ec]; } diff --git a/arch/arm/kvm/mmu.c b/arch/arm/kvm/mmu.c index 962616fd4ddd633289e98b99d99dea9fb758b820..582a972371cf886b8581de1abcfe609a53540245 100644 --- a/arch/arm/kvm/mmu.c +++ b/arch/arm/kvm/mmu.c @@ -292,11 +292,18 @@ static void unmap_stage2_range(struct kvm *kvm, phys_addr_t start, u64 size) phys_addr_t addr = start, end = start + size; phys_addr_t next; + assert_spin_locked(&kvm->mmu_lock); pgd = kvm->arch.pgd + stage2_pgd_index(addr); do { next = stage2_pgd_addr_end(addr, end); if (!stage2_pgd_none(*pgd)) unmap_stage2_puds(kvm, pgd, addr, next); + /* + * If the range is too large, release the kvm->mmu_lock + * to prevent starvation and lockup detector warnings. + */ + if (next != end) + cond_resched_lock(&kvm->mmu_lock); } while (pgd++, addr = next, addr != end); } @@ -803,6 +810,7 @@ void stage2_unmap_vm(struct kvm *kvm) int idx; idx = srcu_read_lock(&kvm->srcu); + down_read(¤t->mm->mmap_sem); spin_lock(&kvm->mmu_lock); slots = kvm_memslots(kvm); @@ -810,6 +818,7 @@ void stage2_unmap_vm(struct kvm *kvm) stage2_unmap_memslot(kvm, memslot); spin_unlock(&kvm->mmu_lock); + up_read(¤t->mm->mmap_sem); srcu_read_unlock(&kvm->srcu, idx); } @@ -829,7 +838,10 @@ void kvm_free_stage2_pgd(struct kvm *kvm) if (kvm->arch.pgd == NULL) return; + spin_lock(&kvm->mmu_lock); unmap_stage2_range(kvm, 0, KVM_PHYS_SIZE); + spin_unlock(&kvm->mmu_lock); + /* Free the HW pgd, one page at a time */ free_pages_exact(kvm->arch.pgd, S2_PGD_SIZE); kvm->arch.pgd = NULL; @@ -1801,6 +1813,7 @@ int kvm_arch_prepare_memory_region(struct kvm *kvm, (KVM_PHYS_SIZE >> PAGE_SHIFT)) return -EFAULT; + down_read(¤t->mm->mmap_sem); /* * A memory region could potentially cover multiple VMAs, and any holes * between them, so iterate over all of them to find out if we can map @@ -1844,8 +1857,10 @@ int kvm_arch_prepare_memory_region(struct kvm *kvm, pa += vm_start - vma->vm_start; /* IO region dirty page logging not allowed */ - if (memslot->flags & KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES) - return -EINVAL; + if (memslot->flags & KVM_MEM_LOG_DIRTY_PAGES) { + ret = -EINVAL; + goto out; + } ret = kvm_phys_addr_ioremap(kvm, gpa, pa, vm_end - vm_start, @@ -1857,7 +1872,7 @@ int kvm_arch_prepare_memory_region(struct kvm *kvm, } while (hva < reg_end); if (change == KVM_MR_FLAGS_ONLY) - return ret; + goto out; spin_lock(&kvm->mmu_lock); if (ret) @@ -1865,6 +1880,8 @@ int kvm_arch_prepare_memory_region(struct kvm *kvm, else stage2_flush_memslot(kvm, memslot); spin_unlock(&kvm->mmu_lock); +out: + up_read(¤t->mm->mmap_sem); return ret; } diff --git a/arch/arm/lib/uaccess_with_memcpy.c b/arch/arm/lib/uaccess_with_memcpy.c index 6bd1089b07e0960830ed6bd6a8345202b7efd8b0..9b4ed172861615fa94f628fb3eea067176ef3bae 100644 --- a/arch/arm/lib/uaccess_with_memcpy.c +++ b/arch/arm/lib/uaccess_with_memcpy.c @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ __copy_to_user_memcpy(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) unsigned long ua_flags; int atomic; - if (unlikely(segment_eq(get_fs(), KERNEL_DS))) { + if (uaccess_kernel()) { memcpy((void *)to, from, n); return 0; } @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ __clear_user_memset(void __user *addr, unsigned long n) { unsigned long ua_flags; - if (unlikely(segment_eq(get_fs(), KERNEL_DS))) { + if (uaccess_kernel()) { memset((void *)addr, 0, n); return 0; } diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-at91/pm.c b/arch/arm/mach-at91/pm.c index 3d89b7905bd903687b481fccab7249382c2428c6..a277981f414d8dd9433569c529068f206daab81f 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-at91/pm.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-at91/pm.c @@ -289,6 +289,22 @@ static void at91_ddr_standby(void) at91_ramc_write(1, AT91_DDRSDRC_LPR, saved_lpr1); } +static void sama5d3_ddr_standby(void) +{ + u32 lpr0; + u32 saved_lpr0; + + saved_lpr0 = at91_ramc_read(0, AT91_DDRSDRC_LPR); + lpr0 = saved_lpr0 & ~AT91_DDRSDRC_LPCB; + lpr0 |= AT91_DDRSDRC_LPCB_POWER_DOWN; + + at91_ramc_write(0, AT91_DDRSDRC_LPR, lpr0); + + cpu_do_idle(); + + at91_ramc_write(0, AT91_DDRSDRC_LPR, saved_lpr0); +} + /* We manage both DDRAM/SDRAM controllers, we need more than one value to * remember. */ @@ -323,7 +339,7 @@ static const struct of_device_id const ramc_ids[] __initconst = { { .compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", .data = at91rm9200_standby }, { .compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", .data = at91sam9_sdram_standby }, { .compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc", .data = at91_ddr_standby }, - { .compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-ddramc", .data = at91_ddr_standby }, + { .compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-ddramc", .data = sama5d3_ddr_standby }, { /*sentinel*/ } }; diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-moxart/Kconfig b/arch/arm/mach-moxart/Kconfig index f69e28b85e884908ce040997271f9f7e9335cc14..70db2abf6163f078325b9cd8c7ae82a29b8daaf0 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-moxart/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/mach-moxart/Kconfig @@ -3,8 +3,8 @@ menuconfig ARCH_MOXART depends on ARCH_MULTI_V4 select CPU_FA526 select ARM_DMA_MEM_BUFFERABLE + select FARADAY_FTINTC010 select MOXART_TIMER - select GENERIC_IRQ_CHIP select GPIOLIB select PHYLIB if NETDEVICES help diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/Makefile b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/Makefile index 093458b62c8dadbcc3c7cc1c3b66d84e59af3d8d..c89757abb0ae4bc82adf923a5947f2c0fbefb42c 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/Makefile +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/Makefile @@ -241,6 +241,3 @@ obj-$(CONFIG_MACH_OMAP2_TUSB6010) += usb-tusb6010.o onenand-$(CONFIG_MTD_ONENAND_OMAP2) := gpmc-onenand.o obj-y += $(onenand-m) $(onenand-y) - -nand-$(CONFIG_MTD_NAND_OMAP2) := gpmc-nand.o -obj-y += $(nand-m) $(nand-y) diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/common.h b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/common.h index c4f2ace91ea22d1a6a344388498ec8da30906e63..3089d3bfa19b4a5c595e6872824c81f103d4c5e2 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/common.h +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/common.h @@ -270,6 +270,7 @@ extern const struct smp_operations omap4_smp_ops; extern int omap4_mpuss_init(void); extern int omap4_enter_lowpower(unsigned int cpu, unsigned int power_state); extern int omap4_hotplug_cpu(unsigned int cpu, unsigned int power_state); +extern u32 omap4_get_cpu1_ns_pa_addr(void); #else static inline int omap4_enter_lowpower(unsigned int cpu, unsigned int power_state) diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-nand.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-nand.c deleted file mode 100644 index f6ac027f3c3bf2d5bb41b436fd85fa40a9a2a670..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-nand.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,154 +0,0 @@ -/* - * gpmc-nand.c - * - * Copyright (C) 2009 Texas Instruments - * Vimal Singh - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as - * published by the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include - -#include "soc.h" - -/* minimum size for IO mapping */ -#define NAND_IO_SIZE 4 - -static bool gpmc_hwecc_bch_capable(enum omap_ecc ecc_opt) -{ - /* platforms which support all ECC schemes */ - if (soc_is_am33xx() || soc_is_am43xx() || cpu_is_omap44xx() || - soc_is_omap54xx() || soc_is_dra7xx()) - return 1; - - if (ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_BCH4_CODE_HW_DETECTION_SW || - ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_BCH8_CODE_HW_DETECTION_SW) { - if (cpu_is_omap24xx()) - return 0; - else if (cpu_is_omap3630() && (GET_OMAP_REVISION() == 0)) - return 0; - else - return 1; - } - - /* OMAP3xxx do not have ELM engine, so cannot support ECC schemes - * which require H/W based ECC error detection */ - if ((cpu_is_omap34xx() || cpu_is_omap3630()) && - ((ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_BCH4_CODE_HW) || - (ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_BCH8_CODE_HW))) - return 0; - - /* legacy platforms support only HAM1 (1-bit Hamming) ECC scheme */ - if (ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_HAM1_CODE_HW || - ecc_opt == OMAP_ECC_HAM1_CODE_SW) - return 1; - else - return 0; -} - -/* This function will go away once the device-tree convertion is complete */ -static void gpmc_set_legacy(struct omap_nand_platform_data *gpmc_nand_data, - struct gpmc_settings *s) -{ - /* Enable RD PIN Monitoring Reg */ - if (gpmc_nand_data->dev_ready) { - s->wait_on_read = true; - s->wait_on_write = true; - } - - if (gpmc_nand_data->devsize == NAND_BUSWIDTH_16) - s->device_width = GPMC_DEVWIDTH_16BIT; - else - s->device_width = GPMC_DEVWIDTH_8BIT; -} - -int gpmc_nand_init(struct omap_nand_platform_data *gpmc_nand_data, - struct gpmc_timings *gpmc_t) -{ - int err = 0; - struct gpmc_settings s; - struct platform_device *pdev; - struct resource gpmc_nand_res[] = { - { .flags = IORESOURCE_MEM, }, - { .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ, }, - { .flags = IORESOURCE_IRQ, }, - }; - - BUG_ON(gpmc_nand_data->cs >= GPMC_CS_NUM); - - err = gpmc_cs_request(gpmc_nand_data->cs, NAND_IO_SIZE, - (unsigned long *)&gpmc_nand_res[0].start); - if (err < 0) { - pr_err("omap2-gpmc: Cannot request GPMC CS %d, error %d\n", - gpmc_nand_data->cs, err); - return err; - } - gpmc_nand_res[0].end = gpmc_nand_res[0].start + NAND_IO_SIZE - 1; - gpmc_nand_res[1].start = gpmc_get_client_irq(GPMC_IRQ_FIFOEVENTENABLE); - gpmc_nand_res[2].start = gpmc_get_client_irq(GPMC_IRQ_COUNT_EVENT); - - memset(&s, 0, sizeof(struct gpmc_settings)); - gpmc_set_legacy(gpmc_nand_data, &s); - - s.device_nand = true; - - if (gpmc_t) { - err = gpmc_cs_set_timings(gpmc_nand_data->cs, gpmc_t, &s); - if (err < 0) { - pr_err("omap2-gpmc: Unable to set gpmc timings: %d\n", - err); - return err; - } - } - - err = gpmc_cs_program_settings(gpmc_nand_data->cs, &s); - if (err < 0) - goto out_free_cs; - - err = gpmc_configure(GPMC_CONFIG_WP, 0); - if (err < 0) - goto out_free_cs; - - if (!gpmc_hwecc_bch_capable(gpmc_nand_data->ecc_opt)) { - pr_err("omap2-nand: Unsupported NAND ECC scheme selected\n"); - err = -EINVAL; - goto out_free_cs; - } - - - pdev = platform_device_alloc("omap2-nand", gpmc_nand_data->cs); - if (pdev) { - err = platform_device_add_resources(pdev, gpmc_nand_res, - ARRAY_SIZE(gpmc_nand_res)); - if (!err) - pdev->dev.platform_data = gpmc_nand_data; - } else { - err = -ENOMEM; - } - if (err) - goto out_free_pdev; - - err = platform_device_add(pdev); - if (err) { - dev_err(&pdev->dev, "Unable to register NAND device\n"); - goto out_free_pdev; - } - - return 0; - -out_free_pdev: - platform_device_put(pdev); -out_free_cs: - gpmc_cs_free(gpmc_nand_data->cs); - - return err; -} diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-onenand.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-onenand.c index 8633c703546a65c2e5b0071ffca0d5a12b664884..2944af82055847935462da4035a73b513c5795a6 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-onenand.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/gpmc-onenand.c @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ static int gpmc_onenand_setup(void __iomem *onenand_base, int *freq_ptr) return ret; } -void gpmc_onenand_init(struct omap_onenand_platform_data *_onenand_data) +int gpmc_onenand_init(struct omap_onenand_platform_data *_onenand_data) { int err; struct device *dev = &gpmc_onenand_device.dev; @@ -393,15 +393,17 @@ void gpmc_onenand_init(struct omap_onenand_platform_data *_onenand_data) if (err < 0) { dev_err(dev, "Cannot request GPMC CS %d, error %d\n", gpmc_onenand_data->cs, err); - return; + return err; } gpmc_onenand_resource.end = gpmc_onenand_resource.start + ONENAND_IO_SIZE - 1; - if (platform_device_register(&gpmc_onenand_device) < 0) { + err = platform_device_register(&gpmc_onenand_device); + if (err) { dev_err(dev, "Unable to register OneNAND device\n"); gpmc_cs_free(gpmc_onenand_data->cs); - return; } + + return err; } diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-headsmp.S b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-headsmp.S index fe36ce2734d47a81f8dd5cbfdf72e9f6717df903..4c6f14cf92a82e3dbf8d7ceeb985686feb79e924 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-headsmp.S +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-headsmp.S @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ #include #include +#include #include "omap44xx.h" @@ -66,7 +67,7 @@ wait_2: ldr r2, =AUX_CORE_BOOT0_PA @ read from AuxCoreBoot0 cmp r0, r4 bne wait_2 ldr r12, =API_HYP_ENTRY - adr r0, hyp_boot + badr r0, hyp_boot smc #0 hyp_boot: b omap_secondary_startup diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-hotplug.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-hotplug.c index d3fb5661bb5d4bc098b05e36f12278301b4c5597..433db6d0b07396288f3b1e38c57d0a64b2ad1e66 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-hotplug.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-hotplug.c @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ void omap4_cpu_die(unsigned int cpu) omap4_hotplug_cpu(cpu, PWRDM_POWER_OFF); if (omap_secure_apis_support()) - boot_cpu = omap_read_auxcoreboot0(); + boot_cpu = omap_read_auxcoreboot0() >> 9; else boot_cpu = readl_relaxed(base + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_0) >> 5; diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-mpuss-lowpower.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-mpuss-lowpower.c index 113ab2dd2ee91ccf9c238813bd6c4d7561ff7d97..03ec6d307c8235fc907a599322991b1efd6c27bf 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-mpuss-lowpower.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-mpuss-lowpower.c @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ #include "prm-regbits-44xx.h" static void __iomem *sar_base; +static u32 old_cpu1_ns_pa_addr; #if defined(CONFIG_PM) && defined(CONFIG_SMP) @@ -212,6 +213,11 @@ static void __init save_l2x0_context(void) {} #endif +u32 omap4_get_cpu1_ns_pa_addr(void) +{ + return old_cpu1_ns_pa_addr; +} + /** * omap4_enter_lowpower: OMAP4 MPUSS Low Power Entry Function * The purpose of this function is to manage low power programming @@ -460,22 +466,30 @@ int __init omap4_mpuss_init(void) void __init omap4_mpuss_early_init(void) { unsigned long startup_pa; + void __iomem *ns_pa_addr; - if (!(cpu_is_omap44xx() || soc_is_omap54xx())) + if (!(soc_is_omap44xx() || soc_is_omap54xx())) return; sar_base = omap4_get_sar_ram_base(); - if (cpu_is_omap443x()) + /* Save old NS_PA_ADDR for validity checks later on */ + if (soc_is_omap44xx()) + ns_pa_addr = sar_base + CPU1_WAKEUP_NS_PA_ADDR_OFFSET; + else + ns_pa_addr = sar_base + OMAP5_CPU1_WAKEUP_NS_PA_ADDR_OFFSET; + old_cpu1_ns_pa_addr = readl_relaxed(ns_pa_addr); + + if (soc_is_omap443x()) startup_pa = __pa_symbol(omap4_secondary_startup); - else if (cpu_is_omap446x()) + else if (soc_is_omap446x()) startup_pa = __pa_symbol(omap4460_secondary_startup); else if ((__boot_cpu_mode & MODE_MASK) == HYP_MODE) startup_pa = __pa_symbol(omap5_secondary_hyp_startup); else startup_pa = __pa_symbol(omap5_secondary_startup); - if (cpu_is_omap44xx()) + if (soc_is_omap44xx()) writel_relaxed(startup_pa, sar_base + CPU1_WAKEUP_NS_PA_ADDR_OFFSET); else diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smc.S b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smc.S index fd90125bffc70ad6719bfc2b9f3e22d21b595367..72506e6cf9e7423f946d83e61b5aca66d2fee0c0 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smc.S +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smc.S @@ -94,6 +94,5 @@ ENTRY(omap_read_auxcoreboot0) ldr r12, =0x103 dsb smc #0 - mov r0, r0, lsr #9 ldmfd sp!, {r2-r12, pc} ENDPROC(omap_read_auxcoreboot0) diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smp.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smp.c index 003353b0b7944d9363fb6446e683314823cd82f9..3faf454ba4871c8f60d5e12e912a1ff9dd9af271 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smp.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap-smp.c @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -40,10 +41,14 @@ #define OMAP5_CORE_COUNT 0x2 +#define AUX_CORE_BOOT0_GP_RELEASE 0x020 +#define AUX_CORE_BOOT0_HS_RELEASE 0x200 + struct omap_smp_config { unsigned long cpu1_rstctrl_pa; void __iomem *cpu1_rstctrl_va; void __iomem *scu_base; + void __iomem *wakeupgen_base; void *startup_addr; }; @@ -140,7 +145,6 @@ static int omap4_boot_secondary(unsigned int cpu, struct task_struct *idle) static struct clockdomain *cpu1_clkdm; static bool booted; static struct powerdomain *cpu1_pwrdm; - void __iomem *base = omap_get_wakeupgen_base(); /* * Set synchronisation state between this boot processor @@ -155,9 +159,11 @@ static int omap4_boot_secondary(unsigned int cpu, struct task_struct *idle) * A barrier is added to ensure that write buffer is drained */ if (omap_secure_apis_support()) - omap_modify_auxcoreboot0(0x200, 0xfffffdff); + omap_modify_auxcoreboot0(AUX_CORE_BOOT0_HS_RELEASE, + 0xfffffdff); else - writel_relaxed(0x20, base + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_0); + writel_relaxed(AUX_CORE_BOOT0_GP_RELEASE, + cfg.wakeupgen_base + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_0); if (!cpu1_clkdm && !cpu1_pwrdm) { cpu1_clkdm = clkdm_lookup("mpu1_clkdm"); @@ -261,9 +267,72 @@ static void __init omap4_smp_init_cpus(void) set_cpu_possible(i, true); } +/* + * For now, just make sure the start-up address is not within the booting + * kernel space as that means we just overwrote whatever secondary_startup() + * code there was. + */ +static bool __init omap4_smp_cpu1_startup_valid(unsigned long addr) +{ + if ((addr >= __pa(PAGE_OFFSET)) && (addr <= __pa(__bss_start))) + return false; + + return true; +} + +/* + * We may need to reset CPU1 before configuring, otherwise kexec boot can end + * up trying to use old kernel startup address or suspend-resume will + * occasionally fail to bring up CPU1 on 4430 if CPU1 fails to enter deeper + * idle states. + */ +static void __init omap4_smp_maybe_reset_cpu1(struct omap_smp_config *c) +{ + unsigned long cpu1_startup_pa, cpu1_ns_pa_addr; + bool needs_reset = false; + u32 released; + + if (omap_secure_apis_support()) + released = omap_read_auxcoreboot0() & AUX_CORE_BOOT0_HS_RELEASE; + else + released = readl_relaxed(cfg.wakeupgen_base + + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_0) & + AUX_CORE_BOOT0_GP_RELEASE; + if (released) { + pr_warn("smp: CPU1 not parked?\n"); + + return; + } + + cpu1_startup_pa = readl_relaxed(cfg.wakeupgen_base + + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_1); + cpu1_ns_pa_addr = omap4_get_cpu1_ns_pa_addr(); + + /* Did the configured secondary_startup() get overwritten? */ + if (!omap4_smp_cpu1_startup_valid(cpu1_startup_pa)) + needs_reset = true; + + /* + * If omap4 or 5 has NS_PA_ADDR configured, CPU1 may be in a + * deeper idle state in WFI and will wake to an invalid address. + */ + if ((soc_is_omap44xx() || soc_is_omap54xx()) && + !omap4_smp_cpu1_startup_valid(cpu1_ns_pa_addr)) + needs_reset = true; + + if (!needs_reset || !c->cpu1_rstctrl_va) + return; + + pr_info("smp: CPU1 parked within kernel, needs reset (0x%lx 0x%lx)\n", + cpu1_startup_pa, cpu1_ns_pa_addr); + + writel_relaxed(1, c->cpu1_rstctrl_va); + readl_relaxed(c->cpu1_rstctrl_va); + writel_relaxed(0, c->cpu1_rstctrl_va); +} + static void __init omap4_smp_prepare_cpus(unsigned int max_cpus) { - void __iomem *base = omap_get_wakeupgen_base(); const struct omap_smp_config *c = NULL; if (soc_is_omap443x()) @@ -281,6 +350,7 @@ static void __init omap4_smp_prepare_cpus(unsigned int max_cpus) /* Must preserve cfg.scu_base set earlier */ cfg.cpu1_rstctrl_pa = c->cpu1_rstctrl_pa; cfg.startup_addr = c->startup_addr; + cfg.wakeupgen_base = omap_get_wakeupgen_base(); if (soc_is_dra74x() || soc_is_omap54xx()) { if ((__boot_cpu_mode & MODE_MASK) == HYP_MODE) @@ -299,15 +369,7 @@ static void __init omap4_smp_prepare_cpus(unsigned int max_cpus) if (cfg.scu_base) scu_enable(cfg.scu_base); - /* - * Reset CPU1 before configuring, otherwise kexec will - * end up trying to use old kernel startup address. - */ - if (cfg.cpu1_rstctrl_va) { - writel_relaxed(1, cfg.cpu1_rstctrl_va); - readl_relaxed(cfg.cpu1_rstctrl_va); - writel_relaxed(0, cfg.cpu1_rstctrl_va); - } + omap4_smp_maybe_reset_cpu1(&cfg); /* * Write the address of secondary startup routine into the @@ -319,7 +381,7 @@ static void __init omap4_smp_prepare_cpus(unsigned int max_cpus) omap_auxcoreboot_addr(__pa_symbol(cfg.startup_addr)); else writel_relaxed(__pa_symbol(cfg.startup_addr), - base + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_1); + cfg.wakeupgen_base + OMAP_AUX_CORE_BOOT_1); } const struct smp_operations omap4_smp_ops __initconst = { diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_device.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_device.c index e920dd83e443753ccced325ce19c48c6bca398c6..f989145480c8fcd0c947beaadeefe6955896a434 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_device.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_device.c @@ -222,6 +222,14 @@ static int _omap_device_notifier_call(struct notifier_block *nb, dev_err(dev, "failed to idle\n"); } break; + case BUS_NOTIFY_BIND_DRIVER: + od = to_omap_device(pdev); + if (od && (od->_state == OMAP_DEVICE_STATE_ENABLED) && + pm_runtime_status_suspended(dev)) { + od->_driver_status = BUS_NOTIFY_BIND_DRIVER; + pm_runtime_set_active(dev); + } + break; case BUS_NOTIFY_ADD_DEVICE: if (pdev->dev.of_node) omap_device_build_from_dt(pdev); diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_hwmod_3xxx_data.c b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_hwmod_3xxx_data.c index 56f917ec8621e8d5d4a9410975ec454aa802414a..1435fee39a89ba18239291859c97f0f333ca877f 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_hwmod_3xxx_data.c +++ b/arch/arm/mach-omap2/omap_hwmod_3xxx_data.c @@ -2112,11 +2112,20 @@ static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if omap3_l4_core__i2c3 = { }; /* L4 CORE -> SR1 interface */ +static struct omap_hwmod_addr_space omap3_sr1_addr_space[] = { + { + .pa_start = OMAP34XX_SR1_BASE, + .pa_end = OMAP34XX_SR1_BASE + SZ_1K - 1, + .flags = ADDR_TYPE_RT, + }, + { }, +}; static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if omap34xx_l4_core__sr1 = { .master = &omap3xxx_l4_core_hwmod, .slave = &omap34xx_sr1_hwmod, .clk = "sr_l4_ick", + .addr = omap3_sr1_addr_space, .user = OCP_USER_MPU, }; @@ -2124,15 +2133,25 @@ static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if omap36xx_l4_core__sr1 = { .master = &omap3xxx_l4_core_hwmod, .slave = &omap36xx_sr1_hwmod, .clk = "sr_l4_ick", + .addr = omap3_sr1_addr_space, .user = OCP_USER_MPU, }; /* L4 CORE -> SR1 interface */ +static struct omap_hwmod_addr_space omap3_sr2_addr_space[] = { + { + .pa_start = OMAP34XX_SR2_BASE, + .pa_end = OMAP34XX_SR2_BASE + SZ_1K - 1, + .flags = ADDR_TYPE_RT, + }, + { }, +}; static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if omap34xx_l4_core__sr2 = { .master = &omap3xxx_l4_core_hwmod, .slave = &omap34xx_sr2_hwmod, .clk = "sr_l4_ick", + .addr = omap3_sr2_addr_space, .user = OCP_USER_MPU, }; @@ -2140,6 +2159,7 @@ static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if omap36xx_l4_core__sr2 = { .master = &omap3xxx_l4_core_hwmod, .slave = &omap36xx_sr2_hwmod, .clk = "sr_l4_ick", + .addr = omap3_sr2_addr_space, .user = OCP_USER_MPU, }; @@ -3111,16 +3131,20 @@ static struct omap_hwmod_ocp_if *omap3xxx_dss_hwmod_ocp_ifs[] __initdata = { * Return: 0 if device named @dev_name is not likely to be accessible, * or 1 if it is likely to be accessible. */ -static int __init omap3xxx_hwmod_is_hs_ip_block_usable(struct device_node *bus, - const char *dev_name) +static bool __init omap3xxx_hwmod_is_hs_ip_block_usable(struct device_node *bus, + const char *dev_name) { + struct device_node *node; + bool available; + if (!bus) - return (omap_type() == OMAP2_DEVICE_TYPE_GP) ? 1 : 0; + return omap_type() == OMAP2_DEVICE_TYPE_GP; - if (of_device_is_available(of_find_node_by_name(bus, dev_name))) - return 1; + node = of_get_child_by_name(bus, dev_name); + available = of_device_is_available(node); + of_node_put(node); - return 0; + return available; } int __init omap3xxx_hwmod_init(void) @@ -3189,15 +3213,20 @@ int __init omap3xxx_hwmod_init(void) if (h_sham && omap3xxx_hwmod_is_hs_ip_block_usable(bus, "sham")) { r = omap_hwmod_register_links(h_sham); - if (r < 0) + if (r < 0) { + of_node_put(bus); return r; + } } if (h_aes && omap3xxx_hwmod_is_hs_ip_block_usable(bus, "aes")) { r = omap_hwmod_register_links(h_aes); - if (r < 0) + if (r < 0) { + of_node_put(bus); return r; + } } + of_node_put(bus); /* * Register hwmod links specific to certain ES levels of a diff --git a/arch/arm/mach-orion5x/Kconfig b/arch/arm/mach-orion5x/Kconfig index 633442ad4e4c16d4c80564410167b53977e7575f..2a7bb6ccdcb7eb219f515c6e0f1ba2bfe573a349 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mach-orion5x/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm/mach-orion5x/Kconfig @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ menuconfig ARCH_ORION5X select GPIOLIB select MVEBU_MBUS select PCI + select PHYLIB if NETDEVICES select PLAT_ORION_LEGACY help Support for the following Marvell Orion 5x series SoCs: diff --git a/arch/arm/mm/dma-mapping.c b/arch/arm/mm/dma-mapping.c index 63eabb06f9f17551695e89efc0ed59e0ce6ba186..475811f5383afc40d5e00ab15e03fca6d88d8866 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mm/dma-mapping.c +++ b/arch/arm/mm/dma-mapping.c @@ -935,13 +935,31 @@ static void arm_coherent_dma_free(struct device *dev, size_t size, void *cpu_add __arm_dma_free(dev, size, cpu_addr, handle, attrs, true); } +/* + * The whole dma_get_sgtable() idea is fundamentally unsafe - it seems + * that the intention is to allow exporting memory allocated via the + * coherent DMA APIs through the dma_buf API, which only accepts a + * scattertable. This presents a couple of problems: + * 1. Not all memory allocated via the coherent DMA APIs is backed by + * a struct page + * 2. Passing coherent DMA memory into the streaming APIs is not allowed + * as we will try to flush the memory through a different alias to that + * actually being used (and the flushes are redundant.) + */ int arm_dma_get_sgtable(struct device *dev, struct sg_table *sgt, void *cpu_addr, dma_addr_t handle, size_t size, unsigned long attrs) { - struct page *page = pfn_to_page(dma_to_pfn(dev, handle)); + unsigned long pfn = dma_to_pfn(dev, handle); + struct page *page; int ret; + /* If the PFN is not valid, we do not have a struct page */ + if (!pfn_valid(pfn)) + return -ENXIO; + + page = pfn_to_page(pfn); + ret = sg_alloc_table(sgt, 1, GFP_KERNEL); if (unlikely(ret)) return ret; diff --git a/arch/arm/mm/nommu.c b/arch/arm/mm/nommu.c index 3b5c7aaf9c76c522f8c6cbd7890c5105b3a3e1d4..33a45bd9686012c2547b218133f59a0169fea33d 100644 --- a/arch/arm/mm/nommu.c +++ b/arch/arm/mm/nommu.c @@ -303,7 +303,10 @@ static inline void set_vbar(unsigned long val) */ static inline bool security_extensions_enabled(void) { - return !!cpuid_feature_extract(CPUID_EXT_PFR1, 4); + /* Check CPUID Identification Scheme before ID_PFR1 read */ + if ((read_cpuid_id() & 0x000f0000) == 0x000f0000) + return !!cpuid_feature_extract(CPUID_EXT_PFR1, 4); + return 0; } static unsigned long __init setup_vectors_base(void) diff --git a/arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c b/arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c index 9255b6d67ba5e3a3b3586639cadc86342e8b4b04..aff6994950ba6db7eb6579a90cc94e5b2bfc7329 100644 --- a/arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c +++ b/arch/arm/plat-orion/common.c @@ -468,6 +468,7 @@ void __init orion_ge11_init(struct mv643xx_eth_platform_data *eth_data, eth_data, &orion_ge11); } +#ifdef CONFIG_ARCH_ORION5X /***************************************************************************** * Ethernet switch ****************************************************************************/ @@ -480,6 +481,9 @@ void __init orion_ge00_switch_init(struct dsa_chip_data *d) struct mdio_board_info *bd; unsigned int i; + if (!IS_BUILTIN(CONFIG_PHYLIB)) + return; + for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(d->port_names); i++) if (!strcmp(d->port_names[i], "cpu")) break; @@ -493,6 +497,7 @@ void __init orion_ge00_switch_init(struct dsa_chip_data *d) mdiobus_register_board_info(&orion_ge00_switch_board_info, 1); } +#endif /***************************************************************************** * I2C diff --git a/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/core.c b/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/core.c index b6dc9d838a9a39b9ff2e22e9ed371a522ead0fa7..ad1f4e6a9e339374219d8a74ccd6bfbc01b41f17 100644 --- a/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/core.c +++ b/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/core.c @@ -266,11 +266,20 @@ void __kprobes kprobe_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) #endif if (p) { - if (cur) { + if (!p->ainsn.insn_check_cc(regs->ARM_cpsr)) { + /* + * Probe hit but conditional execution check failed, + * so just skip the instruction and continue as if + * nothing had happened. + * In this case, we can skip recursing check too. + */ + singlestep_skip(p, regs); + } else if (cur) { /* Kprobe is pending, so we're recursing. */ switch (kcb->kprobe_status) { case KPROBE_HIT_ACTIVE: case KPROBE_HIT_SSDONE: + case KPROBE_HIT_SS: /* A pre- or post-handler probe got us here. */ kprobes_inc_nmissed_count(p); save_previous_kprobe(kcb); @@ -279,11 +288,16 @@ void __kprobes kprobe_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) singlestep(p, regs, kcb); restore_previous_kprobe(kcb); break; + case KPROBE_REENTER: + /* A nested probe was hit in FIQ, it is a BUG */ + pr_warn("Unrecoverable kprobe detected at %p.\n", + p->addr); + /* fall through */ default: /* impossible cases */ BUG(); } - } else if (p->ainsn.insn_check_cc(regs->ARM_cpsr)) { + } else { /* Probe hit and conditional execution check ok. */ set_current_kprobe(p); kcb->kprobe_status = KPROBE_HIT_ACTIVE; @@ -304,13 +318,6 @@ void __kprobes kprobe_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) } reset_current_kprobe(); } - } else { - /* - * Probe hit but conditional execution check failed, - * so just skip the instruction and continue as if - * nothing had happened. - */ - singlestep_skip(p, regs); } } else if (cur) { /* We probably hit a jprobe. Call its break handler. */ @@ -434,6 +441,7 @@ static __used __kprobes void *trampoline_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) struct hlist_node *tmp; unsigned long flags, orig_ret_address = 0; unsigned long trampoline_address = (unsigned long)&kretprobe_trampoline; + kprobe_opcode_t *correct_ret_addr = NULL; INIT_HLIST_HEAD(&empty_rp); kretprobe_hash_lock(current, &head, &flags); @@ -456,14 +464,34 @@ static __used __kprobes void *trampoline_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) /* another task is sharing our hash bucket */ continue; + orig_ret_address = (unsigned long)ri->ret_addr; + + if (orig_ret_address != trampoline_address) + /* + * This is the real return address. Any other + * instances associated with this task are for + * other calls deeper on the call stack + */ + break; + } + + kretprobe_assert(ri, orig_ret_address, trampoline_address); + + correct_ret_addr = ri->ret_addr; + hlist_for_each_entry_safe(ri, tmp, head, hlist) { + if (ri->task != current) + /* another task is sharing our hash bucket */ + continue; + + orig_ret_address = (unsigned long)ri->ret_addr; if (ri->rp && ri->rp->handler) { __this_cpu_write(current_kprobe, &ri->rp->kp); get_kprobe_ctlblk()->kprobe_status = KPROBE_HIT_ACTIVE; + ri->ret_addr = correct_ret_addr; ri->rp->handler(ri, regs); __this_cpu_write(current_kprobe, NULL); } - orig_ret_address = (unsigned long)ri->ret_addr; recycle_rp_inst(ri, &empty_rp); if (orig_ret_address != trampoline_address) @@ -475,7 +503,6 @@ static __used __kprobes void *trampoline_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) break; } - kretprobe_assert(ri, orig_ret_address, trampoline_address); kretprobe_hash_unlock(current, &flags); hlist_for_each_entry_safe(ri, tmp, &empty_rp, hlist) { diff --git a/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/test-core.c b/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/test-core.c index c893726aa52d8da16e56d9df56ad1e6ca8685b29..1c98a87786ca768adb622f1720df442a272bfb75 100644 --- a/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/test-core.c +++ b/arch/arm/probes/kprobes/test-core.c @@ -977,7 +977,10 @@ static void coverage_end(void) void __naked __kprobes_test_case_start(void) { __asm__ __volatile__ ( - "stmdb sp!, {r4-r11} \n\t" + "mov r2, sp \n\t" + "bic r3, r2, #7 \n\t" + "mov sp, r3 \n\t" + "stmdb sp!, {r2-r11} \n\t" "sub sp, sp, #"__stringify(TEST_MEMORY_SIZE)"\n\t" "bic r0, lr, #1 @ r0 = inline data \n\t" "mov r1, sp \n\t" @@ -997,7 +1000,8 @@ void __naked __kprobes_test_case_end_32(void) "movne pc, r0 \n\t" "mov r0, r4 \n\t" "add sp, sp, #"__stringify(TEST_MEMORY_SIZE)"\n\t" - "ldmia sp!, {r4-r11} \n\t" + "ldmia sp!, {r2-r11} \n\t" + "mov sp, r2 \n\t" "mov pc, r0 \n\t" ); } @@ -1013,7 +1017,8 @@ void __naked __kprobes_test_case_end_16(void) "bxne r0 \n\t" "mov r0, r4 \n\t" "add sp, sp, #"__stringify(TEST_MEMORY_SIZE)"\n\t" - "ldmia sp!, {r4-r11} \n\t" + "ldmia sp!, {r2-r11} \n\t" + "mov sp, r2 \n\t" "bx r0 \n\t" ); } diff --git a/arch/arm/tools/syscall.tbl b/arch/arm/tools/syscall.tbl index 3c2cb5d5adfa4f17bab53005b7722ffe8add022e..0bb0e9c6376c4aab7bb1ad43c2bd4fce87cef943 100644 --- a/arch/arm/tools/syscall.tbl +++ b/arch/arm/tools/syscall.tbl @@ -411,3 +411,4 @@ 394 common pkey_mprotect sys_pkey_mprotect 395 common pkey_alloc sys_pkey_alloc 396 common pkey_free sys_pkey_free +397 common statx sys_statx diff --git a/arch/arm/xen/mm.c b/arch/arm/xen/mm.c index ce18c91b50a1cbac3fb6d38af60c63af9b031185..f0325d96b97aed734f86deb3a9f5b3266b5a16ed 100644 --- a/arch/arm/xen/mm.c +++ b/arch/arm/xen/mm.c @@ -198,6 +198,8 @@ static const struct dma_map_ops xen_swiotlb_dma_ops = { .unmap_page = xen_swiotlb_unmap_page, .dma_supported = xen_swiotlb_dma_supported, .set_dma_mask = xen_swiotlb_set_dma_mask, + .mmap = xen_swiotlb_dma_mmap, + .get_sgtable = xen_swiotlb_get_sgtable, }; int __init xen_mm_init(void) diff --git a/arch/arm64/Kconfig b/arch/arm64/Kconfig index a39029b5414eb25f23f3409f74a4d84713a02c4f..67695fadae96c301d57a3b1ebd362ca4cb3bc3e1 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/Kconfig +++ b/arch/arm64/Kconfig @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ config ARM64 def_bool y select ACPI_CCA_REQUIRED if ACPI select ACPI_GENERIC_GSI if ACPI + select ACPI_GTDT if ACPI select ACPI_REDUCED_HARDWARE_ONLY if ACPI select ACPI_MCFG if ACPI select ACPI_SPCR_TABLE if ACPI @@ -60,7 +61,6 @@ config ARM64 select HAVE_ALIGNED_STRUCT_PAGE if SLUB select HAVE_ARCH_AUDITSYSCALL select HAVE_ARCH_BITREVERSE - select HAVE_ARCH_HARDENED_USERCOPY select HAVE_ARCH_HUGE_VMAP select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL select HAVE_ARCH_KASAN if SPARSEMEM_VMEMMAP && !(ARM64_16K_PAGES && ARM64_VA_BITS_48) @@ -508,6 +508,16 @@ config QCOM_FALKOR_ERRATUM_1009 If unsure, say Y. +config QCOM_QDF2400_ERRATUM_0065 + bool "QDF2400 E0065: Incorrect GITS_TYPER.ITT_Entry_size" + default y + help + On Qualcomm Datacenter Technologies QDF2400 SoC, ITS hardware reports + ITE size incorrectly. The GITS_TYPER.ITT_Entry_size field should have + been indicated as 16Bytes (0xf), not 8Bytes (0x7). + + If unsure, say Y. + endmenu @@ -1063,6 +1073,10 @@ config SYSVIPC_COMPAT def_bool y depends on COMPAT && SYSVIPC +config KEYS_COMPAT + def_bool y + depends on COMPAT && KEYS + endmenu menu "Power management options" diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi index 1c64ea2d23f96a4a990f9f6e8cd4b22fd3fd3dd3..0565779e66fafd9755048c2a1c7f8ebc15533eff 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/allwinner/sun50i-a64.dtsi @@ -179,8 +179,10 @@ usbphy: phy@01c19400 { compatible = "allwinner,sun50i-a64-usb-phy"; reg = <0x01c19400 0x14>, + <0x01c1a800 0x4>, <0x01c1b800 0x4>; reg-names = "phy_ctrl", + "pmu0", "pmu1"; clocks = <&ccu CLK_USB_PHY0>, <&ccu CLK_USB_PHY1>; diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gx.dtsi b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gx.dtsi index 5d995f7724af67e847587504a36beb7b16d0bf05..620495a43363928e926b76ff2e654e2aea15dd98 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gx.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gx.dtsi @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ #size-cells = <2>; ranges = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0xc8834000 0x0 0x2000>; - rng { + hwrng: rng { compatible = "amlogic,meson-rng"; reg = <0x0 0x0 0x0 0x4>; }; diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gxbb.dtsi b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gxbb.dtsi index 04b3324bc1329d9e2107cc86f15f6d6aef834497..a375cb21cc8b10f7efc9b71eb9d64faa3493ae97 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gxbb.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/amlogic/meson-gxbb.dtsi @@ -524,3 +524,8 @@ &vpu { compatible = "amlogic,meson-gxbb-vpu", "amlogic,meson-gx-vpu"; }; + +&hwrng { + clocks = <&clkc CLKID_RNG0>; + clock-names = "core"; +}; diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/ns2.dtsi b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/ns2.dtsi index 9f9e203c09c5ad362ae00d5038d2e52c91043f39..bcb03fc3266552e22ce855ac81677584d0937e63 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/ns2.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/broadcom/ns2.dtsi @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ pcie0: pcie@20020000 { compatible = "brcm,iproc-pcie"; reg = <0 0x20020000 0 0x1000>; + dma-coherent; #interrupt-cells = <1>; interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>; @@ -144,6 +145,7 @@ pcie4: pcie@50020000 { compatible = "brcm,iproc-pcie"; reg = <0 0x50020000 0 0x1000>; + dma-coherent; #interrupt-cells = <1>; interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 0 0>; @@ -174,6 +176,7 @@ pcie8: pcie@60c00000 { compatible = "brcm,iproc-pcie-paxc"; reg = <0 0x60c00000 0 0x1000>; + dma-coherent; linux,pci-domain = <8>; bus-range = <0x0 0x1>; @@ -203,6 +206,7 @@ <0x61030000 0x100>; reg-names = "amac_base", "idm_base", "nicpm_base"; interrupts = ; + dma-coherent; phy-handle = <&gphy0>; phy-mode = "rgmii"; status = "disabled"; @@ -213,6 +217,7 @@ reg = <0x612c0000 0x445>; /* PDC FS0 regs */ interrupts = ; #mbox-cells = <1>; + dma-coherent; brcm,rx-status-len = <32>; brcm,use-bcm-hdr; }; @@ -222,6 +227,7 @@ reg = <0x612e0000 0x445>; /* PDC FS1 regs */ interrupts = ; #mbox-cells = <1>; + dma-coherent; brcm,rx-status-len = <32>; brcm,use-bcm-hdr; }; @@ -231,6 +237,7 @@ reg = <0x61300000 0x445>; /* PDC FS2 regs */ interrupts = ; #mbox-cells = <1>; + dma-coherent; brcm,rx-status-len = <32>; brcm,use-bcm-hdr; }; @@ -240,6 +247,7 @@ reg = <0x61320000 0x445>; /* PDC FS3 regs */ interrupts = ; #mbox-cells = <1>; + dma-coherent; brcm,rx-status-len = <32>; brcm,use-bcm-hdr; }; @@ -644,6 +652,7 @@ sata: ahci@663f2000 { compatible = "brcm,iproc-ahci", "generic-ahci"; reg = <0x663f2000 0x1000>; + dma-coherent; reg-names = "ahci"; interrupts = ; #address-cells = <1>; @@ -667,6 +676,7 @@ compatible = "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus"; reg = <0x66420000 0x100>; interrupts = ; + dma-coherent; bus-width = <8>; clocks = <&genpll_sw BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_SDIO_CLK>; status = "disabled"; @@ -676,6 +686,7 @@ compatible = "brcm,sdhci-iproc-cygnus"; reg = <0x66430000 0x100>; interrupts = ; + dma-coherent; bus-width = <8>; clocks = <&genpll_sw BCM_NS2_GENPLL_SW_SDIO_CLK>; status = "disabled"; diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/hisilicon/hi6220-hikey.dts b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/hisilicon/hi6220-hikey.dts index dba3c131c62c09625c48cfabb7019e683eb060e7..9b4ba71692101077d5a77a6b18749b7c6c4d26f6 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/hisilicon/hi6220-hikey.dts +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/hisilicon/hi6220-hikey.dts @@ -98,6 +98,11 @@ assigned-clocks = <&sys_ctrl HI6220_UART1_SRC>; assigned-clock-rates = <150000000>; status = "ok"; + + bluetooth { + compatible = "ti,wl1835-st"; + enable-gpios = <&gpio1 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; }; uart2: uart@f7112000 { diff --git a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap806.dtsi b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap806.dtsi index a749ba2edec4b1c30f861903da2b7e57db995a27..5019c8f4acd03f06556f893e23182a0256c8db7c 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap806.dtsi +++ b/arch/arm64/boot/dts/marvell/armada-ap806.dtsi @@ -235,7 +235,8 @@ #clock-cells = <1>; clock-output-names = "ap-cpu-cluster-0", "ap-cpu-cluster-1", - "ap-fixed", "ap-mss"; + "ap-fixed", "ap-mss", + "ap-emmc"; reg = <0x6f4000 0x1000>; }; }; diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/arch_timer.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/arch_timer.h index b4b34004a21e2a8ee9514d55f1cd0b90db70bc03..74d08e44a651b9e58de7d8a6075f6101083f5262 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/arch_timer.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/arch_timer.h @@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include @@ -37,24 +38,44 @@ extern struct static_key_false arch_timer_read_ool_enabled; #define needs_unstable_timer_counter_workaround() false #endif +enum arch_timer_erratum_match_type { + ate_match_dt, + ate_match_local_cap_id, + ate_match_acpi_oem_info, +}; + +struct clock_event_device; struct arch_timer_erratum_workaround { - const char *id; /* Indicate the Erratum ID */ + enum arch_timer_erratum_match_type match_type; + const void *id; + const char *desc; u32 (*read_cntp_tval_el0)(void); u32 (*read_cntv_tval_el0)(void); u64 (*read_cntvct_el0)(void); + int (*set_next_event_phys)(unsigned long, struct clock_event_device *); + int (*set_next_event_virt)(unsigned long, struct clock_event_device *); }; -extern const struct arch_timer_erratum_workaround *timer_unstable_counter_workaround; - -#define arch_timer_reg_read_stable(reg) \ -({ \ - u64 _val; \ - if (needs_unstable_timer_counter_workaround()) \ - _val = timer_unstable_counter_workaround->read_##reg();\ - else \ - _val = read_sysreg(reg); \ - _val; \ +DECLARE_PER_CPU(const struct arch_timer_erratum_workaround *, + timer_unstable_counter_workaround); + +#define arch_timer_reg_read_stable(reg) \ +({ \ + u64 _val; \ + if (needs_unstable_timer_counter_workaround()) { \ + const struct arch_timer_erratum_workaround *wa; \ + preempt_disable(); \ + wa = __this_cpu_read(timer_unstable_counter_workaround); \ + if (wa && wa->read_##reg) \ + _val = wa->read_##reg(); \ + else \ + _val = read_sysreg(reg); \ + preempt_enable(); \ + } else { \ + _val = read_sysreg(reg); \ + } \ + _val; \ }) /* diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/bug.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/bug.h index 561190d1588136b1f7bc207ebfd04251694ea552..a9be1072933c0d1213afd9a5fed65de5d554f055 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/bug.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/bug.h @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ _BUGVERBOSE_LOCATION(__FILE__, __LINE__) \ unreachable(); \ } while (0) -#define __WARN_TAINT(taint) _BUG_FLAGS(BUGFLAG_TAINT(taint)) +#define __WARN_FLAGS(flags) _BUG_FLAGS(BUGFLAG_WARNING|(flags)) #endif /* ! CONFIG_GENERIC_BUG */ diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpucaps.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpucaps.h index fb78a5d3b60b628c336b6451928b7653ec7fc5cd..b3aab8a17868e04eb9ba8ea46cb51cf3f1b1f2f8 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpucaps.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpucaps.h @@ -37,7 +37,8 @@ #define ARM64_HAS_NO_FPSIMD 16 #define ARM64_WORKAROUND_REPEAT_TLBI 17 #define ARM64_WORKAROUND_QCOM_FALKOR_E1003 18 +#define ARM64_WORKAROUND_858921 19 -#define ARM64_NCAPS 19 +#define ARM64_NCAPS 20 #endif /* __ASM_CPUCAPS_H */ diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpufeature.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpufeature.h index 05310ad8c5abec54a445cb2dfcd3df5fefcefe3a..f31c48d0cd6873f399a6d8f5f861e98fa3f66e10 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpufeature.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cpufeature.h @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ static inline bool system_supports_fpsimd(void) static inline bool system_uses_ttbr0_pan(void) { return IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ARM64_SW_TTBR0_PAN) && - !cpus_have_cap(ARM64_HAS_PAN); + !cpus_have_const_cap(ARM64_HAS_PAN); } #endif /* __ASSEMBLY__ */ diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cputype.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cputype.h index fc502713ab370b97a455993b3ce844304363ddf6..0984d1b3a8f21743e678fe278f537a466a29559e 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/cputype.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/cputype.h @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ #define ARM_CPU_PART_FOUNDATION 0xD00 #define ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A57 0xD07 #define ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A53 0xD03 +#define ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A73 0xD09 #define APM_CPU_PART_POTENZA 0x000 @@ -92,6 +93,7 @@ #define MIDR_CORTEX_A53 MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_ARM, ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A53) #define MIDR_CORTEX_A57 MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_ARM, ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A57) +#define MIDR_CORTEX_A73 MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_ARM, ARM_CPU_PART_CORTEX_A73) #define MIDR_THUNDERX MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_CAVIUM, CAVIUM_CPU_PART_THUNDERX) #define MIDR_THUNDERX_81XX MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_CAVIUM, CAVIUM_CPU_PART_THUNDERX_81XX) #define MIDR_QCOM_FALKOR_V1 MIDR_CPU_MODEL(ARM_CPU_IMP_QCOM, QCOM_CPU_PART_FALKOR_V1) diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/current.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/current.h index 86c404171305abd290a6a85d7a5edd69c55ecd02..f6580d4afb0e0c4e242e5171ecda679d927286d2 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/current.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/current.h @@ -3,8 +3,6 @@ #include -#include - #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__ struct task_struct; diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/efi.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/efi.h index e7445281e5342bcd248cd9ab684b2747a52bd080..8f3043aba87307c9ebc3435277e3f4f933fd3278 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/efi.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/efi.h @@ -1,6 +1,7 @@ #ifndef _ASM_EFI_H #define _ASM_EFI_H +#include #include #include #include @@ -46,7 +47,28 @@ int efi_set_mapping_permissions(struct mm_struct *mm, efi_memory_desc_t *md); * 2MiB so we know it won't cross a 2MiB boundary. */ #define EFI_FDT_ALIGN SZ_2M /* used by allocate_new_fdt_and_exit_boot() */ -#define MAX_FDT_OFFSET SZ_512M + +/* on arm64, the FDT may be located anywhere in system RAM */ +static inline unsigned long efi_get_max_fdt_addr(unsigned long dram_base) +{ + return ULONG_MAX; +} + +/* + * On arm64, we have to ensure that the initrd ends up in the linear region, + * which is a 1 GB aligned region of size '1UL << (VA_BITS - 1)' that is + * guaranteed to cover the kernel Image. + * + * Since the EFI stub is part of the kernel Image, we can relax the + * usual requirements in Documentation/arm64/booting.txt, which still + * apply to other bootloaders, and are required for some kernel + * configurations. + */ +static inline unsigned long efi_get_max_initrd_addr(unsigned long dram_base, + unsigned long image_addr) +{ + return (image_addr & ~(SZ_1G - 1UL)) + (1UL << (VA_BITS - 1)); +} #define efi_call_early(f, ...) sys_table_arg->boottime->f(__VA_ARGS__) #define __efi_call_early(f, ...) f(__VA_ARGS__) diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/esr.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/esr.h index d14c478976d0abeb435163da5c16599a0f2c3b53..ad42e79a5d4d4d08e57b64c16c4f2339e3539ec6 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/esr.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/esr.h @@ -175,6 +175,8 @@ #define ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_CTR_READ (ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_CTR | \ ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_DIR_READ) +#define ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_CNTVCT (ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_VAL(3, 3, 2, 14, 0) | \ + ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_DIR_READ) #ifndef __ASSEMBLY__ #include diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/extable.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/extable.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..42f50f15a44c05fdd639a9f44c34563849f7b12c --- /dev/null +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/extable.h @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +#ifndef __ASM_EXTABLE_H +#define __ASM_EXTABLE_H + +/* + * The exception table consists of pairs of relative offsets: the first + * is the relative offset to an instruction that is allowed to fault, + * and the second is the relative offset at which the program should + * continue. No registers are modified, so it is entirely up to the + * continuation code to figure out what to do. + * + * All the routines below use bits of fixup code that are out of line + * with the main instruction path. This means when everything is well, + * we don't even have to jump over them. Further, they do not intrude + * on our cache or tlb entries. + */ + +struct exception_table_entry +{ + int insn, fixup; +}; + +#define ARCH_HAS_RELATIVE_EXTABLE + +extern int fixup_exception(struct pt_regs *regs); +#endif diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/insn.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/insn.h index aecc07e09a18bd911a6df59554bf5261aa9f8ec7..29cb2ca756f6eea49ad3fd8a6a95a2cac34a5449 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/insn.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/insn.h @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ enum aarch64_insn_register_type { AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RM, AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RD, AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RA, + AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RS, }; enum aarch64_insn_register { @@ -188,6 +189,8 @@ enum aarch64_insn_ldst_type { AARCH64_INSN_LDST_STORE_PAIR_PRE_INDEX, AARCH64_INSN_LDST_LOAD_PAIR_POST_INDEX, AARCH64_INSN_LDST_STORE_PAIR_POST_INDEX, + AARCH64_INSN_LDST_LOAD_EX, + AARCH64_INSN_LDST_STORE_EX, }; enum aarch64_insn_adsb_type { @@ -240,6 +243,23 @@ enum aarch64_insn_logic_type { AARCH64_INSN_LOGIC_BIC_SETFLAGS }; +enum aarch64_insn_prfm_type { + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PLD, + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PLI, + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PST, +}; + +enum aarch64_insn_prfm_target { + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L1, + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L2, + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L3, +}; + +enum aarch64_insn_prfm_policy { + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_POLICY_KEEP, + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_POLICY_STRM, +}; + #define __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(abbr, mask, val) \ static __always_inline bool aarch64_insn_is_##abbr(u32 code) \ { return (code & (mask)) == (val); } \ @@ -248,6 +268,7 @@ static __always_inline u32 aarch64_insn_get_##abbr##_value(void) \ __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(adr, 0x9F000000, 0x10000000) __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(adrp, 0x9F000000, 0x90000000) +__AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(prfm, 0x3FC00000, 0x39800000) __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(prfm_lit, 0xFF000000, 0xD8000000) __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(str_reg, 0x3FE0EC00, 0x38206800) __AARCH64_INSN_FUNCS(ldr_reg, 0x3FE0EC00, 0x38606800) @@ -357,6 +378,11 @@ u32 aarch64_insn_gen_load_store_pair(enum aarch64_insn_register reg1, int offset, enum aarch64_insn_variant variant, enum aarch64_insn_ldst_type type); +u32 aarch64_insn_gen_load_store_ex(enum aarch64_insn_register reg, + enum aarch64_insn_register base, + enum aarch64_insn_register state, + enum aarch64_insn_size_type size, + enum aarch64_insn_ldst_type type); u32 aarch64_insn_gen_add_sub_imm(enum aarch64_insn_register dst, enum aarch64_insn_register src, int imm, enum aarch64_insn_variant variant, @@ -397,6 +423,10 @@ u32 aarch64_insn_gen_logical_shifted_reg(enum aarch64_insn_register dst, int shift, enum aarch64_insn_variant variant, enum aarch64_insn_logic_type type); +u32 aarch64_insn_gen_prefetch(enum aarch64_insn_register base, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_type type, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_target target, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_policy policy); s32 aarch64_get_branch_offset(u32 insn); u32 aarch64_set_branch_offset(u32 insn, s32 offset); diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/kvm_host.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/kvm_host.h index f21fd38943708f1f6b69f1431fd07538ff26a993..e7705e7bb07b133de4da9b2809a152f94ceb0b4b 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/kvm_host.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/kvm_host.h @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ #define __KVM_HAVE_ARCH_INTC_INITIALIZED -#define KVM_USER_MEM_SLOTS 32 -#define KVM_PRIVATE_MEM_SLOTS 4 +#define KVM_USER_MEM_SLOTS 512 #define KVM_COALESCED_MMIO_PAGE_OFFSET 1 #define KVM_HALT_POLL_NS_DEFAULT 500000 diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/pgtable-types.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/pgtable-types.h index 69b2fd41503ca3764fed84f9d404b2e32cbfc939..345a072b5856d41477fab1f450eda1e213d201d3 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/pgtable-types.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/pgtable-types.h @@ -55,9 +55,13 @@ typedef struct { pteval_t pgprot; } pgprot_t; #define __pgprot(x) ((pgprot_t) { (x) } ) #if CONFIG_PGTABLE_LEVELS == 2 +#define __ARCH_USE_5LEVEL_HACK #include #elif CONFIG_PGTABLE_LEVELS == 3 +#define __ARCH_USE_5LEVEL_HACK #include +#elif CONFIG_PGTABLE_LEVELS == 4 +#include #endif #endif /* __ASM_PGTABLE_TYPES_H */ diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/uaccess.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/uaccess.h index 5308d696311bcdd130e98d316e9b902d5bb075f5..ba497172610dbcda77d638a874c8e62c6ad04da5 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/uaccess.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/uaccess.h @@ -28,38 +28,12 @@ #include #include #include -#include #include #include -#include #include #include - -#define VERIFY_READ 0 -#define VERIFY_WRITE 1 - -/* - * The exception table consists of pairs of relative offsets: the first - * is the relative offset to an instruction that is allowed to fault, - * and the second is the relative offset at which the program should - * continue. No registers are modified, so it is entirely up to the - * continuation code to figure out what to do. - * - * All the routines below use bits of fixup code that are out of line - * with the main instruction path. This means when everything is well, - * we don't even have to jump over them. Further, they do not intrude - * on our cache or tlb entries. - */ - -struct exception_table_entry -{ - int insn, fixup; -}; - -#define ARCH_HAS_RELATIVE_EXTABLE - -extern int fixup_exception(struct pt_regs *regs); +#include #define KERNEL_DS (-1UL) #define get_ds() (KERNEL_DS) @@ -357,58 +331,13 @@ do { \ }) extern unsigned long __must_check __arch_copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n); +#define raw_copy_from_user __arch_copy_from_user extern unsigned long __must_check __arch_copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n); -extern unsigned long __must_check __copy_in_user(void __user *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n); +#define raw_copy_to_user __arch_copy_to_user +extern unsigned long __must_check raw_copy_in_user(void __user *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n); extern unsigned long __must_check __clear_user(void __user *addr, unsigned long n); - -static inline unsigned long __must_check __copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) -{ - kasan_check_write(to, n); - check_object_size(to, n, false); - return __arch_copy_from_user(to, from, n); -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check __copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) -{ - kasan_check_read(from, n); - check_object_size(from, n, true); - return __arch_copy_to_user(to, from, n); -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check copy_from_user(void *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) -{ - unsigned long res = n; - kasan_check_write(to, n); - check_object_size(to, n, false); - - if (access_ok(VERIFY_READ, from, n)) { - res = __arch_copy_from_user(to, from, n); - } - if (unlikely(res)) - memset(to + (n - res), 0, res); - return res; -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check copy_to_user(void __user *to, const void *from, unsigned long n) -{ - kasan_check_read(from, n); - check_object_size(from, n, true); - - if (access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, to, n)) { - n = __arch_copy_to_user(to, from, n); - } - return n; -} - -static inline unsigned long __must_check copy_in_user(void __user *to, const void __user *from, unsigned long n) -{ - if (access_ok(VERIFY_READ, from, n) && access_ok(VERIFY_WRITE, to, n)) - n = __copy_in_user(to, from, n); - return n; -} - -#define __copy_to_user_inatomic __copy_to_user -#define __copy_from_user_inatomic __copy_from_user +#define INLINE_COPY_TO_USER +#define INLINE_COPY_FROM_USER static inline unsigned long __must_check clear_user(void __user *to, unsigned long n) { diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd.h index e78ac26324bd809dcd5fa2f7f45465daba8c158d..a0baa9af54878b5ea4dc95f21701eca55e65c4f0 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd.h @@ -14,7 +14,6 @@ * along with this program. If not, see . */ #ifdef CONFIG_COMPAT -#define __ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_SYS_GETDENTS64 #define __ARCH_WANT_COMPAT_STAT64 #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_GETHOSTNAME #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_PAUSE @@ -44,7 +43,7 @@ #define __ARM_NR_compat_cacheflush (__ARM_NR_COMPAT_BASE+2) #define __ARM_NR_compat_set_tls (__ARM_NR_COMPAT_BASE+5) -#define __NR_compat_syscalls 394 +#define __NR_compat_syscalls 398 #endif #define __ARCH_WANT_SYS_CLONE diff --git a/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd32.h b/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd32.h index b7e8ef16ff0dc62b94a042e4a0b70c9884e4cb16..ef292160748c82869505c2ba4f58dbde496269de 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd32.h +++ b/arch/arm64/include/asm/unistd32.h @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ __SYSCALL(__NR_setfsuid32, sys_setfsuid) #define __NR_setfsgid32 216 __SYSCALL(__NR_setfsgid32, sys_setfsgid) #define __NR_getdents64 217 -__SYSCALL(__NR_getdents64, compat_sys_getdents64) +__SYSCALL(__NR_getdents64, sys_getdents64) #define __NR_pivot_root 218 __SYSCALL(__NR_pivot_root, sys_pivot_root) #define __NR_mincore 219 @@ -809,6 +809,14 @@ __SYSCALL(__NR_copy_file_range, sys_copy_file_range) __SYSCALL(__NR_preadv2, compat_sys_preadv2) #define __NR_pwritev2 393 __SYSCALL(__NR_pwritev2, compat_sys_pwritev2) +#define __NR_pkey_mprotect 394 +__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_mprotect, sys_pkey_mprotect) +#define __NR_pkey_alloc 395 +__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_alloc, sys_pkey_alloc) +#define __NR_pkey_free 396 +__SYSCALL(__NR_pkey_free, sys_pkey_free) +#define __NR_statx 397 +__SYSCALL(__NR_statx, sys_statx) /* * Please add new compat syscalls above this comment and update diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/acpi.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/acpi.c index 64d9cbd61678233dc24648f11bb5b242df3ee244..e25c11e727fe5150f1792d29221cb03d98c4c7c0 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/acpi.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/acpi.c @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ #include #include #include +#include #include #include #include @@ -233,6 +234,8 @@ done: early_init_dt_scan_chosen_stdout(); } else { parse_spcr(earlycon_init_is_deferred); + if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_ACPI_BGRT)) + acpi_table_parse(ACPI_SIG_BGRT, acpi_parse_bgrt); } } diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/arm64ksyms.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/arm64ksyms.c index e9c4dc9e0ada63c25be8d5dd3064739a4b797523..67368c7329c03e762a6873eef5305b4b20c2b7b7 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/arm64ksyms.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/arm64ksyms.c @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(clear_page); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__arch_copy_from_user); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__arch_copy_to_user); EXPORT_SYMBOL(__clear_user); -EXPORT_SYMBOL(__copy_in_user); +EXPORT_SYMBOL(raw_copy_in_user); /* physical memory */ EXPORT_SYMBOL(memstart_addr); diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpu_errata.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpu_errata.c index f6cc67e7626ec13d52920f3a3fd841216f3be350..2ed2a7657711c54df5e9f698868d936d309a8830 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpu_errata.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpu_errata.c @@ -53,6 +53,13 @@ static int cpu_enable_trap_ctr_access(void *__unused) .midr_range_min = min, \ .midr_range_max = max +#define MIDR_ALL_VERSIONS(model) \ + .def_scope = SCOPE_LOCAL_CPU, \ + .matches = is_affected_midr_range, \ + .midr_model = model, \ + .midr_range_min = 0, \ + .midr_range_max = (MIDR_VARIANT_MASK | MIDR_REVISION_MASK) + const struct arm64_cpu_capabilities arm64_errata[] = { #if defined(CONFIG_ARM64_ERRATUM_826319) || \ defined(CONFIG_ARM64_ERRATUM_827319) || \ @@ -150,6 +157,14 @@ const struct arm64_cpu_capabilities arm64_errata[] = { MIDR_CPU_VAR_REV(0, 0), MIDR_CPU_VAR_REV(0, 0)), }, +#endif +#ifdef CONFIG_ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 + { + /* Cortex-A73 all versions */ + .desc = "ARM erratum 858921", + .capability = ARM64_WORKAROUND_858921, + MIDR_ALL_VERSIONS(MIDR_CORTEX_A73), + }, #endif { } diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpufeature.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpufeature.c index abda8e861865779d96087b3de57d60305d26e582..6eb77ae99b79926cd992ac1441c0e533ba6d4a6e 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpufeature.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpufeature.c @@ -1090,20 +1090,29 @@ static void __init setup_feature_capabilities(void) * Check if the current CPU has a given feature capability. * Should be called from non-preemptible context. */ -bool this_cpu_has_cap(unsigned int cap) +static bool __this_cpu_has_cap(const struct arm64_cpu_capabilities *cap_array, + unsigned int cap) { const struct arm64_cpu_capabilities *caps; if (WARN_ON(preemptible())) return false; - for (caps = arm64_features; caps->desc; caps++) + for (caps = cap_array; caps->desc; caps++) if (caps->capability == cap && caps->matches) return caps->matches(caps, SCOPE_LOCAL_CPU); return false; } +extern const struct arm64_cpu_capabilities arm64_errata[]; + +bool this_cpu_has_cap(unsigned int cap) +{ + return (__this_cpu_has_cap(arm64_features, cap) || + __this_cpu_has_cap(arm64_errata, cap)); +} + void __init setup_cpu_features(void) { u32 cwg; diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpuidle.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpuidle.c index 75a0f8acef669ce5560f627f516dae54168a898d..fd691087dc9ad58ff0ff007f5ea7191a3f879380 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/cpuidle.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/cpuidle.c @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ int arm_cpuidle_init(unsigned int cpu) } /** - * cpu_suspend() - function to enter a low-power idle state + * arm_cpuidle_suspend() - function to enter a low-power idle state * @arg: argument to pass to CPU suspend operations * * Return: 0 on success, -EOPNOTSUPP if CPU suspend hook not initialized, CPU diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/insn.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/insn.c index 3a63954a8b143e75f9ccde84ca783af3942e9726..b884a926a632e534eca9a8e1e0aff161ade5933c 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/insn.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/insn.c @@ -474,6 +474,7 @@ static u32 aarch64_insn_encode_register(enum aarch64_insn_register_type type, shift = 10; break; case AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RM: + case AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RS: shift = 16; break; default: @@ -757,6 +758,111 @@ u32 aarch64_insn_gen_load_store_pair(enum aarch64_insn_register reg1, offset >> shift); } +u32 aarch64_insn_gen_load_store_ex(enum aarch64_insn_register reg, + enum aarch64_insn_register base, + enum aarch64_insn_register state, + enum aarch64_insn_size_type size, + enum aarch64_insn_ldst_type type) +{ + u32 insn; + + switch (type) { + case AARCH64_INSN_LDST_LOAD_EX: + insn = aarch64_insn_get_load_ex_value(); + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_LDST_STORE_EX: + insn = aarch64_insn_get_store_ex_value(); + break; + default: + pr_err("%s: unknown load/store exclusive encoding %d\n", __func__, type); + return AARCH64_BREAK_FAULT; + } + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_ldst_size(size, insn); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_register(AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RT, insn, + reg); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_register(AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RN, insn, + base); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_register(AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RT2, insn, + AARCH64_INSN_REG_ZR); + + return aarch64_insn_encode_register(AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RS, insn, + state); +} + +static u32 aarch64_insn_encode_prfm_imm(enum aarch64_insn_prfm_type type, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_target target, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_policy policy, + u32 insn) +{ + u32 imm_type = 0, imm_target = 0, imm_policy = 0; + + switch (type) { + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PLD: + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PLI: + imm_type = BIT(0); + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_PST: + imm_type = BIT(1); + break; + default: + pr_err("%s: unknown prfm type encoding %d\n", __func__, type); + return AARCH64_BREAK_FAULT; + } + + switch (target) { + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L1: + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L2: + imm_target = BIT(0); + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_L3: + imm_target = BIT(1); + break; + default: + pr_err("%s: unknown prfm target encoding %d\n", __func__, target); + return AARCH64_BREAK_FAULT; + } + + switch (policy) { + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_POLICY_KEEP: + break; + case AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_POLICY_STRM: + imm_policy = BIT(0); + break; + default: + pr_err("%s: unknown prfm policy encoding %d\n", __func__, policy); + return AARCH64_BREAK_FAULT; + } + + /* In this case, imm5 is encoded into Rt field. */ + insn &= ~GENMASK(4, 0); + insn |= imm_policy | (imm_target << 1) | (imm_type << 3); + + return insn; +} + +u32 aarch64_insn_gen_prefetch(enum aarch64_insn_register base, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_type type, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_target target, + enum aarch64_insn_prfm_policy policy) +{ + u32 insn = aarch64_insn_get_prfm_value(); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_ldst_size(AARCH64_INSN_SIZE_64, insn); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_prfm_imm(type, target, policy, insn); + + insn = aarch64_insn_encode_register(AARCH64_INSN_REGTYPE_RN, insn, + base); + + return aarch64_insn_encode_immediate(AARCH64_INSN_IMM_12, insn, 0); +} + u32 aarch64_insn_gen_add_sub_imm(enum aarch64_insn_register dst, enum aarch64_insn_register src, int imm, enum aarch64_insn_variant variant, diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/kaslr.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/kaslr.c index 769f24ef628c1e9ffd167e0b0e634151cf36de3d..d7e90d97f5c405f2c348eaaff331df818b27906a 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/kaslr.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/kaslr.c @@ -131,11 +131,15 @@ u64 __init kaslr_early_init(u64 dt_phys, u64 modulo_offset) /* * The kernel Image should not extend across a 1GB/32MB/512MB alignment * boundary (for 4KB/16KB/64KB granule kernels, respectively). If this - * happens, increase the KASLR offset by the size of the kernel image. + * happens, increase the KASLR offset by the size of the kernel image + * rounded up by SWAPPER_BLOCK_SIZE. */ if ((((u64)_text + offset + modulo_offset) >> SWAPPER_TABLE_SHIFT) != - (((u64)_end + offset + modulo_offset) >> SWAPPER_TABLE_SHIFT)) - offset = (offset + (u64)(_end - _text)) & mask; + (((u64)_end + offset + modulo_offset) >> SWAPPER_TABLE_SHIFT)) { + u64 kimg_sz = _end - _text; + offset = (offset + round_up(kimg_sz, SWAPPER_BLOCK_SIZE)) + & mask; + } if (IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_KASAN)) /* diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/probes/kprobes.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/probes/kprobes.c index 2a07aae5b8a26431edcdfd2534a856474fc00b44..c5c45942fb6e6693c5f8c195bb6596e2fa9f6ff2 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/probes/kprobes.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/probes/kprobes.c @@ -372,12 +372,6 @@ int __kprobes kprobe_fault_handler(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned int fsr) return 0; } -int __kprobes kprobe_exceptions_notify(struct notifier_block *self, - unsigned long val, void *data) -{ - return NOTIFY_DONE; -} - static void __kprobes kprobe_handler(struct pt_regs *regs) { struct kprobe *p, *cur_kprobe; diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/smp.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/smp.c index ef1caae02110eef59c4abb5dd5cbb8051d9cc269..9b1036570586f95379f035b8606220144cdc7837 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/smp.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/smp.c @@ -944,7 +944,7 @@ static bool have_cpu_die(void) #ifdef CONFIG_HOTPLUG_CPU int any_cpu = raw_smp_processor_id(); - if (cpu_ops[any_cpu]->cpu_die) + if (cpu_ops[any_cpu] && cpu_ops[any_cpu]->cpu_die) return true; #endif return false; diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/traps.c b/arch/arm64/kernel/traps.c index e52be6aa44ee7fadebcc189e764037d320491fa5..1de444e6c6697ca716516f6df59e57917642129c 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/traps.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/traps.c @@ -505,6 +505,14 @@ static void ctr_read_handler(unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *regs) regs->pc += 4; } +static void cntvct_read_handler(unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *regs) +{ + int rt = (esr & ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_RT_MASK) >> ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_RT_SHIFT; + + pt_regs_write_reg(regs, rt, arch_counter_get_cntvct()); + regs->pc += 4; +} + struct sys64_hook { unsigned int esr_mask; unsigned int esr_val; @@ -523,6 +531,12 @@ static struct sys64_hook sys64_hooks[] = { .esr_val = ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_CTR_READ, .handler = ctr_read_handler, }, + { + /* Trap read access to CNTVCT_EL0 */ + .esr_mask = ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_OP_MASK, + .esr_val = ESR_ELx_SYS64_ISS_SYS_CNTVCT, + .handler = cntvct_read_handler, + }, {}, }; diff --git a/arch/arm64/kernel/vdso/.gitignore b/arch/arm64/kernel/vdso/.gitignore index b8cc94e9698b69f17f7d127d2663a21f64e5e2eb..f8b69d84238eb4f7743c23b425e1a4900cb9cd7f 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kernel/vdso/.gitignore +++ b/arch/arm64/kernel/vdso/.gitignore @@ -1,2 +1 @@ vdso.lds -vdso-offsets.h diff --git a/arch/arm64/kvm/handle_exit.c b/arch/arm64/kvm/handle_exit.c index 1bfe30dfbfe77ffa2395528e008c058bd93b648d..fa1b18e364fc9d73cec1c0fdb6626285c1d7adc2 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kvm/handle_exit.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kvm/handle_exit.c @@ -135,7 +135,19 @@ static int kvm_handle_guest_debug(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, struct kvm_run *run) return ret; } +static int kvm_handle_unknown_ec(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu, struct kvm_run *run) +{ + u32 hsr = kvm_vcpu_get_hsr(vcpu); + + kvm_pr_unimpl("Unknown exception class: hsr: %#08x -- %s\n", + hsr, esr_get_class_string(hsr)); + + kvm_inject_undefined(vcpu); + return 1; +} + static exit_handle_fn arm_exit_handlers[] = { + [0 ... ESR_ELx_EC_MAX] = kvm_handle_unknown_ec, [ESR_ELx_EC_WFx] = kvm_handle_wfx, [ESR_ELx_EC_CP15_32] = kvm_handle_cp15_32, [ESR_ELx_EC_CP15_64] = kvm_handle_cp15_64, @@ -162,13 +174,6 @@ static exit_handle_fn kvm_get_exit_handler(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu) u32 hsr = kvm_vcpu_get_hsr(vcpu); u8 hsr_ec = ESR_ELx_EC(hsr); - if (hsr_ec >= ARRAY_SIZE(arm_exit_handlers) || - !arm_exit_handlers[hsr_ec]) { - kvm_err("Unknown exception class: hsr: %#08x -- %s\n", - hsr, esr_get_class_string(hsr)); - BUG(); - } - return arm_exit_handlers[hsr_ec]; } diff --git a/arch/arm64/kvm/hyp/tlb.c b/arch/arm64/kvm/hyp/tlb.c index e8e7ba2bc11f93abde92c6b91782ae776bdbcb73..9e1d2b75eecd606df6a6ccf632247ebc02149c67 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/kvm/hyp/tlb.c +++ b/arch/arm64/kvm/hyp/tlb.c @@ -18,14 +18,62 @@ #include #include +static void __hyp_text __tlb_switch_to_guest_vhe(struct kvm *kvm) +{ + u64 val; + + /* + * With VHE enabled, we have HCR_EL2.{E2H,TGE} = {1,1}, and + * most TLB operations target EL2/EL0. In order to affect the + * guest TLBs (EL1/EL0), we need to change one of these two + * bits. Changing E2H is impossible (goodbye TTBR1_EL2), so + * let's flip TGE before executing the TLB operation. + */ + write_sysreg(kvm->arch.vttbr, vttbr_el2); + val = read_sysreg(hcr_el2); + val &= ~HCR_TGE; + write_sysreg(val, hcr_el2); + isb(); +} + +static void __hyp_text __tlb_switch_to_guest_nvhe(struct kvm *kvm) +{ + write_sysreg(kvm->arch.vttbr, vttbr_el2); + isb(); +} + +static hyp_alternate_select(__tlb_switch_to_guest, + __tlb_switch_to_guest_nvhe, + __tlb_switch_to_guest_vhe, + ARM64_HAS_VIRT_HOST_EXTN); + +static void __hyp_text __tlb_switch_to_host_vhe(struct kvm *kvm) +{ + /* + * We're done with the TLB operation, let's restore the host's + * view of HCR_EL2. + */ + write_sysreg(0, vttbr_el2); + write_sysreg(HCR_HOST_VHE_FLAGS, hcr_el2); +} + +static void __hyp_text __tlb_switch_to_host_nvhe(struct kvm *kvm) +{ + write_sysreg(0, vttbr_el2); +} + +static hyp_alternate_select(__tlb_switch_to_host, + __tlb_switch_to_host_nvhe, + __tlb_switch_to_host_vhe, + ARM64_HAS_VIRT_HOST_EXTN); + void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_vmid_ipa(struct kvm *kvm, phys_addr_t ipa) { dsb(ishst); /* Switch to requested VMID */ kvm = kern_hyp_va(kvm); - write_sysreg(kvm->arch.vttbr, vttbr_el2); - isb(); + __tlb_switch_to_guest()(kvm); /* * We could do so much better if we had the VA as well. @@ -46,7 +94,7 @@ void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_vmid_ipa(struct kvm *kvm, phys_addr_t ipa) dsb(ish); isb(); - write_sysreg(0, vttbr_el2); + __tlb_switch_to_host()(kvm); } void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_vmid(struct kvm *kvm) @@ -55,14 +103,13 @@ void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_vmid(struct kvm *kvm) /* Switch to requested VMID */ kvm = kern_hyp_va(kvm); - write_sysreg(kvm->arch.vttbr, vttbr_el2); - isb(); + __tlb_switch_to_guest()(kvm); __tlbi(vmalls12e1is); dsb(ish); isb(); - write_sysreg(0, vttbr_el2); + __tlb_switch_to_host()(kvm); } void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_local_vmid(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu) @@ -70,14 +117,13 @@ void __hyp_text __kvm_tlb_flush_local_vmid(struct kvm_vcpu *vcpu) struct kvm *kvm = kern_hyp_va(kern_hyp_va(vcpu)->kvm); /* Switch to requested VMID */ - write_sysreg(kvm->arch.vttbr, vttbr_el2); - isb(); + __tlb_switch_to_guest()(kvm); __tlbi(vmalle1); dsb(nsh); isb(); - write_sysreg(0, vttbr_el2); + __tlb_switch_to_host()(kvm); } void __hyp_text __kvm_flush_vm_context(void) diff --git a/arch/arm64/lib/copy_in_user.S b/arch/arm64/lib/copy_in_user.S index 47184c3a97da6faa4cce2e31b37f91d95d361ee6..b24a830419ad95001a1b635ea169b20d0ea73d3a 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/lib/copy_in_user.S +++ b/arch/arm64/lib/copy_in_user.S @@ -64,14 +64,14 @@ .endm end .req x5 -ENTRY(__copy_in_user) +ENTRY(raw_copy_in_user) uaccess_enable_not_uao x3, x4 add end, x0, x2 #include "copy_template.S" uaccess_disable_not_uao x3 mov x0, #0 ret -ENDPROC(__copy_in_user) +ENDPROC(raw_copy_in_user) .section .fixup,"ax" .align 2 diff --git a/arch/arm64/mm/fault.c b/arch/arm64/mm/fault.c index 4bf899fb451baf652cafe6e3393be914af9674ba..1b35b8bddbfb07e778ab5c2bc511a86e04e2a255 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/mm/fault.c +++ b/arch/arm64/mm/fault.c @@ -42,7 +42,20 @@ #include #include -static const char *fault_name(unsigned int esr); +struct fault_info { + int (*fn)(unsigned long addr, unsigned int esr, + struct pt_regs *regs); + int sig; + int code; + const char *name; +}; + +static const struct fault_info fault_info[]; + +static inline const struct fault_info *esr_to_fault_info(unsigned int esr) +{ + return fault_info + (esr & 63); +} #ifdef CONFIG_KPROBES static inline int notify_page_fault(struct pt_regs *regs, unsigned int esr) @@ -197,10 +210,12 @@ static void __do_user_fault(struct task_struct *tsk, unsigned long addr, struct pt_regs *regs) { struct siginfo si; + const struct fault_info *inf; if (unhandled_signal(tsk, sig) && show_unhandled_signals_ratelimited()) { + inf = esr_to_fault_info(esr); pr_info("%s[%d]: unhandled %s (%d) at 0x%08lx, esr 0x%03x\n", - tsk->comm, task_pid_nr(tsk), fault_name(esr), sig, + tsk->comm, task_pid_nr(tsk), inf->name, sig, addr, esr); show_pte(tsk->mm, addr); show_regs(regs); @@ -219,14 +234,16 @@ static void do_bad_area(unsigned long addr, unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *re { struct task_struct *tsk = current; struct mm_struct *mm = tsk->active_mm; + const struct fault_info *inf; /* * If we are in kernel mode at this point, we have no context to * handle this fault with. */ - if (user_mode(regs)) - __do_user_fault(tsk, addr, esr, SIGSEGV, SEGV_MAPERR, regs); - else + if (user_mode(regs)) { + inf = esr_to_fault_info(esr); + __do_user_fault(tsk, addr, esr, inf->sig, inf->code, regs); + } else __do_kernel_fault(mm, addr, esr, regs); } @@ -488,12 +505,7 @@ static int do_bad(unsigned long addr, unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *regs) return 1; } -static const struct fault_info { - int (*fn)(unsigned long addr, unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *regs); - int sig; - int code; - const char *name; -} fault_info[] = { +static const struct fault_info fault_info[] = { { do_bad, SIGBUS, 0, "ttbr address size fault" }, { do_bad, SIGBUS, 0, "level 1 address size fault" }, { do_bad, SIGBUS, 0, "level 2 address size fault" }, @@ -560,19 +572,13 @@ static const struct fault_info { { do_bad, SIGBUS, 0, "unknown 63" }, }; -static const char *fault_name(unsigned int esr) -{ - const struct fault_info *inf = fault_info + (esr & 63); - return inf->name; -} - /* * Dispatch a data abort to the relevant handler. */ asmlinkage void __exception do_mem_abort(unsigned long addr, unsigned int esr, struct pt_regs *regs) { - const struct fault_info *inf = fault_info + (esr & 63); + const struct fault_info *inf = esr_to_fault_info(esr); struct siginfo info; if (!inf->fn(addr, esr, regs)) diff --git a/arch/arm64/mm/hugetlbpage.c b/arch/arm64/mm/hugetlbpage.c index e25584d723960e73fb8eec8d1a5f48fa57197582..7514a000e361f45e21d51601b1d351cb40c9306e 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/mm/hugetlbpage.c +++ b/arch/arm64/mm/hugetlbpage.c @@ -294,10 +294,6 @@ static __init int setup_hugepagesz(char *opt) hugetlb_add_hstate(PMD_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT); } else if (ps == PUD_SIZE) { hugetlb_add_hstate(PUD_SHIFT - PAGE_SHIFT); - } else if (ps == (PAGE_SIZE * CONT_PTES)) { - hugetlb_add_hstate(CONT_PTE_SHIFT); - } else if (ps == (PMD_SIZE * CONT_PMDS)) { - hugetlb_add_hstate((PMD_SHIFT + CONT_PMD_SHIFT) - PAGE_SHIFT); } else { hugetlb_bad_size(); pr_err("hugepagesz: Unsupported page size %lu K\n", ps >> 10); @@ -306,13 +302,3 @@ static __init int setup_hugepagesz(char *opt) return 1; } __setup("hugepagesz=", setup_hugepagesz); - -#ifdef CONFIG_ARM64_64K_PAGES -static __init int add_default_hugepagesz(void) -{ - if (size_to_hstate(CONT_PTES * PAGE_SIZE) == NULL) - hugetlb_add_hstate(CONT_PTE_SHIFT); - return 0; -} -arch_initcall(add_default_hugepagesz); -#endif diff --git a/arch/arm64/mm/kasan_init.c b/arch/arm64/mm/kasan_init.c index 55d1e9205543689a6883d983dc82cb8b9eb2be6a..687a358a37337af9cf7a0d50c27b0176cfbd2012 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/mm/kasan_init.c +++ b/arch/arm64/mm/kasan_init.c @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ void __init kasan_init(void) clear_pgds(KASAN_SHADOW_START, KASAN_SHADOW_END); vmemmap_populate(kimg_shadow_start, kimg_shadow_end, - pfn_to_nid(virt_to_pfn(_text))); + pfn_to_nid(virt_to_pfn(lm_alias(_text)))); /* * vmemmap_populate() has populated the shadow region that covers the diff --git a/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit.h b/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit.h index 7c16e547ccb22d1ef4eaf5cc9c91cc8540ae8581..b02a9268dfbf1093016dc3609e79681fa6da9dba 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit.h +++ b/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit.h @@ -83,6 +83,25 @@ /* Rt = Rn[0]; Rt2 = Rn[8]; Rn += 16; */ #define A64_POP(Rt, Rt2, Rn) A64_LS_PAIR(Rt, Rt2, Rn, 16, LOAD, POST_INDEX) +/* Load/store exclusive */ +#define A64_SIZE(sf) \ + ((sf) ? AARCH64_INSN_SIZE_64 : AARCH64_INSN_SIZE_32) +#define A64_LSX(sf, Rt, Rn, Rs, type) \ + aarch64_insn_gen_load_store_ex(Rt, Rn, Rs, A64_SIZE(sf), \ + AARCH64_INSN_LDST_##type) +/* Rt = [Rn]; (atomic) */ +#define A64_LDXR(sf, Rt, Rn) \ + A64_LSX(sf, Rt, Rn, A64_ZR, LOAD_EX) +/* [Rn] = Rt; (atomic) Rs = [state] */ +#define A64_STXR(sf, Rt, Rn, Rs) \ + A64_LSX(sf, Rt, Rn, Rs, STORE_EX) + +/* Prefetch */ +#define A64_PRFM(Rn, type, target, policy) \ + aarch64_insn_gen_prefetch(Rn, AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TYPE_##type, \ + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_TARGET_##target, \ + AARCH64_INSN_PRFM_POLICY_##policy) + /* Add/subtract (immediate) */ #define A64_ADDSUB_IMM(sf, Rd, Rn, imm12, type) \ aarch64_insn_gen_add_sub_imm(Rd, Rn, imm12, \ diff --git a/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit_comp.c b/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit_comp.c index a785554916c06caa412564338f7728d655a899eb..d68abde52740d7b55f89dea8daf84f3109b0e17c 100644 --- a/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit_comp.c +++ b/arch/arm64/net/bpf_jit_comp.c @@ -321,6 +321,7 @@ static int build_insn(const struct bpf_insn *insn, struct jit_ctx *ctx) const s32 imm = insn->imm; const int i = insn - ctx->prog->insnsi; const bool is64 = BPF_CLASS(code) == BPF_ALU64; + const bool isdw = BPF_SIZE(code) == BPF_DW; u8 jmp_cond; s32 jmp_offset; @@ -604,15 +605,6 @@ emit_cond_jmp: const struct bpf_insn insn1 = insn[1]; u64 imm64; - if (insn1.code != 0 || insn1.src_reg != 0 || - insn1.dst_reg != 0 || insn1.off != 0) { - /* Note: verifier in BPF core must catch invalid - * instructions. - */ - pr_err_once("Invalid BPF_LD_IMM64 instruction\n"); - return -EINVAL; - } - imm64 = (u64)insn1.imm << 32 | (u32)imm; emit_a64_mov_i64(dst, imm64, ctx); @@ -690,7 +682,16 @@ emit_cond_jmp: case BPF_STX | BPF_XADD | BPF_W: /* STX XADD: lock *(u64 *)(dst + off) += src */ case BPF_STX | BPF_XADD | BPF_DW: - goto notyet; + emit_a64_mov_i(1, tmp, off, ctx); + emit(A64_ADD(1, tmp, tmp, dst), ctx); + emit(A64_PRFM(tmp, PST, L1, STRM), ctx); + emit(A64_LDXR(isdw, tmp2, tmp), ctx); + emit(A64_ADD(isdw, tmp2, tmp2, src), ctx); + emit(A64_STXR(isdw, tmp2, tmp, tmp2), ctx); + jmp_offset = -3; + check_imm19(jmp_offset); + emit(A64_CBNZ(0, tmp2, jmp_offset), ctx); + break; /* R0 = ntohx(*(size *)(((struct sk_buff *)R6)->data + imm)) */ case BPF_LD | BPF_ABS | BPF_W: @@ -757,10 +758,6 @@ emit_cond_jmp: } break; } -notyet: - pr_info_once("*** NOT YET: opcode %02x ***\n", code); - return -EFAULT; - default: pr_err_once("unknown opcode %02x\n", code); return -EINVAL; @@ -779,14 +776,14 @@ static int build_body(struct jit_ctx *ctx) int ret; ret = build_insn(insn, ctx); - - if (ctx->image == NULL) - ctx->offset[i] = ctx->idx; - if (ret > 0) { i++; + if (ctx->image == NULL) + ctx->offset[i] = ctx->idx; continue; } + if (ctx->image == NULL) + ctx->offset[i] = ctx->idx; if (ret) return ret; } diff --git a/arch/avr32/Kconfig b/arch/avr32/Kconfig deleted file mode 100644 index 7e75d45e20cdf271ce8f0025fc362e3c37048dfd..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/Kconfig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,288 +0,0 @@ -config AVR32 - def_bool y - # With EXPERT=n, we get lots of stuff automatically selected - # that we usually don't need on AVR32. - select EXPERT - select HAVE_CLK - select HAVE_EXIT_THREAD - select HAVE_OPROFILE - select HAVE_KPROBES - select VIRT_TO_BUS - select GENERIC_IRQ_PROBE - select GENERIC_ATOMIC64 - select HARDIRQS_SW_RESEND - select GENERIC_IRQ_SHOW - select ARCH_HAVE_CUSTOM_GPIO_H - select ARCH_WANT_IPC_PARSE_VERSION - select ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG - select GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS - select HAVE_MOD_ARCH_SPECIFIC - select MODULES_USE_ELF_RELA - select HAVE_NMI - help - AVR32 is a high-performance 32-bit RISC microprocessor core, - designed for cost-sensitive embedded applications, with particular - emphasis on low power consumption and high code density. - - There is an AVR32 Linux project with a web page at - http://avr32linux.org/. - -config STACKTRACE_SUPPORT - def_bool y - -config LOCKDEP_SUPPORT - def_bool y - -config TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT - def_bool y - -config RWSEM_GENERIC_SPINLOCK - def_bool y - -config RWSEM_XCHGADD_ALGORITHM - def_bool n - -config ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U32 - def_bool n - -config ARCH_HAS_ILOG2_U64 - def_bool n - -config GENERIC_HWEIGHT - def_bool y - -config GENERIC_CALIBRATE_DELAY - def_bool y - -config GENERIC_BUG - def_bool y - depends on BUG - -source "init/Kconfig" - -source "kernel/Kconfig.freezer" - -menu "System Type and features" - -config SUBARCH_AVR32B - bool -config MMU - bool -config PERFORMANCE_COUNTERS - bool - -config PLATFORM_AT32AP - bool - select SUBARCH_AVR32B - select MMU - select PERFORMANCE_COUNTERS - select GPIOLIB - select GENERIC_ALLOCATOR - select HAVE_FB_ATMEL - -# -# CPU types -# - -# AP7000 derivatives -config CPU_AT32AP700X - bool - select PLATFORM_AT32AP -config CPU_AT32AP7000 - bool - select CPU_AT32AP700X -config CPU_AT32AP7001 - bool - select CPU_AT32AP700X -config CPU_AT32AP7002 - bool - select CPU_AT32AP700X - -# AP700X boards -config BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON - bool - select CPU_AT32AP7000 - -choice - prompt "AVR32 board type" - default BOARD_ATSTK1000 - -config BOARD_ATSTK1000 - bool "ATSTK1000 evaluation board" - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_MKI - bool "ATNGW100 Network Gateway" - select BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_MKII - bool "ATNGW100 mkII Network Gateway" - select BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON - -config BOARD_HAMMERHEAD - bool "Hammerhead board" - select CPU_AT32AP7000 - select USB_ARCH_HAS_HCD - help - The Hammerhead platform is built around an AVR32 32-bit microcontroller from Atmel. - It offers versatile peripherals, such as ethernet, usb device, usb host etc. - - The board also incorporates a power supply and is a Power over Ethernet (PoE) Powered - Device (PD). - - Additionally, a Cyclone III FPGA from Altera is integrated on the board. The FPGA is - mapped into the 32-bit AVR memory bus. The FPGA offers two DDR2 SDRAM interfaces, which - will cover even the most exceptional need of memory bandwidth. Together with the onboard - video decoder the board is ready for video processing. - - For more information see: http://www.miromico.ch/index.php/hammerhead.html - -config BOARD_FAVR_32 - bool "Favr-32 LCD-board" - select CPU_AT32AP7000 - -config BOARD_MERISC - bool "Merisc board" - select CPU_AT32AP7000 - help - Merisc is the family name for a range of AVR32-based boards. - - The boards are designed to be used in a man-machine - interfacing environment, utilizing a touch-based graphical - user interface. They host a vast range of I/O peripherals as - well as a large SDRAM & Flash memory bank. - - For more information see: http://www.martinsson.se/merisc - -config BOARD_MIMC200 - bool "MIMC200 CPU board" - select CPU_AT32AP7000 -endchoice - -source "arch/avr32/boards/atstk1000/Kconfig" -source "arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig" -source "arch/avr32/boards/hammerhead/Kconfig" -source "arch/avr32/boards/favr-32/Kconfig" -source "arch/avr32/boards/merisc/Kconfig" - -choice - prompt "Boot loader type" - default LOADER_U_BOOT - -config LOADER_U_BOOT - bool "U-Boot (or similar) bootloader" -endchoice - -source "arch/avr32/mach-at32ap/Kconfig" - -config LOAD_ADDRESS - hex - default 0x10000000 if LOADER_U_BOOT=y && CPU_AT32AP700X=y - -config ENTRY_ADDRESS - hex - default 0x90000000 if LOADER_U_BOOT=y && CPU_AT32AP700X=y - -config PHYS_OFFSET - hex - default 0x10000000 if CPU_AT32AP700X=y - -source "kernel/Kconfig.preempt" - -config QUICKLIST - def_bool y - -config ARCH_HAVE_MEMORY_PRESENT - def_bool n - -config NEED_NODE_MEMMAP_SIZE - def_bool n - -config ARCH_FLATMEM_ENABLE - def_bool y - -config ARCH_DISCONTIGMEM_ENABLE - def_bool n - -config ARCH_SPARSEMEM_ENABLE - def_bool n - -config NODES_SHIFT - int - default "2" - depends on NEED_MULTIPLE_NODES - -source "mm/Kconfig" - -config OWNERSHIP_TRACE - bool "Ownership trace support" - default y - help - Say Y to generate an Ownership Trace message on every context switch, - enabling Nexus-compliant debuggers to keep track of the PID of the - currently executing task. - -config NMI_DEBUGGING - bool "NMI Debugging" - default n - help - Say Y here and pass the nmi_debug command-line parameter to - the kernel to turn on NMI debugging. Depending on the value - of the nmi_debug option, various pieces of information will - be dumped to the console when a Non-Maskable Interrupt - happens. - -# FPU emulation goes here - -source "kernel/Kconfig.hz" - -config CMDLINE - string "Default kernel command line" - default "" - help - If you don't have a boot loader capable of passing a command line string - to the kernel, you may specify one here. As a minimum, you should specify - the memory size and the root device (e.g., mem=8M, root=/dev/nfs). - -endmenu - -menu "Power management options" - -source "kernel/power/Kconfig" - -config ARCH_SUSPEND_POSSIBLE - def_bool y - -menu "CPU Frequency scaling" -source "drivers/cpufreq/Kconfig" -endmenu - -endmenu - -menu "Bus options" - -config PCI - bool - -source "drivers/pci/Kconfig" - -source "drivers/pcmcia/Kconfig" - -endmenu - -menu "Executable file formats" -source "fs/Kconfig.binfmt" -endmenu - -source "net/Kconfig" - -source "drivers/Kconfig" - -source "fs/Kconfig" - -source "arch/avr32/Kconfig.debug" - -source "security/Kconfig" - -source "crypto/Kconfig" - -source "lib/Kconfig" diff --git a/arch/avr32/Kconfig.debug b/arch/avr32/Kconfig.debug deleted file mode 100644 index 2283933a9a93eef48b2de37aefe944540af03ff4..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/Kconfig.debug +++ /dev/null @@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ -menu "Kernel hacking" - -config TRACE_IRQFLAGS_SUPPORT - bool - default y - -source "lib/Kconfig.debug" - -endmenu diff --git a/arch/avr32/Makefile b/arch/avr32/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index dba48a5d5bb9db351ff62bafc23a62a7047b42b5..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -# -# This file is subject to the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public -# License. See the file "COPYING" in the main directory of this archive -# for more details. -# -# Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Atmel Corporation. - -# Default target when executing plain make -.PHONY: all -all: uImage vmlinux.elf - -KBUILD_DEFCONFIG := atstk1002_defconfig - -KBUILD_CFLAGS += -pipe -fno-builtin -mno-pic -D__linux__ -KBUILD_AFLAGS += -mrelax -mno-pic -KBUILD_CFLAGS_MODULE += -mno-relax -LDFLAGS_vmlinux += --relax - -cpuflags-$(CONFIG_PLATFORM_AT32AP) += -march=ap - -KBUILD_CFLAGS += $(cpuflags-y) -KBUILD_AFLAGS += $(cpuflags-y) - -CHECKFLAGS += -D__avr32__ -D__BIG_ENDIAN - -machine-$(CONFIG_PLATFORM_AT32AP) := at32ap -machdirs := $(patsubst %,arch/avr32/mach-%/, $(machine-y)) - -KBUILD_CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I$(srctree)/%include,$(machdirs)) - -head-$(CONFIG_LOADER_U_BOOT) += arch/avr32/boot/u-boot/head.o -head-y += arch/avr32/kernel/head.o -core-y += $(machdirs) -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_ATSTK1000) += arch/avr32/boards/atstk1000/ -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON) += arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/ -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_HAMMERHEAD) += arch/avr32/boards/hammerhead/ -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_FAVR_32) += arch/avr32/boards/favr-32/ -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_MERISC) += arch/avr32/boards/merisc/ -core-$(CONFIG_BOARD_MIMC200) += arch/avr32/boards/mimc200/ -core-$(CONFIG_LOADER_U_BOOT) += arch/avr32/boot/u-boot/ -core-y += arch/avr32/kernel/ -core-y += arch/avr32/mm/ -drivers-$(CONFIG_OPROFILE) += arch/avr32/oprofile/ -libs-y += arch/avr32/lib/ - -BOOT_TARGETS := vmlinux.elf vmlinux.bin uImage uImage.srec - -.PHONY: $(BOOT_TARGETS) install - -boot := arch/$(ARCH)/boot/images - - KBUILD_IMAGE := $(boot)/uImage -vmlinux.elf: KBUILD_IMAGE := $(boot)/vmlinux.elf -vmlinux.cso: KBUILD_IMAGE := $(boot)/vmlinux.cso -uImage.srec: KBUILD_IMAGE := $(boot)/uImage.srec -uImage: KBUILD_IMAGE := $(boot)/uImage - -quiet_cmd_listing = LST $@ - cmd_listing = avr32-linux-objdump $(OBJDUMPFLAGS) -lS $< > $@ -quiet_cmd_disasm = DIS $@ - cmd_disasm = avr32-linux-objdump $(OBJDUMPFLAGS) -d $< > $@ - -vmlinux.elf vmlinux.bin uImage.srec uImage vmlinux.cso: vmlinux - $(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) $(boot)/$@ - -install: vmlinux - $(Q)$(MAKE) $(build)=$(boot) BOOTIMAGE=$(KBUILD_IMAGE) $@ - -vmlinux.s: vmlinux - $(call if_changed,disasm) - -vmlinux.lst: vmlinux - $(call if_changed,listing) - -CLEAN_FILES += vmlinux.s vmlinux.lst - -archclean: - $(Q)$(MAKE) $(clean)=$(boot) - -define archhelp - @echo '* vmlinux.elf - ELF image with load address 0' - @echo ' vmlinux.cso - PathFinder CSO image' - @echo '* uImage - Create a bootable image for U-Boot' -endef diff --git a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig b/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig deleted file mode 100644 index 4e55617ade2d2f7110bf2cdcfa221228480a01f0..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -# NGW100 customization - -if BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_MKII_LCD - bool "Enable ATNGW100 mkII LCD interface" - depends on BOARD_ATNGW100_MKII - help - This enables the LCD controller (LCDC) in the AT32AP7000. Since the - LCDC is multiplexed with MACB1 (LAN) Ethernet port, only one can be - enabled at a time. - - This choice enables the LCDC and disables the MACB1 interface marked - LAN on the PCB. - -choice - prompt "Select an NGW100 add-on board to support" - default BOARD_ATNGW100_ADDON_NONE - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_ADDON_NONE - bool "None" - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X - bool "EVKLCD10X addon board" - depends on BOARD_ATNGW100_MKI || BOARD_ATNGW100_MKII_LCD - help - This enables support for the EVKLCD100 (QVGA) or EVKLCD101 (VGA) - addon board for the NGW100 and NGW100 mkII. By enabling this the LCD - controller and AC97 controller is added as platform devices. - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_MRMT - bool "Mediama RMT1/2 add-on board" - help - This enables support for the Mediama RMT1 or RMT2 board. - RMT provides LCD support, AC97 codec and other - optional peripherals to the Atmel NGW100. - - This choice disables the detect pin and the write-protect pin for the - MCI platform device, since it conflicts with the LCD platform device. - The MCI pins can be reenabled by editing the "add device function" but - this may break the setup for other displays that use these pins. - -endchoice - -choice - prompt "LCD panel resolution on EVKLCD10X" - depends on BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X - default BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X_VGA - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X_QVGA - bool "QVGA (320x240)" - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X_VGA - bool "VGA (640x480)" - -config BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X_POW_QVGA - bool "Powertip QVGA (320x240)" - -endchoice - -if BOARD_ATNGW100_MRMT -source "arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig_mrmt" -endif - -endif # BOARD_ATNGW100_COMMON diff --git a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig_mrmt b/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig_mrmt deleted file mode 100644 index 9a199a207f3c0e3c74a0eef3e694f173188ad9f6..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Kconfig_mrmt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -# RMT for NGW100 customization - -choice - prompt "RMT Version" - help - Select the RMTx board version. - -config BOARD_MRMT_REV1 - bool "RMT1" -config BOARD_MRMT_REV2 - bool "RMT2" - -endchoice - -config BOARD_MRMT_AC97 - bool "Enable AC97 CODEC" - help - Enable the UCB1400 AC97 CODEC driver. - -choice - prompt "Touchscreen Driver" - default BOARD_MRMT_ADS7846_TS - -config BOARD_MRMT_UCB1400_TS - bool "Use UCB1400 Touchscreen" - -config BOARD_MRMT_ADS7846_TS - bool "Use ADS7846 Touchscreen" - -endchoice - -choice - prompt "RMTx LCD Selection" - default BOARD_MRMT_LCD_DISABLE - -config BOARD_MRMT_LCD_DISABLE - bool "LCD Disabled" - -config BOARD_MRMT_LCD_LQ043T3DX0X - bool "Sharp LQ043T3DX0x or compatible" - help - If using RMT2, be sure to load the resistor pack selectors accordingly - -if BOARD_MRMT_REV2 -config BOARD_MRMT_LCD_KWH043GM08 - bool "Formike KWH043GM08 or compatible" - help - Be sure to load the RMT2 resistor pack selectors accordingly -endif - -endchoice - -if !BOARD_MRMT_LCD_DISABLE -config BOARD_MRMT_BL_PWM - bool "Use PWM control for LCD Backlight" - help - Use PWM driver for controlling LCD Backlight. - Otherwise, LCD Backlight is always on. -endif - -config BOARD_MRMT_RTC_I2C - bool "Use External RTC on I2C Bus" - help - RMT1 has an optional RTC device on the I2C bus. - It is a SII S35390A. Be sure to select the - matching RTC driver. - -choice - prompt "Wireless Module on ttyS2" - default BOARD_MRMT_WIRELESS_ZB - -config BOARD_MRMT_WIRELESS_ZB - bool "Use ZigBee/802.15.4 Module" - -config BOARD_MRMT_WIRELESS_BT - bool "Use Bluetooth (HCI) Module" - -config BOARD_MRMT_WIRELESS_NONE - bool "Not Installed" -endchoice diff --git a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Makefile b/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Makefile deleted file mode 100644 index f4ebe42a8254d22b59e83084ba4d4d38d397cb0f..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/Makefile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3 +0,0 @@ -obj-y += setup.o flash.o -obj-$(CONFIG_BOARD_ATNGW100_EVKLCD10X) += evklcd10x.o -obj-$(CONFIG_BOARD_ATNGW100_MRMT) += mrmt.o diff --git a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/evklcd10x.c b/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/evklcd10x.c deleted file mode 100644 index 64919b0da7aa53a5464a4dff92452c5aa94b46b1..0000000000000000000000000000000000000000 --- a/arch/avr32/boards/atngw100/evklcd10x.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Board-specific setup code for the ATEVKLCD10X addon board to the ATNGW100 - * Network Gateway - * - * Copyright (C) 2008 Atmel Corporation - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - * under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as published by - * the Free Software Foundation. - */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#include